New Mexico Educators: Welcome to Amplify Science 6–8!

Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning that is rated ‘all green’ on EdReports.  

With Amplify Science, New Mexico students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

Students conduct science experiments using lab equipment, flashlights, and prisms. The EdReports logo and "Review Year 2020" are also shown.

Amplify Science Success Story

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

Do

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

Talk

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

Read

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

Write

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

Visualize

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS and support students in mastering the New Mexico STEM Ready! Science Standards.

Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

Amplify Science Flextension

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

Middle School Materials Kit List 

Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Amplify Science Student Investigation Notebooks

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

Amplify Science Classroom Slides

Full coverage of NGSS and New Mexico STEM Ready! Science Standards

Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). As such, it aligns to the New Mexico Science Standards, which were also borne out of the NGSS.

K-8 NGSS Correlation by Dimension

K-8 NM STEM Ready! Standards Correlation

Explore your print samples

With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher Guide!

A laptop screen displays a simulation of energy arrows entering and exiting Earth's system, flanked by diagrams explaining water flow and an energy token model.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical Teacher Guide that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

Materials Kit List

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: t20.sci6-8@tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
  • Click on Science in Your Programs
  • Click on the Program drop-down menu and select your desired domain
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

Explore as a student

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: s20.sci6-8@tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
  • Click Science in Your Programs
  • Click on the Program drop-down menu and select your desired domain
  • Select any unit title.

Additional resources to support your review

Amplify CKLA Review for Alabama

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



Welcome to Amplify Science 6–8!

Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

With Amplify Science, Detroit students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

What is Amplify Science?

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.

Proven to work

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 1

Read More

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 7

Read More

Amplify Science NE
Grades K–5

Read More

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

Do

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

Talk

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

Read

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

Write

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

Visualize

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

Amplify Science Classroom Slides

Explore your print samples

With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: t1.dps68sci@demo.tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Amplify1-dps68sci
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

Spanish-language support

Amplify Science is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science curriculum.

Spanish-language materials include:

COMPONENTTEACHER/STUDENT
Student Investigation NotebooksStudent
Science articlesStudent
Video TranscriptsStudent
Digital simulation translation keysStudent
Printed classroom materials
Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
Teacher
CopymastersTeacher
AssessmentsTeacher
Digital student experience license
This license gives students access to the student resources in Spanish, including instructional text, articles, and assessments. Teachers can control student access to Spanish-language content through the digital Teacher’s Guide.
Teacher
Spanish teacher support license
This license includes teacher talk, projections, downloadable PDFs of all print resources, and video transcripts and closed captioning in Spanish.
Teacher

Explore as a student

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: s1.dpsscience@demo.tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Amplify1-dpsscience
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

Resources to support your review

Core STEM programs: Strengthen sessions

Professional development sets teachers and leaders up for success, whether they are new to or experienced with a program. Each Strengthen session promotes a deeper understanding of the program through targeted instructional practices.

Explore STEM Strengthen sessions by program below.

Professional Learning Partner Guide Certified Provider

Amplify professional development has been vetted by Rivet Education’s team through a rigorous three-step process and is listed in the Professional Learning Partner Guide.

A man works on a laptop at a desk with pencils, next to an illustration of math equations and scales.

About Strengthen sessions

Support your Amplify implementation with sessions that target specific instructional practices for teachers and leaders in year one and beyond. When you’re ready to schedule your Strengthen session, please contact us. An Amplify expert will work with you to identify the session(s) that will best support your students’ success.

Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as enhancements.

Amplify Math

Amplify Math is a core math curriculum that serves 100% of students in accessing grade-level math every day. The program delivers engaging grade-level math lessons; flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off, and insights, data, and reporting that drive performance.

Explore the Amplify Math Strengthen sessions (for grade bands 6–Algebra 1 and Geometry–Algebra 2) for Begin packages and beyond. Click the session title or scroll down to learn more about each session.

Begin packages

  On-site package
(15 hr.)
Hybrid
on-site package

(15 hr.)
Hybrid 10 package
(10 hr.)
Hybrid
virtual package

(15 hr.)
Virtual package
(7 hr.)
One session per package On-site
3 hr. sessions
On-site
3 hr. sessions
Virtual
1 hr. sessions
Virtual
3 hr. sessions
Virtual
1 hr. sessions
Enhancing planning A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing practice
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing observations for leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Unit-level planning
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Lesson-level planning
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Increasing engagement with instructional routines     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

Begin: Enhancing planning for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Prepare to teach Amplify Math lessons effectively by engaging in collaborative backward planning with experts. Work alongside our facilitators to understand how to target key concepts and make successful instructional decisions across a unit, and leave with a completed unit plan for your class.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Enhancing practice for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

See the Launch, Monitor, Connect problem-based learning model in action, and practice integrating these practices into your facilitation of lesson activities. Leave with guidelines for using the Launch, Monitor, Connect model that you can implement during your next lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Enhancing observations for leaders

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn to use our non-evaluative classroom look-for tool for Amplify Math to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Math.

Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Unit-level planning

Virtual, 1 hour

Dive into unit planning as you learn the story of how your upcoming unit is tied to other units and grade levels, and discover the big ideas you will explore alongside your students in Amplify Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Lesson-level planning

Virtual, 1 hour

Dive into lesson-level planning as you learn how to create a road map that guides student learning, makes connections across lessons, and measures student understanding of the learning goals in Amplify Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Increasing engagement with Instructional Routines

Virtual, 1 hour

Explore how to use Instructional Routines such as Notice and Wonder to support and engage students as they make sense of new contexts and mathematical problems in Amplify Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice packages

  On-site package
(15 hr.)
Hybrid 15,
on-site package

(15 hr.)
Hybrid 13 package
(13 hr.)
Virtual package
(9 hr.)
One session per package On-site
3 hr. sessions
On-site
3 hr. sessions
Virtual
1 hr. sessions
Virtual
3 hr. session
Enhancing planning for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Enhancing practice for teachers
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Enhancing observations for leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Using differentiation supports for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. 
Using data to drive instruction for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Addressing prerequisite skills for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Orchestrating math discussions for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Building language with math routines for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Unit-level planning for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Lesson-level planning for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Increasing engagement with Instructional Routines for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  

Practice: Enhancing planning for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Prepare to effectively teach Amplify Math lessons by engaging in collaborative backward planning with experts. Work alongside our facilitators to understand how to target key concepts and make effective instructional decisions across a unit, and leave with a completed unit plan for your class.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Enhancing practice for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

See the Launch, Monitor, Connect problem-based learning model in action, and practice integrating these practices into your facilitation of lesson activities. Leave with guidelines for using the Launch, Monitor, Connect model that you can implement during your next lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Enhancing observations for leaders

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn to use our non-evaluative classroom look-for tool for Amplify Math to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Math.

Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Using differentiation supports for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn how to leverage embedded differentiated supports in Amplify Math to ensure that all students can be successful. Walk away with a plan for supporting students in your classroom including multilingual/English learners (ML/ELs), students with disabilities, students who may need extra support, and advanced students.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Using data to drive instruction for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Grow your proficiency in data analysis. Turn student data gathered within Amplify Math into differentiated instruction targeting specific skills. Walk away ready to use the data provided in the curriculum to align embedded support to your students’ unique needs.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Addressing prerequisite skills for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Explore Amplify Math’s just-in-time approach to addressing prerequisite skills. Leave with a deeper understanding of how to use embedded curriculum resources to identify and support prerequisite skills essential for your next unit.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Orchestrating math discussions for teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn strategies for leading discussions that promote more math talk among all students in your classroom. Walk away with strategies and Amplify Math curriculum tools you can bring back to your classroom to enhance discussion in your next lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Building language with math routines for teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Explore how Math Language Routines support students as they make sense of new contexts and mathematical problems in Amplify Math. Leave with strategies for using these routines to support students in learning mathematical practices, content, and language in your upcoming lessons.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Unit-level planning for teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Dive into unit planning as you learn the story of how your upcoming unit is tied to other units and grade levels, and discover the big ideas you’ll explore alongside your students in Amplify Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Lesson-level planning for teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Dive into lesson-level planning as you learn how to create a roadmap for a lesson that guides student learning, makes connections across lessons, and measures student understanding of the learning goals in Amplify Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Increasing engagement with Instructional Routines for teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Explore how to leverage Instructional Routines such as Notice and Wonder to support students as they make sense of new contexts and mathematical problems in Amplify Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Amplify Desmos Math

Amplify Desmos Math is a core K–12 program—available in English and Spanish—that applies a problem-based approach to develop deep conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Using technology inspired by students’ natural curiosity, Amplify Desmos Math connects the classroom and fosters real collaboration, discourse, and perseverance in problem-solving. Captivating activities, powerful teaching tools, and lots of support enable students to develop math proficiency that lasts a lifetime.

Explore the Amplify Desmos Math Strengthen sessions (for grades K–Algebra 2) for Begin packages and beyond. Click the session title or scroll down to learn more about each session.

Begin packages

Strengthen sessions

  On-site package
(15 hr.)
Hybrid 15,
on-site package

(15 hr.)
Hybrid 10 package
(10 hr.)
Hybrid 15, virtual package
(15 hr.)
Virtual package
(7 hr.)
One session per package On-site,
3 hr.
On-site,
3 hr.
Virtual,
1 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Virtual,
1 hr.
Enhancing planning for
K–5, 6
–A1, or 9–12 teachers
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing practice for
K–5, 6
–A1, or 9–12 teachers
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Supporting all learners: Differentiation in Amplify Desmos Math for K–5 or 6–A1 teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing observations for K–5 or 6–A1 leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Unit-level planning for
K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Desmos Math to Amplify Desmos Math 6–A1 transition training for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

Begin: Enhancing planning for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Dive into planning for Amplify Desmos Math, both big picture and day-to-day. Practice using lesson- and unit-planning protocols that will help you build a deep understanding of the math content you’ll be teaching and the planning resources available to you in the curriculum. Walk away with practical strategies for planning, even when you may not have much time.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Begin: Strengthen: Supporting all learners: Differentiation in Amplify Desmos Math for K–5 or 6–A1 teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn how to use the differentiation supports in Amplify Desmos Math to effectively support all learners, both in the moment during a lesson and beyond the lesson. Leave with a plan for implementing resources to support, strengthen, and stretch students’ thinking.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Enhancing practice for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Dig into Amplify Desmos Math’s Launch, Monitor, Connect framework to level-up the student discourse in your math class. Explore in-the-moment differentiation support to help you orchestrate discussion and make the most out of key opportunities for conversation and collaboration.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Begin: Enhancing observations for K–5 or 6–A1 leaders

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Elevate your program knowledge to support teachers with effective Amplify Desmos Math implementation. Leave prepared to identify key instructional elements in a problem-based math lesson, analyze data, and conduct effective classroom observations.

Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Unit-level planning for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Dive into unit-level planning to learn the story of your upcoming unit, and discover the big ideas you will explore alongside your students in Amplify Desmos Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Desmos Math to Amplify Desmos Math 6–A1 transition training for teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Desmos Math and Amplify Desmos Math, including becoming familiar with changes in materials, the digital platform, and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice packages

Strengthen sessions

  On-site package
(15 hr.)
Hybrid 15,
on-site package

(15 hr.)
Hybrid 13 package
(13 hr.)
Virtual package
(9 hr.)
One session per package On-site,
3 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Virtual,
1 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Enhancing planning for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Enhancing practice for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Enhancing observations for K–5 or 6–A1 leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Supporting all learners: Differentiation in Amplify Desmos Math for K–5 or 6–A1 teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Unit-level planning for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Teaching a lesson with digital student screens for K–5 teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Snapshots in the Teacher Dashboard for
6–A1 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  

Practice: Strengthen: Enhancing planning for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Dive into both big-picture and day-to-day planning for Amplify Desmos Math. Practice using lesson- and unit-planning protocols that will help you build a deep understanding of the math content you’ll be teaching and the planning resources available to you in the curriculum. Walk away with practical strategies for planning, even when you may not have much time.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen: Enhancing practice for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Dig into Amplify Desmos Math’s Launch, Monitor, Connect framework to level up the student discourse in your math class. Explore in-the-moment differentiation support to help you orchestrate discussion and make the most out of key opportunities for conversation and collaboration.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Practice: Strengthen: Enhancing observations for K–5 or 6–A1 leaders

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Elevate your program knowledge to support teachers with effective Amplify Desmos Math implementation. Leave prepared to identify key instructional elements in a problem-based math lesson, analyze data, and conduct effective classroom observations.

Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Practice: Strengthen: Supporting all learners: Differentiation in Amplify Desmos Math for K–5 or 6–A1 teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Learn how to use the differentiation supports in Amplify Desmos Math to effectively support all learners, both in the moment during a lesson and beyond the lesson. Leave with a plan for implementing resources to support, strengthen, and stretch students’ thinking.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

New session

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Unit-level planning for K–5, 6–A1, or 9–12 teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Dive into unit-level planning to learn the story of your upcoming unit, and discover the big ideas you will explore alongside your students in Amplify Desmos Math.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Teaching a lesson with digital student screens for K–5 teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Get ready to facilitate lessons with digital student screens. Explore what’s possible with the Teacher Dashboard and plan to make the most of these exciting instructional moments.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Snapshots in the Teacher Dashboard for 6–A1 teachers

Virtual, 1 hour

Explore how to use the Snapshots tool in the Teacher Dashboard to create a collaborative classroom that invites and celebrates student thinking. Leave with planning tips and tricks that will get you ready to use Snapshots during your busy math classes.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

Amplify Science

Amplify Science is a K–8 science curriculum that blends hands-on investigations, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools to empower students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers. 

Explore the Amplify Science sessions (for grade bands K–5 and 6–8) for year-one packages and beyond. Select the session title or scroll to learn more about each session.

Begin packages

Strengthen sessions

  On-site package
(15 hr.)
Hybrid 15,
on-site package

(15 hr.)
Hybrid 10 package
(10 hr.)
Hybrid 15, virtual package
(15 hr.)
Virtual package
(7 hr.)
One session per package On-site,
3 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Virtual,
1 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Virtual,
1 hr.
Enhancing planning
(K–5 or 6–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing practice
(K–5 or 6–8)

A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing observations for leaders
(K–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Planning an Amplify Science lesson
(K–8) 

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Supporting all learners: Exploring the resources
(K–8)

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Supporting all learners with embedded supports: Teacher modeling and student discourse
(K–8) 

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

Begin: Enhancing planning for teachers
(grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn how to use a planning protocol to internalize an upcoming Amplify Science unit. Leave with a plan to support students engaging in three-dimensional learning while also meeting the needs of all students in your classroom.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Enhancing practice for teachers
(grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn how Amplify Science supports phenomenon-based learning. Experience a sequence of model instruction from the curriculum, and walk away with a plan for how you can enhance the curriculum through your teaching practice to build a powerful culture of figuring out in your science classroom.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Enhancing observations for leaders (grades K–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn to use the non-evaluative classroom walkthrough tool for Amplify Science to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Science.

Audience: Leaders grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Planning an Amplify Science lesson

Virtual, 1 hour

Develop structure and routines for planning Amplify Science lessons and leave prepared for an upcoming lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Supporting all learners: Exploring the resources (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Learn how to use lesson-specific differentiation briefs, embedded assessments, and activity-specific teacher support notes to maximize instruction for all learners with Amplify Science.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Begin: Strengthen Focus: Supporting all learners with embedded supports: Teacher modeling and student discourse (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Explore ways to leverage and build upon two key instructional elements in Amplify Science, and plan how you’ll use these supports to engage all learners in your next lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice packages

Strengthen sessions

  On-site package
(15 hr.)
Hybrid 15,
on-site package

(15 hr.)
Hybrid 13 package
(13 hr.)
Virtual package
(9 hr.)
One session per package On-site,
3 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Virtual,
1 hr.
Virtual,
3 hr.
Enhancing planning
(K–5 or 6–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Enhancing practice
(K–5 or 6–8)

A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Enhancing observations for leaders
(K–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Supporting all learners with complex texts
(K–5 or 6–8)

A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Supporting multilingual/English learners (K–5 or 6–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Writing in science (K–5 or 6–8) A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Assessment system (K–5 or 6–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.    
Engineering Internships (6–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Science Seminar (6–8)
A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
Planning an Amplify Science lesson (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Supporting all learners: Exploring the resources (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Supporting all learners: Teacher modeling and student discourse (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Analyzing student work (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Supporting all learners: Multimodal learning and multiple at-bats (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Grading with Amplify Science (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Enhancing the digital experience (K–5)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
Planning with the Coherence Flowchart (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  

Practice: Enhancing planning for teachers
(grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn how to use a planning protocol to internalize an upcoming Amplify Science unit. Walk away with a plan to support students engaging in three-dimensional learning while also meeting the all needs of students in your classroom.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Enhancing practice for teachers
(grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn how Amplify Science supports phenomenon-based learning. Experience a sequence of model instruction from the curriculum, and walk away with a plan for how you can enhance the curriculum through your teaching practice to build a powerful culture of “figuring out” in your science classroom.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Enhancing observations for leaders
(grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Learn to use the non-evaluative classroom walkthrough tool for Amplify Science to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Science.

Audience: Leaders grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Supporting all learners with complex texts (grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Collaborate to solve common reading challenges alongside other educatorsLearn strategies to support students in grades K–5 or 6–8 in accessing complex texts in Amplify Science units by engaging in a model-reading sequence. Leave with a plan for incorporating effective strategies into your upcoming Amplify Science reading lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Supporting multilingual/English learners (grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Explore strategies and engage in model activities to support multilingual/English learners in grades K–5 or 6–8 in developing their abilities to do, talk, read, write, visualize, and construct arguments in Amplify Science. Leave with strategies to support a deeper understanding of the critical role that language and literacy play in developing scientific understanding.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Writing in science (grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Develop an understanding of how the Amplify Science writing approach supports students in grades K–5 or 6–8 in engaging in science practices, making sense of science ideas, and growing as writers. Leave with a plan for supporting student writing in your next unit.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Assessment system (grades K–5 or 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Analyze a sample formative assessment, deepen your understanding of learning progressions in each Amplify Science unit, and participate in discussions to understand the relationships between different types of assessments and your unit’s learning goals. Walk away with strategies for collecting, analyzing, and responding to student assessment data.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades of K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Engineering Internships (grades 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Plan for the first Amplify Science Engineering Internship course of your grade level (6–8) by exploring the Futura workspace and digital tools students will use during the internship experience. Leave with an understanding of how students will apply science concept knowledge to construct design solutions. This session will feature one of the following Engineering Internships based on your need: Metabolism, Plate Motion, or Force and Motion.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Science Seminar (grades 6–8)

On-site or virtual, 3 hours

Experience a Science Seminar sequence of a sample unit from Amplify Science grade 6–8 from the student perspective! Gain an understanding of how students apply science concepts to engage in argumentation about a phenomenon, and leave with a plan for teaching a Science Seminar unit in your own classroom.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Planning an Amplify Science lesson (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Develop a structure for planning Amplify Science lessons and leave prepared for an upcoming lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Supporting all learners: Exploring the resources (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Learn how to use lesson-specific differentiation briefs, embedded assessments, and activity-specific teacher support notes to supplement instruction for all learners with Amplify Science.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Supporting all learners: Teacher modeling and student discourse (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Explore ways to leverage and build upon two key instructional elements in Amplify Science and plan for ways to use these supports to engage all learners in your next lesson.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Analyzing student work (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Engage with a protocol to analyze real student work and plan for instructional next steps in Amplify Science. (You are required to bring student formative assessment samples to this session.)

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Supporting all learners: Multimodal learning and multiple at-bats (grades K–8)

Virtual, 3 hours

Learn strategies to develop an understanding of how Amplify Science’s multimodal approach supports all learners.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Grading with Amplify Science (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Develop an understanding of how to use assessment resources in Amplify Science to grade students three-dimensionally and use practices that align with district/school guidelines.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Enhancing the digital experience (grades K–5)

Virtual, 1 hour

Learn how to go further with Amplify Science digital experience tools to enhance teaching and learning.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 (maximum 30 participants)

Practice: Strengthen Focus: Planning with the Coherence Flowchart (grades K–8)

Virtual, 1 hour

Practice using the Coherence Flowchart resource to plan an upcoming Amplify Science unit.

Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

Get in touch with a PD expert.

What is mCLASS Intervention?

mCLASS Intervention is a staff-led, supplemental Tier 2/3 intervention program that seamlessly integrates with mCLASS with DIBELS® 8th Edition data and helps students develop the skills they need to access their core instruction.

Illustrated in the continuum below, each hexagon represents a skill taught in mCLASS Intervention. Skills to the left are generally precursors to skills on the right.

Diagram illustrating the components of reading comprehension, including alphabetic principle, vocabulary, and fluency, connected by arrows to a central circle labeled "reading comprehension.

How does mCLASS Intervention work?

The strength of mCLASS Intervention comes from its technology-powered algorithm. Using sophisticated software algorithms, mCLASS Intervention automatically:

  • Analyzes DIBELS 8th Edition and diagnostic measure results collected via the mCLASS platform.
  • Determines which skills each student already knows and which they’re ready to learn next.
  • Puts students into small, homogeneous groups of 4–6.
  • Compiles detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

In-depth analysis

Here is a brief example of how mCLASS Intervention identifies the right intervention path for each student.

The image below shows the MOY Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) results for two first-grade students—Student A and Student B.

Two digital tablets display reading fluency tests for "student a" and "student b," showing grids with red and blue-highlighted letters and numbers.

Both students scored 29, which is Well Below Benchmark for this time of year. In spite of these students having the same score, mCLASS Intervention’s automatic analysis of each students’ item-level responses detects that they actually have very different needs.

  • For Student A, mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on letter-sound knowledge, and sounding out and blending.
  • For Student B,  mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on Regular & Irregular Word recognition. (mCLASS Intervention spirals instruction by having students work in two strands at the same time.)

Without mCLASS Intervention, this type of analysis would take educators hours to complete and, as a result, could only be completed sporadically. The automatic nature of mCLASS Intervention’s data analysis algorithm makes it possible for busy educators to complete this analysis regularly, which in turn enables them to continually target intervention instruction at students’ evolving needs, day after day.

Automatic grouping

The mCLASS Intervention algorithm not only determines the ideal instructional focus for each student, but also automatically forms small groups of 4–6 students who share the same instructional focus and builds a 10-day plan with detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

Ready-to-teach 10-day plan

Each 10-day plan systematically builds skills. For example, in the 10-day plan below, mCLASS Intervention has a particular group of students work on phonological awareness and letter-sound knowledge. And within phonological awareness, mCLASS Intervention first introduces the group to phoneme segmentation; moves students through phoneme identification and substitution in subsequent days; then finishes with first, last, and middle sound segmentation.

Image of a detailed lesson plan chart titled "reading - flu and comp. burst #1" for 10 days, listing daily reading tasks and skills to be developed.

This systematic move from less advanced to more advanced skills allows for spaced practice over time, which research has shown to have significant impact on student literacy growth.

  • In a Tier 2 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons last 30 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 4–6 students. Each session has five activities and each activity is 5–8 minutes long.
  • In a Tier 3 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons can be 30 or 60 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 3–4 students.

What makes mCLASS Intervention different?

Explicit instructional approach

All mCLASS Intervention activities begin with a Model (“I Do”) followed by a Practice (“You Do”). During the Model section, the instructor demonstrates how to do the activity. During the Practice section, the instructor has students practice. mCLASS Intervention uses subtle but impactful moves to maximize students’ independent thinking during the Practice portion of an activity. For example, mCLASS Intervention has the instructor call on a student only after posing the question to all students in the group and giving the group 3–5 seconds of “think time.” This approach helps instructors keep all students mentally engaged. When instructors take the opposite approach—calling on one student and then asking the question—students who aren’t called on tune out and inadvertently rob themselves of crucial practice opportunities they need to catch up to their peers.

Step-by-step guidance for staff

Because mCLASS Intervention activities are explicit and easy to follow, both certified educators and paraprofessionals with little or no training in early elementary reading can deliver mCLASS Intervention with impact. This detailed guidance gives schools a range of options when it comes to staffing intervention. And that added flexibility is vital—especially for moderate and high-need schools, which often struggle to provide intervention to all students in need.

Swift and interactive pace

mCLASS Intervention regularly incorporates game-based, kinesthetic, peer-to-peer approaches to further increase student engagement, and as a result, educators often report that mCLASS Intervention is their students’ favorite part of the day. This is likely due to the fact that students participating in mCLASS Intervention lessons:

  • Get more focused attention in homogenous small groups.
  • Get their specific literacy needs met with targeted instruction, so they are neither bored nor frustrated.
  • Get 30-minute bursts of support filled with a variety of fast-paced and high-energy activities.
Image of a detailed lesson plan chart titled "reading - flu and comp. burst #1" for 10 days, listing daily reading tasks and skills to be developed.

Sample materials and demo access

mCLASS Intervention delivers targeted instruction in 10-day bursts. Click the buttons below to see a sample.

Follow the instructions below to login to your demo account.

  • Click the mCLASS Intervention Demo button below.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: jstewart245
  • Enter the password: Abcd1234
  • Click the mCLASS®: Amplify Reading Edition tile.
  • Click the Intervention button.
  • Follow the remaining instructions on pages 4-6 of your RFP

What’s New for Amplify Science 6–8!

Denver Public Schools (DPS), check out what’s new from Amplify Science 6-8!  The first part of this site will take you through the updates that have been made to Amplify Science. The second will be a refresher of Amplify Science for any new users in DPS. With Amplify Science, DPS students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. With culturally sustaining pedagogy, Amplify Science strives to make sure every student feels included in the science classroom.

Two students collaborating on a project using a laptop in a classroom filled with other students working in the background.

Update: The Digital Experience

The digital experience allows students to engage with digital lessons and provides teachers with everything they need in one place—ready-to-use slides-based lessons, seamlessly integrated teacher prompts and guidance, robust PD resources, and more. It’s now easier and more engaging than ever to plan lessons, present digital content, and review student work. To learn more, click here.

Update: The PD Library

All professional development (PD) content is consolidated into the PD Library, a one-stop hub for all your self-paced PD needs. As a result, the “Professional Learning Resources” tile will no longer be available on the main Amplify Science Program Hub page. The rest of the non-PD content in the Program Hub will remain as is, including the on-demand resources.

Update: Educator & Student Home expansion

Educator and Student Home landing pages will now be available for all Amplify Science users. This Home page provides a central location to access all Amplify programs in one place and a customized stream based on your activity.

Your Amplify Science grades 6–8 students will no longer access My Work for assignments, scores, and teacher feedback. Instead, they’ll find it all on Student Home, the page they already land on when logging in to Amplify Science.

Keep in mind: Amplify Science middle school teachers will continue to have access to Classwork.

Update: Caregiver Hub

Throughout the school year, teachers can share the Amplify Science Caregiver Hub with students’ families. This site provides curriculum details, an overview of what caregivers can expect throughout the school year, and resources they can use with students at home.

What is Amplify Science?

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

Proven to work

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 1

Read More

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 7

Read More

Amplify Science NE
Grades K–5

Read More

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

Do

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

Talk

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

Read

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

Write

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

Visualize

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

DPS Scope and Sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Un gráfico que muestra los cursos de ciencias para los grados 6 a 8. Cada grado tiene una lista de clases categorizadas como Launch, GROW y GOAT, con el título de cada curso y la duración en minutos o días.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock-full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

Amplify Science Classroom Slides

Explore your print samples

With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides, Student Investigation Notebooks, and sets of Student Books for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher Reference Guides:

It’s important that you see the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provide a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher’s Guide!

Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the username: t1.dps68sci@demo.tryamplify.net
  • Enter the password: Amplify1-dps68sci
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

Spanish-language support

Amplify Science is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science curriculum.

Spanish-language materials include:

COMPONENTTEACHER/STUDENT
Student Investigation NotebooksStudent
Science articlesStudent
Video TranscriptsStudent
Digital simulation translation keysStudent
Printed classroom materials
Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
Teacher
CopymastersTeacher
AssessmentsTeacher
Digital student experience license
This license gives students access to the student resources in Spanish, including instructional text, articles, and assessments. Teachers can control student access to Spanish-language content through the digital Teacher’s Guide.
Teacher
Spanish teacher support license
This license includes teacher talk, projections, downloadable PDFs of all print resources, and video transcripts and closed captioning in Spanish.
Teacher

Resources to support your review

Contact Us

If you have any further questions as your review Amplify Science, please contact:

Senior Account Executive

719-964-4501

mlammers@amplify.com

Welcome to Amplify Science Pennsylvania
(6–8)!

Amplify Science is an engaging core curriculum designed for three-dimensional, phenomena-based learning.

With Amplify Science, Pennsylvania students shift from learning about to figuring out science, through authentic three-dimensional (3D) learning and phenomena-based exploration. In each unit, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to investigate a real-world problem. This prepares them to become critical thinkers who can solve problems in their communities and beyond.

Two students sit at a classroom table, smiling and working together on a laptop and worksheet, guided by Pennsylvania teachers, with other students in the background.

What is Amplify Science Pennsylvania?

Customized lessons for Pennsylvania

Amplify Science Pennsylvania (6–8) combines our nationally recognized, proven curriculum with custom lessons specifically designed to ensure that you are meeting Pennsylvania’s STEELS standards.

A digital dashboard displays six science lesson tiles, featuring "Designing for Energy Sustainability" in the lower right corner, and supports three-dimensional learning inspired by Amplify Science and PA STEELS standards.

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach, in which students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true three-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

Proven to work

A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 1

Read More

Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

WestEd Randomized
Control Trial for Grade 7

Read More

A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

Amplify Science Pennsylvania NE
Grades K–5

Read More

Instructional model

The Amplify Science Pennsylvania program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

Do

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science Pennsylvania has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

Talk

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

Read

Students read scientific articles, focusing on searching for evidence related to their investigation and on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

Write

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

Visualize

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers
do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures that students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science Pennsylvania to address 100% of the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS), and support students in mastering the Pennsylvania Science Standards.

Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science Pennsylvania. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multimodal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts, than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science Pennsylvania, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4–5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put all the materials back with ease.

Assorted office and household items displayed on a white background, including rubber bands, binder clips, cardboard, and sports balls.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

Amplify Science Classroom Slides

Explore your print samples

With your Amplify Science Pennsylvania print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we’ve provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free Teacher’s Guide!

Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical Teacher Guide that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science Pennsylvania, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science Pennsylvania materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials. We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable. Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of four to five students.
  • Include supportive videos. Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

Within each kit, we provide grade-specific lists of all materials included, which you can also find using the links below.

Spanish-language support

Amplify Science Pennsylvania is committed to providing support to meet the needs of all learners, including multiple access points for Spanish-speaking students. Developed in conjunction with Spanish-language experts and classroom teachers, several components are available in Spanish across the Amplify Science Pennsylvania curriculum.

Spanish-language materials include:

COMPONENT TEACHER/STUDENT
Student Investigation Notebooks Student
Science articles Student
Video transcripts Student
Digital simulation translation keys Student
Printed classroom materials
Unit and chapter questions, key concepts, vocabulary cards, etc.
Teacher
Copymasters Teacher
Assessments Teacher
Digital student experience license
This license gives students access to the student resources in Spanish, including instructional text, articles, and assessments. Teachers can control student access to Spanish-language content through the digital Teacher’s Guide.
Teacher
Spanish teacher support license
This license includes teacher talk, projections, downloadable PDFs of all print resources, and video transcripts and closed captioning in Spanish.
Teacher

Resources to support your review

Contact us

Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way.

Contact your dedicated Pennsylvania representative here.

A woman with long brown hair and glasses wearing a light blue sweater, smiling at the camera against a gray background.

Julie Couch

District Enrollment
<1800 students

A person with long blonde hair, wearing a lace scarf, smiles in a sunlit outdoor setting, reminiscent of the excitement Pennsylvania teachers bring to Amplify Science programs for elementary students.

Laura Soeder

Western PA

A smiling person with shoulder-length gray hair, wearing a peach-colored scarf and a gray sweater, stands against a plain white background. This image captures the essence of Pennsylvania teachers who are dedicated to enriching Science programs for elementary students.

Monica Vincent

Southeast PA

A man with curly brown hair and a beard, smiling broadly, wearing a suit, dress shirt, and floral tie, standing outdoors with trees and grass in the background.

Keenan Zambelli

Northeast & Central PA

Publisher presentation

The Lawrence Hall of Science

Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

  • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
  • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
  • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
  • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
Amplify Science and Lawrence Hall of Science

Instructional model

The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

DO

First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

TALK

Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

READ

Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

WRITE

Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

VISUALIZE

By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

Program structure

Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the Oregon Science Standards.

Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

Unit types

While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

In grades 6–8:

  • One unit is a launch unit.
  • Three units are core units.
  • Two units are engineering internships.

Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

Unit sequence

Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

Program components

Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

Amplify Science TG

Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

More hands-on with Flextensions:
Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.

Full coverage of the Oregon Science Standards

Amplify Science was designed from the ground up to meet the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). As such, it aligns to the Oregon Science Standards, which were also borne out of the NGSS.

The guidance below is meant to provide support for integrating additional activities that support full coverage of Oregon’s standards. Organized by grade level, each section below will outline:

  • Additional activities that support 100% alignment to the Oregon Science Standards.
  • The standard being addressed with the activities.
  • The recommended placement of the activities within a specific Amplify Science unit.
  • PDFs of any accompanying materials that are necessary to implement the activities.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Changed How We Think About Brain Cells

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studied the nervous system.

Recommended placement: Metabolism unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Changed How We Think About Brain Cells” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies Underwater Currents

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies ocean currents.

Recommended placement: Oceans, Atmosphere, and Climate unit, Lesson 2.1

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies Underwater Currents” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies How the Environment Affects Our Traits

About this activity: In this activity, students read two short articles, one about current research on genes and proteins, and one about a scientist who is studying how the environment can affect our traits.

Recommended placement: Traits and Reproduction unit, Lesson 2.4

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies How the Environment Affects Our Traits” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Who Becomes a Space Scientist?

About this activity: In this activity, Students read a short article about a scientist who studies space.

Recommended placement: Geology on Mars unit, Lesson 3.1

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Who Becomes a Space Scientist?” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies How Plants Find Water Underground

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies how plants’ roots get water.

Recommended placement: Matter and Energy in Ecosystems unit, Lesson 1.6

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies How Plants Find Water Underground” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Bringing Back the Buffalo

About this activity: In this activity, students change one competing population to try to decrease the other in the Sim, and read a short article about a scientist who studies buffalo.

Recommended placement: Populations and Resources unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Bringing Back the Buffalo” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Rereading “A Continental Puzzle”

About this activity: In this activity, students reread “A Continental Puzzle” and think about how patterns were helpful to Wegener’s work.

Recommended placement: Plate Motion unit, Lesson 3.2

Materials:

Instructions: Direct students back to “A Continental Puzzle” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students re-read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Meet a Scientist Who Studies Variation in Monkey Populations

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about a scientist who studies variation of traits in monkey populations.

Recommended placement: Natural Selection unit, Lesson 1.6

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Meet a Scientist Who Studies Variation in Monkey Populations” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Extinctions and Human Impacts

About this activity: The purpose of this lesson is for students to see how increases in human population and consumption of natural resources can negatively impact Earth’s systems.

Recommended placement: Natural Selection unit, Lesson 4.5

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Extinctions and Human Impacts” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Steno and the Shark

About this activity: In this activity, students read a short article about Nicolas Steno, a scientist from the 1600s whose studies of fossilized sharks’ teeth embedded in rock layers laid the foundation for the modern understanding of stratigraphy.

Recommended placement: Evolutionary History unit, Lesson 2.4

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Steno and the Shark” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Activity Title: Scale in the Solar System

About this activity: In this activity, students read and annotate the articles “Scale in the Solar System” and “The Solar System Is Huge.”

Recommended placement: Earth, Moon, and Sun unit, Lesson 1.2

Materials:

Instructions: Download the PDF “Scale in the Solar System” above and remind students of the Active Reading guidelines. Before students read the article, invite them to share prior experiences. Then have students complete the copymaster above.

Explore your print samples

Amplify Science physical samples can be found at the Hamersley Library at Western Oregon University. There you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

A laptop screen shows an energy simulation, with surrounding text and diagrams explaining the Earth's system and energy flow.
  • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
  • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

A note about the Materials Kits:

Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

Our unit-specific kits:

  • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
  • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
  • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

Access your digital samples

Explore as a teacher

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the teacher username and password found on your unique login flyer enclosed in your physical sample box.
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

Explore as a student

Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

  • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below.
  • Select Log in with Amplify.
  • Enter the student username and password found on your unique login flyer enclosed in your physical sample box.
  • Click the Science icon.
  • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
  • Select any unit.

Resources to support your review

Oregon standards correlation for grades 6–8

QCD Science Adoption Criteria 2022 for grades 6-8

QCD IMET Citation guidance for grades 6-8

Oregon Science IMET for grades 6-8 (Excel download)

Oregon QCD-IMET Citation guidance for grades 6-8

Research behind Amplify Science

Phenomena in grades 6–8

Program structure for grades 6–8

Active Reading in grades 6–8

Engineering in Amplify Science

Approaches to assessment in grades 6–8

Survey

We’re interested in learning more about you. Please fill out this survey!

Program overview

Boost Lectura is a high-quality, personalized Spanish literacy foundational skills program that complements Amplify Reading to build reading proficiency in both English and Spanish for grades K–2.

Student field study experience

Note: This is an early subset of the program experience. Some content may be appropriate for some students, but difficult for others. This is feedback we want to hear. The designs are also still in progress, with many aspects yet to be featured. Please email Aya Bukres with all suggestions!

Field study books and games

Below is a list of books and games (with associated skills) by grade level. Students will access these games and books through Quests.

Note: Books do not include voice-over at this time.

Kindergarten Books

¿Qué pasa con la gallina Tina?¿Qué puedes hacer con los 5 sentidos?¿Por qué croan las ranas?
Un festín de saboresUn ¡pop! en tiempoLos aluxes
El efecto mariposaLas estaciones del año

Kindergarten Games

Game NameBig IdeaSkill that will be practiced
Son sabrosónPhonological AwarenessRhyming
Alfa y betoPhonological AwarenessBlending
Jugando andoPhonological AwarenessSegmentation
Tragaletras exigentesPhonicsLetter-sound correspondences
Tragaletras gruñonesPhonicsLetter combinations
Tragaletras comelonesPhonicsReview of letter-sound correspondences and letter combinations
Investiga la escenaComprehension ProcessesGap-filling Inferences

Grade 1 Books

La leyenda de la colibríLa capibara: Un animal amigableMi ruidoso cuerpo
El zorro y el huaychaoDeseos al sol

Grade 1 Games

Game NameBig IdeaSkill that will be practiced
Alfa y betoPhonological AwarenessBlending
Jugando andoPhonological AwarenessSegmentation
Tragaletras exigentesPhonicsLetter-sound correspondences
Tragaletras gruñonesPhonicsLetter combinations
Tragaletras comelonesPhonicsReview of letter-sound correspondences and letter combinations
Silabalón: la copaPhonicsSyllable decoding
¿Aquí o alla?Phonics & Word RecognitionDecoding words with
y, g, and c
¿Esta o aquella?Phonics & Word RecognitionDecoding words with different graphemes to represent the same phoneme
¡Abra palabra!Phonics & Word RecognitionDecoding – syllable manipulation
Quita y ponPhonics & Word RecognitionDecoding – syllable manipulation
¡Conéctalo!Comprehension ProcessesUsing connectives
Investiga la escenaComprehension ProcessesGap-filling inferences

Grade 2 Books

La despedidaLa verdadera fortunaLa fascinante Ruta de la Seda
Bernardo de GálvezHormigas amigas

Grade 2 Games

Game NameBig IdeaSkill that will be practiced
¿Aquí o alla?Phonics & Word RecognitionDecoding words with y, g, and c
¿Esta o aquella?Phonics & Word RecognitionDecoding words with different graphemes to represent the same phoneme
¡Abra palabra!Phonics & Word RecognitionDecoding – syllable manipulation
Quita y ponPhonics & Word RecognitionDecoding – syllable manipulation
¡Conéctalo!Comprehension ProcessesUsing connectives
Investiga la escenaComprehension ProcessesGap-filling inferences

Consider using Boost Lectura during the following times:

  • Small group or center time
  • Choice time
  • During intervention blocks
  • After school
  • At home
  • Remote learning

Getting your students online

Amplify login page with options to log in using Google, Clever, Amplify, QR code, District SSO, or get help; a rocket illustration is on the left.

Instruct students to navigate to learning.amplify.com, and log in using the method you typically use when logging into Boost Reading.

A screen displays the question "Where are you headed?" with options "Reading" and "Lectura," and a purple "Go!" button at the bottom.

Find and click on the icon for Boost Lectura, as shown above.

At this time, students can begin playing games or reading books by clicking on “Iniciar.”

A large button labeled "INICIAR" is displayed in the center of a colorful, illustrated town map background.

Having students play games in Quests

Select a game from the list to play!

A woman smiles in a café with a blue creature beside her, a barista behind the counter, pastries on display, and three app icons with Spanish text on the right.

Students can play games in Quests by selecting the curioso icon.

A cartoon map shows various buildings, trees, and winding paths with a "Detour" sign and a blue character in the center marked by a location pin.

Students should hear quest narratives in Spanish.

The Automatic Placement Tool (APT)

The Automatic Placement Tool will be served when students first log in and choose the Lectura product. The Experience should take about 15–20 minutes total.

Students are greeted with a comical animation explaining we need their help with answering a few questions.

A concerned scientist stands in a control room surrounded by green goblin-like creatures, some using tools and wearing glasses, with a background of technological equipment.

Students are guided through a few short activities measuring different skills domains.

A digital quiz in Spanish asks, "¿Qué sílaba hace este sonido?" with a sound icon and three answer choices: "al," "en," and "ir.

Students receive closure to their experience via another short animation.

A scientist in a lab coat stands in a futuristic control room, surrounded by four small green creatures also wearing lab coats.

    Troubleshooting guide

    Please check to ensure “cookies” are accepted on your device.
    If you still receive an error message or blank screen when accessing an Amplify page, please email Aya Bukres.

    Please email Aya Bukres to confirm your login credentials.

    What is mCLASS Intervention?

    mCLASS Intervention is a staff-led, supplemental Tier 2/3 intervention program that seamlessly integrates with mCLASS with DIBELS® 8th Edition data and helps students develop the skills they need to access their core instruction.

    Illustrated in the continuum below, each hexagon represents a skill taught in mCLASS Intervention. Skills to the left are generally precursors to skills on the right.

    Diagram illustrating the components of reading comprehension, including alphabetic principle, vocabulary, and fluency, connected by arrows to a central circle labeled "reading comprehension.

    How does mCLASS Intervention work?

    The strength of mCLASS Intervention comes from its technology-powered algorithm. Using sophisticated software algorithms, mCLASS Intervention automatically:

    • Analyzes DIBELS 8th Edition and diagnostic measure results collected via the mCLASS platform.
    • Determines which skills each student already knows and which they’re ready to learn next.
    • Puts students into small, homogeneous groups of 4–6.
    • Compiles detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    In-depth analysis

    Here is a brief example of how mCLASS Intervention identifies the right intervention path for each student.

    The image below shows the MOY Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) results for two first-grade students—Student A and Student B.

    Two digital tablets display reading fluency tests for "student a" and "student b," showing grids with red and blue-highlighted letters and numbers.

    Both students scored 29, which is Well Below Benchmark for this time of year. In spite of these students having the same score, mCLASS Intervention’s automatic analysis of each students’ item-level responses detects that they actually have very different needs.

    • For Student A, mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on letter-sound knowledge, and sounding out and blending.
    • For Student B,  mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on Regular & Irregular Word recognition. (mCLASS Intervention spirals instruction by having students work in two strands at the same time.)

    Without mCLASS Intervention, this type of analysis would take educators hours to complete and, as a result, could only be completed sporadically. The automatic nature of mCLASS Intervention’s data analysis algorithm makes it possible for busy educators to complete this analysis regularly, which in turn enables them to continually target intervention instruction at students’ evolving needs, day after day.

    Automatic grouping

    The mCLASS Intervention algorithm not only determines the ideal instructional focus for each student, but also automatically forms small groups of 4–6 students who share the same instructional focus and builds a 10-day plan with detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    Ready-to-teach 10-day plan

    Each 10-day plan systematically builds skills. For example, in the 10-day plan below, mCLASS Intervention has a particular group of students work on phonological awareness and letter-sound knowledge. And within phonological awareness, mCLASS Intervention first introduces the group to phoneme segmentation; moves students through phoneme identification and substitution in subsequent days; then finishes with first, last, and middle sound segmentation.

    Image showing a detailed 10-day lesson plan for phonics improvement, marked with annotations and progress indicators on a pink highlighted background.

    This systematic move from less advanced to more advanced skills allows for spaced practice over time, which research has shown to have significant impact on student literacy growth.

    • In a Tier 2 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons last 30 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 4–6 students. Each session has five activities and each activity is 5–8 minutes long.
    • In a Tier 3 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons can be 30 or 60 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 3–4 students.

    What makes mCLASS Intervention different?

    Explicit instructional approach

    All mCLASS Intervention activities begin with a Model (“I Do”) followed by a Practice (“You Do”). During the Model section, the instructor demonstrates how to do the activity. During the Practice section, the instructor has students practice. mCLASS Intervention uses subtle but impactful moves to maximize students’ independent thinking during the Practice portion of an activity. For example, mCLASS Intervention has the instructor call on a student only after posing the question to all students in the group and giving the group 3–5 seconds of “think time.” This approach helps instructors keep all students mentally engaged. When instructors take the opposite approach—calling on one student and then asking the question—students who aren’t called on tune out and inadvertently rob themselves of crucial practice opportunities they need to catch up to their peers.

    Step-by-step guidance for staff

    Because mCLASS Intervention activities are explicit and easy to follow, both certified educators and paraprofessionals with little or no training in early elementary reading can deliver mCLASS Intervention with impact. This detailed guidance gives schools a range of options when it comes to staffing intervention. And that added flexibility is vital—especially for moderate and high-need schools, which often struggle to provide intervention to all students in need.

    Swift and interactive pace

    mCLASS Intervention regularly incorporates game-based, kinesthetic, peer-to-peer approaches to further increase student engagement, and as a result, educators often report that mCLASS Intervention is their students’ favorite part of the day. This is likely due to the fact that students participating in mCLASS Intervention lessons:

    • Get more focused attention in homogenous small groups.
    • Get their specific literacy needs met with targeted instruction, so they are neither bored nor frustrated.
    • Get 30-minute bursts of support filled with a variety of fast-paced and high-energy activities.
    Image of a detailed lesson plan chart titled "reading - flu and comp. burst #1" for 10 days, listing daily reading tasks and skills to be developed.

    Sample materials and demo access

    mCLASS Intervention delivers targeted instruction in 10-day bursts. Click the buttons below to see a sample.

    Follow the instructions below to login to your demo account.

    • Click the mCLASS Intervention Demo button below.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • Enter the username: atahan
    • Enter the password: Abcd1234
    • Click the mCLASS®: Amplify Reading Edition tile.
    • Click the Intervention button.

    What is mCLASS Intervention?

    mCLASS Intervention is a staff-led, supplemental Tier 2/3 intervention program that seamlessly integrates with mCLASS with DIBELS® 8th Edition data and helps students develop the skills they need to access their core instruction.

    Illustrated in the continuum below, each hexagon represents a skill taught in mCLASS Intervention. Skills to the left are generally precursors to skills on the right.

    Diagram illustrating the components of reading comprehension, including alphabetic principle, vocabulary, and fluency, connected by arrows to a central circle labeled "reading comprehension.

    How does mCLASS Intervention work?

    The strength of mCLASS Intervention comes from its technology-powered algorithm. Using sophisticated software algorithms, mCLASS Intervention automatically:

    • Analyzes DIBELS 8th Edition and diagnostic measure results collected via the mCLASS platform.
    • Determines which skills each student already knows and which they’re ready to learn next.
    • Puts students into small, homogeneous groups of 4–6.
    • Compiles detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    In-depth analysis

    Here is a brief example of how mCLASS Intervention identifies the right intervention path for each student.

    The image below shows the MOY Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) results for two first-grade students—Student A and Student B.

    Two digital tablets display reading fluency tests for "student a" and "student b," showing grids with red and blue-highlighted letters and numbers.

    Both students scored 29, which is Well Below Benchmark for this time of year. In spite of these students having the same score, mCLASS Intervention’s automatic analysis of each students’ item-level responses detects that they actually have very different needs.

    • For Student A, mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on letter-sound knowledge, and sounding out and blending.
    • For Student B,  mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on Regular & Irregular Word recognition. (mCLASS Intervention spirals instruction by having students work in two strands at the same time.)

    Without mCLASS Intervention, this type of analysis would take educators hours to complete and, as a result, could only be completed sporadically. The automatic nature of mCLASS Intervention’s data analysis algorithm makes it possible for busy educators to complete this analysis regularly, which in turn enables them to continually target intervention instruction at students’ evolving needs, day after day.

    Automatic grouping

    The mCLASS Intervention algorithm not only determines the ideal instructional focus for each student, but also automatically forms small groups of 4–6 students who share the same instructional focus and builds a 10-day plan with detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    Ready-to-teach 10-day plan

    Each 10-day plan systematically builds skills. For example, in the 10-day plan below, mCLASS Intervention has a particular group of students work on phonological awareness and letter-sound knowledge. And within phonological awareness, mCLASS Intervention first introduces the group to phoneme segmentation; moves students through phoneme identification and substitution in subsequent days; then finishes with first, last, and middle sound segmentation.

    Image showing a detailed 10-day lesson plan for phonics improvement, marked with annotations and progress indicators on a pink highlighted background.

    This systematic move from less advanced to more advanced skills allows for spaced practice over time, which research has shown to have significant impact on student literacy growth.

    • In a Tier 2 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons last 30 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 4–6 students. Each session has five activities and each activity is 5–8 minutes long.
    • In a Tier 3 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons can be 30 or 60 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 3–4 students.

    What makes mCLASS Intervention different?

    Explicit instructional approach

    All mCLASS Intervention activities begin with a Model (“I Do”) followed by a Practice (“You Do”). During the Model section, the instructor demonstrates how to do the activity. During the Practice section, the instructor has students practice. mCLASS Intervention uses subtle but impactful moves to maximize students’ independent thinking during the Practice portion of an activity. For example, mCLASS Intervention has the instructor call on a student only after posing the question to all students in the group and giving the group 3–5 seconds of “think time.” This approach helps instructors keep all students mentally engaged. When instructors take the opposite approach—calling on one student and then asking the question—students who aren’t called on tune out and inadvertently rob themselves of crucial practice opportunities they need to catch up to their peers.

    Step-by-step guidance for staff

    Because mCLASS Intervention activities are explicit and easy to follow, both certified educators and paraprofessionals with little or no training in early elementary reading can deliver mCLASS Intervention with impact. This detailed guidance gives schools a range of options when it comes to staffing intervention. And that added flexibility is vital—especially for moderate and high-need schools, which often struggle to provide intervention to all students in need.

    Swift and interactive pace

    mCLASS Intervention regularly incorporates game-based, kinesthetic, peer-to-peer approaches to further increase student engagement, and as a result, educators often report that mCLASS Intervention is their students’ favorite part of the day. This is likely due to the fact that students participating in mCLASS Intervention lessons:

    • Get more focused attention in homogenous small groups.
    • Get their specific literacy needs met with targeted instruction, so they are neither bored nor frustrated.
    • Get 30-minute bursts of support filled with a variety of fast-paced and high-energy activities.
    Image of a detailed lesson plan chart titled "reading - flu and comp. burst #1" for 10 days, listing daily reading tasks and skills to be developed.

    Amplify Classroom and Polypad free and commercial use guidelines

    If you’d like to use Amplify’s tools or content in your work, please review these guidelines to determine if your specific use is allowed and whether you need to submit a request for approval.

    Overview

    Amplify Classroom offers free prebuilt interactive and print-based lessons, interactive lesson-building tools, and Polypad virtual manipulatives. See amplify.com/classroom and polypad.amplify.com for more information.

    Amplify Classroom features:

    • Activity Builder (labeled “Custom Activities” in the platform): This content-creating and publishing tool enables educators to create their own interactive lessons and edit existing lessons.
    • Polypad virtual manipulatives: These virtual manipulatives allow teachers and students to explore concepts, express their creativity, and visualize their thinking. Polypad virtual manipulatives can be embedded directly into lessons via Activity Builder or used as a stand-alone, dynamic workspace.
    • Computation Layer: This feature enables educators to further customize lessons created with Activity Builder. Computation Layer is the code that allows components within the lessons to “talk” to one another, enabling users to connect representations; customize content; and provide dynamic, interpretive feedback. Computation Layer is accessible through Activity Builder.

    Amplify Classroom includes activities and lessons across many subjects, created by the thousands of educators on our platform. Content created by Amplify is tagged “By Amplify,” “By Amplify Classroom,” or “By Desmos Classroom.”

    Amplify also publishes paid core curriculum programs, including Amplify Desmos MathAmplify ScienceAmplify CKLAAmplify Caminos, and Amplify ELA. These products can be reviewed and purchased by schools or districts interested in comprehensive resources aligned to standards and designed to motivate students. Some of the lessons that are free to use on Amplify Classroom (labeled Try It! lessons) are also part of these paid products. Learn more about our products and request a sample.

    Amplify Classroom tools and content (other than paid products) are free for personal, educational, and non-commercial use, subject to our Acceptable Use Policy and Usage Guidelines. These guidelines also permit certain commercial uses. You generally don’t need to submit a request to use our free tools and resources for the permitted purposes covered in these guidelines. As long as you are following our Acceptable Use Policy and Usage Guidelines, as well as making appropriate Attributions and Disclaimers, you are permitted to move forward with your project. To make sure your use is permitted, please read these guidelines thoroughly and in their entirety. If you would like to explore a license for a use not permitted here, please submit this form.

    Amplify does not own but partners with Desmos Studio, the maker of a suite of free math tools, including a graphing calculator used by over 75 million people around the world. (See desmos.com for more information.) Please contact Desmos Studio for information on using their content or tools.

    Usage guidelines

    Please adhere to the following guidelines for using Amplify Classroom tools and content in each of the scenarios set out below. You are required to follow our General Guidelines and Attribution requirements below when making permitted uses. You are responsible for clearing any third party marks and content you use in your applications or publications.

    Uses labeled “PERMITTED USES” do not require permission, and you do not need to tell us about them—but we do appreciate hearing from you! Feel free to fill out this form to tell us about how you are using our tools and materials, and the ways in which you are finding them useful.

    Uses labeled “CONTACT US” do require permission. If you are interested in such use, please submit this form, and someone from our team will endeavor to follow up with you as soon as possible.

    Teaching and education services

    This section provides guidelines on using Amplify Classroom for teaching and education services.

    PERMITTED USES A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Educators creating, modifying (where permitted), and using Amplify Classroom content for classroom teaching in a school
      A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Public school districts, charter schools, and networks creating, modifying (where permitted) and using Amplify Classroom content for classroom teaching
      A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Private tutors creating or using Amplify Classroom content in 1:1 or small-group tutoring sessions
    CONTACT US A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. For-profit school or network of schools implementing Amplify Classroom for the school or network
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. Education publishers and EdTech organizations (whether for profit or non-profit) using or linking to Amplify Classroom content and tools
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. Any organizations or individuals embedding the teaching and learning experience from the Amplify Classroom lessons in their websites or applications (except API/iFrames Polypad integrations permitted below)
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. Educators or other individuals authoring lessons for commercial purposes (e.g., to sell on Teachers Pay Teachers and similar websites)
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. School districts, states, education publishers or technology providers, educators or any other individual or organization (whether for profit or non-profit) using Amplify Classroom content or platform to create paid curricula, educational courses, assessments, or any materials or curricula for submission for a state adoption list; or for offering, marketing, or sale to any schools or educational agencies or organizations, in or outside of the U.S.
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. Instructional/tutoring organizations (whether for profit or non-profit), seeking to use Amplify Classroom for its tutors or instructors

    Print and presentations

    This section provides guidelines on including content from Amplify Classroom, such as portions of free lessons or images generated using our tools, in printed materials or presentations.

    PERMITTED USES A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Books, including textbooks, up to two thousand copies
      A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Periodicals (newspapers, magazines, journals, etc.)
      A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Business documents such as company reports, proposals, presentations, etc.
      A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Academic publications, research papers, Ph.D. theses, and portfolios
      A green checkmark symbol on a light background. Conferences, presentations and accompanying slides
    CONTACT US A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. Books, more than two thousand copies, or as cover art for a book
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. As content within platforms, mobile and tablet applications, PDFs, ebooks, multimedia materials, or other digital resources or products
      A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background. Consumer and retail goods or packaging (e.g., shirts, beach towels, shower curtains, mugs, posters, stationery)

    Web and apps

    This section provides guidelines for embedding Amplify Classroom tools into your platform.

    PERMITTED USESA green checkmark symbol on a light background.Individuals and schools embedding Polypad in their materials for instructional use are permitted to do so; for integration options, see below.
     A green checkmark symbol on a light background.Organizations (whether for profit or non-profit) offering paid services embedding Polypad with <10k requests per year
    CONTACT USA large red "X" symbol on a light gray background.Organizations (whether for profit or non-profit) offering paid services embedding Polypad with >10k requests per year
     A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background.Individuals or organizations looking to embed Activity Builder/Computation Layer in their applications
     A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background.Individuals or organizations looking to embed Amplify Classroom tools in larger applications, more complex integrations, white-labeling, or hosting Amplify’s JS files on their own infrastructure
     A large red "X" symbol on a light gray background.Polypad links, screenshots, iFrames, or API uses behind a paywall

    Polypad integration options

    There are two integration options for using Polypad within your own applications, including:

    • Using iFrames hosted by Amplify.
    • As a white-labeled JavaScript API that can be self-hosted and embedded in other websites or apps.

    Developers can customize the features and behavior through numerous options and event listeners, and interact with the canvas programmatically to build custom functionality.

    Visit the Polypad API page to learn more about Polypad API license terms and to generate API Key.

    General guidelines

    Copyright fair use

    Your use of our content may be acceptable under principles of fair use (or other similar concepts in other countries). Under the fair use doctrine of the U.S. Copyright Act of 1976, it is permissible to use limited portions of a work for purposes such as commentary, criticism, news reporting, research, and scholarly reports.

    Whether a particular use qualifies as fair use depends on a number of factors. For more information see resources from the U.S. Copyright Office, Circular 21Reproductions of Copyrighted Works by Educators and Librarians, and Fair Use Index. Amplify can’t tell you if your use of this content would be fair use, so you may wish to obtain your own legal advice.

    Use of trademarks

    Our trademarks are valuable assets of Amplify and its licensors, and we want to ensure our users and partners use them correctly. These trademarks include the Amplify word mark and logo, Polypad word mark, Core Knowledge Foundation word mark and logo, the Lawrence Hall of Science word mark and logo, and the Desmos and Amplify Classroom word marks and logos.

    Logos

    Our logos can only be used if you have an existing partnership, and you’ve reached out to your Amplify contact to secure formal approval from Amplify’s brand team.

    Logos must never be used in a way that implies an endorsement or affiliation with Amplify where such a relationship does not exist.

    Please contact media@amplify.com if you need to use an Amplify or Amplify Classroom logo.

    Please contact Desmos Studio for Desmos Studio branding guidelines and licensing.

    Use of product names and features

    If making a use permitted under these guidelines or approved by Amplify, you may use the Amplify name or one of our product names or features in plain text to indicate that your product or service integrates with, or relates to, an Amplify product or service.

    However, all references must be honest and accurate, and you can’t incorporate these names into your own name or imply an endorsement by Amplify or any of its licensors.

    REQUIREDA green checkmark symbol on a light background.Use the complete name “Amplify Classroom” when referencing the platform.
     A green checkmark symbol on a light background.Use “Amplify Classroom lessons” when talking about specific lessons authored in the Amplify Classroom platform.
     A green checkmark symbol on a light background.Use “Teacher-created Amplify Classroom lessons” or “[Company name]-authored Amplify Classroom lessons” when talking about a lesson that has been authored by anyone other than Amplify personnel.
     A green checkmark symbol on a light background.Include required attribution and disclaimers.
    PROHIBITEDA large red "X" symbol on a light gray background.Do not imply an endorsement or affiliation with Amplify where such a relationship does not exist.

    Attribution and disclaimers

    You are required to include a link to the homepage of Amplify Classroom (amplify.com/classroom) and a prominent disclaimer of affiliation when making permissible uses described above in at least one place in your materials, preferably the cover page or landing page.

    Visit Amplify Classroom for free lessons, lesson-building tools, and Polypad virtual manipulatives at amplify.com/classroom. This content is not affiliated with, sponsored by, or endorsed by Amplify or any of its licensors. Amplify®, Amplify Classroom, and related trademarks are the property of Amplify Education, Inc.

    If your current attribution language refers to Desmos Classroom, please update the attribution to “Amplify Classroom” instead of “Desmos Classroom.”

    Contact us

    Amplify Classroom and Polypad usage inquiry form for uses labeled “Contact Us”

    Thank you for your interest in using Amplify Classroom and/or Polypad. If your intended use falls into one of the categories labeled “Contact us,” please fill out this form, so we can determine the appropriate permissions or licenses:

    Country(Required)
    Agreement and Next Steps(Required)

    Amplify Classroom and Polypad usage inquiry form for uses labeled “Permitted”

    Thank you for your interest in using Amplify Classroom and/or Polypad. If your intended use falls under the “Permitted” categories outlined in our use guidelines, please let us know by filling out the form below. This helps us understand how our tools are being used.

    Note: If your intended use falls under one of the “CONTACT US” categories outlined in our use guidelines, please fill out this form.

    Amplify Classroom and Polypad Permitted Use Form

    What is mCLASS Intervention?

    mCLASS Intervention is a staff-led, supplemental Tier 2/3 intervention program that seamlessly integrates with mCLASS with DIBELS® 8th Edition data and helps students develop the skills they need to access their core instruction.

    Illustrated in the continuum below, each hexagon represents a skill taught in mCLASS Intervention. Skills to the left are generally precursors to skills on the right.

    Diagram illustrating the components of reading comprehension, including alphabetic principle, vocabulary, and fluency, connected by arrows to a central circle labeled "reading comprehension.

    How does mCLASS Intervention work?

    The strength of mCLASS Intervention comes from its technology-powered algorithm. Using sophisticated software algorithms, mCLASS Intervention automatically:

    • Analyzes DIBELS 8th Edition and diagnostic measure results collected via the mCLASS platform.
    • Determines which skills each student already knows and which they’re ready to learn next.
    • Puts students into small, homogeneous groups of 4–6.
    • Compiles detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    In-depth analysis

    Here is a brief example of how mCLASS Intervention identifies the right intervention path for each student.

    The image below shows the MOY Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) results for two first-grade students—Student A and Student B.

    Two digital tablets display reading fluency tests for "student a" and "student b," showing grids with red and blue-highlighted letters and numbers.

    Both students scored 29, which is Well Below Benchmark for this time of year. In spite of these students having the same score, mCLASS Intervention’s automatic analysis of each students’ item-level responses detects that they actually have very different needs.

    • For Student A, mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on letter-sound knowledge, and sounding out and blending.
    • For Student B,  mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on Regular & Irregular Word recognition. (mCLASS Intervention spirals instruction by having students work in two strands at the same time.)

    Without mCLASS Intervention, this type of analysis would take educators hours to complete and, as a result, could only be completed sporadically. The automatic nature of mCLASS Intervention’s data analysis algorithm makes it possible for busy educators to complete this analysis regularly, which in turn enables them to continually target intervention instruction at students’ evolving needs, day after day.

    Automatic grouping

    The mCLASS Intervention algorithm not only determines the ideal instructional focus for each student, but also automatically forms small groups of 4–6 students who share the same instructional focus and builds a 10-day plan with detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    Ready-to-teach 10-day plan

    Each 10-day plan systematically builds skills. For example, in the 10-day plan below, mCLASS Intervention has a particular group of students work on phonological awareness and letter-sound knowledge. And within phonological awareness, mCLASS Intervention first introduces the group to phoneme segmentation; moves students through phoneme identification and substitution in subsequent days; then finishes with first, last, and middle sound segmentation.

    Image showing a detailed 10-day lesson plan for phonics improvement, marked with annotations and progress indicators on a pink highlighted background.

    This systematic move from less advanced to more advanced skills allows for spaced practice over time, which research has shown to have significant impact on student literacy growth.

    • In a Tier 2 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons last 30 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 4–6 students. Each session has five activities and each activity is 5–8 minutes long.
    • In a Tier 3 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons can be 30 or 60 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 3–4 students.

    What makes mCLASS Intervention different?

    Explicit instructional approach

    All mCLASS Intervention activities begin with a Model (“I Do”) followed by a Practice (“You Do”). During the Model section, the instructor demonstrates how to do the activity. During the Practice section, the instructor has students practice. mCLASS Intervention uses subtle but impactful moves to maximize students’ independent thinking during the Practice portion of an activity. For example, mCLASS Intervention has the instructor call on a student only after posing the question to all students in the group and giving the group 3–5 seconds of “think time.” This approach helps instructors keep all students mentally engaged. When instructors take the opposite approach—calling on one student and then asking the question—students who aren’t called on tune out and inadvertently rob themselves of crucial practice opportunities they need to catch up to their peers.

    Step-by-step guidance for staff

    Because mCLASS Intervention activities are explicit and easy to follow, both certified educators and paraprofessionals with little or no training in early elementary reading can deliver mCLASS Intervention with impact. This detailed guidance gives schools a range of options when it comes to staffing intervention. And that added flexibility is vital—especially for moderate and high-need schools, which often struggle to provide intervention to all students in need.

    Swift and interactive pace

    mCLASS Intervention regularly incorporates game-based, kinesthetic, peer-to-peer approaches to further increase student engagement, and as a result, educators often report that mCLASS Intervention is their students’ favorite part of the day. This is likely due to the fact that students participating in mCLASS Intervention lessons:

    • Get more focused attention in homogenous small groups.
    • Get their specific literacy needs met with targeted instruction, so they are neither bored nor frustrated.
    • Get 30-minute bursts of support filled with a variety of fast-paced and high-energy activities.
    Image of a detailed lesson plan chart titled "reading - flu and comp. burst #1" for 10 days, listing daily reading tasks and skills to be developed.

    Sample materials and demo access

    mCLASS Intervention delivers targeted instruction in 10-day bursts. Click the buttons below to see a sample.

    Follow the instructions below to login to your demo account.

    • Click the mCLASS Intervention Demo button below.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • Enter the username: atahan
    • Enter the password: Abcd1234
    • Click the mCLASS®: Amplify Reading Edition tile.
    • Click the Intervention button.

    What is Amplify Science?

    The Lawrence Hall of Science

    Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

    • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
    • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
    • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
    • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
    Aerial view of the lawrence hall of science at the university of california, berkeley, showcasing the building and surrounding trees with a foggy city backdrop.

    Proven to work

    A pdf cover from wested titled "learning and literacy development together: initial results from a curriculum study," featuring an adult helping children with schoolwork in a classroom.

    WestEd Randomized
    Control Trial for Grade 1

    Read More

    Pdf cover titled "curriculum materials designed for the next generation science standards: initial results from gold standard research trials", published by wested.

    WestEd Randomized
    Control Trial for Grade 7

    Read More

    A teacher and students engage in a science activity around a table. The text promotes the Amplify Science K–8 curriculum, highlighting its focus on hands-on learning and real-world problem-solving.

    Amplify Science NE
    Grades K–5

    Read More

    Instructional model

    The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

    Do

    First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

    Talk

    Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

    Read

    Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

    Write

    Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

    Visualize

    By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

    Program structure

    Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

    It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the Utah Science Standards.

    Flowchart depicting a critical thinking process with four circular nodes connected by arrows, each node representing a step: posing a real-world problem, exploring evidence, elaborating concepts, and evaluating claims.

    Unit types

    While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

    In grades 6–8:

    • One unit is a launch unit.
    • Three units are core units.
    • Two units are engineering internships.

    Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

    Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

    Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

    Unit sequence

    Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

    In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

    Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

    Program components

    Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

    Amplify Science TG

    Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

    A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

    More hands-on with Flextensions:
    Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

    Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

    Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

    Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

    In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

    Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

    These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

    A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.

    Explore your print samples

    With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

    A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

    It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

    Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

    Three laptop screens displaying educational content on earth's energy system, including diagrams and text annotations.
    • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
    • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

    A note about the Materials Kits:

    Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

    Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

    Our unit-specific kits:

    • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
    • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
    • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

    At your request, we did not include our materials kits with our submissions samples. However, we did provide grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit, which you can also find with the links below.

    Access your digital samples

    Explore as a teacher

    Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

    • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • Enter the username: t.msscienceut@tryamplify.net
    • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
    • Click the Science icon.
    • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
    • Select any unit.

    To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform, watch the below navigational video.

    Explore as a student

    Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

    • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • Enter the username: s.msscienceut@tryamplify.net
    • Enter the password: AmplifyNumber1
    • Click the Science icon.
    • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
    • Select any unit.

    Resources to support your review

    Core STEM programs: Strengthen sessions

    Professional development sets teachers and leaders up for success, whether they are new to or experienced with a program. Each Strengthen session promotes a deeper understanding of the program through targeted instructional practices.

    Explore STEM Strengthen sessions by program below.

    Professional Learning Partner Guide Certified Provider

    Amplify professional development has been vetted by Rivet Education’s team through a rigorous three-step process and is listed in the Professional Learning Partner Guide.

    Teacher attentively watching two children build with blocks at a colorful classroom table.

    About Strengthen sessions

    Support Amplify implementation with sessions that target specific instructional practices for teachers and leaders in year one and beyond. When you’re ready to schedule your Strengthen session, contact us. An Amplify expert will support you in selecting the session that best fits your needs and that will help you push student results forward.

    Each package includes one Strengthen session. Additional sessions can be added as enhancements.

    Amplify Math

    Amplify Math is a core math curriculum that serves 100% of students in accessing grade-level math every day. The program delivers engaging grade-level math lessons; flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off ; and insights, data, and reporting that drive performance.

    Explore the Amplify Math Strengthen sessions (for grade bands 6–Algebra 1) for Begin packages and beyond. Click the session title or scroll down to learn more about each session.

    Begin packages

      On-site package
    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid
    on-site package

    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 10 package
    (10 hr.)
    Hybrid
    virtual package

    (15 hr.)
    Virtual package
    (7 hr.)
    One session per package On-site
    3 hr. sessions
    On-site
    3 hr. sessions
    Virtual
    1 hr. sessions
    Virtual
    3 hr. sessions
    Virtual
    1 hr. sessions
    Enhancing planning A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing practice
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing observations for leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Unit-level planning
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Lesson-level planning
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Increasing engagement with instructional routines     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

    Begin: Enhancing planning for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Prepare to teach Amplify Math lessons effectively, by engaging in collaborative backward planning with experts. Work alongside our facilitators to understand how to target key concepts and make successful instructional decisions across a unit, and leave with a completed unit plan for your class.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing practice for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    See the Launch, Monitor, Connect problem-based learning model in action, and practice integrating these practices into your facilitation of lesson activities. Leave with guidelines for using the Launch, Monitor, Connect model that you can implement during your next lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing observations for leaders

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn to use our non-evaluative classroom look-for tool for Amplify Math to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Math.

    Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Unit-level planning

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Dive into unit planning as you learn the story of how your upcoming unit is tied to other units and grade levels, and discover the big ideas you will explore alongside your students in Amplify Math.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Lesson-level planning

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Dive into lesson-level planning as you learn how to create a road map that guides student learning, makes connections across lessons, and measures student understanding of the learning goals in Amplify Math.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Increasing engagement with instructional routines

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Explore how to use Instructional Routines such as Notice and Wonder to support and engage students as they make sense of new contexts and mathematical problems in Amplify Math.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice packages

      On-site package
    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 15,
    on-site package

    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 13 package
    (13 hr.)
    Virtual package
    (9 hr.)
    One session per package On-site
    3 hr. sessions
    On-site
    3 hr. sessions
    Virtual
    1 hr. sessions
    Virtual
    1 hr. sessions
    Enhancing planning for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing practice for teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing observations for leaders A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Using differentiation supports for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. 
    Using data to drive instruction for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Addressing prerequisite skills for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Orchestrating math discussions for teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Building language with math routines for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Unit-level planning for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Lesson-level planning for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Increasing engagement with Instructional Routines for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  

    Practice: Enhancing planning for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Prepare to effectively teach Amplify Math lessons by engaging in collaborative backward planning with experts. Work alongside our facilitators to understand how to target key concepts and make effective instructional decisions across a unit, and leave with a completed unit plan for your class.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing practice for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    See the Launch, Monitor, Connect problem-based learning model in action, and practice integrating these practices into your facilitation of lesson activities. Leave with guidelines for using the Launch, Monitor, Connect model that you can implement during your next lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing observations for leaders

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn to use our non-evaluative classroom look-for tool for Amplify Math to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Math.

    Audience: Leaders (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Using differentiation supports for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn how to leverage embedded differentiated supports in Amplify Math to ensure that all students can be successful. Walk away with a plan for supporting students in your classroom including English Language Learners (ELLs), students with disabilities, students who may need extra support, and advanced students.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Using data to drive instruction for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Grow your proficiency in data analysis.Turn student data gathered within Amplify Math into differentiated instruction targeting specific skills. Walk away ready to use the data provided in the curriculum to align embedded support to your students’ unique needs.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Addressing prerequisite skills for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Explore Amplify Math’s just-in-time approach to addressing prerequisite skills. Leave with a deeper understanding of how to use embedded curriculum resources to identify and support prerequisite skills essential for your next unit.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Orchestrating math discussions for teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn strategies for leading discussions that promote more math talk among all students in your classroom. Walk away with strategies and Amplify Math curriculum tools you can bring back to your classroom to enhance discussion in your next lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Building language with math routines for teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Explore how Math Language Routines support students as they make sense of new contexts and mathematical problems in Amplify Math. Leave with strategies for using these routines to support students in learning mathematical practices, content, and language in your upcoming lessons.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Unit-level planning for teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Dive into unit planning as you learn the story of how your upcoming unit is tied to other
    units and grade levels, and discover the big ideas you’ll explore alongside your students in Amplify Math.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Lesson-level planning for teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Dive into lesson-level planning as you learn how to create a roadmap for a lesson that guides student learning, makes connections across lessons, and measures student understanding of the learning goals in Amplify Math.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Increasing engagement with Instructional Routines for teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Explore how to leverage Instructional Routines such as Notice and Wonder to support students as they make sense of new contexts and mathematical problems in Amplify Math.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Amplify Desmos Math

    Amplify Desmos Math is a new core K–12 program from Amplify and Desmos Classroom —available in English and Spanish—that applies a problem-based approach to develop deep conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Using technology inspired by students’ natural curiosity, Amplify Desmos Math connects the classroom and fosters real collaboration, discourse, and perseverance in problem-solving. Captivating activities, powerful teaching tools, and lots of support enable students to develop math proficiency that lasts a lifetime.

    Explore the Amplify Desmos Math Strengthen sessions (for grades PreK–Algebra 2) for Begin packages and beyond. Click the session title or scroll down to learn more about each session.

    Begin packages

    Strengthen sessions

      On-site package
    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 15,
    on-site package

    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 10 package
    (10 hr.)
    Hybrid 15, virtual package
    (15 hr.)
    Virtual package
    (7 hr.)
    One session per package On-site,
    3 hr.
    On-site,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    1 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    1 hr.
    Enhancing planning for K–5 teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing planning for 6–A1 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing practice for K–5 teachers A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing practice for 6–A1 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Desmos Math to Amplify Desmos Math 6–A1 transition training for teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

    Begin: Enhancing planning for K–5 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dive into planning for Amplify Desmos Math, both big picture and day-to-day. Practice using lesson and unit planning protocols that will help you build a deep understanding of the math content you’ll be teaching and the planning resources available to you in the curriculum. Walk away with practical strategies for planning, even when you may not have much time.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing planning for 6–A1 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dive into both big-picture and day-to-day planning for Amplify Desmos Math. Practice using lesson and unit planning protocols that will help you build a deep understanding of the math content you’ll be teaching and the planning resources available to you in the curriculum. Walk away with practical strategies for planning, even when you may not have much time.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing practice for K–5 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dig into Amplify Desmos Math’s Launch, Monitor, Connect framework to level-up the student discourse in your math class. Explore in-the-moment differentiation support to help you orchestrate discussion and make the most out of key opportunities for conversation and collaboration.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing practice for 6–A1 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dig into Amplify Desmos Math’s Launch, Monitor, Connect framework to level up the student discourse in your math classroom. Learn strategies for leveraging the tools in the Teacher Dashboard to orchestrate discussion, and practice planning moves to make the most out of key discussion moments.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Desmos Math to Amplify Desmos Math 6–A1 transition training for teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Participants will get an overview of the similarities and differences between Desmos Math and Amplify Desmos Math, including becoming familiar with changes in materials, the digital platform, and key lesson, assessment, and reporting components.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice packages

    Strengthen sessions

      On-site package
    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 15,
    on-site package

    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 13 package
    (13 hr.)
    Virtual package
    (9 hr.)
    One session per package On-site,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    1 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Enhancing planning for
    K–5 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing planning for
    6–A1 teachers

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing practice for
    K–5 teachers
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing practice for
    6–A1 teachers

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Strengthen Focus: Teaching a digital lesson for K–5 teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Strengthen Focus: Snapshots in the Teacher Dashboard for 6–A1 teachers     A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  

    Practice: Enhancing planning for K–5 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dive into both big-picture and day-to-day planning for Amplify Desmos Math. Practice using lesson and unit planning protocols that will help you build a deep understanding of the math content you’ll be teaching and the planning resources available to you in the curriculum. Walk away with practical strategies for planning, even when you may not have much time.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing planning for 6–A1 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dive into both big-picture and day-to-day planning for Amplify Desmos Math. Practice using lesson and unit planning protocols that will help you build a deep understanding of the math content you’ll be teaching and the planning resources available to you in the curriculum. Walk away with practical strategies for planning, even when you may not have much time.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing practice for K–5 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dig into Amplify Desmos Math’s Launch, Monitor, Connect framework to level-up the student discourse in your math class. Explore in-the-moment differentiation support to help you orchestrate discussion and make the most out of key opportunities for conversation and collaboration.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing practice for 6–A1 teachers

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Dig into Amplify Desmos Math’s Launch, Monitor, Connect framework to level up the student discourse in your math classroom. Learn strategies for leveraging the tools in the Teacher Dashboard to orchestrate discussion, and practice planning moves to make the most out of key discussion moments.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Teaching a digital lesson for K–5 teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Get ready to facilitate digital lessons with your students. Explore what’s possible with the Teacher Dashboard and plan to make the most of these exciting instructional moments.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Snapshots in the Teacher Dashboard for 6–A1 teachers

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Explore how to use the Snapshots tool in the Teacher Dashboard to create a collaborative classroom that invites and celebrates student thinking. Leave with planning tips and tricks that will get you ready to use Snapshots during your busy math classes.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff (maximum 30 participants)

    Amplify Science

    Amplify Science is a K–8 science curriculum that blends hands-on investigations, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools to empower students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers. 

    Explore the Amplify Science sessions (for grade bands K–5 and 6–8) for year one packages and beyond. Select the session title or scroll to learn more about each session.

    Begin packages

    Strengthen sessions

      On-site package
    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 15,
    on-site package

    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 10 package
    (10 hr.)
    Hybrid 15, virtual package
    (15 hr.)
    Virtual package
    (7 hr.)
    One session per package On-site,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    1 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    1 hr.
    Enhancing planning
    (K–5 or 6–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing practice
    (K–5 or 6–8)

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing observations for leaders
    (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Planning an Amplify Science lesson
    (K–8) 

        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Supporting diverse learners: Exploring the resources
    (K–8)

        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Supporting diverse learners with embedded supports: Teacher modeling and student discourse
    (K–8) 

        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.

    Begin: Enhancing planning for teachers
    (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn how to use a planning protocol to internalize an upcoming Amplify Science unit. Leave with a plan to support students engaging in three-dimensional learning while also meeting the diverse needs of students in your classroom.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing practice for teachers
    (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn how Amplify Science supports phenomenon-based learning. Experience a sequence of model instruction from the curriculum, and walk away with a plan for how you can enhance the curriculum through your teaching practice to build a powerful culture of “figuring out” in your science classroom.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Enhancing observations for leaders (grades K–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn to use the non-evaluative classroom walkthrough tool for Amplify Science to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Science.

    Audience: Leaders grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Planning an Amplify Science lesson

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Develop structure and routines for planning Amplify Science lessons and leave prepared for an upcoming lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Supporting diverse learners: Exploring the resources (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Learn how to use lesson-specific differentiation briefs, embedded assessments, and activity-specific teacher support notes to maximize instruction for diverse learners with Amplify Science.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Begin: Strengthen Focus: Supporting diverse learners with embedded supports: Teacher modeling and student discourse (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Explore ways to leverage and build upon two key instructional elements in Amplify Science, and plan how you’ll use these supports to engage diverse learners in your next lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice packages

    Strengthen sessions

      On-site package
    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 15,
    on-site package

    (15 hr.)
    Hybrid 13 package
    (13 hr.)
    Virtual package
    (9 hr.)
    One session per package On-site,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Virtual,
    1 hr.
    Virtual,
    3 hr.
    Enhancing planning
    (K–5 or 6–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing practice
    (K–5 or 6–8)

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Enhancing observations for leaders
    (K–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Supporting all learners with complex texts
    (K–5 or 6–8)

    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Supporting English learners (K–5 or 6–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Writing in science (K–5 or 6–8) A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Assessment system (K–5 or 6–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.    
    Engineering Internships (6–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Science Seminar (6–8)
    A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background. A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.   A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.
    Planning an Amplify Science lesson (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Supporting diverse learners: Exploring the resources (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Supporting diverse learners: Teacher modeling and student discourse (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Analyzing student work (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Supporting diverse learners: Multimodal learning and multiple at-bats (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Grading with Amplify Science (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Enhancing the digital experience (K–5)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  
    Planning with the Coherence Flowchart (K–8)
        A large, light peach-colored checkmark on a transparent background.  

    Practice: Enhancing planning for teachers
    (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn how to use a planning protocol to internalize an upcoming Amplify Science unit. Walk away with a plan to support students engaging in three-dimensional learning while also meeting the diverse needs of students in your classroom.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing practice for teachers
    (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn how Amplify Science supports phenomenon-based learning. Experience a sequence of model instruction from the curriculum, and walk away with a plan for how you can enhance the curriculum through your teaching practice to build a powerful culture of “figuring out” in your science classroom.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Enhancing observations for leaders
    (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Learn to use the non-evaluative classroom walkthrough tool for Amplify Science to promote the use of instructional resources, focus on instructional delivery, and monitor instruction. Leave with an action plan for collecting and analyzing observation data to support teachers in their implementation of Amplify Science.

    Audience: Leaders grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Supporting all learners with complex texts (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Collaborate to solve common reading challenges alongside other educatorsLearn strategies to support students in grades K–5 or 6–8 in accessing complex texts in Amplify Science units by engaging in a model reading sequence. Leave with a plan for incorporating effective strategies into your upcoming Amplify Science reading lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Supporting English learners (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Explore strategies and engage in model activities to support multilingual/English learners in grades K–5 or 6–8 in developing their abilities to do, talk, read, write, visualize, and construct arguments in Amplify Science. Leave with strategies to support a deeper understanding of the critical role that language and literacy play in developing scientific understanding.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Writing in science (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Develop an understanding of how the Amplify Science writing approach supports students in grades K–5 or 6–8 in engaging in science practices, making sense of science ideas, and growing as writers. Leave with a plan for supporting student writing in your next unit.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Assessment system (grades K–5 or 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Available: Fall 2024

    Analyze a sample formative assessment, deepen your understanding of Amplify Science unit learning progressions, and participate in discussions to understand the relationships between different types of assessments and your unit’s learning goals. Walk away with strategies for collecting, analyzing, and responding to student assessment data.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades of K–5 or 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Engineering Internships (grades 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Plan for the first Amplify Science Engineering Internship course of your grade level (6–8) by exploring the Futura workspace and digital tools students will use during the Internship experience. Leave with an understanding of how students will apply science concept knowledge to construct design solutions. This session will feature one of the following Engineering Internships based on your need: Metabolism, Plate Motion, or Force and Motion unit.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Science Seminar (grades 6–8)

    On-site or virtual, 3 hours

    Experience a Science Seminar sequence of a sample Amplify Science grade 6–8 unit from the student perspective to gain an understanding of how students apply science concepts to engage in argumentation about a phenomenon. Leave with a plan for teaching a Science Seminar unit in your own classroom.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades 6–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Planning an Amplify Science lesson (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Develop a structure for planning Amplify Science lessons and leave prepared for an upcoming lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Supporting diverse learners: Exploring the resources (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Learn how to use lesson-specific differentiation briefs, embedded assessments, and activity-specific teacher support notes to supplement instruction for diverse learners with Amplify Science.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Supporting diverse learners: Teacher modeling and student discourse (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Explore ways to leverage and build upon two key instructional elements in Amplify Science and plan for ways to use these supports to engage diverse learners in your next lesson.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Analyzing student work (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Engage with a protocol to analyze real student work and plan for instructional next steps in Amplify Science. (You are required to bring student formative assessment samples to this session.)

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Supporting diverse learners: Multimodal learning and multiple at-bats (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 3 hours

    Learn strategies to develop an understanding of how Amplify Science’s multimodal approach supports diverse learners.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Grading with Amplify Science (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Develop an understanding of how to use assessment resources in Amplify Science to grade students three dimensionally and use practices that align with district/school guidelines.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Enhancing the digital experience (grades K–5)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Learn how to go further with Amplify Science digital experience tools to enhance teaching and learning.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–5 (maximum 30 participants)

    Practice: Strengthen Focus: Planning with the Coherence Flowchart (grades K–8)

    Virtual, 1 hour

    Practice using the Coherence Flowchart resource to plan an upcoming Amplify Science unit.

    Audience: Teachers, instructional staff grades K–8 (maximum 30 participants)

    Get in touch with a PD expert

    We’re here to provide answers and guidance as you explore your PD journey. Fill out the form to connect with us and discover how Amplify PD can enhance your educational journey.

    Learning to read is not innate. It needs to be taught intentionally and systematically—and science tells us how. The vast and growing body of research on early literacy is referred to as the Science of Reading. It draws on extensive research in cognitive science, linguistics, and neuroscience. It emphasizes the systematic teaching of foundational skills—such as phonics, phonological awareness, and decoding—in building vocabulary and comprehension. In other words, it deconstructs the processes behind how children learn to read, and provides evidence for the instructional practices and early literacy resources that can get them there.

    Read more 

    The Science of Reading refers to the pedagogy and practices proven by extensive research to effectively teach children how to read. It places a strong emphasis on both components of the Simple View of Reading, demonstrating that systematic and explicit instruction in phonics and and intentionally sequenced knowledge building are critical to reading success.

    In a balanced literacy environment, learning happens through reading and writing immersion, where the need for explicit instruction in phonics is recognized but is not the primary focus.

    The key difference between the approaches lies in their emphasis on foundational reading skills and a coherent approach to building language comprehension.

    A balanced literacy approach typically includes a combination of whole language approaches (emphasizing meaning and context) and phonics instruction. Balanced literacy instruction is designed to be flexible and open to interpretation by the instructor. It may include the three-cueing system, which encourages students to rely on syntactic and semantic clues in a text to read an unfamiliar word, rather than decoding (Does it look right? Does it sound right? Does it make sense?). Balanced literacy practitioners may also use leveled reading to differentiate instruction, which can can limit vocabulary exposure, hinder in-depth comprehension skills, and further widen achievement gaps.

    Balanced literacy has long been a popular approach to reading instruction, with educators appreciating its openness to variation. But advocates for the Science of Reading argue that an evidence-based approach aligned with known cognitive processes and a focus on foundational skills and language comprehension provides the most solid foundation for reading instruction—for confident and struggling readers alike.

    Read more

    According to our friends at The Reading League, the Science of Reading is important not because it gives us an effective way to teach reading, but because it gives us the most effective way to teach reading.

    “The Science of Reading is critical because it emphasizes evidence-based instruction. Decades of scientific research on reading have consistently shown the most effective ways to teach reading. The Science of Reading incorporates this research, which includes phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension.”

    The Reading League also takes it to the next level: What happens when all children have access to the most effective early literacy and reading education? “We believe in a future where a collective focus on applying the Science of Reading through teacher and leader preparation, classroom application, and community engagement will elevate and transform every community, every nation, through the power of literacy.”

    The Science of Reading has identified five foundational reading skills that are considered crucial for early reading development. One of those skills is phonics. In other words, the Science of Reading has established that phonics are crucial, but the Science of Reading is not the same as phonics.

    Phonics instruction helps students learn how to sound out and blend letters to read words accurately. As we know from the Simple View of Reading, two fundamental skills are required for reading with comprehension:

    1. Decoding—the ability to recognize written words (via phonics)
    2. Language comprehension—understanding what words mean

    And the Science of Reading also reminds us that students do not have to learn phonics or decoding before knowledge comes into the equation. “The background knowledge that children bring to a text is also a contributor to language comprehension,” says Sonia Cabell, Ph.D., associate professor at Florida State University’s School of Teacher Education, on Science of Reading: The Podcast.

    The Science of Reading is an evolving field built on decades of high-quality, evidence-based research that continually integrates new insights gathered from cognitive neuroscience, psychology, and linguistics. These ongoing studies constantly refine our understanding of how the human brain processes language and learning, enabling more personalized and effective teaching strategies that can adapt to the wide-ranging learning needs of students.

    Like other sciences such as medicine, astronomy, or engineering – new advancements in reading technology allow us to understand how the brain works and refine our practices. Every scientific advancement in this field of reading science deepens our comprehension of reading-related challenges like dyslexia and informs the development of evidence-based interventions. We don’t believe that the Science of Reading can be reduced to a fad or trend. Rather, it is a continually evolving, enduringly effective discipline, grounded in rigorous research and driven by the quest for better comprehension of how we read and learn.

    Assessment grounded in the Science of Reading can help identify children at risk of dyslexia at the earliest possible moments, creating the widest opportunity for intervention.

    People with dyslexia often experience challenges in phonological awareness. They may struggle to break down words into their component sounds and to recognize the relationships between letters and sounds. Systematic and explicit instruction in phonics and phonological awareness can help individuals with dyslexia develop necessary phonological skills. This evidence-based instruction can also help students who have difficulty with decoding.

    Further, evidence-based comprehension instruction, including explicit instruction in vocabulary and comprehension strategies, can support students with dyslexia in understanding and making meaning from text.

    Download our free dyslexia toolkit

    The Science of Reading can be integrated with a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) to provide comprehensive and targeted reading instruction for all students. The Science of Reading aligns with a tiered model by providing evidence-based practices for instruction at each tier. An MTSS includes universal screening to identify students at risk of reading difficulties; the Science of Reading can also guide the selection of screening measures to assess specific foundational skills. Aligning the Science of Reading with an MTSS framework can also enhance instructional practices and interventions, ensure data-driven decision making, and help meet the needs of all students.

    Read more

    Integrating the Science of Reading and the Science of Writing strengthens our approach to teaching literacy. Reading and writing are interdependent. Understanding how sentences are built not only contributes to better reading comprehension, it also helps writers develop clear, logical text. As students grow as readers, they also grow as writers, leading to a comprehensive literacy education. Clear thinking and effective writing are crucial for expressing ideas. By fostering both skills, teachers better support students in becoming confident readers and writers, prepared for academic challenges and beyond.

    One of the research-based frameworks used in the Science of Reading is the Simple View of Reading. According to the Simple View, two cognitive capacities are needed for proficient reading: (1) understanding the language (comprehension) and (2) recognizing words in print (decoding). A true Science of Reading program is designed from the start for students to build these skills, in a developmentally appropriate way.

    It will also emphasize the importance of knowledge building by exposing students to a diverse array of new topics spanning history, science, and literature, organized intentionally and coherently within and across grades. Deep and intentionally sequenced knowledge domains will help build a student’s vocabulary and understanding of complex texts. And it will include instruction in  all five foundational skills: phonics, phonemic awareness, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension.

    Download our free ebookScience of Reading: Making the Shift, which includes a checklist of what to look for in a curriculum based on the Science of Reading. Learn more from our friends at The Reading League.

    Actually, we have a full literacy suite built on the Science of Reading! It includes:

    • mCLASS® assessment, powered by DIBELS® 8th Edition, a gold-standard universal and dyslexia screener, plus a progress monitoring tool, all in one.
    • Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA), which provides explicit, systematic foundational skills instruction combined with intentional knowledge building.
    • Boost Reading, a highly adaptive personalized reading program that reinforces the core curriculum and supports enrichment, remediation, and intervention for each student in your classroom.
    • mCLASS Intervention, a staff-led intervention program targeted to Tiers 2 and 3, made easy with automatic data-driven grouping and sequenced explicit, systematic skills lesson plans to support at-risk students.

    Reading requires deliberate, systematic attention—and so does shifting to the Science of Reading in your school or district. It requires not only the right curriculum, but also all-new mindsets, metrics, and more. Reflecting years of experience supporting real educators, our resources will walk you through the process of change management in your community—and show you why the shift is worth it. View our Science of Reading change management playbook.

    Amplify and SFUSD Partnership

    We recognize and respect the unique differences of each of our partnering districts—and that includes San Francisco USD.

    Out of the box, Amplify Caminos offers districts a rich, comprehensive, research-based SELA experience. That said, no two districts are exactly alike. To that end, we are committed to working with San Francisco USD to ensure that Amplify Caminos addresses the needs of your community. This includes providing implementation guidance and support, as well as collaborating with your staff to determine which domains need to be modified or exchanged.

    What is Amplify Caminos?

    Amplify Caminos is a core Spanish language arts program for grades TK–5 that delivers:

    • Authentic instruction built from the ground up for the Spanish language.
    • A unique research-based approach truly built on the Science of Reading.
    • A combination of explicit foundational skills with meaningful knowledge-building.
    • Embedded support and differentiation that gets all students reading grade-level texts together.
    • Opportunities for students to see the strengths and experiences that all people share while also celebrating each others’ unique identities and experiences.



    Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades K–2.



    Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades 3–5.

    How does Amplify Caminos work?

    Amplify Caminos is built on the science of how kids learn to read—in Spanish.

    Amplify Caminos is all about helping you teach students how to read, all while giving them authentic and engaging reasons to read. That’s why Amplify Caminos develops foundational skills and builds knowledge in tandem.

    • Knowledge: Through complex and authentic Spanish read-alouds with an emphasis on classroom interactivity, oral comprehension, and contextual vocabulary, students start to build their awareness of the world around them—and the way the reading skills they’re building give them access to it.
    • Skills: Starting with the sounds at the core of the Spanish
      language, students practice their phonemic awareness, handwriting skills, vocabulary, spelling, and grammar. Through daily practice, students become aware of the connection between reading and writing, building confidence as they go.
    Illustration depicting the flow of genetic information, represented by ribbons transitioning from dna to rna, connected to various educational images and diagrams.

    Respecting the development differences between grade ranges, Amplify Caminos teaches foundational skills and background knowledge as two distinct strands in grades K–2, and combines them into one integrated strand in grades 3–5.

    Grades K–2:
    Every day, students in grades K–2 complete one full lesson that explicitly and systematically builds foundational reading skills in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand, as well as one full lesson that builds robust background knowledge to access complex text in the Amplify Caminos Conocimiento strand. Through learning in each of these strands, students develop the early literacy skills necessary to help them become confident readers and build the context to understand what they’re reading.

    Grades 3–5:
    In grades 3–5, the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura and Conocimiento strands are integrated in one set of instructional materials. Lessons begin to combine skills and knowledge with increasingly complex texts, close reading, and a greater writing emphasis. Students can then use their skills to go on their own independent reading adventures.

    What do Amplify Caminos students explore?

    Amplify Caminos builds students’ knowledge about the world.

    In addition to teaching all students to crack the written code (which is vital for equity), the Amplify Caminos program helps students see the strengths and experiences we all share while celebrating their own unique identities and experiences.

    This is accomplished through the exploration of topics and text that feature people who resemble students and familiar situations or experiences while also exposing them to people whose appearances, lives, beliefs, and backgrounds differ from their own.
     

    Engaging domains

    Amplify Caminos builds knowledge coherently across subjects and grades.

    Throughout the program, students use their skills to explore domains that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world as seen through the eyes of many different groups.

    Carefully selected to build from year-to-year, our grade-appropriate topics help students make and deepen connections while also reading, writing, and thinking creatively and for themselves.

    Curriculum flowchart for Kindergarten to Grade 5, showing subject progression in language, science, and social studies, with highlighted and connected units.

    New Knowledge Research Units for Grades K–5

    Our brand-new Knowledge Research units carry forward Amplify Caminos’ powerful and proven instructional approach while also:

    • Adding more diversity. The rich topics and highly visual components featured in these units provide students with even more “windows and mirrors” and perspectives as they work to build knowledge.
    • Adding more authentic literature. Each new research unit revolves around a collection of high-interest authentic trade books that will spark more curiosity and inspire more inquiry.
    • Adding more flexibility. Units can be implemented for extended core instruction during flex periods, district-designated Pausing Points, or enrichment periods.

    Units cover a variety of rich and relevant topics:

    With these new units, students will soar to new heights with Dr. Ellen Ochoa, Amelia Earhart, and the Tuskegee Airmen. They’ll feel the rhythm as they learn about Jazz legends Miles Davis, Tito Puente, and Duke Ellington. And they’ll explore the far reaches of the world with Jacques Cousteau, Matthew Henson, and Eugenie Clark.

    • Grade K: El arte y el mundo que nos rodea
    • Grade 1: Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra
    • Grade 2: ¡A volar! La era de la aviación
    • Grade 3: Jazz y más
    • Grade 4: Energía: pasado, presente y futuro
    • Grade 5: Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente

    Units will be made available in English and Spanish, and will include the following components:

    Why we added this unit:
    “Every child is an artist,” said Picasso, meaning that every child uses art to explore and understand the world around them. El arte y el mundo que nos rodea honors that truth by introducing Kindergarten students to some of the ways in which artists have explored and understood the world around them.

    This domain introduces students to artists from different time periods, countries, and cultures. Throughout the unit, students learn about different kinds of art and how artists use the world around them as they make art. They also connect this to what they have already learned about the earth, plants, and animals in other Caminos domains: GranjasPlantas, and Cuidar el planeta Tierra. In addition, students connect this to what they have learned about sculptors in the Presidentes y símbolos de los Estados Unidos domain. As they explore different artists and artistic traditions, they develop their ideas about how humans are connected to each other and to the world around them.

    As you read the texts in this unit, students may observe ways in which the characters or subjects are both similar to and different from students. This is a good opportunity to teach students awareness and sensitivity, building on the idea that all people share some things in common, even as they have other things that make them unique. This unit also offers an excellent opportunity to collaborate with your school’s art teacher, as many lessons have suggested activities to help students understand the kind of art they are studying.

    Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

    • Use details to describe art.
    • Identify three ways to create art.
    • Identify characteristics of cave art.
    • Sequence the steps of making pottery.
    • Describe how artists can create work connected to the world around them.
    • Describe what makes Kehinde Wiley’s portraits unique.
    • Explain how the texture of a surface can affect artwork created on it.
    • Explain what a sculpture is.
    • Describe what makes James Turrell’s artwork about the sky unique.
    • Explain what a museum is and what kinds of things you can see or do there.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • Georgia O’Keeffe por Erica Salcedo
    • Yayoi Kusama: De aquí al infinito por Sarah Suzuki
    • Tejedora del arcoíris por Linda Elovitz Marshall
    • Las tijeras de Matisse por Jeanette Winter
    • El museo por Susan Verde
    • Quizás algo hermoso: Cómo el arte transformó un barrio por F. Isabel Campoy

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    This domain introduces students to adventure stories set around the world and challenges students to dig into the adventures through research. By listening to the Read-Alouds and trade books, students increase their vocabulary and reading comprehension skills, learn valuable lessons about perseverance and teamwork, and become familiar with gathering information for research.

    In this unit, students study the careers of real-world explorers Dr. Eugenie Clark and Sophia Danenberg, marvel at the inventions of Jacques Cousteau, think critically about how teamwork and collaboration can make greater adventures possible, learn about the science and technology that enable adventures, and research some of the ways humans have confronted challenges at the edges of the world, from the oceans below to space above.

    Each lesson in the domain builds students’ research skills as they ask questions, gather information, and write a paragraph about their findings. Students share what they have learned about adventures in an Adventure Gallery Walkthrough. By taking on the persona of one of the adventurers they meet in the Read-Alouds and trade books, students deliver their final paragraphs as if they are a “speaking portrait” of that person. Students are invited to dress up as that adventurer if they desire.

    In addition, teachers can set aside time outside the instructional block to create the picture frames students will hold as they present to the Adventure Gallery Walk guests. Frames can be made from shirt boxes, cardboard, construction paper, or any art supplies that are on hand. This might be an opportunity to collaborate with the school’s art department if resources are available. Another option is to ask students to make their frames at home with their caregivers. On the day of the Adventure Gallery Walk, students will be the hosts and take on specific jobs, such as welcoming the guests, describing their work throughout the unit, and pointing out the areas of study on the domain bulletin board. You can find a complete list of student jobs in Lesson 13.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in the previous grade.

    • Rimas y fábulas infantiles (Kindergarten)
    • Cuentos (Kindergarten)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • My Name Is Gabito/Me llamo Gabito por Monica Brown
    • Galápagos Girl/Galapagueña por Marsha Diane Arnold
    • My Name Is Gabriela/Me llamo Gabriela por Monica Brown
    • El viaje de Kalak por María Quintana Silva y Marie-Noëlle Hébert
    • Señorita Mariposa por Ben Gundersheimer
    • Sharuko, el arqueólogo peruano/Peruvian Archaeologist Julio C. Tello por Monica Brown
    • Abuelita fue al mercado por Stella Blackstone

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    With this domain, students head up, up, and away with an introduction to the soaring history of aviation. Students learn the stories of early aviators, such as the Montgolfier brothers, the Wright brothers, Aida de Acosta, and Amelia Earhart.

    During the unit, students study the science of flight, including the physics concept of lift, and research the social impacts of the world of flight. Finally, students let their research skills take flight as they explore key figures from the world of aviation.

    The lessons in this domain build on earlier Grade 2 Caminos domains about the westward expansion, early Greek civilizations, and Greek myths, and lay the foundation for learning about other periods of world history in future grades.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered earlier in the year.

    • La civilización griega antigua (Grade 2)
    • Mitos griegos (Grade 2)
    • La expansión hacia el oeste (Grade 2)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in ¡A volar! La era de la aviación. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • ¡A volar! Todo sobre aviones por Jennifer Prior
    • Amelia sabe volar por Mara dal Corso
    • Héroes de la aviación que cambiaron el mundo por Dan Green
    • El niño que alcanzó las estrellas por José M. Hernández
    • La niña que aprendió a volar por Sylvia Acevedo
    • Buenas Noches Capitán Mamá por Graciela Tiscareño-Sato

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    This domain teaches students about the vibrant music, poetry, and culture of the Jazz Age in the United States. Students learn about famous writers and musicians like Langston Hughes, Louis Armstrong, Billie Holiday, Melba Liston, Tito Puente, and Miles Davis. They study how the jazz art form took root in the South, then spread to the North to become the sound of the Harlem Renaissance, eventually connecting people around the world in musical expression.

    During this unit, students perform guided research to further explore both the history of jazz and what jazz is today. They develop research skills and then use those skills to find deeper connections between the stories and music of the Jazz Age and music today. As students learn about the world of jazz, they collaborate and share ideas with their classmates. They also practice sharing feedback focused on their written work, and, at the end of the unit, students present their research to the group.

    The lessons give students opportunities to dive into the rhythms and stories of jazz, utilizing the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

    • Collaboratively generate research questions about jazz, jazz musicians, contemporary musicians from the state where they live or have lived, and the evolution of jazz music.
    • Utilize Read-Alouds, independent reading, and partner reading to learn about the Jazz Age, the Harlem Renaissance, jazz music, and biographies of celebrated jazz musicians and writers.
    • Research the answers to their generated questions, gather information, write a short research essay about a famous jazz musician, write a short essay about a contemporary musician from the state where they live or have lived, and give a presentation about their research.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

    • Ask relevant questions and make pertinent comments
    • Identify details in texts
    • Determine key ideas of texts by evaluating details
    • Make text-based inferences
    • Generate questions based on prior knowledge and gathered information
    • Synthesize details across texts to demonstrate comprehension
    • Discuss and explain an author’s purpose
    • Identify and cite reliable primary and secondary sources of information
    • Compose a well-organized and focused informative essay
    • Make connections between topics
    • Present information using appropriate media

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • ¡Esquivel! Un artista del sonido de la era espacial por Susan Wood
    • Ray Charles por Sharon Bell Mathis
    • Tito Puente, el Rey del Mambo por Monica Brown
    • Me llamo Celia, la vida de Celia Cruz por Monica Brown
    • ¡Azúcar! por Ivar Da Coll

    In this unit, students also read the poem “Harlem” by Langston Hughes. (Available for free through the Academy of American Poets website and the Poetry Foundation website, with recorded audio available through the website for John Hancock College Preparatory High School.)

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    With this domain, students become tomorrow’s problem solvers in this study of energy in the United States. Analytical reading skills are developed by examining the challenges of early energy innovators. Students then read about current energy practices and young energy change-makers across the world.

    Throughout the unit, students conduct research into different sources of energy and present a proposal, putting them in the shoes of future energy innovators. They also use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

    • Collaboratively analyze texts to identify cause-effect and problem-solution relationships.
    • Generate questions and conduct research about energy.
    • Write an opinion essay making their case for a fuel of the future.
    • Create energy proposals using primary and secondary resources.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades as well as earlier in the year.

    • Plantas (Grade K)
    • La historia de la Tierra (Grade 1)
    • ¡Eureka! Estudiante inventor (Grade 4)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Energía: pasado, presente y futuro. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • La historia de los combustibles fósiles por William B. Rice
    • El niño que domó el viento por William Kamkwamba y Bryan Mealer

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    Within this domain, Students learn about General Granger’s announcement in Galveston, Texas on June 19, 1865, a day marked in history as Juneteenth. Texts and multimedia sources will support foundational knowledge-building about the end of slavery in the United States. A review of the first freedom announcement, President Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation, provides students with background knowledge to further emphasize the significance of Juneteenth in American history.

    This unit also takes students on a journey beyond Juneteenth, as they study specific contributions of African Americans from 1865 to the present day. Students participate in a virtual field trip to Emancipation Park in Houston, Texas and use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

    • Collaboratively generate research questions about Juneteenth, The Great Migration, innovators and inventors, education, the humanities, activists, and allies.
    • Use Read-Alouds, independent, and partner reading to learn about African American contributions from 1865 to the present.
    • Research to find answers to their generated questions, gather information, and write a four-chapter Beyond Juneteenth book.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades.

    • Los nativos americanos (Grade K)
    • Una nueva nación: la independencia de los Estados Unidos (Grade 1)
    • La Guerra Civil de los Estaods Unidos (Grade 2)
    • La inmigración (Grade 2)
    • Los nativos americanos (Grade 5)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente
    . The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • Martí’s Song for Freedom/Martí y sus versos por la libertad escrito por Emma Otheguy
    • ¡Celebremos Juneteenth! escrito por Carole Boston Weatherford
    • Side by Side/Lado a Lado: The Story of Dolores Huerta and Cesar Chavez/La Historia de Dolores Huerta y César Chávez escrito por Monica Brown
    • Canto de alabanza para el día: Poema para la ceremonia inaugural del mandato de Barack Obama escrito por Elizabeth Alexander, traducido por Rodrigo Rojas

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Diverse texts

    Amplify Caminos puts a variety of texts in the hands of students every day.

    Amplify Caminos includes both transadaptations and authentic texts written by Latin American and Spanish authors. In addition to featuring a diverse range of authors and topics, our texts represent individuals and characters with a broad range of identity factors, including socioeconomic status, age, ability, race, ethnicity, country of origin, religion, and more.

    Amplify Caminos texts include:

    • Authentic literature: Authentic literature exposes students to a variety of text types and perspectives to deepen their knowledge of fascinating topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. Authentic texts support text-to-self, text-to-world, and text-to-text connections for readers.
    • Decodable Student Readers: Amplify Caminos is built on the conviction that equitable instruction is vital to an effective program. Decodable Student Readers at grades K–2 are newly re-designed to celebrate students’ diverse experiences and feature individuals with a broad range of identity factors, including socioeconomic status, age, ability, race, ethnicity, country of origin, religion, and more.
    • ReadWorks® texts: Amplify and ReadWorks have partnered to deliver high-quality texts curated to support the Amplify Caminos Knowledge Sequence and to extend student learning. Texts include high-interest nonfiction articles in topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. These texts are accompanied by vocabulary supports and standards-aligned formative assessment opportunities. Teachers can monitor their students’ progress using the ReadWorks reporting features.
    Three book covers displaying children's books in spanish, each featuring colorful and stylized illustrations related to cultural stories.

    Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide

    Each book in our authentic literature collection was selected specifically to support and enhance the content of the K-2 Conocimiento Strand. These anchor texts are intended for use as an introduction to each domain—engaging students, piquing their curiosity, and building initial background knowledge—before diving into the deeper content of the domain Read-Alouds.

    Every trade book has an instructional guide that includes the following:

    • Author and illustrator
    • Book summary
    • The Essential Question of the Knowledge domain, connecting the book to the domain
    • Key Tier 2 and Tier 3 vocabulary words found in the book
    • A group activity to reinforce and extend students’ knowledge and understanding
    • A performance task to help gauge students’ comprehension of concepts in the text
    • Writing prompts to expand understanding and critical thinking
    • Text complexity ratings and descriptors for quantitative, qualitative, and reader/task categories

    Download the Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide for Grades K–2.

    Detailed information about text complexity ratings and descriptors; additional uses for the books before, during, and after domain instruction; and the complete list of domains and books for each grade level can be found in the More About the Books section of this guide.

    What makes Amplify Caminos different?

    Built on the Science of Reading

    Built out of the latest research in the Science of Reading, Amplify Caminos delivers explicit instruction in both foundational literacy skills (systematic phonics, decoding, and fluency) and background knowledge in grades K–2 with an integrated approach to explicit instruction in grades 3–5.

    Three connected orange blocks labeled

    Explicit systematic skills instruction

    The skills instruction in Amplify Caminos was distinctly developed with the Spanish language in mind. Its foundational lessons are specific to the language, rather than a direct translation from Amplify CKLA’s English skills instruction.

    Reading instruction begins with the vowels first, then the most common consonants, and finally the least common consonants. Students will blend and segment sounds to form syllables, and syllables to form words.

    Although Spanish has a highly predictable orthography, there are a few silent letters (h is always silent, u is silent after g or q), as well as letters that can make different sounds, depending on the letters that follow them. For that reason, syllables with these letters are taught somewhat later in the progression. The same is true for syllables with infrequently occurring consonants, such as z, k, x, and w.

    Coherent knowledge instruction

    While students are learning how to read, the Conocimiento strand gives them authentic and engaging reasons to read.

    Amplify Caminos uses spiral learning to reinforce every student’s ability to develop skills like reading, writing, speaking, and listening in Spanish that can be transferred to English. As students engage with their lessons, they explore the similarities and differences in grammar, vocabulary, writing, and language use between Spanish and English. This bridge helps students learning two languages to strengthen their knowledge in both.

    Through cross-curricular content, students explore units that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world in a holistic and thoughtful way. With these units, you’ll bring the world to your students, showing them how reading can become an exciting, rewarding, and useful part of their lives.

    A collage of illustrated book covers, including themes of Don Quixote, space exploration, and anthropomorphic animals in various scenarios, all enriched with Spanish language elements.

    Embedded differentiation for all learners

    Amplify Caminos provides built-in differentiation strategies and supports in every lesson.

    • Apoyo a la enseñanza y desafío: Support and Challenge suggestions in every lesson provide assistance or opportunities for more advanced work toward the goal of the lesson.
    • Notas culturales: These point-of-use notes provide additional information about the traditions, foods, holidays, word variations, and more from across the Spanish-speaking world.
    • Apoyo adicional: Every lesson in the Lectoescritura (Skills) Strand provides additional support activities suggested to reinforce foundational skills instruction. These activities can be given to any student who requires extra help, including students with special needs.

    Systematic and cohesive writing instruction

    Writing instruction in Amplify Caminos builds systematically and cohesively within and across grades.

    In Grades K-2, writing mechanics—including handwriting and spelling—are taught in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand. Starting in Grade 1, instruction includes four steps in the writing process: planning, drafting, editing, and publishing and features lessons that have modeling, collaboration, and sharing. As students gain skills and confidence, they are able to take on more of these steps independently. Students learn to use planning techniques, including brainstorming and graphic organizers.

    Beginning in Grade 4, the Amplify Caminos writing process expands to also include sharing and evaluating. In Grades 4 and 5, the writing process is no longer conceptualized as a series of scaffolded, linear steps (an important change from the Grade 3 writing process). Rather, students move between components of the writing process in a flexible manner, similar to the process mature and experienced writers follow naturally.

    young male students writing with a pencil

    Amplify Caminos’ writing instruction provides a clear progression through the text types in each grade.

    Because Amplify Caminos has two strands of lessons in Grades K-2, Lectoescritura and Conocimiento, students are exposed to both narrative and informational texts throughout the year. In Grades 3-5, the integrated units feature study in literary, informational, or a mix of both types of texts, depending on the content of the unit.

    • Grades K–2 introduce and establish the key elements of each text type, allowing students to gain comfort and confidence writing narratives, opinions, and informative texts. This enables students to practice thinking about content in different ways, offering more depth and breadth to their understanding of core content and of the writing text types.
    • By Grade 3, students will have gained significant practice in narrative, opinion/argumentative, and informational/explanatory forms of writing and will continue to apply those skills through Grade 5.

    How does Amplify Caminos integrate with the other parts of the literacy system?

    Amplify Caminos + mCLASS® Lectura

    Achieve complete parity between English and Spanish assessments with mCLASS Lectura for K–6. mCLASS Lectura allows teachers to connect with their Spanish-speaking students face-to-face, one-on-one, and in the language most comfortable to them. The result? Valid and reliable student data reports
    available in both English and Spanish, enabling teachers to pinpoint where their Spanish-speaking or emergent bilingual students really are in their skill development and what instruction to prioritize.

    Reading assessment validated for benchmark, progress monitoring, and dyslexia screening

    Amplify Caminos + Amplify Reading

    Amplify Reading is an engaging, adaptive digital program that extends the learning in Amplify Caminos. Amplify Reading offers support to a large sub-group of English learners (ELs) through Spanish voice-over. Spanish voiceover instructions are available in vocabulary and sentence-level comprehension games so ELs can build their vocabulary, language, and critical comprehension skills before moving into analyzing complex texts

    Spanish Support

    Demo access and sample materials

    Ready to explore on your own? First, watch the videos below to learn about the program’s components and how to navigate the digital platform.

    Physical materials walkthrough video



    Digital navigation video

    Demo access

    Next, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

    Laptop screen displaying a login page for
    • Click the CKLA and Caminos Demo button below.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • To explore as a teacher, enter this username: t1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
    • To explore as a student, enter this username: s1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
    • Enter the password: Amplify1-sfusdreviewer
    • Click the Programs and apps menu
    • Select CKLA Teacher Resource Site
    • Select the desire grade level
    • Use the toggle to switch between English (CKLA) and Spanish (Caminos) resources.

    Sample materials

    Finally, click on the grade levels below to explore your requested sample units.

    Each book in our authentic literature collection was selected specifically to support and enhance the content of the K-2 Conocimiento Strand. These anchor texts are intended for use as an introduction to each domain—engaging students, piquing their curiosity, and building initial background knowledge—before diving into the deeper content of the domain Read-Alouds.

    Every trade book has an instructional guide that includes the following:

    • Author and illustrator
    • Book summary
    • The Essential Question of the Knowledge domain, connecting the book to the domain
    • Key Tier 2 and Tier 3 vocabulary words found in the book
    • A group activity to reinforce and extend students’ knowledge and understanding
    • A performance task to help gauge students’ comprehension of concepts in the text
    • Writing prompts to expand understanding and critical thinking
    • Text complexity ratings and descriptors for quantitative, qualitative, and reader/task categories

    Download the Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide for Grades K–2.
    Detailed information about text complexity ratings and descriptors; additional uses for the books before, during, and after domain instruction; and the complete list of domains and books for each grade level can be found in the More About the Books section of this guide.

    Additional resources

    What is mCLASS Intervention?

    mCLASS Intervention is a staff-led, supplemental Tier 2/3 intervention program that seamlessly integrates with mCLASS with DIBELS® 8th Edition data and helps students develop the skills they need to access their core instruction.

    Illustrated in the continuum below, each hexagon represents a skill taught in mCLASS Intervention. Skills to the left are generally precursors to skills on the right.

    Diagram illustrating the components of reading comprehension, including alphabetic principle, vocabulary, and fluency, connected by arrows to a central circle labeled "reading comprehension.

    How does mCLASS Intervention work?

    The strength of mCLASS Intervention comes from its technology-powered algorithm. Using sophisticated software algorithms, mCLASS Intervention automatically:

    • Analyzes DIBELS 8th Edition and diagnostic measure results collected via the mCLASS platform.
    • Determines which skills each student already knows and which they’re ready to learn next.
    • Puts students into small, homogeneous groups of 4–6.
    • Compiles detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    In-depth analysis

    Here is a brief example of how mCLASS Intervention identifies the right intervention path for each student.

    The image below shows the MOY Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) results for two first-grade students—Student A and Student B.

    Two digital tablets display reading fluency tests for "student a" and "student b," showing grids with red and blue-highlighted letters and numbers.

    Both students scored 29, which is Well Below Benchmark for this time of year. In spite of these students having the same score, mCLASS Intervention’s automatic analysis of each students’ item-level responses detects that they actually have very different needs.

    • For Student A, mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on letter-sound knowledge, and sounding out and blending.
    • For Student B,  mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on Regular & Irregular Word recognition. (mCLASS Intervention spirals instruction by having students work in two strands at the same time.)

    Without mCLASS Intervention, this type of analysis would take educators hours to complete and, as a result, could only be completed sporadically. The automatic nature of mCLASS Intervention’s data analysis algorithm makes it possible for busy educators to complete this analysis regularly, which in turn enables them to continually target intervention instruction at students’ evolving needs, day after day.

    Automatic grouping

    The mCLASS Intervention algorithm not only determines the ideal instructional focus for each student, but also automatically forms small groups of 4–6 students who share the same instructional focus and builds a 10-day plan with detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    Ready-to-teach 10-day plan

    Each 10-day plan systematically builds skills. For example, in the 10-day plan below, mCLASS Intervention has a particular group of students work on phonological awareness and letter-sound knowledge. And within phonological awareness, mCLASS Intervention first introduces the group to phoneme segmentation; moves students through phoneme identification and substitution in subsequent days; then finishes with first, last, and middle sound segmentation.

    Image showing a detailed 10-day lesson plan for phonics improvement, marked with annotations and progress indicators on a pink highlighted background.

    This systematic move from less advanced to more advanced skills allows for spaced practice over time, which research has shown to have significant impact on student literacy growth.

    • In a Tier 2 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons last 30 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 4–6 students. Each session has five activities and each activity is 5–8 minutes long.
    • In a Tier 3 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons can be 30 or 60 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 3–4 students.

    What makes mCLASS Intervention different?

    Explicit instructional approach

    All mCLASS Intervention activities begin with a Model (“I Do”) followed by a Practice (“You Do”). During the Model section, the instructor demonstrates how to do the activity. During the Practice section, the instructor has students practice. mCLASS Intervention uses subtle but impactful moves to maximize students’ independent thinking during the Practice portion of an activity. For example, mCLASS Intervention has the instructor call on a student only after posing the question to all students in the group and giving the group 3–5 seconds of “think time.” This approach helps instructors keep all students mentally engaged. When instructors take the opposite approach—calling on one student and then asking the question—students who aren’t called on tune out and inadvertently rob themselves of crucial practice opportunities they need to catch up to their peers.

    Step-by-step guidance for staff

    Because mCLASS Intervention activities are explicit and easy to follow, both certified educators and paraprofessionals with little or no training in early elementary reading can deliver mCLASS Intervention with impact. This detailed guidance gives schools a range of options when it comes to staffing intervention. And that added flexibility is vital—especially for moderate and high-need schools, which often struggle to provide intervention to all students in need.

    Swift and interactive pace

    mCLASS Intervention regularly incorporates game-based, kinesthetic, peer-to-peer approaches to further increase student engagement, and as a result, educators often report that mCLASS Intervention is their students’ favorite part of the day. This is likely due to the fact that students participating in mCLASS Intervention lessons:

    • Get more focused attention in homogenous small groups.
    • Get their specific literacy needs met with targeted instruction, so they are neither bored nor frustrated.
    • Get 30-minute bursts of support filled with a variety of fast-paced and high-energy activities.
    Image of a detailed lesson plan chart titled "reading - flu and comp. burst #1" for 10 days, listing daily reading tasks and skills to be developed.

    Sample materials and demo access

    mCLASS Intervention delivers targeted instruction in 10-day bursts. Click the buttons below to see a sample.

    Follow the instructions below to login to your demo account.

    • Click the mCLASS Intervention Demo button below.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • Enter the username: atahan
    • Enter the password: Abcd1234
    • Click the mCLASS®: Amplify Reading Edition tile.
    • Click the Intervention button.
    • Follow the instructions on pages 3 and 4 of this document.

    What is Amplify Math?

    Amplify Math is a core math curriculum built for grades 6, 7, 8, and Algebra 1. It features a full suite of products for teachers and students that includes lesson plans, instructional materials, practice, assessments, and support to meet all learners’ needs. Amplify Math is built upon the highly rated curriculum, Illustrative Mathematics’® IM K–12 Math™, which was heavily researched and field-tested and has earned an all-green score on EdReports, the nationally recognized non-profit curriculum evaluation organization.

    Read the review on EdReports.

    Amplify Math helps students learn math in a way that is engaging and relevant to the world around them using student-centered instruction, which has been proven to increase students’ motivation, engagement, and enjoyment of math. Students using the program are active participants in their learning, solving problems while working with their classmates.

    The digital experience allows your student’s teacher to monitor your student’s work in real time and make sure they get the exact support that they need at every part of the lesson. Amplify Math’s open-ended tasks provide engaging challenges for students of all levels, preparing them to solve all types of problems. The parts of Amplify Math work together to help students master the key skills of a 21st century learner!

    Features

    Some of the unique features of Amplify Math include:

    • Narrative connections: Exciting stories that help students to make connections between the math they learn in class and their everyday lives, making math class more engaging for your student.
    • Amps: Interactive digital activities (included in every lesson) let your student can explore the math and collaborate with their peers.
    • Power-ups: Additional activities that teachers can use to identify when your student needs support and help your student improve on the most important skills.
    • Featured mathematicians: Stories of important mathematicians that help your students see themselves mirrored in the history of math.

    Why student-centered instruction?

    A group of people and a unicorn amplify math skills as they listen to a presenter showing a bar chart with "Yes" and "No" on the screen.

    Student-centered instruction may look different from the way students have learned math for decades, and maybe even the way you learned math. Student-centered instruction instead emphasizes student-led discovery. When students explore and discover strategies, they are more engaged and make longer lasting connections.

    Research shows that students and teachers alike prefer this method, and teachers report that student-centered instruction has helped their students learn more math. This way of learning helps students to remember what they learn in class and apply their knowledge to new situations. Students who experience student-centered instruction have been shown to perform better on standardized tests and have more growth in their grades than their peers who learn through other methods. Your student will also learn to communicate in writing and verbally, understand and challenge the opinions of others, and build confidence in solving new problems. With student-centered learning, students will begin to develop key skills for success in college and the workplace, like using technology, completing projects independently and with others, and persevering through difficult problems.

    What does an Amplify Math lesson look like?

    Icons represent four classroom activities in Amplify Math: Warm-up (student at laptop), Activities (two students discussing), Summary and Reflection (teacher at board), Exit Ticket and Practice (student at laptop).

    Students using Amplify Math will be active participants in their learning and get practice solving interesting and new types of problems. Here’s what a typical Amplify Math lesson includes:

    • Warm-up: A short, attention-getting problem to get students interested in the lesson
    • Activities: 2-3 mini-activities that challenge students’ problem-solving skills
    • Summary: Discussion to review and bring together the important concepts from the lesson
    • Exit Ticket: Questions for students to show what they know from the lesson
    • Practice: Additional problems your student’s teacher may assign for classwork or homework

    In class, your student will spend their time working on challenging problems while the teacher acts as a guide, highlighting different strategies for solving problems and helping students to understand the reasoning behind the math they do in class. Your student will be pushed to think more deeply about the math in their class as the teacher and other students question them on why their ideas make sense. Research has proven that this method helps students become better problem solvers, critical thinkers, and have a stronger conceptual understanding of what they are learning. 

    Check out lessons from Grade 6Grade 7Grade 8, and Algebra 1, and watch this video of a typical Amplify Math lesson:

    Materials overview

    Your student will have access to all learning, practice, and assessment materials through the Amplify platform. In addition, depending on the district, your student may also have a print Student Edition to use instead of the digital lesson if they do not have a device or internet. The Student Edition is a workbook that students can use to complete their work on problems and practice within the lessons.

    Students can access the digital curriculum in school and at home with login information provided by their teachers. You can contact your student’s teacher to learn more about how they log in. Here are some key resources of the digital platform for students:

    • Digital activities to allow students to explore and make sense of math, leading to increased engagement and understanding
    • Digital supports such as a calculator and manipulatives to support all students where they are
    • Power-ups to give students just-in-time practice with key skills
    • Ability to access instructional materials in English or Spanish

    Unit Caregiver Letters

    Click a unit below to download the caregiver letter for that unit, in both English and Spanish.

    How to support your student

    A person inside looks out a window at someone holding up a chart with intersecting lines and arrows, aiming to amplify math concepts. There are plants on the windowsill.
    • Review the unit caregiver letters to understand the key concepts in each unit. You can walk through the worked examples with your student, asking them to explain the strategy shown and asking if they know any other strategies to solve the problems. 
    • Your student’s teacher may assign practice problems at the end of each lesson for classwork or homework. Ask your student to walk you through how they solved each problem or talk about any parts that were challenging for them. 
    • Emphasize that getting stuck is part of the process and a necessary part of learning. Many students (and adults!) fear making mistakes, however, research shows that making mistakes helps your brain grow more. When your student gets stuck on a problem, encourage them to try different strategies, even if they are not sure if they are right. 
    • Relate math to daily activities at home, whether it be baking, grocery shopping, or planning for a road trip. Your student can help you figure out the price of an item after a coupon, cut a recipe in half, or figure out how much gas you’ll need to make it to your destination. Encourage your student to point out ways that your family uses math in your daily tasks.

    Want to learn more?

    Interested in learning more about Amplify Math? These resources will help you dig deeper:

    Grade 6

    Unit 1: Numbers

    GO Math!Desmos Math 6–A1
    Module 4: Operations with Fractions
    Lesson 4.1: Applying GCF and LCM to Fraction OperationsUnit 4
    Lesson 6: Fill the Gap [Free lesson]
    Lesson 7: Break It Down
    Lesson 4.2: Dividing FractionsUnit 4
    Lesson 8: Potting Soil
    Lesson 9: Division Challenges
    Lesson 10: Swap Meet (Print available)
    Practice Day
    Lesson 4.3: Dividing Mixed NumbersUnit 4
    Lesson 8: Potting Soil
    Lesson 10: Swap Meet
    Practice Day
    Lesson 4.4: Solving Multistep Problems with Fractions and Mixed NumbersUnit 4
    Lesson 11: Classroom Comparisons
    Lesson 12: Puzzling Areas [Free lesson]
    Lesson 13: Volume Challenges
    Lesson 14: Planter Planner
    Module 5: Operations with Decimals
    Lesson 5.1: Dividing Whole NumbersUnit 5
    Lesson 9: Long Division Launch
    Lesson 10: Return of Long Division
    Lesson 5.2: Adding and Subtracting DecimalsUnit 5
    Lesson 1: Dishing Out Decimals [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Decimal Diagrams [Free lesson]
    Lesson 3: Fruit by the Pound
    Lesson 4: Missing Digits
    Lesson 5.3: Multiplying DecimalsUnit 5
    Lesson 5: Decimal Multiplication
    Lesson 6: Multiplying With Areas
    Lesson 7: Multiplication Methods
    Lesson 5.4: Dividing DecimalsUnit 5
    Lesson 8: Division Diagrams
    Lesson 10: Return of Long Division
    Lesson 11: Movie Time [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5.5: Applying Operations with Rational NumbersUnit 5
    Practice Day 1
    Lesson 12: Budget Vehicles
    Lesson 13: Grocery Prices

    Unit 2: Number Operations

    Module 4: Operations with Fractions
    Lesson 4.1: Applying GCF and LCM to Fraction OperationsUnit 4
    Lesson 6: Fill the Gap [Free lesson]
    Lesson 7: Break It Down
    Lesson 4.2: Dividing FractionsUnit 4
    Lesson 8: Potting Soil
    Lesson 9: Division Challenges
    Lesson 10: Swap Meet (Print available)
    Practice Day (Print available)
    Lesson 4.3: Dividing Mixed NumbersUnit 4
    Lesson 8: Potting Soil
    Lesson 10: Swap Meet (Print available)
    Practice Day
    Lesson 4.4: Solving Multistep Problems with Fractions and Mixed NumbersUnit 4
    Lesson 11: Classroom Comparisons
    Lesson 12: Puzzling Areas (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 13: Volume Challenges
    Lesson 14: Planter Planner (Print available)
    Module 5: Operations with Decimals
    Lesson 5.1: Dividing Whole NumbersUnit 5
    Lesson 9: Long Division Launch (Print available)
    Lesson 10: Return of Long Division
    Lesson 5.2: Adding and Subtracting DecimalsUnit 5
    Lesson 1: Dishing Out Decimals (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Decimal Diagrams [Free lesson]
    Lesson 3: Fruit by the Pound
    Lesson 4: Missing Digits
    Lesson 5.3: Multiplying DecimalsUnit 5
    Lesson 5: Decimal Multiplication
    Lesson 6: Multiplying With Areas
    Lesson 7: Multiplication Methods (Print available)
    Lesson 5.4: Dividing DecimalsUnit 5
    Lesson 8: Division Diagrams
    Lesson 10: Return of Long Division (Print available)
    Lesson 11: Movie Time [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5.5: Applying Operations with Rational NumbersUnit 5
    Practice Day 1 (Print available)
    Lesson 12: Budget Vehicles (Print available)
    Lesson 13: Grocery Prices (Print available)

    Unit 3: Proportionality, Ratios, and Rates

    Module 6: Representing Ratios and Rates
    Lesson 6.1: RatiosUnit 2
    Lesson 1: Pizza Maker [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Ratio Rounds (Print available)
    Lesson 3: Rice Ratios (Print available)
    Lesson 7:  Mixing Paint, Part 1
    Lesson 12: Mixing Paint, Part 2
    Lesson 6.2: Rates Unit 2
    Lesson 8: World Records (Print available)
    Unit 3
    Lesson 4: Model Trains
    Lesson 5: Soft Serve [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Welcome to the Robot Factory (Print available)
    Lesson 7: More Soft Serve
    Lesson 13: A County as a Village
    Lesson 6.3: Using Ratios and Rates to Solve ProblemsUnit 2
    Lesson 4: Fruit Lab [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5: Balancing Act
    Lesson 6: Product Prices (Print available)
    Lesson 9: Disaster Preparation [Free lesson]
    Lesson 10: Balloons
    Lesson 11: Community Life (Print available)
    Lesson 13:City Planning
    Lesson 14: Lunch Waste (Print available)
    Module 7: Applying Ratios and Rates
    Lesson 7.1: Ratios, Rates, Tables, and GraphsUnit 2
    Lesson 4: Fruit Lab [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Product Prices (Print available)
    Lesson 9: Disaster Preparation [Free lesson]
    Unit 3
    Lesson 5: Soft Serve [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Welcome to the Robot Factory
    Lesson 7.2: Solving Problems with Proportions
    Lesson 7.3: Converting Within Measurement SystemsUnit 3
    Lesson 2: Counting Classrooms
    Lesson 7.4: Converting Between Measurement SystemsUnit 3
    Lesson 3: Pen Pals
    Module 8:  Percents
    Lesson 8.1 Understanding Percent.Unit 3
    Lesson 8: Lucky Duckies [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Bicycle Goals
    Lesson 8.2: Percents, Fractions, and Decimals.Unit 3
    Lesson 11: Cost Breakdown
    Lesson 12: More Bicycle Goals
    Lesson 13: A Country as a Village
    Lesson 8.3: Solving Percent ProblemsUnit 3
    Lesson 9: Bicycle Goals
    Lesson 10: What’s Missing? (Print available)
    Lesson 11: Cost Breakdown
    Lesson 12: More Bicycle Goals
    Lesson 13: A Country as a Village

    Unit 4: Equivalent Expressions

    Module 9: Generating Equivalent Numerical Expressions
    Lesson 9.1: ExponentsUnit 6
    Lesson 10: Powers
    Lesson 11: Exponent Expressions (Print available)
    Lesson 12: Squares and Cubes
    Lesson 9.2: Prime Factorization
    Lesson 9.3: Order of Operations
    Module 10: Generating Equivalent Algebraic Expressions
    Lesson 10.1: Modeling and Writing Expressions
    Lesson 10.2: Evaluating Expressions
    Unit 6
    Lesson 6: Vari-apples
    Lesson 8: Products and Sums [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Products, Sums, and Differences (Print available)
    Lesson 10.3: Generating Equivalent ExpressionsUnit 6
    Lesson 7: Border Tiles
    Lesson 8: Products and Sums [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Products, Sums, and Differences (Print available)

    Unit 5: Equations and Inequalities

    Unit 6: Relationships in Geometry

    Unit 7: Measurement and Data

    Grade 7

    Unit 1: The Number System

    GO Math!Desmos Math 6–A1
    Module 1:  Adding and Subtracting Integers
    Lesson 1.1: Adding Integers With the Same Sign
    Lesson 1.2: Adding Integers With Different Signs
    Lesson 1.3: Subtracting Integers
    Unit 5
    Lesson 1: Floats and Anchors [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: More Floats and Anchors
    Lesson 3: Bumpers
    Lesson 4: Draw Your Own (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5: Number Puzzles
    Lesson 9: Expressions (Print available)
    Lesson 10: Integer Puzzles [Free lesson]
    Lesson 1.4:  Applying Addition and Subtraction of IntegersUnit 5
    Lesson 11: Changing Temperatures
    Lesson 12: Arctic Sea Ice (Print available)
    Lesson 13: Solar Panels and More (Print available)
    Module 2: Multiplying and Dividing Integers
    Lesson 2.1: Multiplying Integers Unit 5
    Lesson 6: Floating in Groups
    Lesson 7: Back in Time
    Lesson 10: Integer Puzzles [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2.2: Dividing IntegersUnit 5
    Lesson 6: Floating in Groups
    Lesson 10: Integer Puzzles [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2.3: Applying Integer OperationsUnit 5
    Lesson 8: Speeding Turtles
    Lesson 12: Arctic Sea Ice (Print available)
    Lesson 13: Solar Panels and More (Print available)
    Module 3:  Rational Numbers
    Lesson 3.1: Rational Numbers and Decimals
    Lesson 3.2: Adding Rational Numbers
    Lesson 3.3: Subtracting Rational Numbers
    Unit 5
    Lesson 2: More Floats and Anchors
    Lesson 3: Bumpers
    Lesson 4: Draw Your Own (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5: Number Puzzles
    Lesson 3.4: Multiplying Rational NumbersUnit 5
    Lesson 6: Floating in Groups
    Lesson 7: Back in Time
    Lesson 3.5: Dividing Rational Numbers Unit 5
    Lesson 6: Floating in Groups
    Lesson 3.6: Applying Rational Number OperationsUnit 5
    Lesson 8: Speeding Turtles
    Lesson 12: Arctic Sea Ice (Print available)
    Lesson 13: Solar Panels and More (Print available)

    Unit 2: Ratios and Proportional Relationships

    Module 4:  Rates and Proportionality
    Lesson 4.1: Unit RatesUnit 2
    Lesson 3: Sugary Drinks (Print available)
    Lesson 5: Snapshots
    Lesson 6: Two and Two (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Gallon Challenge
    Unit 4
    Lesson 2: Peach Cobbler (Print available)
    Lesson 3: Sticker Sizes
    Lesson 4.2: Constant Rates of ChangeUnit 2
    Lesson 1: Paint [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Balloon Float
    Lesson 3: Sugary Drinks (Print available)
    Lesson 4:  Robot Factory
    Lesson 5: Snapshots
    Lesson 6: Two and Two (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 7: All Kinds of Equations
    Lesson 4.3:  Proportional Relationships and GraphsUnit 2
    Lesson 1: Paint [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Balloon Float
    Lesson 3: Sugary Drinks (Print available)
    Lesson 4: Robot Factory
    Lesson 5: Snapshots
    Lesson 6: Two and Two (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 7: All Kinds of Equations
    Lesson 8: DinoPops [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Gallon Challenge
    Lesson 10: Three Turtles
    Lesson 11: Four Representations (Print available)
    Lesson 12: Water Efficiency
    Unit 4
    Lesson 3: Sticker Sizes
    Module 5:  Proportions and Percent
    Lesson 5.1: Percent Increase and DecreaseUnit 4
    Lesson 1: Mosaics [Free lesson]
    Lesson 4: More and Less
    Lesson 5: All the Equations
    Lesson 7: Percent Machines [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Minimum Wage (Print available)
    Lesson 13: Decimal Deep Dive (Print available)
    Lesson 5.2: Rewriting Percent ExpressionsUnit 4
    Lesson 9: Minimum Wage
    Lesson 5.3: Applications of PercentUnit 4
    Lesson 6: 100% (Print available)
    Lesson 8: Tax and Tip
    Lesson 9: Minimum Wage (Print available)
    Lesson 10: Cost of College (Print available)
    Lesson 11: Bookcase Builder
    Lesson 12: Posing Percent Problems [Free lesson]

    Unit 3: Expressions, Equations, and Inequalities

    Unit 4: Geometry

    Module 8: Modeling Geometric Figures
    Lesson 8.1: Similar Shapes and Scale DrawingsUnit 1
    Lesson 1: Scaling Machines [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Scaling Robots
    Lesson 3: Make It Scale
    Lesson 4: Scale Factor Challenges
    Lesson 5: Tiles
    Lesson 6: Introducing Scale
    Lesson 7: Will It Fit? (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 8: Scaling States (Print available)
    Lesson 9: Scaling Buildings
    Lesson 10: Room Redesign (Print available)
    Unit 7
    Lesson 5: Can You Build It? [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Is It Enough?
    Lesson 7: More Than One?
    Lesson 8.2: Geometric DrawingsUnit 1
    Lesson 6: Introducing Scale
    Lesson 7: Will It Fit? (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 8: Scaling States (Print available)
    Lesson 9: Scaling Buildings
    Lesson 10: Room Redesign (Print available)
    Unit 7
    Lesson 8:  Can You Draw It? (Print available)
    Lesson 8.3: Cross SectionsUnit 7
    Lesson 9: Slicing Solids
    Lesson 8.4Angle RelationshipsUnit 7
    Lesson 1: Pinwheels
    Lesson 2: Friendly Angles [Free lesson]
    Lesson 3: Angle Diagrams
    Lesson 4: Missing Measures (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Module 9:  Circumference, Area, and Volume
    Lesson 9.1: CircumferenceUnit 3
    Lesson 3: Measuring Around [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9.2: Area of CirclesUnit 3
    Lesson 5: Area Strategies
    Lesson 6: Radius Squares (Print available)
    Lesson 7: Why Pi?
    Lesson 8: Area Challenges [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9: Circle vs. Square
    Lesson 9.3: Area of Composite FiguresUnit 3
    Lesson 5: Area Strategies
    Lesson 8: Area Challenges [Free lesson]
    Lesson 9.4: Solving Surface Area ProblemsUnit 7
    Lesson 12: Surface Area Strategies (Print available)
    Lesson 13: Popcorn Possibilities
    Lesson 9.5: Solving Volume ProblemsUnit 7
    Lesson 10: Simple Prisms
    Lesson 11: More Complicated Prisms
    Lesson 13: Popcorn Possibilities

    Unit 5: Statistics

    Module 10: Random Samples and
    Populations
    Lesson 10.1: Populations and SamplesUnit 8
    Lesson 10: Crab Island [Free lesson]
    Lesson 11: Headlines
    Lesson 12: Flower Power
    Lesson 13: Plots and Samples
    Lesson 14: School Newspaper (Print available)
    Lesson 15: Asthma Rates (Print available)
    Lesson 10.2: Making Inferences from a Random Sample
    Lesson 10.3: Generating Random Samples
    Unit 8
    Lesson 13: Plots and Samples
    Lesson 15: Asthma Rate (Print available)
    Module 11: Analyzing and Comparing Data
    Lesson 11.1: Comparing Data Displayed in Dot PlotsUnit 8
    Lesson 14: School Newspaper (Print available)
    Lesson 15: Asthma Rates (Print available)
    Lesson 11.2: Comparing Data Displayed in Box PlotsUnit 8
    Lesson 13: Plots and Samples
    Lesson 15: Asthma Rates (Print available)
    Lesson 11.3: Using Statistical Measures to Compare PopulationsUnit 8
    Lesson 9: Car, Bike, or Train? (Print available)
    Lesson 10: Crab Island [Free lesson]
    Lesson 15: Asthma Rates (Print available)

    Unit 6: Probability

    Module 12: Experimental Probability
    Lesson 12.1: ProbabilityUnit 8
    Lesson 1: How Likely? (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Prob-bear-bilities [Free lesson]
    Lesson 12.2: Experimental Probability of Simple EventsUnit 8
    Lesson 3: Mystery Bag
    Lesson 4: Spin Class
    Lesson 5: Is It Fair?
    Lesson 12.3: Experimental Probability of Compound EventsUnit 8
    Lesson 7: Weather or Not
    Lesson 12.4: Making Predictions with Experimental ProbabilityUnit 8
    Lesson 3: Mystery Bag
    Lesson 5: Is It Fair?
    Module 13: Theoretical Probability and
    Simulations
    Lesson 13.1: Theoretical Probability of Simple EventsUnit 8
    Lesson 1: How Likely? (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Prob-bear-bilities [Free lesson]
    Lesson 13.2: Theoretical Probability of Compound EventsUnit 8
    Lesson 6: Fair Games
    Lesson 13.3: Making Predictions with Theoretical ProbabilityUnit 8
    Lesson 8: Simulate It! (Print available)
    Lesson 13.4: Using Technology to Conduct a SimulationUnit 8
    Lesson 7: Weather or Not
    Lesson 8: Simulate It! (Print available)

    Grade 8

    Unit 1: Real Numbers, Exponents, and Scientific Notation

    GO Math!Desmos Math 6–A1
    Module 1: Real Numbers
    Lesson 1.1: Rational and Irrational Numbers
    Lesson 1.2: Sets of Real Numbers
    Unit 8
    Lesson 12: Fractions to Decimals
    Lesson 13: Decimals to Fractions
    Lesson 14: Hit the Target
    Lesson 1.3: Ordering Real NumbersUnit 8
    Lesson 4: Root Down [Free lesson]
    Module 2: Exponents and Scientific
    Notation
    Lesson 2.1: Integer ExponentsUnit 7
    Lesson 1: Circles [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Combining Exponents
    Lesson 3: Power Pairs (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 4: Rewriting Powers
    Lesson 5: Zero and Negative Exponents
    Lesson 6: Write a Rule (Print available)
    Lesson 2.2: Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10Unit 7
    Lesson 7: Scales and Weights
    Lesson 8: Point Zapper
    Lesson 9: Use Your Powers
    Lesson 2.3: Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10Unit 7
    Lesson 8: Point Zapper
    Lesson 9: Use Your Powers
    Lesson 2.4: Operations with Scientific NotationUnit 7
    Lesson 10: Solar System [Free lesson]
    Lesson 11: Balance the Scale [Free lesson]
    Lesson 12: City Lights
    Lesson 13: Star Power 

    Unit 2: Proportional and Nonproportional Relationships and Functions

    Module 3: Proportional Relationships
    Lesson 3.1: Representing Proportional Relationships.Unit 3
    Lesson 1: Turtle Time Trials [Free lesson]
    Lesson 2: Water Tank
    Lesson 3: Posters
    Lesson 3.2: Rate of Change and SlopeUnit 2
    Lesson 9: Water Slide
    Lesson 10: Points on a Line
    Unit 3
    Lesson 4: Stacking Cups
    Lesson 5: Flags [Free lesson]
    Lesson 7: Water Cooler
    Lesson 8: Landing Planes
    Lesson 9: Coin Capture
    Unit 5
    Lesson 5: The Tortoise and the Hare [Free lesson]
    Lesson 3.3: Interpreting the Unit Rate as SlopeUnit 3
    Lesson 2: Water Tank
    Lesson 3: Posters
    Module 4: Nonproportional Relationships
    Lesson 4.1: Representing Linear Nonproportional RelationshipsUnit 3
    Lesson 4: Stacking Cups
    Lesson 5: Flags [Free lesson]
    Lesson 4.2: Determining Slope and y-interceptUnit 3
    Lesson 5: Flags [Free lesson]
    Lesson 4.3: Graphing Linear Nonproportional Relationships using Slope and y-intercept.Unit 3
    Lesson 4: Stacking Cups
    Lesson 5: Flags [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Translations
    Lesson 9: Coin Capture
    Lesson 4.4: Proportional and Nonproportional SituationsUnit 3
    Lesson 1: Turtle Time Trials [Free lesson]
    Module 5: Writing Linear Equations
    Lesson 5.1: Writing Linear Equations from Situations and GraphsUnit 3
    Lesson 5: Flags [Free lesson]Lesson 9: Coin Capture
    Lesson 5.2: Writing Linear Equations from a Table
    Lesson 5.3: Linear Relationships and Bivariate DataUnit 6
    Lesson 1: Click Bait
    Lesson 2: Wing Span
    Lesson 3: Robots [Free lesson]
    Lesson 4: Dapper Cats [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5: Fit Fights [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Interpreting Slopes
    Lesson 7: Scatter Plot City
    Lesson 8: Animal Brains
    Module 6: Functions
    Lesson 6.1: Identifying and Representing FunctionsUnit 5
    Lesson 2: Guess My Rule [Free lesson]
    Lesson 3: Function or Not?
    Lesson 4: Window Frames
    Lesson 5: The Tortoise and the Hare [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6.2: Describing FunctionsUnit 5
    Lesson 3: Function or Not?
    Lesson 7: Feel the Burn (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 8: Charge! (Print available)
    Lesson 6.3: Comparing FunctionsUnit 5
    Lesson 5: The Tortoise and the Hare [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Graphing Stories
    Lesson 7: Feel the Burn (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6.4: Analyzing GraphsUnit 5
    Lesson 1: Turtle Crossing [Free lesson]
    Lesson 3: Function or Not?
    Lesson 5: The Tortoise and the Hare [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Graphing Stories
    Lesson 7: Feel the Burn (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 8: Charge! (Print available)
    Lesson 9: Piecing It Together

    Unit 3: Solving Equations and Systems of Equations

    Module 7:  Solving Linear Equations
    Lesson 7.1: Equations with the Variable on Both SidesUnit 4
    Lesson 2: Keep It Balanced
    Lesson 3: Balanced Moves
    Lesson 4: More Balanced Moves (Print available)
    Lesson 5: Equation Roundtable (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Strategic Solving (Print available)
    Lesson 7: All, Some, or None?
    Lesson 8: When Are They the Same?
    Lesson 7.2: Equations with Rational NumbersUnit 4
    Lesson 6: Strategic Solving (Print available)
    Lesson 7.3: Equations with the Distributive PropertyUnit 4
    Lesson 4: More Balanced Moves (Print available)
    Lesson 5: Equation Roundtable (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Strategic Solving (Print available)
    Lesson 7: All, Some, or None?
    Lesson 7.4: Equations with Many Solutions or No SolutionUnit 4
    Lesson 7:  All, Some, or None?
    Module 8:  Solving Systems of Linear Equations
    Lesson 8.1: Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing.Unit 4
    Lesson 9: On or Off the Line?
    Lesson 10: On Both Lines
    Lesson 11: Make Them Balance [Free lesson]
    Lesson 12: Line Zapper [Free lesson]
    Lesson 8.2: Solving Systems by SubstitutionUnit 4
    Lesson 13: All, Some, or None? Part 2
    Lesson 14: Strategic Solving, Part 2 (Print available)
    Lesson 8.3: Solving Systems by Elimination
    Lesson 8.4: Solving Systems by Elimination with Multiplication
    Lesson 8.5: Solving Special SystemsUnit 4
    Lesson 13: All, Some, or None? Part 2

    Unit 4: Transformational Geometry

    Unit 5: Measurement Geometry

    Module 11: Angle Relationships in Parallel Lines and Triangles
    Lesson 11.1: Parallel Lines Cut by a Transversal.Unit 1
    Lesson 10: Transforming Angles
    Lesson 12: Puzzling It Out [Free lesson]
    Lesson 11.2: Angle Theorems for TrianglesUnit 1
    Lesson 11: Tearing It Up (Print available)
    Lesson 12: Puzzling It Out [Free lesson]
    Lesson 11.3: Angle-Angle SimilarityUnit 2
    Lesson 3: Match My Dilation
    Lesson 6: Social Scavenger Hunt (Print available) [Free lesson]
    Lesson 7: Are Angles Enough?
    Module 12: Pythagorean Theorem
    Lesson 12.1: The Pythagorean TheoremUnit 8
    Lesson 6: The Pythagorean Theorem
    Lesson 7: Pictures to Prove It
    Lesson 8: Triangle-Tracing Turtle [Free lesson]
    Lesson 10: Taco Truck [Free lesson]
    Lesson 12.2: Converse of the Pythagorean TheoremUnit 8
    Lesson 9: Make It Right
    Lesson 12.3: Distance Between Two PointsUnit 8
    Lesson 11: Pond Hopper
    Module 13: Volume
    Lesson 13.1: Volume of CylindersUnit 5
    Lesson 10: Volume Lab
    Lesson 11: Cylinders [Free lesson]
    Lesson 12: Scaling Cylinders
    Lesson 14: Missing Dimensions (Print available)
    Lesson 13.2: Volume of ConesUnit 5
    Lesson 10: Volume Lab
    Lesson 13: Cones [Free lesson]
    Lesson 14: Missing Dimensions (Print available)
    Lesson 13.3: Volume of SpheresUnit 5
    Lesson 10: Volume Lab
    Lesson 15: Spheres

    Unit 6: Statistics

    Module 14: Scatter Plots
    Lesson 14.1: Scatter Plots and AssociationUnit 6
    Lesson 1: Click Battle
    Lesson 2: Wing Span
    Lesson 3: Robots [Free lesson]
    Lesson 6: Interpreting Slopes
    Lesson 7: Scatter Plot City
    Lesson 8: Animal Brains
    Lesson 14.2: Trend Lines and PredictionsUnit 6
    Lesson 4: Dapper Cats [Free lesson]
    Lesson 5: Fit Fights [Free lesson]
    Lesson 8: Animal Brains
    Module 15: Two-Way Tables
    Lesson 15.1: Two-Way Frequency TablesUnit 6
    Lesson 9: Tasty Fruit
    Lesson 15.2: Two-Way Relative Frequency TablesUnit 6
    Lesson 10: Finding Associations [Free lesson]
    Lesson 11: Federal Budgets

    Welcome, Amplify Desmos Math families

    Welcome to the Amplify Desmos Math Caregiver Hub. We’ve designed this space to help you support your student along their math journey. We hope your student enjoys exploring math, working with friends to solve problems, and learning new and interesting concepts. And we hope you enjoy the math journey with them.

    Para la versión en español, haga clic aquí.

    Two children adjust weights labeled "y," "5," and "8" on a balance scale, with math symbols, balloons, and a yellow triangle in the background—an engaging scene inspired by Amplify Desmos Math.

    Introducing Amplify Desmos Math

    Amplify Desmos Math is a core math curriculum for kindergarten through grade 12. We believe that a structured approach to problem-based learning builds on students’ curiosity to develop lasting grade-level understanding.

    The Amplify Desmos Math curriculum uses student-centered instruction. In every lesson, students solve engaging and relevant problems, think critically, work collaboratively, and actively participate in their own learning.

    Explore grade-level resources:

    Student-centered instruction

    Student-centered instruction may look different from the way you learned math. It aims to create a learning environment where students feel empowered and engaged in their own learning journey, providing them opportunities to figure out how math works instead of simply memorizing formulas and tricks. They learn to communicate both verbally and in writing, come to understand and challenge the opinions of others, and build confidence. This approach enables students to remember what they learn and apply their knowledge to new situations. 

    Here are some other benefits to student-centered instruction:

    • Research shows that students and teachers prefer this method
    • Students perform better on standardized tests and have more growth in their grades.
    • Teachers report that student-centered instruction helps their students learn more math.
    • Students develop key skills for success in college, the workplace, and beyond, such as using technology, completing projects independently and with others, and persevering through challenges.
    Digital illustration of a fish in a bowl on a table next to a window, with a question about an equation's application to the fish's mass; digital buttons for sharing and other functions are shown.

    Components of a lesson

    A typical Amplify Desmos Math lesson includes:

    • Warm-Up: An open-ended question or interaction to draw students into the lesson.
    • Activities: One to three activities that make up the heart of each lesson.
    • You’re Invited to Explore More: Problems that invite students to explore a concept—often beyond the scope of the lesson—more deeply. These problems are intentionally available to all learners.
    • Synthesis: An opportunity for students to put the key ideas from the lesson into their own words.
    • Show What You Know and Reflection: A check for understanding focused on key concepts from the lesson.
    • Centers (grades K–5 only): Student-led activity stations that reinforce the math learned during lesson activities through interactive and often game-like formats. In kindergarten and grade 1, time for Centers is built into the last 15 minutes of every lesson.
    • Practice: Additional problems your student’s teacher may assign, including practice about the current lesson and review from previous lessons and units.

    Get more information.

    Have a question about Amplify Desmos Math? Visit our help library to search for articles with answers to your program questions. For additional support, please contact your student’s teacher.

    Does your child’s class also use mCLASS Math assessments? Explore the mCLASS Math Caregiver Hub to find additional resources and support!

    Welcome, Boost Reading families!

    We’re excited to welcome you and your student to the Boost Reading Caregiver Hub for the new school year. We’ve put together the following resources and guides to help you support your child throughout the year and give them the most productive experience possible with our platform.

    Para la versión en español, haga clic aquí.

    A young girl wearing headphones uses a tablet, with colorful cartoon trees and a bird character in the background. A label reads "Built on the Science of Reading" and highlights how Boost Reading supports learning.

    What is Boost Reading?

    Boost Reading is a student-led, digital intervention program based on the Science of Reading. The engaging world of Boost Reading uses adaptive technology to deliver targeted remediation support for K–5 students, adjusting to the unique needs of each reader. Your child can use the program during school hours and also independently at home.

    Welcome to Boost Reading!

    Captura de pantalla de un video de dibujos animados educativos en pausa destinado a impulsar la lectura, que muestra un pájaro en un arbusto y una niña mirando desde detrás de un árbol, con opciones de palabras "ad" y "at".

    What is my role?

    Make sure your student can log in independently.

    We recommend you help your child log in at home via Clever or another platform. Your child’s teacher may also download and print a QR code or unique username and password that your child can use to log in. Please reach out to your child’s teacher if you’re unsure about the login process or did not receive login information.

    Tips

    • Practice logging in with your student consistently until they can log in independently.
    • Keep their login information in a single place so they know where to go if they forget it.

    Ilustración colorida de criaturas y objetos caprichosos, incluida una bola de cristal que muestra la silueta de un paisaje urbano, libros para estimular la lectura, una poción y una criatura vibrante que se asemeja a un gato.

    Give your child a quiet space to work.

    Get your child set up to use Boost Reading at home: Make sure they have a set of headphones and a quiet place to play. You won’t need to assist them with their learning, since Boost Reading is personalized to your child’s needs. Once they can log in, they can start using the program independently.

    Give your child time to play independently.

    Your child may begin with a placement activity, which will use their answers to match them to the content that is best for their reading skill level. It’s important that your child completes each activity independently, so the program accurately assesses their level. Encourage them to have fun and do their best!

    Review digital safety.

    Take a few moments to look at Protecting Kids Online, a site by the Federal Trade Commission all about safety for kids in the digital world.

    Add to the fun!

    Each student has a digital companion called a Curioso. Print these Curioso coloring pages so your student can decorate their own Curioso!

    Páginas para colorear con animales de dibujos animados vestidos con atuendos festivos y la palabra "¡Impulsa la lectura!" en un cartel en la parte superior.

    Curioso Coloring Pages

    How to get help

    Screenshot of the Amplify support page with an orange header, bear illustration, search bar, and Boost Reading help article categories displayed in a grid layout.

    We’re here to help you!

    Have a question about Boost Reading? 

    Visit our help center to search for articles with answers to your questions about the program. 

    For additional support, please contact your child’s teacher.

    Frequently asked questions

    We recommend checking in with your child’s teacher to find out how much they should be using this program at home, since they may also be using the program during the school day. This is our general recommendation:

    Boost Reading

    If using only Boost Reading in grades K–3, your student should play for about 30–45 minutes total per week, broken up into 10–15-minute sessions. If your student is using only Boost Reading in grades 4–5, they should play for 40–60 minutes total each week, broken up into 20–30-minute sessions.

    Boost Reading and Boost Lectura

    If your student is using both Boost Reading and Boost Lectura, they should play each week for about 40 total minutes  across both programs, with each session lasting about 10–15 minutes.

    We actually recommend that you don’t step in to help if your child is having trouble with the content! While this can be hard, please understand that Boost Reading is designed to adapt based on your student’s answers, providing them with additional support and instructions to help them move forward in the game. 

    Welcome, caregivers!

    We hope you enjoy learning more about Amplify Science and what students are learning in science this year.

    Para acceder a este sitio en español haga clic aquí.

    Collage of educational settings: top left, two young girls using laptop in library; bottom right, middle school science project display on tablet; bottom left, two boys with tablet discussing.

    What is Amplify Science?

    Amplify Science is an engaging curriculum for grades K–8 designed by experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science. As you look through the program, you may notice that it looks different from any science curriculum you’ve seen before. That’s because in  recent years, science teaching has moved away from fact-based lessons, such as those that require memorization, and toward deep learning, where students actively investigate and figure out real-world problems. This shift in science teaching and learning is reflected in new national science standards (the Next Generation Science Standards) and—you guessed it—in Amplify Science.

    Watch the video below for a more detailed overview of the Next Generation Science Standards.

    Back-to-school night with Amplify Science

    Would you like to learn more about Amplify Science? We hosted our own back-to-school night for caregivers to provide an overview of the program your student is using at home.

    Amplify Science K-5: Click here to watch the recording

    Amplify Science 6-8: Click here to watch the recording

    Getting started

    While Amplify Science lessons are designed to be done in the classroom with peers, there are some activities that students can complete at home with your support. To make it as easy as possible to do these activities at home, ask your child’s teacher to provide the following resources:

    • Lesson Overview. Activities your student will complete at home are all part of larger lessons. The full lesson would be very difficult to complete at home, but the lesson overview will give you some context for the purpose of a given individual activity. 
    • Lesson Guide. This will provide step-by-step instructions if you want to guide your student through the specific activity in the lesson..
    • Investigation Notebook pages. Your student will use these to record their observations from the activity.

    To help your student get up and running with digital access to Amplify Science, download our student navigational guide.

    We recommend reviewing this Protecting Kids Online article by the Federal Trade Commission addressing digital safety.

    Materials overview

    Amplify Science integrates the latest best practices in science teaching and learning. Students will have numerous opportunities to use hands-on materials, engage with readings, develop evidence-based scientific written arguments, and explore digital applications.

    Illustration of educational steps with icons: "manos a la labora" with goggles and flask, "lectura" with a schoolbook, "redacción" with notebook and pen,

    Watch the video below for a brief overview of the Amplify Science approach and program structure.

    A powerful partnership

    Amplify Science is the result of a collaboration between the science education experts at University of California, Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science (LHS) and Amplify. The team of science, math, engineering, and literacy experts at LHS developed the content of the program, while Amplify’s team of designers and engineers developed the tools and components that bring the lessons to life for students.

    Click here for more information on the Lawrence Hall of Science.

    Explore grade-level resources.

    Where to go for help

    Whether you have questions about your technology or want to know more about the program, Amplify’s Support Team is here to help!

    Contact Support via telephone at (833) 97-Care-8 (833-972-2738) or caregiver@amplify.com.

    Our support hours are Monday – Friday, 7 am – 9 PM ET, and Sunday, 10 – 6 ET.

    DPS leaders, welcome to Amplify Science!

    Here you’ll find information about enrollment and licensing, materials and shipping logistics, professional learning resources, and more.

    Program introduction

    Onboarding: What to expect

    Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following visual that outlines the steps of the onboarding process. You can use it as a reference.

    Technology requirements and guidelines

    To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for optimal performance and support of your digital curriculum products, please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

    To ensure access to Amplify Science, add the URLs on this page to the corresponding district or school-level filters.

    DPS scope and sequence (K–5)

    DPS scope and sequence (6–8)

    Amplify Science Program Guide

    Getting started

    The Amplify Science Program Guide details information about the program, including its authorship, development, themes, and more. It serves as a resource for finding out more about the program’s structure, components, supports, how it meets standards, and flexibility.

    Navigate through the links below to access more information about the program and to explore resources that can help with your implementation:

    Digging deeper

    The sections below provide more details on the program’s approach and pedagogy:

    Join our community.

    Our Amplify Science Facebook group is a community of Amplify Science educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

    Looking for help?

    Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support

    Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program. This service is completely free for all educators who are using our programs and includes:

    • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans
    • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials
    • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify programs
    • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more

    To reach our pedagogical team, use our live chat within your program, call (800) 823-1969, or email edsupport@amplify.com

    Timely technical and program support

    Our technical and program support is included and available from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.

    For your most urgent questions:

    • Use our live chat within your program
    • Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969

    For less urgent questions:

    Amplify Science Virtual Booth (6–8)

    Since we’re unable to meet with you at spring events, we’d like to bring our conference experience to you!

    We know a virtual booth is a little different than what you’re used to at conferences, but we tried our best to replicate an in-person experience for you—including:

    • videos from real Amplify Science classrooms
    • program information about phenomena-based storylines, hands-on investigations, digital simulations, and more!
    • remote professional learning opportunities
    • access to a free sample unit of Amplify Science

    What is Amplify Science?

    Built from the ground up for the Next Generation Science Standards at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, Amplify Science is a comprehensive program that blends literacy-rich activities, hands-on investigations, and interactive digital tools to empower students to think, read, write, and argue like 21st-century scientists and engineers. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility with their technology resources and preferences.

    The program is backed by gold-standard research and is currently used by thousands of teachers across the US.

    The Amplify Science 6–8 curriculum has earned an all-green rating from EdReports.

    Read the review on EdReports.

    See Amplify Science in action

    In Amplify Science, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to actively investigate compelling phenomena-based storylines through engaging hands-on investigations, immersive digital simulations, comprehensive reading and writing activities, and lively classroom discussions. But you don’t have to just take our word for it. Hear what teachers and students using the program around the country have to say about it.

    See what Amplify Science looks like in the classroom with more videos that highlight:

    Dig deeper into the curriculum

    If we were meeting with you in person, we’d give you some print brochures that would tell you about things like phenomena-based storylines, hands-on investigations, and digital simulations. But since we can’t do that, here are the digital versions of those brochures. All you need to do is choose your grade level or domain.

    Free, on-demand professional development

    Access free, on-demand professional development from the Lawrence Hall of Science and Amplify Science teachers! Learning design experts from The Hall explore evidence in the era of NGSS and phenomena-based science instruction, while real classroom teachers share tips and best practices surrounding remote learning.

    Watch now!

    Test drive the program

    Click submit to access a free sample unit from our elementary curriculum.

    Amplify Science Virtual Booth (K–5)

    Since we’re unable to meet with you at spring events, we’d like to bring our conference experience to you!

    We know a virtual booth is a little different than what you’re used to at conferences, but we tried our best to replicate an in-person experience for you—including:

    • videos from real Amplify Science classrooms
    • program information about phenomena-based storylines, hands-on investigations, digital simulations, and more!
    • remote professional learning opportunities
    • access to a free sample unit of Amplify Science

    What is Amplify Science?

    Built from the ground up for the Next Generation Science Standards at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, Amplify Science is a comprehensive program that blends literacy-rich activities, hands-on investigations, and interactive digital tools to empower students to think, read, write, and argue like 21st-century scientists and engineers. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility with their technology resources and preferences.

    The program is backed by gold-standard research and is currently used by thousands of classrooms across the US.

    See Amplify Science in action

    In Amplify Science, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to actively investigate compelling phenomena-based storyline through engaging hands-on investigations, immersive digital simulations, comprehensive reading and writing activities, and lively classroom discussions. But you don’t have to just take our word for it. Hear what teachers and students using the program around the country have to say about it.

    See what Amplify Science looks like in the classroom with more videos that highlight:

    Dig deeper into the curriculum

    If we were meeting with you in person, we’d give you some print brochures that would tell you about things like phenomena-based storylines, hands-on investigations, and digital simulations. But since we can’t do that, here are the digital versions of those brochures. All you need to do is choose your grade level.

    Free, on-demand professional development

    Access free, on-demand professional development from the Lawrence Hall of Science and Amplify Science teachers! Learning design experts from The Hall explore evidence in the era of NGSS and phenomena-based science instruction, while real classroom teachers share tips and best practices surrounding remote learning.

    Watch now!

    Test drive the program

    Click submit to access a free sample unit from our elementary curriculum.

    Amplify Science 6–8 Review Toolkit

    Simplify your NGSS curriculum review journey with the Amplify Science Review Toolkit. Within this Toolkit, you’ll find program overview information, classroom videos, evaluation rubrics, and a free sample unit.

    Amplify Science for grades K–8 has been rated all-green by EdReports. Read the review on EdReports.

    image of Amplify Science and science classroom materials for science teachers

    What is Amplify Science?

    Built from the ground up for the Next Generation Science Standards at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, Amplify Science is a comprehensive program that blends literacy-rich activities, hands-on investigations, and interactive digital tools to empower students to think, read, write, and argue like 21st-century scientists and engineers. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility with their technology resources and preferences.

    The program is backed by gold-standard research and is currently used by thousands of teachers across the US.

    See Amplify Science in action

    Amplify Science in Action: a week in the life (6–8)

    What does a week in the life of an Amplify Science teacher look like? We asked Amy Trujillo, a sixth-grade teacher from Denver Public Schools, to talk through an example of what one week of using Amplify Science is like in her classroom.

    In Amplify Science, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to actively investigate compelling phenomena through engaging hands-on investigations, immersive digital simulations, comprehensive reading and writing activities, and lively classroom discussions.

    See what Amplify Science looks like in a classroom with more topical videos:

    Dig deeper into the curriculum

    Amplify Science is rooted in the research-based Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize model of learning. Students engage with science and engineering practices, figure out disciplinary core ideas, and utilize and apply crosscutting concepts in multiple modalities across thoughtful, structured lessons, all centered around engaging anchor phenomena. Learn more about how a unique mix of activities and modalities provide students with multiple points of entry into the instruction.

    Attend a webinar

    Join the Lawrence Hall of Science for a series of free webinars! Curriculum experts will explore why embedded engineering and phenomena-based science instruction deliver results, with examples from Amplify Science.

    Webinars are scheduled throughout the spring, and you can always sign to watch a recording if you’re unable to attend live.

    Register for a webinar now!

    Review rubrics

    Using an evaluation rubric to review? Take a look at our filled-out TIME and EQuIP rubrics.

    Test drive the program

    Click submit to access a free sample unit from our middle school curriculum.

    Amplify Science K–5 Review Toolkit

    Simplify your NGSS curriculum review journey with the Amplify Science Review Toolkit. Within this Toolkit, you’ll find program overview information, classroom videos, evaluation rubrics, and a free sample unit.

    What is Amplify Science?

    Built from the ground up for the Next Generation Science Standards at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, Amplify Science is a comprehensive program that blends literacy-rich activities, hands-on investigations, and interactive digital tools to empower students to think, read, write, and argue like 21st-century scientists and engineers. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility with their technology resources and preferences.

    The program is backed by gold-standard research and is currently used by thousands of teachers across the US.

    See Amplify Science in action

    Amplify Science in Action: a week in the life (K–5)

    What does a week in the life of an Amplify Science teacher look like? We asked Keneisha Charleston, a second-grade teacher from Chicago Public Schools, to talk through an example of what one week of using Amplify Science is like in her classroom.

    In Amplify Science, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to actively investigate compelling phenomena through engaging hands-on investigations, immersive digital simulations, comprehensive reading and writing activities, and lively classroom discussions.

    See what Amplify Science looks like in a classroom with more topical videos:

    Dig deeper into the curriculum

    Amplify Science is rooted in the research-based Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize model of learning. Students engage with science and engineering practices, figure out disciplinary core ideas, and utilize and apply crosscutting concepts in multiple modalities across thoughtful, structured lessons, all centered around engaging anchor phenomena. Learn more about how a unique mix of activities and modalities provide students with multiple points of entry into the instruction.

    Attend a webinar

    Join the Lawrence Hall of Science for a series of free webinars! Curriculum experts will explore why embedded engineering and phenomena-based science instruction deliver results, with examples from Amplify Science.

    Webinars are scheduled throughout the spring, and you can always sign to watch a recording if you’re unable to attend live.

    Register for a webinar now!

    Review rubrics

    Using an evaluation rubric to review? Take a look at our filled-out TIME and EQuIP rubrics.

    Test drive the program

    Click submit to access a free sample unit from our elementary curriculum.

    A powerful partnership

    Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

    The Lawrence Hall of Science
    The University of California, Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science is a recognized leader in PreK–12 science education, producing groundbreaking curriculum products for more than 40 years, including the international award-winning Seeds of Science/Roots of Reading®. The Hall’s curriculum materials are used in one in four classrooms across the nation. Read more about The Hall’s research-proven Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize multimodal learning model.

    The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

    Amplify
    Amplify has been pioneering digital education products for more than 15 years, empowering teachers across the country to offer more personalized instruction and accelerate the potential of their students to become more active, engaged learners. Amplify has supported more than 200,000 educators and three million students in all 50 states.

    Elementary school course structure

    • Needs of Plants and Animals
    • Pushes and Pulls
    • Sunlight and Water
    • Animal and Plant Defenses
    • Light and Sound
    • Spinning Earth
    • Plant and Animal Relationships
    • Properties of Materials
    • Changing Landforms
    • Energy Conversions
    • Vision and Light
    • Earth’s Features
    • Waves, Energy, and Information
    • Patterns of Earth and Sky
    • Modeling Matter
    • The Earth System
    • Ecosystem Restoration

    Middle school course structure (Integrated Model)

    • Launch:
      Microbiome
    • Metabolism
    • Engineering Internship:
      Metabolism
    • Traits and Reproduction
    • Thermal Energy
    • Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate
    • Weather Patterns
    • Earth’s Changing Climate
    • Engineering Internship:
      Earth’s Changing Climate
    • Launch:
      Geology on Mars
    • Plate Motion
    • Engineering Internship:
      Plate Motion
    • Rock Transformations
    • Phase Change
    • Engineering Internship: Phase Change
    • Chemical Reactions
    • Populations and Resources
    • Matter and Energy in Ecosystems
    • Launch:
      Harnessing Human Energy
    • Force and Motion
    • Engineering Internship:
      Force and Motion
    • Magnetic Fields
    • Light Waves
    • Earth, Moon, and Sun
    • Natural Selection
    • Engineering Internship: Natural Selection
    • Evolutionary

    Watch a video walkthrough

    Elementary school

    Middle school

    Review the program (K–5)

    For K–5 units, the teacher accesses the digital curriculum or printed Teacher’s Guide for daily instruction while students read Student Books, conduct investigations using the hands-on kit materials, and record observations in their Student Investigation Notebooks. When lessons call for students to access the simulations or “sims” in grades 2–5 (about once per week), they share devices.

    You can review all of Amplify Science online through this review site.

    Before you dive into the digital curriculum, download and review some of these helpful resources:

    You will find unit overviews and complete materials lists as well as downloadable versions of the Student Investigation Notebooks within the program itself. When you’re ready, click Preview now below. You’ll automatically be taken on a short guided tour where you can select the grade you’re interested in reviewing.

    Questions come up during your review? Email scihelp@amplify.com and mention that you are a reviewer in the subject of the email.

    Review the program (6–8)

    For 6–8 units, the teacher accesses the digital curriculum or printed Teacher’s Guide for daily instruction while students use their Student Investigation Notebooks, the hands-on kit materials, and their digital student accounts to access simulations or “sims”, modeling tools, assessments, and more.

    Before you dive into the digital curriculum, download and review some of these helpful resources:

    You will find unit overviews and complete materials lists as well as downloadable versions of the Student Investigation Notebooks within the program itself. When you’re ready, click Preview now below. You’ll automatically be taken on a short guided tour where you can select the grade you’re interested in reviewing.

    Questions come up during your review? Email scihelp@amplify.com and mention that you are a reviewer in the subject of the email.

    View technology requirements.

    Contact your Amplify representative directly

    Patti Savage
    Senior Account Executive

    Email: psavage@amplify.com
    Phone: (626) 224-3174

    Welcome, Louisiana reviewers

    mCLASS Intervention is an evidence-based program for helping struggling K-6 readers catch up to grade level. Importantly, it:

    1. Uses data from the Louisiana state-approved early literacy screening assessment, DIBELS 8th Edition, when collected on the mCLASS platform.
    2. Aligns with CKLA, a Tier 1 K–5 Core Curriculum reviewed by the Louisiana Department of Education that uses similar approaches to teach reading skills.
    3. Gives teachers time back in the day by doing the heavy lifting of data analysis and lesson sequencing, helping make effective staff-led intervention a reality.

    A collaboration between Amplify, classroom practitioners, and leading researchers including Dr. Catherine Snow, mCLASS Intervention offers Louisiana schools a standards-aligned program grounded in the science of reading. As a trusted partner across the state, we look forward to working with you to ensure teachers and students have access to high-quality instructional materials.

    Program overview

    mCLASS Intervention is a staff-led, supplemental Tier 2/3 intervention program that covers the five big ideas of reading, using the continuum illustrated below. Each hexagon represents a skill taught in mCLASS Intervention. Skills to the left are generally precursors to skills on the right.

    The strength of mCLASS Intervention comes from its technology-powered algorithm. Using sophisticated software algorithms, mCLASS Intervention automatically:

    • Analyzes DIBELS 8th Edition and diagnostic measure results collected via the mCLASS platform.
    • Determines which skills each student already knows and which they are ready to learn next.
    • Puts students into small homogeneous groups of 4–6.
    • Compiles detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    Here is a brief example of how mCLASS Intervention identifies the right target for each student.  The image below shows the MOY Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) results for two first-grade students—Student A and Student B.

    They both scored 29, which is Well Below Benchmark for this time of year. In spite of the students having the same score, mCLASS Intervention employs automatic analysis of item-level responses to detect that they are actually at different points in the continuum. For Student A, mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on letter-sound knowledge, and sounding out and blending. For Student B,  mCLASS Intervention recommends a focus on Regular & Irregular Word recognition. (mCLASS Intervention spirals instruction by having students work in two strands at the same time.) Without mCLASS Intervention, this type of analysis would take educators hours to complete and, as a result, could only be completed sporadically. The automatic nature of mCLASS Intervention’s data analysis algorithm makes it possible for busy educators to complete this analysis regularly, which in turn enables them to continually target intervention instruction at students’ evolving needs, day after day. 

    The mCLASS Intervention algorithm not only determines the ideal instructional focus for each student, but also automatically forms small groups of 4–6 students who share the same instructional focus and builds a 10-day plan with detailed lessons that target the specific needs of each group.

    Each 10-day plan systematically builds skills. For example, in the 10-day plan below, mCLASS Intervention has a particular group of students work on phonological awareness and letter sound knowledge. And within phonological awareness, mCLASS Intervention first introduces the group to phoneme segmentation; moves students through phoneme identification and substitution in subsequent days; then finishes with first, last, and middle sound segmentation.

    This systematic move from less advanced to more advanced skills allows for spaced practice over time, which research has shown to have significant impact on student literacy growth. 

    In a Tier 2 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons last 30 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 4–6 students. Each session has five activities and each activity is 5–8 minutes long. In a Tier 3 intensity, mCLASS Intervention lessons can be 30 or 60 minutes per day and are delivered daily in groups of 3–4 students. 

    Below is an example of a middle sound segmentation activity.

    We want to highlight two things from this example: 1) The instructional approach is explicit, and 2) the guidance provided is very detailed.

    Explicit instructional approach: All mCLASS Intervention activities begin with a Model (“I Do”) followed by a Practice (“You Do”). During the Model section, the instructor demonstrates how to do the activity. During the Practice section, the instructor has students practice. mCLASS Intervention uses subtle but impactful moves to maximize students’ independent thinking during the Practice portion of an activity. For example, in this activity, mCLASS Intervention has the instructor call on a student only after posing the question to all students in the group and giving the group 3–5 seconds of “think time.” This approach helps instructors keep all students mentally engaged because, should they take the opposite approach of calling on one student and then asking the question, the students who were not called on would tune out and inadvertently rob themselves of crucial practice opportunities they need to catch up to their grade-level peers.  

    Detailed guidance: Because mCLASS Intervention activities are detailed, both certified educators and paraprofessionals with little or no training in early elementary reading can deliver mCLASS Intervention with impact. This detailed guidance gives schools a range of options when it comes to staffing intervention, and that added flexibility is vital—especially for moderate and high need schools, which often struggle to provide intervention to all students in need.

    Keep in mind that an activity such as the one above represents just 1/5th of a lesson. The additional four activities that round out a 30-minute intervention lesson are short (5–8 minutes each) and varied. Some cover one skill of focus, while others cover the other skill of focus. mCLASS Intervention also regularly incorporates game-based, kinesthetic, peer-to-peer approaches to further increase student engagement and, as a result, educators often report that mCLASS Intervention is their students’ favorite part of the day.  We think this is because students get more attention in a small group; the instruction is targeted to their needs so they are neither bored nor overly frustrated; and the 30 minutes are filled with short, varying, fast-paced, high-energy activities.

    The swift pace of mCLASS Intervention is present in the activities that older students work on as well. These students often work on fluency and comprehension at the same time. In the 10-day plan below, you can see how their lessons include the same structure of short and varying activities.

    Program components

    Site License

    Each school needs a site license to the mCLASS Intervention software.  This provides access to the tools interventionists use throughout the year, such as:

    • An assessment app for conducting progress monitoring.
    • A grouping tool that forms small groups of 4–6 students with similar skill profiles.
    • A lesson builder that delivers customized 10-day lesson plans for groups.

    See sample 10-day lesson plans

    • Analytical reports for reviewing progress.
    • A practice app for K–2 students to use outside of intervention time.

    mCLASS Intervention Kit

    mCLASS Intervention kits are recommended, but optional. These kits include the following materials that interventionists bring to lessons:

    • Picture cards
    • Letter cards
    • Regular word cards
    • Irregular word cards
    • Letter combination cards
    • Vocabulary cards
    • Fluency cards
    • Puppet 
    • Resealable bags
    • Magnifying glass
    • Portable whiteboard
    • Dry-erase markers
    • Counting chips
    • Decoding assessment book
    • Vocabulary assessment books
    • Comprehension assessment book

    We recommend one mCLASS Intervention kit per interventionist serving K–3 and one mCLASS Intervention kit per interventionist serving 4–6. 

    If a school is not able to purchase one kit per interventionist, educators can assemble the materials themselves using our directions here.

    DIBELS 8th Edition Kit

    Educators administer DIBELS 8th Edition and proprietary diagnostic probes to place intervention students into the program.

    Schools can purchase DIBELS 8th Edition kits through Amplify or download forms from the University of Oregon’s site here

    For the proprietary diagnostic probes, educators can find the assessment forms in the mCLASS Intervention kit or download them from our teacher portal here

    Getting mCLASS Intervention up and running

    We have step-by-step guides with training videos and detailed FAQs to help educators get mCLASS Intervention running smoothly in their schools.

    • Schools that screen with DIBELS via mCLASS follow these steps to get Intervention up and running.
    • Schools that screen with another reading assessment (e.g., paper/pencil DIBELS, iReady, NWEA MAP) follow these steps to get Intervention up and running.

    Take a tour

    Find step-by-step instructions for reviewing lessons and placement materials in our navigation guide

    This short video below shows you what those steps look like.

    Professional development

    For more than a decade, Amplify has provided high-quality customized professional development to meet the specific needs of educators at all levels and improve student outcomes across multiple schools, districts, and states. Our professional development opportunities extend beyond initial product trainings and are proven to leverage data to support effective implementation, consistent administration, focused progress monitoring, skill-focused data analysis, and instructional planning.

    There are two distinct roles in mCLASS Intervention critical to ensuring its success at a school site. Professional development is designed to target these different roles:

    • Intervention Coordinator:
      Oversees the mCLASS Intervention program, groups students, determines group assignments, adjusts schedules, and works closely with Interventionists. 
    • Interventionists:
      Instructors who deliver the daily mCLASS Intervention program to small groups of students and monitor students’ progress every two weeks. 

    We deliver professional development sessions through multiple formats, including:

    • Onsite:
      Sessions are delivered in person (30 participants).
    • Virtual:
      Sessions are delivered remotely through webinars (15 participants).
    • On demand:
      Resources are posted on the training platform and can be accessed anytime (Individually).

    We offer two types of training to support implementation of mCLASS Intervention: Initial Training Sessions and Coaching Sessions.

    TRAINING TYPEPURPOSEDATE
    Initial Training SessionsIntroduce all stakeholders to mCLASS Intervention and the responsibilities of their individual roles.Beginning of year
    Coaching SessionsSupport Intervention Coordinators with data management and fidelity, and support teachers with lesson delivery, progress monitoring, and data analysis.As identified by school

    Initial Training Sessions

    Training title

    Modality

    Objectives

    Comprehensive Initial Training

    1.5 days

    Hybrid model*

    • ½-day remote webinar for Intervention Coordinators
    • 1-day onsite training for Interventionists

    Interventionist coordinator objectives:

    • Understand how mCLASS Intervention works and what is required to maximize student progress.
    • Learn how to optimize groups and staff schedules to serve all students in need of intervention.
    • Develop the implementation work plan for the school.

    Interventionist objectives:

    • Learn how mCLASS Intervention works.
    • Deliver lessons that maximize student progress.
    • Improve lesson delivery, with feedback from certified trainer.
    • Monitor progress with Intervention measures.
    • Increase accuracy of administration of measures.

    Comprehensive Initial Training

    1.5 days

    Remote model*

    • ½-day remote webinar for Intervention Coordinators
    • 1-day remote training for Interventionists
     

    *Depending on your needs, Amplify can also deliver these sessions in a Training of Trainers (TOT) model, where sessions are delivered to select leaders from each school, and participants will turn-key training content to their colleagues.

    Our Coaching Sessions are also offered in multiple formats, to include full- and half-day in-person sessions, and hourly remote sessions.

    Coaching Sessions

    Training title

    Modality

    Objectives

    One-day Coaching 1-day onsite

    Objectives for these sessions will depend on the content needs determined by the school. Topics can include but are not limited to:

    • Observing Intervention lessons and providing feedback.
    • Analyzing mCLASS Intervention data.
    • Reviewing student progress, and planning next steps.
    • Refining groups and schedules.
    • Co-planning and modeling Intervention lessons.

    Half-day Coaching ½-day onsite
    Hourly Coaching 1-hour remote

    FAQ’s

    Do schools need to screen with mCLASS DIBELS 8th Edition to use mCLASS Intervention?

    No. Amplify has an mCLASS Intervention offering designed for schools that use their own reading screener. These schools use the results from their own reading assessment to determine who’s at risk. Then they administer DIBELS 8th Edition and Amplify’s proprietary diagnostic measure via mCLASS to the students who will receive mCLASS Intervention. Of course, we highly recommend using mCLASS DIBELS 8th Edition for screening the entire class, as it would efficiently serve as both a screener and placement tool into mCLASS Intervention.

    How does placement into mCLASS Intervention work?

    You can learn on our teacher portal site. Here are the placement procedures for schools that:

    Screen with mCLASS DIBELS 8

    Screen with their own reading assessment

    Does mCLASS Intervention teach skills that are taught in previous grades?

    Yes, mCLASS Intervention was designed to detect students’ earliest skill gaps and provide teachers with high-quality resources for addressing them. 

    How do teachers set goals?

    mCLASS Intervention comes with a goal-setting tool that helps educators choose goals for students. It does this by providing score ranges that represent average, above average, and well above average growth in the skills being worked on.

    Frequently asked questions

    The following FAQ contains the answers to some of the most common questions that we receive from pilot teachers like you.

    Still have questions? Your dedicated pilot support coordinator would be happy to help. His or her contact information can be found in the pilot support brochure you received during your pilot implementation training. If you prefer, request that your pilot support coordinator gets in touch with you by completing this form.

    A teacher discusses educational content in front of a whiteboard while students in the classroom raise their hands eagerly.

    Program questions

    It’s true. Our teacher’s guide does not look like the typical guide that comes with a traditional textbook. Here’s why: we aren’t a traditional textbook program. Rather, we’re a next generation curriculum designed to support a shift to a whole new way of teaching science.

    With this shift, your district will be faced with supporting a wide-variety of needs from a wide-variety of teachers. For that reason, the resources required to successfully implement a new program will vary considerably from teacher to teacher. That’s precisely why our Teacher’s Reference Guide is chock full of so many rich and varied resources. From scientific background knowledge to suggested teacher talk, standards maps to materials lists, and lesson preparation notes and classroom management tips to strategies for differentiating instruction, this guide is truly meant to serve as an instructional reference.

    For everyday instructional use, we recommend that busy classroom teachers use Classroom Slides, which are now available for most K–5 units and will be coming soon for grades 6–8.

    Also known as our hands-free TG, Classroom Slides are a brand-new teaching resource that makes delivering daily instruction easy and fun. With a fully customizable PPT available for every lesson of the program, teachers can put down the Teacher’s Guide and focus on what matters most—their students.

    Classroom Slides are:

    • Available offline, which means no more sweating unreliable internet connections.
    • Streamlined for easy lesson delivery, including lesson visuals, activity instructions and transitions, animations, investigation setup videos, technology support, and more.
    • Fully editable, allowing teachers to incorporate their own flavor, flair, and favorite resources.

    Our development team is working as quickly as possible to make Classroom Slides available to all teachers. That said, at this time they are only available for the first and second units of each grade K–5, with the remaining units being released over the next few months. Due to the popularity of Classroom Slides at the elementary level, development for grades 6–8 is now underway, with all units scheduled for completion by the 2020-2021 school year.

    Not to worry. Amplify Science California was developed with plenty of wiggle room built right into the program. This means that you can relax knowing that there’s ample time to get it all done.
     
    Most curricula provide 180 days of lessons despite knowing that the typical classroom can’t possibly complete everything in a given school year. Rather than asking you to wade through unnecessary content, we designed a program that addresses 100 percent of the California NGSS in just 66 days at grades K–2 and 88 days at grades 3–5, and 146 days at grades 6–8.

    While we took great care in ensuring cohesiveness across units and grade levels, we also know that the ability level of your students changes from year to year. As a result, you need a program that provides adaptable and flexible pacing, and that empowers you to make instructional decisions in the moment.

    As you evaluate how well Amplify Science California can accommodate your pacing needs, consider the following:

    Progress Builds: Our Progress Builds describe the way in which students’ understanding of the central phenomenon should develop and deepen over the course of a unit. Each Progress Build defines several levels of understanding, with each level integrating and building upon the knowledge and skills from lower levels. Because these Progress Builds are directly tied to the program’s system of assessments, teachers are armed with the data they need to make informed decisions about when to move on, when to slow down, and when to revisit a concept and dive deeper.

    A chart titled Animal and Plant Defenses Progress Build outlines three levels of understanding about survival strategies in animals and plants.

    Multiple at-bats: Rather than introducing a concept on Monday, testing for mastery on Friday, and knowing students will forget everything by the next Tuesday, we set out to help students build meaningful and lasting knowledge that they can retain and transfer over the course of the entire unit. We accomplish this by giving students multiple opportunities (a.k.a. “at-bats”) to encounter, explore, and experience a concept. Said another way, Amplify Science California is actually made up of a series of multi-modal “mini-lessons”. This intentional cyclical and iterative design mirrors the 5Es, allows teachers the flexibility to speed up or skip ahead once students have demonstrated mastery, and empowers students to learn concepts more deeply than any other program. 

    Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

    Extension activities: When some students are ready to move on and others are not, our unit extension activities can be a big help. Found in the Lesson Brief section of both the digital and printed Teacher’s Guide, these activities ensure that advanced learners remain engaged and challenged while teachers help the rest of the class build the foundational knowledge they need to be successful later in the unit.

    What’s important to remember is that more hands-on doesn’t necessarily mean better, at least according to the California NGSS. That’s because only two of the eight Science and Engineering Practices (SEPs) are directly related to hands-on learning. 

    Just as scientists gather evidence from many types of sources, so do students in the Amplify Science California program. Like scientists, students gather evidence from physical models, digital models, texts, videos, photographs, maps, and data sets. By doing so, we provide students more opportunities than any other program to practice using all of the practices called out in the California NGSS Framework.

    NGSS 8 Science Practices

    1. Asking questions
    2. Developing and using models
    3. Planning and carrying out investigations
    4. Analyzing and interpreting data
    5. Using mathematics and computational thinking
    6. Constructing explanations
    7. Engaging in arguments from evidence
    8. Obtaining, evaluating, and communicating information

    While all of our units engage students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, the reliance on different types of evidence (and evidence sources) varies according to unit. For instance, some units lend themselves to meaningful hands-on experiences, while in other units the phenomena students are investigating are too slow, too dangerous, or too big to be observed directly. In those units, students rely more heavily on other evidence sources such a physical models or simulations.

    Unit types in grades K–5
    In each K–5 grade, there is one unit that emphasizes investigation, one that emphasizes modeling, and one that emphasizes design. In addition, in grades 3–5, there is also one unit that emphasizes argumentation.

    Unit types in grades 6–8
    Each 6–8 grade features three types of units: LaunchCore, and Engineering Internships. Each year has one Launch unit, six Core units, and two Engineering Internships.

    For teachers who wish to supplement the lessons with even more hands-on activities, optional “flextension” activities are included in many units.

    As a blended curriculum, districts who adopt Amplify Science California are outfitted with a variety of print and digital resources as well as hands-on materials kits. To explore the specific components of the program, visit our What’s Included page.

    As our customers will tell you, when you adopt Amplify Science California, you aren’t just buying a science curriculum, you’re joining a family. As such, along with materials, your adoption of Amplify Science California also includes care and support through a variety of staff and resources, including: customer support specialists, pedagogical support specialist, implementation specialists, professional learning specialists, educational partnership managers, and more.

    Technical questions

    To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for optimal performance and support of your digital curriculum products please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

    Absolutely! While 1:1 scenarios are great, they aren’t required. That’s because all Amplify Science California lessons were designed with device sharing in mind, and never assume that every student has a separate device. 

    When the use of practice apps is called for in a lesson, you have several options:

    • If internet access is unavailable—“Preload” the digital tool on your device or devices for use offline.
    • If limited student devices are available—Have students do the activities in pairs or small groups.
    • If no student devices are available—Project the digital tool to the class and either “drive” the digital tool yourself or invite students to “drive” by using your device.

    learning.amplify.com gives you access to the digital Teacher’s Guide and also gives your students (grades 68) access to the digital student experience.

    apps.learning.amplify.com/elementary gives your students (grades 25) access to any practice apps referenced in the instruction. The teacher will either need to log in using their credentials, or have student accounts set up.

    Tech headaches are never fun. However, implementing the following tips can help you keep the tech gremlins away.

    • Display the student URLs near the classroom display materials.
    • Before you start a unit, download all unit and lesson resources using the Offline Guide found in the Unit Guide of your digital Teacher’s Guide. In the event that connectivity issues strike, you will still be able to conduct your lessons without interruption.
    • Use Chrome or Safari if possible as these are our preferred browsers.
    • Disable pop-up blockers on all devices being used to support lessons.
    • Be prepared for some webpages to open in a new tab and for PDF files to download automatically.
    • Check and test your connections to any projection devices that you might be using throughout the lesson.
    • Display the student URLs near the classroom display materials.

    Frequently asked questions

    Still have questions? We have answers. Check out the following FAQ.

    A teacher discusses educational content in front of a whiteboard while students in the classroom raise their hands eagerly.

    Program questions

    Amplify Science California is a flexible, blended K–8 science curriculum that addresses 100 percent of the Next Generation Science Standards for California, and a significant number of the Common Core State Standards for English Language Arts, Literacy in Science and Technical Subjects, and Math, as well as the California English Language Development Standards. Together, the units deliver three-dimensional instruction across the following disciplines: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Physical Science, and Engineering Design.

    Since Amplify Science California is a blended curriculum, districts who adopt it are outfitted with a variety of print and digital resources as well as hands-on materials kits. To explore the specific components of the program, visit the What’s Included portion of our site.

    As our customers will tell you, when you adopt Amplify Science California, you aren’t just buying a science curriculum, you’re joining a family. As such, along with materials, your adoption of Amplify Science California also includes care and support through a variety of staff and resources, including customer support specialists, pedagogical support specialists, implementation specialists, professional learning specialists, educational partnership managers, and more.

    Amplify Science California does indeed features some powerful and engaging digital components, which are gradually introduced beginning at grade 2. However, as a fully blended and flexible program, Amplify Science California can be (and has been) implemented in a wide variety of scenarios.

    All lessons were designed with device sharing in mind, and never assume that every student has a separate device. While 1:1 scenarios are great, they aren’t required. When devices are necessary for students to fully experience a concept, teachers can opt to share devices across pairs or small groups, or simply display the Sim or Modeling Tool to the whole class and allow students to “drive” using your device.

    Rather than introducing a concept on Monday, testing for mastery on Friday, and knowing students will forget everything by the next Tuesday, we set out to help students build meaningful and lasting knowledge that they can retain and transfer over the course of the entire unit. We accomplish this by giving students multiple opportunities (a.k.a. “at-bats”) to encounter, explore, and experience a concept. Said another way, Amplify Science California is actually made up of a series of multi-modal “mini-lessons.” This intentional cyclical and iterative design mirrors the 5Es, allows teachers the flexibility to speed up or skip ahead once students have demonstrated mastery, and empowers students to learn concepts more deeply than any other program.

    We support both. No one solution works for everyone; therefore, in partnership with the Lawrence Hall of Science, we developed suggested sequences for both the integrated model of instruction and the discipline-specific model. Because it’s our goal to provide districts the maximum amount of flexibility, we’re also happy to support districts interested in implementing a different sequence of instruction.

    Yes. Rather than separating Performance Expectations into physical science units, earth and space science units, and life science units, Amplify Science California units are organized around anchoring phenomena designed to give students opportunities to dive deeply into certain disciplinary core ideas (DCIs) while also drawing from or applying to others. In organizing the Amplify Science California middle school units, we’ve carefully sequenced these ideas within each grade level to support the development of deep and coherent understanding.

    Many real-world phenomena cross the domain boundaries of life, physical, or earth and space science (as well as engineering). Each Amplify Science California unit begins with an intriguing real-world phenomenon that poses a problem that needs to be understood and/or solved. By the end of the unit, students will have analyzed the anchor phenomenon across multiple scientific domains, possibly designed and tested an engineering solution, and always applied what they’ve learned in a different context.

    For example:
    In the unit Light Waves, students investigate the anchoring phenomenon of why Australia has a much higher skin cancer rate than countries at similar latitudes like Brazil. The focus of this unit is on disciplinary core ideas related to wave properties (PS4.A) and electromagnetic radiation (PS4.B). Students explore these physical science ideas deeply within the unit, and also draw on ideas from earth science (e.g., latitudinal variation of the sun’s energy) and life science (e.g., the effect of energy on the DNA in the nucleus of a cell) in order to explain the central phenomenon.

    Absolutely. Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science California. Integrated into every unit are opportunities for students to take on the role of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend their claims.

    In addition, our unique combination of focus and flex activities means teachers have more options, opportunities, and materials to make learning active. Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

    What’s important to remember is that more hands-on doesn’t necessarily mean better, at least according to the California NGSS. That’s because only two of the eight Science and Engineering Practices (SEPs) are directly related to hands-on learning.
    Just as scientists gather evidence from many types of sources, so do students in the Amplify Science California program. Like scientists, students gather evidence from physical models, digital models, texts, videos, photographs, maps, and data sets. By doing do, we provide students more opportunities than any other program to practice using all of the practices called out in the California NGSS Framework.

    NGSS 8 Science Practices

    1. Asking questions
    2. Developing and using models
    3. Planning and carrying out investigations
    4. Analyzing and interpreting data
    5. Using mathematics and computational thinking
    6. Constructing explanations
    7. Engaging in arguments from evidence
    8. Obtaining, evaluating, and communicating information

    While all of our units engage students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, the reliance on different types of evidence (and evidence sources) varies according to unit. For instance, some units lend themselves to meaningful hands-on experiences, while in other units the phenomena students are investigating are too slow, too dangerous, or too big to be observed directly. In those units, students rely more heavily on other evidence sources such a physical models or simulations.

    Unit types in grades K-5

    In each K–5 grade, there is one unit that emphasizes investigation, one that emphasizes modeling, and one that emphasizes design. In addition, in grades 3–5, there is also one unit that emphasizes argumentation.

    Unit types in grades 6-8

    Each 6–8 grade features three types of units: Launch, Core, and Engineering Internships. Each year has one Launch unit, six Core units, and two Engineering Internships.

    For teachers who want to supplement the lessons with even more hands-on activities, optional “flextension” activities are included in many units.

    Yes indeed. Amplify Science California integrates all four STEM disciplines—science, technology, engineering, and math—in addition to English Language Arts—throughout the curriculum. In addition, each grade level features specific units that emphasize engineering design.

    Every lesson in Amplify Science California explicitly calls out which CCSS ELA and CCSS Math standards are addressed. That said, this is not a math program, nor an ELA program; therefore, it does not address all of the Common Core standards. But the program does address a significant number of the standards as they pertain to science.

    Yes, the program includes multiple opportunities for summative assessments.

    End-of-unit assessments: At grades K–1 these look like targeted conversations, at grades 2–5 we incorporate written responses, and at grades 6–8 we assess through a combination of auto-scored multiple-choice questions and rubric-scored written responses. These summative assessments for each unit are designed to provide valid, reliable, and fair measures of students’ progress and attainment of three-dimensional learning.

    Benchmark assessments: Delivered four times per year in grades 3–5 and three times per year in grades 6–8, benchmark assessments report on students’ facility with each of the grade-level appropriate DCIs, SEPs, CCCs, and performance expectations of the California NGSS.

    Science Seminars and final written arguments (formative and summative components): In grades 6–8, culminating performance tasks for each core unit invite students to figure out a new real-world problem. They collect and analyze evidence, examine a number of claims, and then engage in a full-class discussion where they must state which claims are best supported by the evidence, all while making clear their reasoning that connects the evidence to the claims. After the seminar, students then individually write their final scientific argument, drawing on the DCIs, SEPs, and CCCs they have used over the course of the unit to develop a sophisticated and convincing argument that addresses the problem they’ve been investigating. Rubrics, scoring guides, and examples of student responses at each scoring level are provided to teachers to support the assessment of students’ understanding of concepts and specific practices.

    No. While we do provide suggested sequences for integrated and domain courses, there are other logical ways to sequence the units and we expect that teachers will present the units in a variety of different orders and in any combination. There are a few notable exceptions. For example, students completing the Metabolism Engineering Internship should have completed the Metabolism core unit beforehand, or a unit that provides students with the same information. Amplify Science California specifies prerequisites for each unit in the event that teachers are interested in using an Amplify Science California unit in combination with other materials.

    The typical elementary classroom delivers science instruction only two times per week. Yet, most curricula provide 180 days of lessons. Rather than asking teachers to wade through unnecessary content, we designed a program that addresses 100 percent of the NGSS in just 66 days at grades K–2 and 88 days at grades 3–5. With plenty of wiggle room built right into the program, teachers can relax knowing that there’s ample time to get it all done.

    Amplify Science California provides more than enough instructional content to fill 180 days of instruction. However, unlike other programs that expect you to complete 180 discrete lessons, Amplify Science California includes built in wiggle room.

    For example, the typical elementary classroom delivers science instruction only two times per week. Rather than asking teachers to wade through unnecessary content, we designed our program to address 100 percent of the California NGSS in just 66 days at grades K–2 and 88 days at grades 3–5. When it comes to middle school, we address 100 percent of the California NGSS in 146 lessons.

    Some classes might last longer than one session due to a number of reasons (e.g., enthusiastic student conversations, challenging topics requiring deeper dives, more time needed to accommodate diverse learners, etc.). Also, teachers might want to supplement Amplify Science California with some of their own favorite lessons. Lastly, we’ve accounted for the inevitable assembly days, class trips, testing schedules, et cetera. For teachers that want to go deeper or expand upon a unit topic, we also offer a number of additional lessons that are not core to each unit.

    Amplify Science California lessons are designed to be completed in the following timeframes:
    Grades K-1 lessons are designed for 45 minutes of science instruction.
    Grades 2-5 lessons are designed for 60 minutes of science instruction.
    Grades 6-8 lessons are designed for 45 minutes of science instruction.

    That said, it’s not a problem if you can’t allocate 45 mins of science instruction every day at K-1, or 60 minutes per day at 2-5. Since there are a total of 66 lessons to address 100 percent of California NGSS at grades K-2, and 88 lessons to address 100 percent of California NGSS at grades 3-5, you can easily teach the lessons in smaller blocks and cover all of the content over the course of the school year.

    Technical questions

    To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for optimal performance and support of your digital curriculum products please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

    Inspiring the next generation of California scientists, engineers, and curious citizens

    Amplify Science California is an immersive and engaging core curriculum authored by UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and built specifically for the California NGSS.

    An illustration of a whale with jellyfish and turtles from Amplify Science

    Program overview

    Amplify Science California is a brand-new blended science curriculum for grades TK–8 that meets 100 percent of the Next Generation Science Standards and the California Science Framework. With Amplify Science California, students learn to talk, read, write, think, and argue like real scientists and engineers through investigations of real-world problems and scientific phenomena, gaining the skills needed to master the California NGSS.

    In Amplify Science, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer and are introduced to a relevant, real-world problem. They engage in investigations using hands-on materials, reading selections, rich media, and more to draft, strengthen, and defend their claims about the unit anchor phenomenon and how to solve the problem.

    The Amplify Science assessment system is grounded in the principle that students benefit from regular and varied opportunities to demonstrate understanding through performance. Read more about Amplify assessments in Grades K-5 and 6-8.

    A powerful partnership

    Amplify Science California was developed by the science education experts at the University of California, Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

    The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

    The University of California, Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science is a recognized leader in PreK-12 science education, producing groundbreaking curriculum products for more than 40 years, including the international award-winning Seeds of Science/Roots of Reading®. The Hall’s curriculum materials are used in one in four classrooms across the nation.

    Read more about The Hall’s research-proven Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize multimodal learning model.

    Amplify logo

    Amplify has been pioneering digital education products for more than 15 years, empowering teachers across the country to offer more personalized instruction and accelerate the potential of their students to become more active, engaged learners. Amplify has supported more than 200,000 educators and three million students in all 50 states.

    Designed in California for California

    Since their release in 2013, the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) have raised the bar for science education. Moving the focus of instruction away from memorization and toward active engagement and critical thinking, the standards teach students to think like scientists and engineers and grapple with core scientific principles, in addition to supporting deep learning of concepts that cut across science domains. Amplify Science has been designed from the ground up to meet 100 percent of the Next Generation Science Standards and respond to the instructional shifts called for by the National Research Council’s Framework for K–12 science education (2012).

    Classroom Slides (grades K–8)

    Digital collage of various devices displaying educational content about earth’s energy system, including graphs and text explanations.

    Science time just got a whole lot easier. With our new Classroom Slides, you can put down the Teacher’s Guide and focus on what matters most—your students. Plus, with Classroom Slides, lesson prep is as quick as a click!

    Classroom Slides are:

    • Available for back to school 2020–2021, for grades 6–8. Classroom slides are already rolling out for grades K–5.
    • Downloadable for offline use, which means no more sweating unreliable internet connections.
    • Streamlined for easy lesson delivery, including lesson visuals, activity instructions and transitions, animations, investigation setup videos, technology support, and more.
    • Fully editable, allowing you to incorporate your own flavor, flair, and favorite resources.

    Classroom Slides are available as downloadable PowerPoint files to help guide you and your students through the lesson with images, videos, questions, and instructions. Slides for grades 6–8 will be released on a rolling basis over the course of the 2020-2021 school year. Below you’ll find a prototype from the Earth’s Changing Climate unit.

    A brochure on K–5 slides can be downloaded here.
    A flyer on 6–8 slides can be downloaded here.

    Transitional Kindergarten

    Amplify Science TK includes three units, one for each science domain: Earth science, life science, and physical science. The physical science unit includes an engineering design challenge.

    Three circular icons representing Earth Science (sun over horizon), Life Science (butterfly and leaf), and Physical Science (book and magnet), each labeled below with its respective field.

    Units are structured to allow you to make decisions about how best to teach your students and include options for whole-group, small-group, and center-based instruction.

    Learn more about the program.

    Start your review

    If you have received Amplify Science California materials for review, fill out the form and select the course model you are interested in to access the digital Program Guide and supporting materials. For technical questions regarding your review, contact support at (844) 505-4621 or CAreviewersupport@amplify.com.

    Vulnerability Disclosure Policy

    As a provider of technology solutions to schools, Amplify’s commitment to data privacy and security is essential to our organization. Amplify demonstrates that commitment in part through the physical, technical, and administrative safeguards we maintain to protect student data and other sensitive information entrusted to our care.

    Amplify looks forward to working with the security community to find security vulnerabilities and support our efforts to keep our data and systems safe and secure.

    Before reporting a vulnerability, please read our program rules, eligibility overview, report submission rules and guidelines, legal terms, and out-of-scope list set out below.

    General Rules

    • We appreciate reports on any Amplify-owned asset, but only vulnerabilities that prove to be outside of expected behavior are eligible for acceptance.
    • Reports involving third party services or providers not under Amplify’s control are out-of-scope for submission.
    • Amplify places a high priority on privacy. Vulnerabilities in the areas of inadvertent exposure of our customers’ personally identifiable information (PII) are considered to be of Critical severity.
    • We classify vulnerability severity per CVSS (the Common Vulnerability Scoring Standard). These are general guidelines, and the ultimate decision over a reward – whether to give one and in what amount – is a decision that lies entirely within our discretion on a case-by-case basis.
    • In order to receive an award for validated reports, you must have a HackerOne account. Please note reward decisions are subject to the discretion of Amplify. Please note these are general guidelines, and that reward decisions are subject to the discretion of Amplify.
    • Only interact with test accounts that you created via self sign-up or were provided by Amplify. The use of any credentials outside of these areas for testing purposes, including legacy credentials supplied through the program and leaked credentials from third parties is strictly prohibited.
    • Do not contact Amplify’s customer support for questions or to submit a vulnerability report.
    • Amplify may, in its sole discretion, disqualify you if you breach this policy or fail to comply with any of the program’s rules and terms.
    • Amplify reserves the right to cancel or modify this program without notice at any time.

    Eligibility

    • You are not eligible for participation if you 1) are employed by Amplify or any of its affiliates 2) are an immediate family member of a person employed by Amplify or any of its affiliates or 3) left the employment of Amplify or its affiliates or subsidiaries within the past (12) months.
    • You are not eligible for participation if you have been prohibited in writing from participating in the Bug Bounty Program by Amplify at any time.
    • You may not be in violation of any national, state, or local law or regulation with respect to any activities directly or indirectly related to conducting your tests.
    • You may not compromise the privacy or safety of our customer and the operation of our services;
    • You may not cause harm to Amplify, our customers, or others;
    • You must follow the policy guidelines to responsibly disclose vulnerabilities to Amplify.

    Vulnerability Submission Rules & Guidelines

    • Any testing conducted on customer data or accounts is strictly prohibited and will result in removal from the program.
    • If during the course of testing you encounter any sensitive data outside of your test accounts (including student or teacher names, login info, assessment data, activity data, and student work, etc.), please cease testing immediately and report what you have found. DO NOT include any text, screenshots, etc. with PII in the report. This action safeguards both potentially vulnerable data and yourself.
    • Do not access, download, or share any data you encounter in your testing.
    • Only interact with test accounts that you created or that we provided. The use of any credentials outside of these areas for testing purposes is strictly prohibited.
    • Provide detailed reports with reproducible steps. If the report is not detailed enough to reproduce the issue, the issue will not be eligible for a reward.
    • In some cases, you may not have all of the context information to assess the impact of a vulnerability. If you’re unsure of the direct impact but are reasonably certain that you have identified a vulnerability, we encourage you to submit a detailed report and state the open questions on impact.
    • When duplicate submissions for the same vulnerability occur, we only award the first report that was received, provided that it can be fully reproduced.
    • Multiple reports describing the same vulnerability against multiple assets or endpoints must be submitted within a single report.
    • Avoid destruction of data and interruption or degradation of our service.
    • Proof of Concept (POC) videos that do not include PII are highly recommended to help verify the issue, provide clarity, and save time on triage.
    • Please provide timely responses to any follow-up questions and requests for additional information.
    • Understand that there could be submissions for which we accept the risk, have other compensating controls, or will not address in the manner expected. When this happens, we will act as transparently as we can to provide you with the necessary context as to how the decision was made.
    • Reports submitted using methods that violate policy rules will not be accepted and may result in account suspension from/denial of entrance to the program.
    • Please refer to any noted out-of-scope areas listed under Out-of-Scope Vulnerabilities.

    Out-of-Scope Vulnerabilities

    When reporting vulnerabilities, please consider (1) attack scenario / exploitability, and (2) security impact of the bug. The following issues are considered out-of scope. In addition, please refer to any noted Out of Scope areas listed under the program assets.

    • Social engineering (e.g. phishing, vishing, smishing) is prohibited.
    • Clickjacking on pages with no sensitive actions.
    • Unauthenticated/logout/login CSRF.
    • Attacks requiring MITM or physical access to a user’s device.
    • Previously known vulnerable libraries without a working Proof of Concept.
    • Comma Separated Values (CSV) injection without demonstrating a vulnerability.
    • Missing best practices in SSL/TLS configuration.
    • Any activity that could lead to the disruption of our service (DoS).
    • Content spoofing and text injection issues without showing an attack vector/without being able to modify HTML/CSS.
    • XSRF that requires the knowledge of a secret.
    • Automated tools that could generate significant traffic and possibly impair the functioning of our services.
    • Testing or demonstrating the ability to upload unlimited audio/video files to exhaust resources.
    • Leaked credentials from third party providers, including invalid or stale employee credential dumps, and/or leaked personal information of Amplify staff.
    • Leaked credentials for Amplify customers not caused by vulnerabilities in our systems.
    • Vulnerabilities identified via third party services or providers where Amplify is not the owner.
    • Issues that merely result in spam/annoyance without additional impact (e.g sending emails without sufficient rate limiting)
    • Attempts to access our offices or data centers.
    • Any activity that could contribute to the disruption of our service (DoS). Automated scanning tests should be kept to 10 requests per second or less.
    • Self XSS.
    • Broken links and/or crashes in general.
    • Issues that require unlikely user interaction.
    • Issues that do not affect the latest version of modern browsers
    • Issues that require physical access to a victim’s computer/device.
    • Disclosure of information that does not present a significant risk
    • Please refer to any noted out-of-scope areas listed under program assets.

    Legal

    • Any information you receive or collect about us, our affiliates or any of our users, employees or agents in connection with the Bug Bounty Program (“Confidential Information”) must be kept confidential and only used in connection with the Bug Bounty Program. You may not use, disclose or distribute any such Confidential Information, including without limitation any information regarding your Submission, without our prior written consent. You must get written consent by submitting a disclosure request through the HackerOne platform.
    • Researchers must follow HackerOne’s disclosure guidelines. Public disclosure or disclosure to other third parties without the explicit permission of Amplify is prohibited.
    • We will not take legal action against you if vulnerabilities are found and responsibly reported in compliance with all of the terms and conditions outlined in this policy.
    • Amplify reserves the right to modify the terms and conditions of this program without notice at any time, and your participation in the Program constitutes acceptance of all terms.

    Submit Vulnerability Report

    Amplify Science resources for Chicago Public Schools

    To view this protected page, enter the password below:



    Program details

    Get started with Amplify Reading: 6–8 Edition.

    Cuatro personajes con distintos disfraces y una gran máquina robótica con garras visibles se encuentran juntos sobre un fondo blanco.

    Introduction

    Amplify Reading 6–8 is a digital reading program laser-focused on helping students find deeper meaning in texts by teaching them to question everything they read.

    To capture students’ imagination, Amplify Reading 6–8 takes the form of an interactive graphic novel called The Last Readers. This story is set in a dystopian future world run by Machines, where people are told what to read and what to think. But dissent is afoot. Recruited for the rebellion, students are trained in the powerful ways authors convey meaning and affect their audience.

    What students learn

    Exploring texts from literary classics to propaganda, from great speeches to scientific articles, students learn to analyze the moves that authors make to achieve their purposes. Chapter topics alternate between the close analysis of arguments and literary analysis.

    Each chapter should take approximately one hour for students to complete.

    How to integrate this program into your curriculum

    Amplify Reading 6–8 is designed for students to work independently as they progress through the chapters of The Last Readers. For the last chapter of each book, teachers have the option to build on independent work through group and whole-class activities.

    For the best experience, students should complete the chapters in order. The chapters and concepts build on each other and were designed to help students master close reading skills. While teachers can unlock chapters so students can work on specific concepts at any given moment, doing so may result in a less-than-ideal experience. Later lessons are locked by default, but we will provide the ability to unlock lessons from within the teacher dashboard.

    How teachers are using Amplify Reading 6–8

    Reinforcement of concepts

    Many teachers find the program extremely helpful for reinforcing key reading skills in the core curriculum. They use it in class one or two times a week for 20 to 30 minutes over the course of a year.

    Test preparation

    The program features extensive practice with text-dependent questions, providing a fun and effective way for students to get comfortable answering those kinds of questions.

    Other common uses

    Teachers also use the program to introduce key close reading concepts, for extra practice or homework, as response to intervention, and for after-school and summer school programs.

    Routines

    • Devoting one class period every week or two to having students work independently on The Last Readers. While students are working independently on devices, teachers can work with small groups who need extra support with their core curriculum work. Teachers can also assign students work in Practice Mode during class or for homework.
    • Treating each book of The Last Readers as a 2–3 week mini-unit that can be inserted between units of core curriculum instruction. In addition to having students work on the chapters during class, teachers can assign students work in Practice Mode in between chapters or for homework.
    • Regularly assigning The Last Readers to students as homework. Because students may move through the chapters at different paces, teachers may want to assign one chapter per week and ask students to work in Practice Mode for the rest of the week after they complete a chapter.

    Pedagogical approach

    In Amplify Reading 6–8:

    1. Students learn to question everything they read by engaging with a story-based adventure in which understanding every piece of text and every article, billboard, speech and poem is essential to the narrative.
    2. Students learn to leverage the same devices used by authors to convey meaning by creating new content that integrates seamlessly with the story.

    Unlike other reading supplementals that rely solely on assessment questions and feedback, Amplify Reading 6–8 weaves digital instruction together with assessment, all within an immersive story where the analysis of text is a critical element of the plot. The storytelling is vivid, suspenseful, and complex, designed to provide students with purpose and agency as they take on ever more challenging and high-stakes close reading tasks.

    Each mission includes three steps:

    1. Interactive instruction: Students engage with a specific close reading concept using digital manipulatives.
    2. Guided close reading: Students apply knowledge of the concept to a complex text.
    3. Creative application: Students use their knowledge of the concept to create new content that solves a story-based problem.

    Literary and informational passages are paired with carefully crafted, text-dependent questions and technology-enhanced items that prepare students for the same types of questions they’ll face on high stakes assessments. All along the way, teachers receive reports that visualize activity and progress, and highlight areas of improvement. Teachers can also leverage the original content generated by students in each mission as a rich classroom discussion piece.

    Combining content and pedagogy with the creativity and purpose of storytelling results in an experience that truly motivates students and gives them the skills and confidence to tackle complex text.

    Standards and alignments

    Download the complete scope and sequence.

    The practice of close reading lies at the heart of the Common Core and many other state standards for English Language Arts. Instruction in close reading enables students to become attuned to the essential elements of authentic texts: from key ideas and claims to specific details and evidence; from the effects of single words to those of larger textual structures; from the significance of individual texts to the interrelated meanings of entire corpora.

    The recent focus on close reading is reflected in the text-dependent questions that populate many recent state assessments of ELA proficiency. Text-dependent questions address students’:

    • understanding of vocabulary
    • understanding of syntax and structure
    • understanding of literary and argumentative devices
    • understanding of themes and central ideas

    Amplify Reading 6–8 gives students the essential skills and confidence they need to address text-dependent questions and the standards to which they refer.

    Additionally, each book of The Last Readers emphasizes at least one Common Core reading anchor standards associated with each of the ELA standards strands:

    Book 1: KID 1 / C&S 4 / IKI 8

    Book 2: KID 1, 2, 3 / C&S 4, 5, 6 / IKI 8

    Book 3: KID 1, 2, 3 / C&S 4, 5, 6 / IKI 6, 7, 8

    Levels

    Because each classroom represents a wide range of reading abilities, teachers can assign students to unique learning tracks that are tailored to provide the level of support each student needs.

    After your students have enrolled in a class, you can assign them to a particular level in Reporting. All students will be automatically enrolled in the Core level. It is recommended that you assign all students to whatever level is most appropriate for them before they begin chapter 1. You can change a student’s level at any time.

    LEVELDESIGNED FOR

    CORE

    Students whose reading levels fall within the middle school band.

    EXTRA SUPPORT

    Students who are reading below middle school level or with limited English proficiency. The instructional content and texts have been adapted or replaced to support students who “can engage in complex, cognitively demanding social and academic activities requiring language when provided moderate linguistic support.” Support includes streamlined, scaffolded content that integrates the built-in-dictionary tool, so students can access content and academic vocabulary at their language level and above. For productive written activities, students are given supports such as sentence frames to help them develop structured academic responses.


    ADVANCED (coming soon)

    We are developing an advanced level that will challenge readers with more complex texts and prompts, and with additional content.

    Included texts

    Book 1

    Book 2

    Book 3

    Administrators, welcome to mCLASS!

    Here you’ll find information about enrollment and licensing, technical requirements, professional learning resources, and more.

    A young girl with curly hair smiling and holding a stylus and tablet, with colorful abstract shapes in the background.

    Onboarding: What to expect

    Welcome to mCLASS! There are six basic steps to onboarding. Use this visual as a reference, but also know that our dedicated implementation team will be there to support you during the entire process.

    Vertical flowchart showing six sequential steps for a project, starting with "sale closes," and concluding with "continued outreach." steps are connected by dotted lines.

    Technology requirements and guidelines

    To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for performance and support of mCLASS, please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

    You’ll also want to add the URLs on this page to the corresponding district- or school-level filters so that your teachers and students can access their mCLASS materials.

    Data sharing agreement

    Partnering with Amplify through our data sharing program deepens learning outcomes and gives you the performance analysis you need to make impactful decisions within your district or school. By signing our data sharing agreement, your district will help us to better understand student performance as it relates to your state’s standards. It also allows us to compare results with the curriculum-embedded assessments and state-level assessments. These analyses will help you identify the areas where your teachers and students are excelling or may be experiencing challenges.

    Stay tuned for additional updates.

    Enrollment and licensing overview

    During the enrollment and licensing call, your Amplify implementation partner will walk you through the enrollment process. We recommend exploring the enrollment web tool ahead of the call for suggestions on which enrollment method may be best for your district.

    The following guides provide additional information about enrollment methods and the data sharing process.

    Button with text "2021 Enrollment methods" and "Download PDF" in orange border. There is an icon of a document with a downward arrow.
    A white and orange button with an icon of a document and downward arrow, labeled "Data sharing overview." Below it, there is a link saying "Download PDF".

    You can also reference the mCLASS Enrollment Help collection for additional information.

    Preparing for your materials

    If you have ordered printed assessment kits, you or the materials coordinator at your school or district will receive a shipping logistics survey to ensure a smooth delivery. It is critical that this survey be completed prior to the shipment of materials. If your school or district has not received a survey, reach out to your Amplify implementation manager.

    What’s included in the kits?

    Below you will find a list of the print materials included in each mCLASS kit.

    DIBELS 8th Edition

    The mCLASS DIBELS® 8th Edition kits are grade-specific and contain the student materials for assessment with mCLASS software. K–6 (Kits for each grade sold separately):

    • How to Get Started with mCLASS one sheet
    • Student Benchmark Assessment materials
    • Student Progress Monitoring Assessment materials
    • Assessment Administration and Scoring manual

    Maze administration:

    • Maze for grades 2–6 is typically administered online to a group of students, each on their own computer or device. No printed materials are needed.
    • If your school does not have sufficient student devices or if your students are not yet ready for online assessment, you may administer Maze with paper and pencil and enter the scores manually. Get more information.

    Materials for additional assessments in the mCLASS suite

    For customers who use Text Reading and Comprehension (TRC), IDEL®, TRC Spanish, mCLASS® Math, and/or Intervention, we provide the following:

    TRC Atlas Benchmark kit

    • 76 leveled readers covering levels A–Z (both fiction and nonfiction)
    • Tabs to organize books by level grouping
    • Information pamphlet

    mCLASS: Math

    Kindergarten and grade 1 combination kit

    • Activities Guide
    • Counting chips
    • Screening and Progress Monitoring student materials

    Grade 2 kit

    • Activities Guide
    • Counting chips
    • Screening and Progress Monitoring Teacher Guide and answer key
    • Screening and Progress Monitoring forms 1–10

    Grade 3 kit

    • Activities Guide
    • Screening and Progress Monitoring teacher guide and answer key
    • Screening and Progress Monitoring forms 1–10

    Multi-grade kit, including K–3

    • All materials listed above

    IDEL

    IDEL Multi-grade kit (K–3):

    • Kit includes K–3 student and teacher materials

    TRC Spanish

    TRC Spanish Benchmark kit (K–3)

    • 20 leveled readers covering Descrubriendo la Lectura (DLL) levels 1–24 (both fiction and nonfiction)
    • Information pamphlet
    • 16 additional texts available online via the mCLASS home training page

    Intervention

    K–3 and 4–6 kits (sold separately)

    • Printed cards
    • Puppet
    • Whiteboard
    • Sticker book
    • 25 resealable bags
    • Magnifying glass
    • Burst® binder
    • Burst messenger bag
    • User Guides
    • Accordion file
    • Burst posters
    • Light blue carrying case (includes double-tipped markers, dry erase markers, counting chips, and sand timers)
    • Assessment books

    Announcements

    Use stimulus funding to drive transformation
    Learn about ESSER I, II, and III funding (or CARES, CRRSA, and ARP) and how to use these funds to help with learning recovery and acceleration. Districts have significant flexibility in how to use the ESSER money, with ESSER II and III specifying that some of the funds should be used to address unfinished learning. All Amplify programs and services meet the criteria for the funding. Get more information about funding and timelines.

    Next steps: How do I support my teachers?

    Logging in to mCLASS Home
    mCLASS Home is where you will access mCLASS Reporting, Instruction, and other helpful resources. Teachers can log in by navigating to mclass.amplify.com.

    Setting up your assessment device
    Assessments are administered using the mCLASS app. The mCLASS app is installed by creating a shortcut from your school’s preferred web browser on the desktop or home screen of a teacher’s device. Share this link with teachers for best practices specific to their device’s operating system.

    Professional development
    We partner with every district to make sure the mCLASS rollout meets their unique needs. Check out our professional development site to get a better understanding of what our team has to offer.

    Contact us

    Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support
    Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support at no cost to educators using our programs. This free service includes:

    • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.
    • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
    • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with mCLASS.

    To reach our pedagogical team, click the orange icon while logged into mCLASS to get immediate help, call (866) 629-2446, or email edsupport@amplify.com.

    Timely technical and program support
    Our Customer Care and Support team is available Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET, and Sunday, 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels:

    • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged into mCLASS to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.
    • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
    • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com.

    Join our community
    Our mCLASS Facebook group is a community of mCLASS educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

    Administrators, welcome to Amplify ELA!

    Here you’ll find information about enrollment and licensing, technical requirements, professional learning resources, and more.

    Onboarding: What to expect

    Welcome to Amplify ELA! There are six basic steps to onboarding. Use this visual as a reference, but also know that our dedicated implementation team will be there to support you during the entire process.

    Technology requirements and guidelines

    To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for performance and support of your curriculum products, please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

    You’ll also want to add the URLs on this page to the corresponding district- or school-level filters so that your teachers and students can access their Amplify ELA materials.

    Data sharing agreement

    Partnering with Amplify through our data sharing program deepens learning outcomes and gives you the performance analysis you need to make impactful decisions within your district or school. By signing our data sharing agreement, your district will help us to better understand student performance as it relates to your state’s standards. It also allows us to compare results with the curriculum-embedded assessments and state-level assessments. These analyses will help you identify the areas where your teachers and students are excelling or may be experiencing challenges.

    Stay tuned for additional updates.

    Enrollment and licensing overview

    During the enrollment and licensing call, your Amplify implementation partner will walk you through the enrollment process. We recommend exploring the enrollment web tool ahead of the call for suggestions on which enrollment method may be best for your district.

    The following guides provide additional information about enrollment methods and the data sharing process.

    Icon of a clipboard with text "2021 Enrollment methods, Download PDF" in orange border.
    Icon of a clipboard with text "Data sharing overview" and a "Download PDF" link.

    Preparing for your materials

    If you’ve purchased the Amplify ELA blended package, each grade level will include the following print materials:

    Teacher Kit—one per classroom that includes the following:

    • 6 Teacher Editions (one per unit)
    • 1 Solo Workbook blackline master
    • 6 Writing Journals (one per unit)
    • 1 novel
    • Poster set (3 posters)

    Student Blended Package—one per student that includes the following:

    • 1 Student Edition
    • 6 Writing Journals (one per unit)
    • 1 novel

    How many boxes will I receive?

    To plan for delivery of print materials and storage space, here’s what to expect:

    Teacher Kit—Components are provided in one box per classroom.

    Student Blended Package—Components are shipped in cartons, which include materials for multiple students. The maximum weight for any carton is 35 pounds, though the average weight is 15–20 pounds. The number of cartons depends on the number of students in your order. Packing slips will list the contents of each carton against the whole order.

    Administrator Reports

    Self-service Administrator Reports allow insight into teacher and student usage and student performance data for the current school year.

    Access will be limited to district and school administrators. Administrators can directly access these reports at my.amplify.com/admin-reports.

    Get more information.

    Next steps: How do I support my teachers?

    Pre-launch checklist for teachers
    Please share our Professional Learning site with your educators. It will provide them with helpful information as they prepare to implement Amplify in their classrooms, including the launch packet. You can also download and share our launch packet here. Amplify login is required to access this site.

    Icon of a checklist with text: "Pre-launch checklist for teachers. Download PDF.

    Professional development
    We partner with every district to make sure the Amplify ELA rollout meets their unique needs. Check out our professional development roadmap to get a better understanding of what our team has to offer.

    Advice and answers
    The ELA help site is filled with step-by-step resources to address educators’ questions. Encourage your educators to read through these tutorials and search for topics they want to learn more about.

    Contact us

    Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support
    Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We’ve developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support at no cost to educators using our programs. This free service includes:

    • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
    • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify ELA.
    • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

    To reach our pedagogical team, click the orange icon while logged into the curriculum to get immediate help, call (866) 629-2446, or email edsupport@amplify.com.

    Timely technical and program support
    Our Customer Care and Support team is available Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET, and Sunday, 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels:

    • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged into the curriculum to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.
    • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
    • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com.

    Join our community
    Our Amplify ELA Facebook group is a community of Amplify ELA educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

    Administrators, welcome to Amplify Reading!

    Here you’ll find information about enrollment and licensing, technical requirements, professional learning resources, and more.

    Onboarding: What to expect

    Welcome to Amplify Reading! There are six basic steps to onboarding. Use this visual as a reference, but also know that our dedicated implementation team will be there to support you during the entire process.

    Vertical flowchart showing six sequential steps for a project, starting with "sale closes," and concluding with "continued outreach." steps are connected by dotted lines.

    Technology requirements and guidelines

    To ensure that your hardware and network meet the minimum technical requirements for performance and support of your curriculum products, please see Amplify’s customer requirements page.

    You’ll also want to add the URLs on this page to the corresponding district- or school-level filters so that your teachers and students can access their Amplify Reading materials.

    Data sharing agreement

    Partnering with Amplify through our data sharing program deepens learning outcomes and gives you the performance analysis you need to make impactful decisions within your district or school. By signing our data sharing agreement, your district will help us to better understand student performance as it relates to your state’s standards. It also allows us to compare results with the curriculum-embedded assessments and state-level assessments. These analyses will help you identify the areas where your teachers and students are excelling or may be experiencing challenges.

    Stay tuned for additional updates.

    Enrollment and licensing overview

    During the enrollment and licensing call, your Amplify implementation partner will walk you through the enrollment process. We recommend exploring the enrollment web tool ahead of the call for suggestions on which enrollment method may be best for your district.

    The following guides provide additional information about enrollment methods and the data sharing process.

    Button with text "2021 Enrollment methods" and "Download PDF" in orange border. There is an icon of a document with a downward arrow.
    A white and orange button with an icon of a document and downward arrow, labeled "Data sharing overview." Below it, there is a link saying "Download PDF".

    Administrator Reports

    Self-service Administrator Reports allow insight into activation, usage, growth, progress, and instruction overviews illustrating how students are performing within the adaptive program.

    Access will be limited to district and school administrators. Administrators can directly access these reports at my.amplify.com/admin-reports.

    Get more information.

    Announcements

    Summer extension
    With summer fast approaching, we recognize that some districts may be extending the school year and/or continuing the use of Amplify curriculum and programs for summer instruction. If your summer instruction will continue past June 30 and/or you need to make rostering or enrollment changes, follow our guidance on extending your rollover date.

    Use stimulus funding to drive transformation
    Learn about ESSER I, II, and III funding (or CARES, CRRSA, and ARP) and how to use these funds to help with learning recovery and acceleration. Districts have significant flexibility in how to use the ESSER money, with ESSER II and III specifying that some of the funds should be used to address unfinished learning. All Amplify programs and services meet the criteria for the funding. Get more information about funding and timelines.

    Next steps: How do I support my teachers?

    Professional development
    We partner with every district to make sure the Amplify Reading rollout meets their unique needs. Check out our professional development site to get a better understanding of what our team has to offer.

    Advice and answers
    We have an array of online resources available to address educators’ questions. As they get started with the curriculum, we encourage educators to visit the Amplify Reading help site to read through tutorials and search for topics they want to learn more about.

    Contact us

    Powerful (and free!) pedagogical support
    Amplify provides a unique kind of support you won’t find from other publishers. We have developed an educational support team of former teachers and administrators who provide pedagogical support at no cost to educators using our programs. This free service includes:

    • Guidance for developing lesson plans and intervention plans.
    • Information on where to locate standards and other planning materials.
    • Recommendations and tips for day-to-day teaching with Amplify Reading.
    • Support with administering and interpreting assessment data and more.

    To reach our pedagogical team, click the orange icon while logged into the curriculum to get immediate help, call (866) 629-2446, or email edsupport@amplify.com.

    Timely technical and program support
    Our Customer Care and Support team is available Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET, and Sunday, 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET, through a variety of channels:

    • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged into the curriculum to get immediate help in the middle of the school day.
    • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
    • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com.

    Join our community
    Our Amplify Reading Facebook group is a community of Amplify Reading educators from across the country. It’s a space to share best practices, ideas, and support on everything from implementation to instruction. Join today.

    Top 10 Science of Reading podcasts to get you started

    Since 2019, Science of Reading: The Podcast has delivered the latest insights from researchers and practitioners in early reading. Hosted by Amplify’s Chief Academic Officer Susan Lambert, each episode welcomes a renowned leader in the education and literacy community, explores a timely topic related to the Science of Reading, and offers instructional advice to educators implementing evidence-based practices in their schools.

    New to the podcast? Here are 10 popular episodes to acquaint yourself with the Science of Reading. Listen, enjoy, and subscribe — we have new episodes every other Wednesday!

    S1-E1: Natalie Wexler on “The Knowledge Gap”

    Susan hosts Natalie Wexler for a deep dive into her latest book, The Knowledge Gap: The Hidden Cause of America’s Broken Education System—And How to Fix It, and a discussion of the lack of equity in reading education among students, the benefits of knowledge-rich curriculum inside and beyond the classroom, why it’s important to build background knowledge while teaching foundational skills, and why professional development doesn’t seem to be making a difference and how it can be improved.

    S1-E3: Emily Hanford on reporting on education and the Science of Reading

    Susan sits down with Emily Hanford, education reporter and host of the Education Post podcast, to examine the big takeaways from her experience reporting on dyslexia and the patterns that emerged in her investigation; why reading instruction isn’t more aligned with the Science of Reading; and the evolution of whole language, balanced literacy, and phonics instruction.

    S1-E8: Tim Shanahan on evidence-based literacy practices

    Reading expert Tim Shanahan discusses his view on teaching reading, including an explanation of the four crucial things you need to teach reading, and what it means to really do a “close read” in literature.

    S3-E1: Dr. Jane Oakhill on Scarborough’s Reading Rope

    Dive into the first episode of our Deconstructing the Rope series as Dr. Jane Oakhill, professor of experimental psychology at the University of Sussex, provides an overview of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. She also emphasizes the importance of inferencing in comprehension, why the Simple View of Reading is still relevant almost 40 years later, and how each element of the Rope comes together to deconstruct the complexity of reading.

    S3-E3: Dr. Louisa Moats on decoding

    Join Dr. Louisa Moats, President of Moats Associates Consulting, as she unwinds decoding, a strand of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. In the third episode of our Deconstructing the Rope series, Louisa highlights the significance of decoding in the Science of Reading and discusses the value of becoming students of our own language. She also explains the reciprocal relationship between decoding and encoding and why both are essential to provide effective phonics instruction to children in the classroom.

    S2-E7: Sonia Cabell on research, comprehension, and content-rich literacy instruction

    Join Sonia Cabell, Assistant Professor of Education at Florida State University, as she shares findings from her research trials on content-rich literacy curricula and whether activating students’ background knowledge alongside explicit phonics instruction is more effective than traditional approaches. She also explains what constitutes “compelling evidence” in the Science of Reading and why students need to interact with both written and spoken language while learning to read.

    S3-E5: Dr. Bruce McCandliss on sight recognition

    Join Dr. Bruce McCandliss, Professor at the Graduate School of Education of Stanford University, as he unwinds sight recognition, a strand of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. In the fifth episode of our series, Bruce explains the role of sight and word recognition in the Science of Reading and highlights the importance of the rapid integration of print, speech, and meaning. He also encourages listeners to be cognizant of the ever-changing technological learning environment while nurturing young readers and writers.

    S2-E1: Dr. LaTonya Goffney on a district-wide SoR adoption

    Join Dr. LaTonya Goffney, Superintendent of Schools for Aldine Independent School District in Texas, as she recounts her two-year journey with her team of district educators to adopt a new early literacy curriculum. Hear how they successfully challenged the traditional adoption process, studied the science of teaching reading, analyzed student data and experiences, and developed a district-wide set of beliefs and expectations.

    S3-E7: Maria Murray on The Reading League’s Defining Movement

    In this special episode, Dr. Maria Murray, President, and CEO of The Reading League analyze the intricacies of literacy instruction and shares common misconceptions that educators have about the Science of Reading. She also explains why the Science of Reading: A Defining Movement coalition was founded: the belief in a clear understanding of what the Science of Reading is and what it is not, in order to promote the proper use of instructional practices aligned with its findings.

    4 tools to help teachers better understand dyslexia

    Despite variations in terminology, many professionals still consider dyslexia to be synonymous with the term “reading difficulty.” But a growing interest in the subject and a resurgence of the term in literacy research is increasing awareness of dyslexia’s neurobiological origins.

    With things changing fast, it can be difficult to stay up to date on the latest research and instructional practices surrounding dyslexia. In this blog post, we’re providing four amazing reading materials to improve your understanding and ability to support struggling readers.

    Defining dyslexia

    Dyslexia is a critical topic in education these days — but what is it? This article from the Orton Gillingham Online Academy breaks down the International Dyslexia Association’s definition of dyslexia and what it means for students with this “hidden disability:”

    “What is Dyslexia? Part 1” by Lorna Wooldridge

    Dyslexia in your classroom

    Students with dyslexia make up 15–20% of the school-age population, and are likely to be in every classroom. These fascinating statistics show just how present dyslexia is in the student population:

    “Most Reading Difficulties Can Be Resolved or Diminished” by Carolyn Cowen

    Dyslexic brains are wired differently, but intensive reading intervention can rewire them. Read about how science and technology are being used to understand what’s happening in a brain with dyslexia:

    “How Science Is Rewiring the Dyslexic Brain” by Gabrielle Emanuel

    Dyslexia: Fact and fiction

    We know more about dyslexia now than ever before?—?can you distinguish between fact and fiction? Uncover the truths and myths of dyslexia now:

    Dyslexia: Fact vs. Fiction by Amplify staff

    Making the most of your stimulus funding

    There are literally billions of dollars left in ESSER stimulus funds—and regardless of the role you serve in K–12 education, some of those dollars can help you and your students. Though you have until Sept. 30, 2024, to assign these funds, it’s never too early to ensure that you and your colleagues are taking advantage of what’s available to you to invest in your students and classrooms. 

    While 20% of your district’s funding must target instructional loss caused by the pandemic, you can direct the rest toward your specific needs—whether you need print instructional materials, dual language supports, or personalized learning to help your students catch up.

    We’re happy to guide you through the current funding landscape and offer some tips for claiming your funding and helping get your students back on track.

    Overview of the stimulus funding landscape

    We’ve reached historic levels of federal investment to support the recovery of K–12 education. The American Rescue Plan (ARP) has supplied our nation’s schools with three buckets of ESSER stimulus funds:

    • $13 billion under the CARES Act in March 2020 (ESSER I)
    • $54 billion under the CRSA in December 2020 (ESSER II)
    • $122 billion under the ARP in March 2021 (ESSER III)

    This brings the total funds to $189 billion—a staggering amount available to help you, your students, and your colleagues. ESSER III funds must be assigned by Sept. 30, 2024, but this doesn’t mean the programs and services you purchase will expire. Your state can request an 18-month extension to liquidate the funds, and the changes needed to transform student performance and other school needs aren’t bound by this date.

    As you consider how to spend your funding, keep in mind that there are 16 types of allowable expenses, including learning software; summer learning and after-school programs for at-risk students; and activities that support federal requirements, such as ESEA and Titles I, II, III, and IV.

    Spending priorities across states

    Within the boundaries of allowable expenses, many states have already begun deciding how they want to target the specific needs of their districts.

    Stimulus investments must reflect your district’s needs while taking into account the unique skills and gaps of individual students.

    At the state level, Georgia is prioritizing student mental health and wellbeing, while Massachusetts is taking on that issue in addition to figuring out how to measure learning loss and helping districts reopen safely. 

    New York is emphasizing early childhood education, staff training, maintaining operations, and education technology. Kansas has similar goals with learning software, in addition to a focus on continuing operations, providing sanitation supplies, and catering to remote students’ needs.

    One report tracking stimulus funding in 1,040 school districts across 35 states found patterns among school needs. More than half the districts studied set aside funds for summer learning, a third plan to pay for transportation, and a quarter will invest in online platforms.

    Amplify programs fit the bill

    All Amplify programs and services meet the funding criteria, including our literacy, dual language, and STEM suites.

    Our literacy suite is made up of high-quality instructional materials that are based on evidence, which is one of the purchasing requirements in the American Rescue Plan. These programs provide students with personalized instruction—whether it’s at the core, supplemental, or intervention levels.

    For more detailed information about using stimulus funding to get your students back on track in reading, watch our recent webinar to learn more about Amplify Reading, our personalized reading program for grades K–5, and mCLASS, our early foundational literacy assessment.

    Want to learn more about ESSER and how to use these funds thoughtfully? Visit our stimulus funding webpage where you’ll have access to a tracking tool that allows you to search by state and district to see approximately how much money is headed your way. As you explore ways to use the funds available to you, be mindful about the long-term impacts of the choices you’re making, and listen to your teachers, students, and overall school community. Creating or expanding upon an instructional system that includes core curriculum, a reliable assessment tool, and personalized and supplemental learning is a great way to set your teachers and students up for success now and in the future.

    Bringing joy to learning in the science classroom

    As we prepare for an exciting new season of Science Connections: The Podcast, we’re looking back at past seasons and sharing some of the amazing conversations we’ve had so far.

    We’re so grateful to our 15 guests whose insight, expertise, and generosity have made our podcast (if we may!) one of the best science podcasts out there.

    If you’re new here, welcome! In Amplify’s Science Connections: The Podcast, host Eric Cross talks to educators, scientists, and subject matter experts about ways to best support and inspire the next generation of 21st-century scientists.

    Get ready for season 3, with all-new topics and speakers, premiering in March!

    Our first featured throwback episode, Bringing community and joy to the learning process in K–8 science instruction, features physicist Dr. Desiré Whitmore!

    First, meet Dr. Whitmore

    Dr. Whitmore has nicknamed herself “Laserchick.” It’s a reference to the focus of her postdoc work at UC Berkeley, where she designed and built attosecond lasers. (These laser pulses, which emit x-ray light, are the fastest ever measured).

    She later became a professor of laser and photonics technology at Irvine Valley College, as well as a science curriculum specialist for Amplify. She’s now senior physics educator in the Teacher Institute at the ExplOratorium in San Francisco.

    There, she works to support middle and high school science teachers in teaching through inquiry. On a given day, she says, her role may include “making fudge or blowing darts with marshmallows across the room.”

    But it all began with bubbles—the ones she’d blow as a child with her beloved great-grandmother. She was also the kind of kid who would do experiments in the microwave or take apart the vacuum cleaner. “I was always asking questions,” she says.

    “Everything we do is science”—and more.

    Here are some key takeaways from Dr. Whitmore’s conversation with Eric Cross.

    • Let students do their thing. Whitmore and Cross talked about students who didn’t hew to the letter of the assignment—and actually went beyond. That’s more than okay.

    I think it’s amazing when we can realize as teachers that no, our job is not to just enforce rules on our students. Our job is to help students achieve more learning.

    —Dr. Desiré Whitmore
    • Representation truly matters. Dr. Whitmore, who is Black, recalls a chemistry teacher she had in high school who was also Black. “He looked like me and spoke the way I spoke,” she says. He also recognized that she knew a lot about chemistry, and half-jokingly encouraged her to teach the class sometimes. In Whitmore’s experience, representation like that can supersede content knowledge.
    • Science is everything and everywhere. “Science is something that everyone in the world should and does do,” says Whitmore. She sees part of her job as “helping people understand that everything we do is science.”
    • Show scientists as real people. Whitmore recalls a time when an eighth-grader she’d known growing up was thrilled to recognize her in an Amplify Science video. The student knew her as a “regular human” who likes “Star Trek” and “Star Wars,” but now also sees her as a scientist. “That really brought home for me the importance of my work,” she says.
    • Put teachers in students’ shoes. As part of professional development, Cross and Whitmore agree that it’s important for teachers to remember how it feels to have a question—to not know. “That helps me be in the position of my students emotionally,” says Cross.

    Perhaps that’s the most powerful way for teachers to connect with their future scientists: “To experience science as a learner,” says Whitmore.

    Additional resources

    Inquiry-based learning: 3 tips for science teachers
    New professional development series for science educators
    Celebrate student scientists with classroom posters, activities, and a special giveaway!

    Top 5 back-to-school tips for science teachers

    Science teachers: We got you. 

    “Teaching through a pandemic called for so much innovation, resilience, and sacrifice,” says Eric Cross, host of the podcast Science Connections and a K–8 science teacher who’s spent 10 years in the classroom. 

    As education continues to evolve with new technologies like artificial intelligence, [teachers] keep rising to meet each moment with wisdom and courage.

     —Eric Cross

    And with that innovation in mind, we’re here to get you ready to go back to school. 

    From fun classroom activities to professional learning opportunities, our strategies are designed to help you walk back into your science classrooms feeling energized, inspired, and supported by a science community. 

    As Cross says: “We’re all in this together.” 

    1. First-day fun: Plan interactive classroom activities. How about some Icebreaker Bingo? Create a Bingo card that invites students to find classmates who can answer “yes” to science-related descriptions (e.g., “Has a pet reptile,” “Enjoys stargazing”). Activities like these help students uncover common interests while also providing background knowledge. They can also remind students that science doesn’t just happen in the science classroom—it’s an integral part of their lives and worlds, too.

    2. Student success: Work with school colleagues and leadership toward shared goals. Review what systems may already be in place and consider adding more. You might: 

    • Schedule regular team meetings to set and work toward common goals.
    • Establish a professional learning community to share science resources for teachers.
    • Amp up the use of data to inform decisions. Ask your team: What student performance data and assessment results can we use to see where improvements are needed?

    Approaches like these will help build a network of support for science learning, and support every educator in taking steps to help students grow.

    3. Set the tone for the year: We are scientistsYou might have learned science by starting with a principle and then exploring it in the real world. Today, we know it’s more effective to start by observing a phenomenon, then trying to predict or explain it. In fact, that’s what scientists do. And when your students do that, they become scientists, too. Let students know from day one that that’s who they are to help them start the year motivated and engaged.

    4. Cultivate community: Build a science ecosystem. Find ways to involve caregivers in student learning and create a continuum between the classroom and their everyday lives. You might: 

    • Collaborate with students on writing a weekly science newsletter or blog with classroom updates and suggested at-home activities.
    • Organize family science days or nights (IRL or online) for students and caregivers to do some hands-on science together.
    • Create simple but engaging science challenges for students and caregivers to do together. (Paper airplane distance contest, anyone?)

    5. Use free professional learning opportunities for teachers from Amplify Science. Explore upcoming Amplify Science webinars, designed to support you—along with your schools and districts—in using collaborative, effective, and engaging science practices in the classroom. You’ll hear from thought leaders in science education, observe real science students in K–5 classrooms, and much more. 

    Ready to dive into professional learning right away? Check out our on-demand science webinar library. From quick tips to longer continuing education (CE) credit options, our on-demand webinar library is sure to have just what you need.

    Free science resource toolkit 

    Our free toolkit of science resources will make it even easier for you to implement all of the tips above while setting science students up for success. These resources aren’t just for teachers—administrators and caregivers can use them, too! A robust science program means giving the right tools to not only those who teach, but everyone who supports students’ science learning. The resources in the toolkit will:

    • Help you craft a dynamic science curriculum during the crucial first weeks of school.
    • Support student engagement and spark new inspiration in your classroom practices and activities.
    • Offer learning opportunities you can access now or on demand whenever you need them.

    We hope these resources will serve you and your young scientists all year long! 

    More to explore

    Meet the team

    Amplify employees are innovators and optimists from the fields of education, technology, design, and media. Meet some of our team members.

    Team members

    We’re hiring!

    Ever wish you could make a real difference and have fun doing it?

    Search jobs

    Amplify’s professional services for educators

    We work together with educators to create meaningful learning experiences in schools—whether it’s designing a customized professional development plan, working alongside teachers in the classroom, or providing engaging and effective high-impact tutoring services to help students thrive.

    Amplify’s professional development

    When educators grow, students grow. Our goal is to support your team’s professional development with training designed to nurture, develop, and refine instructional practices, enhancing student achievement. We offer flexible PD training and coaching, both in-person and online, with a range of support to fit districts’ needs and educators’ busy schedules.

    Explore Amplify’s Effective PD solutions

    Two women sit at a table working on laptops, collaborating and reviewing documents, with icons on the left representing ideas, writing, computers, and achievement.
    An adult and a child wearing headphones smiling and high-fiving each other at a desk with a laptop.

    Amplify’s high-impact tutoring

    Every child deserves to be a confident reader and mathematical thinker. Amplify Tutoring, grounded in evidence-based practices and high-quality instructional materials, delivers meaningful gains for students and data-driven insights for educators. Our flexible high-impact tutoring models for literacy and math help schools meet students’ unique needs.

    EXPLORE AMPLIFY’S HIGH-IMPACT TUTORING SOLUTIONS

    When you grow, your students grow.

    “From the start, and in every encounter since I have been overwhelmed by the professionalism and customer focus all Amplify employees have demonstrated. Not only are the curriculum products extraordinary but they are backed by extraordinary people.”

    Teacher, Montana

    When you grow, your students grow.

    “[Amplify] deserves a medal for being one of the few companies that actually explains enrollment and access processes clearly, while providing continued support. Thanks for being organized and caring towards your customers!”

    Technology teaching and learning support specialist, Ohio

    When you grow, your students grow.

    “[Our] facilitator did a fabulous job of highlighting key look-fors, as well as sharing personal experiences with implementation, which are so useful for a teacher to hear.”

    Teacher, Louisiana

    When you grow, your students grow.

    “Amplify Tutoring has been critical in helping several nonreaders not only become readers, but become avid readers…
    The turnaround in confidence and excitement for learning has been amazing! The Amplify Tutoring Team provides continuous support system which checks in at all levels to help make the student experience a success.”


    District program director, Alaska

    Leading education into the future, together

    Collaborative partnerships to strengthen educator success

    Partnering with leading organizations, Amplify offers robust Amplify Desmos Math professional development that complements and enriches your learning journey and ensures access to comprehensive educational resources. Together, we align district and school leader support, enhance instructional practices, and boost student engagement to drive enduring outcomes.

    Partner organizations

    ANet logo with a large yellow "A" emitting rays, followed by the word "Net" in gray text on a white background—symbolizing student support services that enhance the learning experience.

    Leverage Amplify’s curricular expertise and ANet’s strength in assessment alignment and strategic system support to achieve powerful, consistent adoption and effective, long-term implementation.

    Explore this partnership

    Learn more about ANet

    The Teaching Lab logo features a circular black and blue graphic with the words "Teaching Lab" in black and blue text, reflecting a commitment to student success and an enhanced learning experience.

    Accelerate results by pairing Amplify’s deep expertise in Amplify Desmos Math and program-aligned professional learning with Teaching Lab’s proven Cycles of Inquiry and direct-to-teacher coaching models to ensure uniformity and harmony in the adoption, rollout, and long-term implementation of HQIM.

    Explore this partnership

    Learn more about Teaching Lab

    The image shows the words "Teaching Matters," with "Matters" in bold and underlined with a green line, emphasizing the vital role of teaching in student success and an enriched learning experience.

    Unite Amplify’s program-aligned professional learning with Teaching Matters’ Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) for teachers and leaders to deliver powerful results through consistency and coherence in adoption, implementation, and sustained use.

    Explore this partnership

    Learn more about Teaching Matters

    The image shows the TNTP logo with a stylized blue flame design next to the letters "TNTP" in bold, dark blue font on a white background, symbolizing a commitment to student success.

    Harness the power of Amplify’s deep expertise in Amplify Desmos Math alongside TNTP’s proven coaching models for system and school leaders to drive sustainable, impactful, and coherent HQIM implementation.

    Explore this partnership

    Learn more about TNTP

    The logo features the word "UnboundEd" in a serif font on a white background, with "Ed" in bold for emphasis, reflecting a commitment to student success and an empowering learning experience.

    Experience transformational results when Amplify’s deep expertise in Amplify Desmos Math joins with UnboundEd’s proven strengths in change management, instructional transformation, and leadership coaching to deliver sustainable instructional practices and lasting impact.

    Explore this partnership

    Learn more about UnboundEd

    Understanding dyslexia and the power of early intervention

    What do Albert Einstein, Whoopi Goldberg, and Percy Jackson have in common? 

    A diagnosis (albeit retroactive or speculative) of dyslexia. 

    Fortunately, our understanding of the condition has progressed since the days of Einstein—and it’s also more accurate than it’s portrayed in The Olympians. (Percy’s challenges in that beloved series are said to result from his brain being “hard-wired” for ancient Greek, which is…not really a thing.) 

    So what do we know now? “You can screen early, and you can intervene just as early,” says Emily Lutrick, a preK–5 curriculum and dyslexia coordinator with almost 20 years of experience in education (and a guest on Science of Reading: The Podcast). 

    Let’s take a look at more of what we know about what dyslexia is (and is not), what students with these challenges struggle with, and the importance—and power—of early intervention.

    What is dyslexia?

    Dyslexia is a neurological condition that affects the way a person’s brain processes written and spoken language—and thus their ability to read, write, and spell. It shows up as difficulties in accurate and fluent word recognition, spelling, and decoding. 

    More precisely, people with dyslexia often experience challenges in phonological awareness. They may struggle to break down words into their component sounds and to recognize the relationships between letters and sounds. These difficulties can make reading and writing laborious, and can—understandably—bring down a student’s performance and confidence. It’s a lifelong condition that requires (and responds to) specific research-based interventions.

    In the United States, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) estimates that about 15–20% of the population has symptoms indicating a risk of dyslexia or reading difficulty. The condition occurs across different cultures, languages, generations, and socioeconomic backgrounds.

    Common misconceptions about dyslexia

    Dyslexia is not a result of laziness, poor teaching, or lack of effort (or of being a demi-god).

    Let’s debunk some other misconceptions

    • Dyslexia is not a visual problem that causes readers to mix up letters like “b” and “d.” People with dyslexia struggle to match letters to sounds. (Confusing letters is actually common—lots of kids do it, and then move past it, as they learn to read.)
    • We don’t have to wait for students to “fail” in order to identify signs of dyslexia. Some clues and signs may emerge even before students start school, such as a delay in learning tasks like tying shoes and telling time, or difficulties with self-expression; following directions; or learning the alphabet, rhymes, or times tables.
    • Students with dyslexia do not just need more time to learn to read. Dyslexia is not something outgrown. Students who are at risk of developing dyslexia need consistent, high-quality, research-based instruction. 
    • People with dyslexia are slower / not as smart. On the contrary, people with dyslexia are able to think as quickly and creatively as others, and are just as intelligent.
    • Students with dyslexia need to use different materials than everyone else. Students with dyslexia can actually succeed using the same texts and curricula as their peers!
    • Students with dyslexia do have the potential to read at grade level when they have access to early intervention, targeted supports, and a flexible curriculum. In fact, a study at the University of Washington showed that only eight weeks of specialized instruction strengthened neural circuitry—and improved reading performance.

    Types of dyslexia

    Dyslexia is also not a one-size-fits-all condition. Some common types include:

    • Phonological dyslexia: This type of dyslexia primarily affects a person’s ability to decode words and recognize the sounds associated with letters and letter combinations.
    • Surface dyslexia: Students with surface dyslexia may struggle with irregular words that do not follow common phonetic rules but be able to read more regular words accurately.
    • Rapid naming deficit: This type of dyslexia is characterized by difficulty in rapidly naming familiar objects, colors, or symbols.
    • Double deficit dyslexia: Individuals with double deficit dyslexia exhibit both phonological and rapid naming deficits.

    The importance of early intervention

    Early intervention is key to helping students with dyslexia reach their full potential. Research has shown that identifying and addressing the condition in the earliest possible stages of education can significantly improve student reading and writing abilities—and so much more.

    Early intervention generally focuses on building foundational skills such as phonemic awareness, phonics, decoding, and reading fluency. It might include specialized instruction, assistive technology, and modifications to classroom materials and assessments. 

    Intervention has an emotional and social impact, too. Dyslexia can bring down a student’s confidence and even keep them on the social sidelines. By identifying and addressing dyslexia early, teachers can provide their students with access to emotional support and opportunities to catch and keep up with their peers, which helps them remain part of the classroom community. 

    Screening for dyslexia

    Before intervention comes identification. That’s why mCLASS® includes built-in dyslexia screening, with reliable tools such as: 

    • Phonological Awareness Assessment: Assesses a student’s ability to recognize and manipulate sounds in words.
    • Rapid Automatized Naming (RAN) Test: Evaluates how quickly a student can name. 

    And before all that, it’s important that teachers be the first eyes and ears. They may ask caregivers about any family history of reading difficulties, as the condition often has a genetic component. Lutrick watches for students who might be struggling to read fluently or think meta-cognitively about text. ”You know that they’ve got the ability but something is just blocking them,” she says

    One diagnostic tack she takes: Asking them to try to decode nonsense words. “For a child who is struggling and at risk of reading difficulty, every word may be a nonsense word,” she says. “Do they have the skills necessary to break it down? If not, I would like to try to help them fill those gaps as quickly as I can.” (mCLASS also includes a Nonsense Word Fluency assessment.)

    And it’s possible to intervene even before that, as podcast host Susan Lambert notes: “If we are not already doing systematic and explicit phonics in kindergarten and first grade, there is a possibility that we wouldn’t identify those kids.” 

    Lutrick also points out that dyslexia can be disguised in many different ways. “Look at every student and see if there is something behind the mask,” she says. “We need to task ourselves to really look at every individual student as if each one of them is critically important, which we all believe, or we wouldn’t be in this profession.”

    More to explore

    Amplify Caminos for SFUSD

    Amplify Caminos is an authentic elementary Spanish language arts program. Like its English language counterpart, Amplify CKLA, Amplify Caminos provides explicit, systematic foundational skills instruction sequenced with deep knowledge-building content to foster comprehension. When used with Amplify CKLA, Amplify Caminos provides full parity across English and Spanish that’s suitable for any dual language implementation model.

    Colorful illustration featuring a child in traditional Andean clothing, tropical plants, a volcano, a toucan, a horse rider, and the word "Gracias!" written in Spanish.

    Amplify and SFUSD Partnership

    We recognize and respect the unique differences of each of our partnering districts—and that includes San Francisco USD.

    Out of the box, Amplify Caminos offers districts a rich, comprehensive, research-based SELA experience. That said, no two districts are exactly alike. To that end, we are committed to working with San Francisco USD to ensure that Amplify Caminos addresses the needs of your community. This includes providing implementation guidance and support, as well as collaborating with your staff to determine which domains need to be modified or exchanged.

    What is Amplify Caminos?

    Amplify Caminos is a core Spanish language arts program for grades TK–5 that delivers:

    • Authentic instruction built from the ground up for the Spanish language.
    • A unique research-based approach truly built on the Science of Reading.
    • A combination of explicit foundational skills with meaningful knowledge-building.
    • Embedded support and differentiation that gets all students reading grade-level texts together.
    • Opportunities for students to see the strengths and experiences that all people share while also celebrating each others’ unique identities and experiences.

    Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades K–2.

    Watch the video below to learn more about Amplify Caminos for Grades 3–5.

    How does Amplify Caminos work?

    Amplify Caminos is built on the science of how kids learn to read—in Spanish.

    Amplify Caminos is all about helping you teach students how to read, all while giving them authentic and engaging reasons to read. That’s why Amplify Caminos develops foundational skills and builds knowledge in tandem.

    • Knowledge: Through complex and authentic Spanish read-alouds with an emphasis on classroom interactivity, oral comprehension, and contextual vocabulary, students start to build their awareness of the world around them—and the way the reading skills they’re building give them access to it.
    • Skills: Starting with the sounds at the core of the Spanish
      language, students practice their phonemic awareness, handwriting skills, vocabulary, spelling, and grammar. Through daily practice, students become aware of the connection between reading and writing, building confidence as they go.
    A diagram illustrating reading development as intertwined strands: language comprehension and word recognition, progressing from basic skills to increasingly strategic and automatic reading.

    Respecting the development differences between grade ranges, Amplify Caminos teaches foundational skills and background knowledge as two distinct strands in grades K–2, and combines them into one integrated strand in grades 3–5.

    Grades K–2:
    Every day, students in grades K–2 complete one full lesson that explicitly and systematically builds foundational reading skills in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand, as well as one full lesson that builds robust background knowledge to access complex text in the Amplify Caminos Conocimiento strand. Through learning in each of these strands, students develop the early literacy skills necessary to help them become confident readers and build the context to understand what they’re reading.

    Grades 3–5:
    In grades 3–5, the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura and Conocimiento strands are integrated in one set of instructional materials. Lessons begin to combine skills and knowledge with increasingly complex texts, close reading, and a greater writing emphasis. Students can then use their skills to go on their own independent reading adventures.

    What do Amplify Caminos students explore?

    Amplify Caminos builds students’ knowledge about the world.

    In addition to teaching all students to crack the written code (which is vital for fairness), the Amplify Caminos program helps students see the strengths and experiences we all share while celebrating their own unique identities and experiences.

    This is accomplished through the exploration of topics and text that feature people who resemble students and familiar situations or experiences while also exposing them to people whose appearances, lives, beliefs, and backgrounds differ from their own.

    Engaging domains

    Amplify Caminos builds knowledge coherently across subjects and grades.

    Throughout the program, students use their skills to explore domains that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world as seen through the eyes of many different groups.

    Carefully selected to build from year-to-year, our grade-appropriate topics help students make and deepen connections while also reading, writing, and thinking creatively and for themselves.

    Curriculum flowchart showing reading themes and activities from Kindergarten to Grade 5, organized by grade level and literary theme, with interconnected boxes for each topic.

    New Knowledge Research Units for Grades K–5

    Our brand-new Knowledge Research units carry forward Amplify Caminos’ powerful and proven instructional approach while also:

    • Adding more content for students from all walks of life. The rich topics and highly visual components featured in these units provide students with even more “windows and mirrors” and perspectives as they work to build knowledge.
    • Adding more authentic literature. Each new research unit revolves around a collection of high-interest authentic trade books that will spark more curiosity and inspire more inquiry.
    • Adding more flexibility. Units can be implemented for extended core instruction during flex periods, district-designated Pausing Points, or enrichment periods.

    Units cover a variety of rich and relevant topics:

    With these new units, students will soar to new heights with Dr. Ellen Ochoa, Amelia Earhart, and the Tuskegee Airmen. They’ll feel the rhythm as they learn about Jazz legends Miles Davis, Tito Puente, and Duke Ellington. And they’ll explore the far reaches of the world with Jacques Cousteau, Matthew Henson, and Eugenie Clark.

    • Grade K: El arte y el mundo que nos rodea
    • Grade 1: Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra
    • Grade 2: ¡A volar! La era de la aviación
    • Grade 3: Jazz y más
    • Grade 4: Energía: pasado, presente y futuro
    • Grade 5: Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente

    Units will be made available in English and Spanish, and will include the following components:

    • Teacher Guide
    • Student Activity Books
    • Image Cards
    • Trade Book Collection
    • Digital Components (for Grades K–3 and Grade 5 only)

    Why we added this unit:
    “Every child is an artist,” said Picasso, meaning that every child uses art to explore and understand the world around them. El arte y el mundo que nos rodea honors that truth by introducing Kindergarten students to some of the ways in which artists have explored and understood the world around them.

    This domain introduces students to artists from different time periods, countries, and cultures. Throughout the unit, students learn about different kinds of art and how artists use the world around them as they make art. They also connect this to what they have already learned about the earth, plants, and animals in other Caminos domains: GranjasPlantas, and Cuidar el planeta Tierra. In addition, students connect this to what they have learned about sculptors in the Presidentes y símbolos de los Estados Unidos domain. As they explore different artists and artistic traditions, they develop their ideas about how humans are connected to each other and to the world around them.

    As you read the texts in this unit, students may observe ways in which the characters or subjects are both similar to and different from students. This is a good opportunity to teach students awareness and sensitivity, building on the idea that all people share some things in common, even as they have other things that make them unique. This unit also offers an excellent opportunity to collaborate with your school’s art teacher, as many lessons have suggested activities to help students understand the kind of art they are studying.

    Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

    • Use details to describe art.
    • Identify three ways to create art.
    • Identify characteristics of cave art.
    • Sequence the steps of making pottery.
    • Describe how artists can create work connected to the world around them.
    • Describe what makes Kehinde Wiley’s portraits unique.
    • Explain how the texture of a surface can affect artwork created on it.
    • Explain what a sculpture is.
    • Describe what makes James Turrell’s artwork about the sky unique.
    • Explain what a museum is and what kinds of things you can see or do there.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • Georgia O’Keeffe por Erica Salcedo
    • Yayoi Kusama: De aquí al infinito por Sarah Suzuki
    • Tejedora del arcoíris por Linda Elovitz Marshall
    • Las tijeras de Matisse por Jeanette Winter
    • El museo por Susan Verde
    • Quizás algo hermoso: Cómo el arte transformó un barrio por F. Isabel Campoy

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    This domain introduces students to adventure stories set around the world and challenges students to dig into the adventures through research. By listening to the Read-Alouds and trade books, students increase their vocabulary and reading comprehension skills, learn valuable lessons about perseverance and teamwork, and become familiar with gathering information for research.

    In this unit, students study the careers of real-world explorers Dr. Eugenie Clark and Sophia Danenberg, marvel at the inventions of Jacques Cousteau, think critically about how teamwork and collaboration can make greater adventures possible, learn about the science and technology that enable adventures, and research some of the ways humans have confronted challenges at the edges of the world, from the oceans below to space above.

    Each lesson in the domain builds students’ research skills as they ask questions, gather information, and write a paragraph about their findings. Students share what they have learned about adventures in an Adventure Gallery Walkthrough. By taking on the persona of one of the adventurers they meet in the Read-Alouds and trade books, students deliver their final paragraphs as if they are a “speaking portrait” of that person. Students are invited to dress up as that adventurer if they desire.

    In addition, teachers can set aside time outside the instructional block to create the picture frames students will hold as they present to the Adventure Gallery Walk guests. Frames can be made from shirt boxes, cardboard, construction paper, or any art supplies that are on hand. This might be an opportunity to collaborate with the school’s art department if resources are available. Another option is to ask students to make their frames at home with their caregivers. On the day of the Adventure Gallery Walk, students will be the hosts and take on specific jobs, such as welcoming the guests, describing their work throughout the unit, and pointing out the areas of study on the domain bulletin board. You can find a complete list of student jobs in Lesson 13.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in the previous grade.

    • Rimas y fábulas infantiles (Kindergarten)
    • Cuentos (Kindergarten)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Cuentos de aventuras: relatos desde los confines de la Tierra. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • My Name Is Gabito/Me llamo Gabito por Monica Brown
    • Galápagos Girl/Galapagueña por Marsha Diane Arnold
    • My Name Is Gabriela/Me llamo Gabriela por Monica Brown
    • El viaje de Kalak por María Quintana Silva y Marie-Noëlle Hébert
    • Señorita Mariposa por Ben Gundersheimer
    • Sharuko, el arqueólogo peruano/Peruvian Archaeologist Julio C. Tello por Monica Brown
    • Abuelita fue al mercado por Stella Blackstone

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    With this domain, students head up, up, and away with an introduction to the soaring history of aviation. Students learn the stories of early aviators, such as the Montgolfier brothers, the Wright brothers, Aida de Acosta, and Amelia Earhart.

    During the unit, students study the science of flight, including the physics concept of lift, and research the social impacts of the world of flight. Finally, students let their research skills take flight as they explore key figures from the world of aviation.

    The lessons in this domain build on earlier Grade 2 Caminos domains about the westward expansion, early Greek civilizations, and Greek myths, and lay the foundation for learning about other periods of world history in future grades.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered earlier in the year.

    • La civilización griega antigua (Grade 2)
    • Mitos griegos (Grade 2)
    • La expansión hacia el oeste (Grade 2)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in ¡A volar! La era de la aviación. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • ¡A volar! Todo sobre aviones por Jennifer Prior
    • Amelia sabe volar por Mara dal Corso
    • Héroes de la aviación que cambiaron el mundo por Dan Green
    • El niño que alcanzó las estrellas por José M. Hernández
    • La niña que aprendió a volar por Sylvia Acevedo
    • Buenas Noches Capitán Mamá por Graciela Tiscareño-Sato

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    This domain teaches students about the vibrant music, poetry, and culture of the Jazz Age in the United States. Students learn about famous writers and musicians like Langston Hughes, Louis Armstrong, Billie Holiday, Melba Liston, Tito Puente, and Miles Davis. They study how the jazz art form took root in the South, then spread to the North to become the sound of the Harlem Renaissance, eventually connecting people around the world in musical expression.

    During this unit, students perform guided research to further explore both the history of jazz and what jazz is today. They develop research skills and then use those skills to find deeper connections between the stories and music of the Jazz Age and music today. As students learn about the world of jazz, they collaborate and share ideas with their classmates. They also practice sharing feedback focused on their written work, and, at the end of the unit, students present their research to the group.

    The lessons give students opportunities to dive into the rhythms and stories of jazz, utilizing the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

    • Collaboratively generate research questions about jazz, jazz musicians, contemporary musicians from the state where they live or have lived, and the evolution of jazz music.
    • Utilize Read-Alouds, independent reading, and partner reading to learn about the Jazz Age, the Harlem Renaissance, jazz music, and biographies of celebrated jazz musicians and writers.
    • Research the answers to their generated questions, gather information, write a short research essay about a famous jazz musician, write a short essay about a contemporary musician from the state where they live or have lived, and give a presentation about their research.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    Within this unit, students have opportunities to:

    • Ask relevant questions and make pertinent comments
    • Identify details in texts
    • Determine key ideas of texts by evaluating details
    • Make text-based inferences
    • Generate questions based on prior knowledge and gathered information
    • Synthesize details across texts to demonstrate comprehension
    • Discuss and explain an author’s purpose
    • Identify and cite reliable primary and secondary sources of information
    • Compose a well-organized and focused informative essay
    • Make connections between topics
    • Present information using appropriate media

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • ¡Esquivel! Un artista del sonido de la era espacial por Susan Wood
    • Ray Charles por Sharon Bell Mathis
    • Tito Puente, el Rey del Mambo por Monica Brown
    • Me llamo Celia, la vida de Celia Cruz por Monica Brown
    • ¡Azúcar! por Ivar Da Coll

    In this unit, students also read the poem “Harlem” by Langston Hughes. (Available for free through the Academy of American Poets website and the Poetry Foundation website, with recorded audio available through the website for John Hancock College Preparatory High School.)

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    With this domain, students become tomorrow’s problem solvers in this study of energy in the United States. Analytical reading skills are developed by examining the challenges of early energy innovators. Students then read about current energy practices and young energy change-makers across the world.

    Throughout the unit, students conduct research into different sources of energy and present a proposal, putting them in the shoes of future energy innovators. They also use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

    • Collaboratively analyze texts to identify cause-effect and problem-solution relationships.
    • Generate questions and conduct research about energy.
    • Write an opinion essay making their case for a fuel of the future.
    • Create energy proposals using primary and secondary resources.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades as well as earlier in the year.

    • Plantas (Grade K)
    • La historia de la Tierra (Grade 1)
    • ¡Eureka! Estudiante inventor (Grade 4)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Energía: pasado, presente y futuro. The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • La historia de los combustibles fósiles por William B. Rice
    • El niño que domó el viento por William Kamkwamba y Bryan Mealer

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Why we added this unit:
    Within this domain, Students learn about General Granger’s announcement in Galveston, Texas on June 19, 1865, a day marked in history as Juneteenth. Texts and multimedia sources will support foundational knowledge-building about the end of slavery in the United States. A review of the first freedom announcement, President Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation, provides students with background knowledge to further emphasize the significance of Juneteenth in American history.

    This unit also takes students on a journey beyond Juneteenth, as they study specific contributions of African Americans from 1865 to the present day. Students participate in a virtual field trip to Emancipation Park in Houston, Texas and use the knowledge sequence in this unit to:

    • Collaboratively generate research questions about Juneteenth, The Great Migration, innovators and inventors, education, the humanities, activists, and allies.
    • Use Read-Alouds, independent, and partner reading to learn about African American contributions from 1865 to the present.
    • Research to find answers to their generated questions, gather information, and write a four-chapter Beyond Juneteenth book.

    How this unit builds knowledge:
    This unit builds upon the following Caminos units that students will have encountered in previous grades.

    • Los nativos americanos (Grade K)
    • Una nueva nación: la independencia de los Estados Unidos (Grade 1)
    • La Guerra Civil de los Estaods Unidos (Grade 2)
    • La inmigración (Grade 2)
    • Los nativos americanos (Grade 5)

    The specific core content targeted in these domains is particularly relevant to the Read-Alouds students will hear in Más allá de Juneteenth: de 1865 al presente
    . The background knowledge students bring to this unit will greatly enhance their understanding of the trade books used in this unit.

    Trade books in this unit:
    Instruction in this unit revolves around the following collection of high-interest authentic trade books. One copy of each trade book is included with the unit materials.

    • Martí’s Song for Freedom/Martí y sus versos por la libertad escrito por Emma Otheguy
    • ¡Celebremos Juneteenth! escrito por Carole Boston Weatherford
    • Side by Side/Lado a Lado: The Story of Dolores Huerta and Cesar Chavez/La Historia de Dolores Huerta y César Chávez escrito por Monica Brown
    • Canto de alabanza para el día: Poema para la ceremonia inaugural del mandato de Barack Obama escrito por Elizabeth Alexander, traducido por Rodrigo Rojas

    Sample materials:
    Take a sneak peek at the rich instruction and engaging activities for this unit by viewing the PDFs below.

    Wide-ranging texts

    Amplify Caminos puts a variety of texts in the hands of students every day.

    Amplify Caminos includes both transadaptations and authentic texts written by Latin American and Spanish authors. Our texts feature a wide variety of authors, topics, individuals and characters representing many different socioeconomic statuses, ages, abilities, races, ethnicities, countries of origin, religions, and more.

    Amplify Caminos texts include:

    • Authentic literature: Authentic literature exposes students to a variety of text types and perspectives to deepen their knowledge of fascinating topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. Authentic texts support text-to-self, text-to-world, and text-to-text connections for readers.
    • Decodable Student Readers: Decodable Student Readers at grades K–2 are newly redesigned to include students from all walks of life and educational backgrounds. They feature characters with a broad range of backgrounds, experiences, ages, races, religions, and more.
    • ReadWorks® texts: Amplify and ReadWorks have partnered to deliver high-quality texts curated to support the Amplify Caminos Knowledge Sequence and to extend student learning. Texts include high-interest nonfiction articles in topics in social studies, science, literature, and the arts. These texts are accompanied by vocabulary supports and standards-aligned formative assessment opportunities. Teachers can monitor their students’ progress using the ReadWorks reporting features.
    Three children's book covers in Spanish are shown: "La Flor de Oro," "El conejo en la Luna," and "El secreto de las hormigas," each featuring illustrated artwork.

    Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide

    Each book in our authentic literature collection was selected specifically to support and enhance the content of the K-2 Conocimiento Strand. These anchor texts are intended for use as an introduction to each domain—engaging students, piquing their curiosity, and building initial background knowledge—before diving into the deeper content of the domain Read-Alouds.

    Every trade book has an instructional guide that includes the following:

    • Author and illustrator
    • Book summary
    • The Essential Question of the Knowledge domain, connecting the book to the domain
    • Key Tier 2 and Tier 3 vocabulary words found in the book
    • A group activity to reinforce and extend students’ knowledge and understanding
    • A performance task to help gauge students’ comprehension of concepts in the text
    • Writing prompts to expand understanding and critical thinking
    • Text complexity ratings and descriptors for quantitative, qualitative, and reader/task categories

    Download the Amplify Caminos Trade Book Collection Guide for Grades K–2.

    Detailed information about text complexity ratings and descriptors; additional uses for the books before, during, and after domain instruction; and the complete list of domains and books for each grade level can be found in the More About the Books section of this guide.

    What makes Amplify Caminos different?

    Built on the Science of Reading

    Built out of the latest research in the Science of Reading, Amplify Caminos delivers explicit instruction in both foundational literacy skills (systematic phonics, decoding, and fluency) and background knowledge in grades K–2 with an integrated approach to explicit instruction in grades 3–5.

    Flowchart showing "Language comprehension" times "Word recognition" equals "Skilled reading," with text in both Spanish and English inside orange boxes.

    Explicit systematic skills instruction

    The skills instruction in Amplify Caminos was distinctly developed with the Spanish language in mind. Its foundational lessons are specific to the language, rather than a direct translation from Amplify CKLA’s English skills instruction.

    Reading instruction begins with the vowels first, then the most common consonants, and finally the least common consonants. Students will blend and segment sounds to form syllables, and syllables to form words.

    Although Spanish has a highly predictable orthography, there are a few silent letters (h is always silent, u is silent after g or q), as well as letters that can make different sounds, depending on the letters that follow them. For that reason, syllables with these letters are taught somewhat later in the progression. The same is true for syllables with infrequently occurring consonants, such as z, k, x, and w.

    Coherent knowledge instruction

    While students are learning how to read, the Conocimiento strand gives them authentic and engaging reasons to read.

    Amplify Caminos uses spiral learning to reinforce every student’s ability to develop skills like reading, writing, speaking, and listening in Spanish that can be transferred to English. As students engage with their lessons, they explore the similarities and differences in grammar, vocabulary, writing, and language use between Spanish and English. This bridge helps students learning two languages to strengthen their knowledge in both.

    Through cross-curricular content, students explore units that relate to storytelling, science, and the history of our world in a holistic and thoughtful way. With these units, you’ll bring the world to your students, showing them how reading can become an exciting, rewarding, and useful part of their lives.

    Embedded differentiation for all learners

    Amplify Caminos provides built-in differentiation strategies and supports in every lesson.

    • Apoyo a la enseñanza y desafío: Support and Challenge suggestions in every lesson provide assistance or opportunities for more advanced work toward the goal of the lesson.
    • Notas culturales: These point-of-use notes provide additional information about the traditions, foods, holidays, word variations, and more from across the Spanish-speaking world.
    • Apoyo adicional: Every lesson in the Lectoescritura (Skills) Strand provides additional support activities suggested to reinforce foundational skills instruction. These activities can be given to any student who requires extra help, including students with special needs.

    Systematic and cohesive writing instruction

    Writing instruction in Amplify Caminos builds systematically and cohesively within and across grades.

    In Grades K-2, writing mechanics—including handwriting and spelling—are taught in the Amplify Caminos Lectoescritura strand. Starting in Grade 1, instruction includes four steps in the writing process: planning, drafting, editing, and publishing and features lessons that have modeling, collaboration, and sharing. As students gain skills and confidence, they are able to take on more of these steps independently. Students learn to use planning techniques, including brainstorming and graphic organizers.

    Beginning in Grade 4, the Amplify Caminos writing process expands to also include sharing and evaluating. In Grades 4 and 5, the writing process is no longer conceptualized as a series of scaffolded, linear steps (an important change from the Grade 3 writing process). Rather, students move between components of the writing process in a flexible manner, similar to the process mature and experienced writers follow naturally.

    young male students writing with a pencil

    Amplify Caminos’ writing instruction provides a clear progression through the text types in each grade.

    Because Amplify Caminos has two strands of lessons in Grades K-2, Lectoescritura and Conocimiento, students are exposed to both narrative and informational texts throughout the year. In Grades 3-5, the integrated units feature study in literary, informational, or a mix of both types of texts, depending on the content of the unit.

    • Grades K–2 introduce and establish the key elements of each text type, allowing students to gain comfort and confidence writing narratives, opinions, and informative texts. This enables students to practice thinking about content in different ways, offering more depth and breadth to their understanding of core content and of the writing text types.
    • By Grade 3, students will have gained significant practice in narrative, opinion/argumentative, and informational/explanatory forms of writing and will continue to apply those skills through Grade 5.

    How does Amplify Caminos integrate with the other parts of the literacy system?

    Amplify Caminos + mCLASS® Lectura

    Achieve complete parity between English and Spanish assessments with mCLASS Lectura for K–6. mCLASS Lectura allows teachers to connect with their Spanish-speaking students face-to-face, one-on-one, and in the language most comfortable to them. The result? Valid and reliable student data reports
    available in both English and Spanish, enabling teachers to pinpoint where their Spanish-speaking or emergent bilingual students really are in their skill development and what instruction to prioritize.

    A laptop screen displays a slide describing the Lectura data-driven instructional cycle with sections for Assessment, Reporting, and Instruction, each illustrated with sample interface screenshots.

    Amplify Caminos + Amplify Reading

    Amplify Reading is an engaging, adaptive digital program that extends the learning in Amplify Caminos. Amplify Reading offers support to a large sub-group of English learners (ELs) through Spanish voice-over. Spanish voiceover instructions are available in vocabulary and sentence-level comprehension games so ELs can build their vocabulary, language, and critical comprehension skills before moving into analyzing complex texts

    Language selection screen with options for English and Spanish, and an illustrated girl saying “¡Hola!” in a speech bubble. The heading reads “Idiomas.”.

    Demo access and sample materials

    Ready to explore on your own? First, watch the videos below to learn about the program’s components and how to navigate the digital platform.

    Physical materials walkthrough video

    Digital navigation video

    Demo access

    Next, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

    • Click the CKLA and Caminos Demo button below.
    • Select Log in with Amplify.
    • To explore as a teacher, enter this username: t1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
    • To explore as a student, enter this username: s1.sfusdreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
    • Enter the password: Amplify1-sfusdreviewer
    • Click the Programs and apps menu
    • Select CKLA Teacher Resource Site
    • Select the desire grade level
    • Use the toggle to switch between English (CKLA) and Spanish (Caminos) resources.

    Sample materials

    Finally, click on the grade levels below to explore your requested sample units.

    Additional resources

    Texas State Reviewers: Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math Texas!

    Thank you for taking the time to review Amplify Desmos Math Texas K–5.  This site provides the login steps and tools you need to review the program.

    Watch this short introductory video to help you navigate the Amplify Desmos Math Texas K-5 platform.  Then, use the login credentials below to start your online review. 

    The helpful Navigation Tool-Title Lists with live links and other documents to guide your review can be found below as well.  

    Three people engage in a painting project indoors, with one holding a fraction card and others painting the walls and floor. A tree and math symbols are in the background.

    Login credentials:

    Login page for Amplify with options to log in via Google, Clever, Amplify, QR code, or District SSO. A "Help" button and illustrated design elements are also visible.

    Step 1

    Go to learning.amplify.com and select Login with Amplify.

    Enter the username and password:

    Username: t.txmathk5@tryamplify.net
    Password: AmplifyNumber1

    Step 2

    Select Amplify Desmos Math in Your Programs.

    Educational dashboard showing a welcome message to "Educator K-5 Review," highlighting "Amplify Desmos Math" as a recommended program, with a paper airplane and quick links section.

    Step 3

    Once you’re in the program, select a grade level to explore the digital curriculum.

    Navigation video

    View this short introductory video to help you navigate the Amplify Desmos Math Texas K-5 platform.

    Navigation Tool – Title Lists

    Tip:  Be sure you’re logged into the Amplify Desmos Math platform (steps above) before clicking on the links in these documents.

    New content – Quality rubric 1.1a

    If approved, this proposed content will be added as a Paper Resource on the Course-level tile on Amplify Desmos Math Texas and on the Caregiver Hub as an additional home resource.

    New content – Grade 4

    Citations for Upper Limit TEKS in K-5 Mathematics

    Proposed changes to address the upper limit TEKS breakouts can be found at the link above. The notes for each citation indicate where the new content will exist, once approved.

    Components List

    Access the full list of components for Amplify Desmos Math Texas K-5.

    Center Resources and Kits

    Access a description and ISBN’s for the K-5 Center Resources and Kits.

    Manipulative Kits List

    Access the full list of contents for each K-5 Amplify Desmos Math Texas Manipulative Kit.

    Welcome, Idaho K-8 Science Reviewers!

    Thank you for taking the time to review Amplify Science. On this site, you’ll find all the resources you need to learn more about this engaging and robust NGSS program. Below, you will also have the opportunity experience our program firsthand with a demo account to access the digital platform.

    Amplify Science for grades K–8 has been rated all-green by EdReports. Read the review on EdReports.

    Collage of educational settings: top left, two young girls using laptop in library; bottom right, middle school science project display on tablet; bottom left, two boys with tablet discussing.

    Overview

    With Amplify Science, students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the roles of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and make sense of real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

    Listen to these educators share how the program empowers students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers every day.

    Grades K–5

    Grades 6–8

    Amplify Science Grades K-5 Tour for Idaho Educators

    Amplify Science Grades 6-8 Tour for Idaho Evaluators

    Program structure

    Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon. It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to teach less, but achieve more.

    Rather than asking teachers to wade through unnecessary content, we designed our program to address 100 percent of the NGSS and Idaho Standards in fewer days than other programs:

    • In just 120 lessons at grades 6–8
    • In just 66 lessons at grades K–2
    • In just 88 lessons at grades 3–5
    A four-step process diagram with icons: spark a real-world problem, explore sources, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, all linking to engage with cohesive storylines.

    Unit types

    Each unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, while also emphasizing a particular science and engineering practice.

    A laptop and two screens display educational content about ecosystems, featuring illustrated plants, animals, and experiments with colorful liquids.
    Two young students sit at a classroom table, one holding up a clear cup of water while the other observes closely. Papers and pencils are spread out on the table.

    Investigation units

    Investigation units focus on the process of strategically developing investigations and gathering data to answer questions. Students are first asked to consider questions about what happens in the natural world and why, and are then involved in designing and conducting investigations that produce data to help answer those questions.

    Two children play an educational board game at a table with worksheets, plastic cubes, and small containers of colored items.

    Modeling units

    Modeling units provide extra support to students engaging in the practice of modeling. Students use physical models, investigate with computer models, and create their own diagrams to help them visualize what might be happening on the nanoscale.

    Two children sitting at a table with laptops are talking to each other in a classroom setting, with books and baskets in the background.

    Engineering Design units

    Engineering design units provide opportunities for students to solve complex problems by applying science principles to the design of functional solutions, and iteratively testing those solutions to determine how well they meet preset criteria.

    Several open textbooks and notebooks are spread out on a table as a person writes in one of the notebooks with a pencil.

    Argumentation units

    Argumentation units are introduced at grade 3 and provide students with regular opportunities to explore and discuss available evidence, time and support to consider how evidence may be leveraged in support of claims, and independence that increases as they mount written arguments in support of their claims.

    A person points to a photo in a textbook about coral reefs, with a laptop and notebook open on the desk.

    Launch units

    Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

    Three students at a classroom table examine a sealed plastic bag with food inside, while one looks surprised; another student stands in the background.

    Core units

    Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

    Four students sit at a table using laptops, focused on their screens in a classroom setting with one student in the background.

    Engineering Internship units

    Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

    Idaho Science Standards Alignment

    Amplify Science was built from the ground up to fully embrace the instructional shifts outlined in A Framework for K-12 Science Education (2012), the same framework on which Idaho Science Content Standards were founded. Most grade levels’ respective set of Amplify Science units therefore fully address the necessary Idaho Science Content Standards (see correlation). Grade 1 teachers should plan to also use the companion mini-lesson provided below to achieve full standards coverage for their grade.

    Grade 1 Companion

    Standard: 1-LS-1.3 Use classification supported by evidence to differentiate between living and non-living things.

    Recommended placement: Following Lesson 1.1 of the Animal and Plant Defenses unit.

    Resources: Classroom Slides

    Science (K-2) Evaluation Form

    Science (3-5) Evaluation Form

    Science (Middle School Physical Science) Evaluation Form

    Science (Middle School Life Science) Evaluation Form

    Science Evaluation Form Middle School Earth and Space Science

    A boy sits on the floor reading a book to a girl beside him in a classroom setting.
    A butterfly flies above potted plants next to a watering can and a caterpillar on a milkweed plant under sunlight in a grassy field.

    Needs of Plants and Animals

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Investigation

    Student role: Scientists

    Phenomenon: There are no monarch caterpillars in the Mariposa Grove community garden since vegetables were planted.  

    A hand pulls a white string attached to a pegboard with rubber bands and a white ball hanging from the center.

    Pushes and Pulls

    Domains: Physical Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering design

    Student role: Pinball engineers

    Phenomenon: Pinball machines allow people to control the direction and strength of forces on a ball.  

    Silhouette of a playground structure and toy train against a blue sky with clouds and two large yellow suns.

    Sunlight and Weather

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Modeling

    Student role: Weather scientists

    Phenomenon: Students at Carver Elementary School are too cold during morning recess, while students at Woodland Elementary School are too hot during afternoon recess.  

    Illustration of sea turtles swimming among underwater plants, with a shark and another turtle visible in the background.

    Animal and Plant Defenses

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Modeling

    Student role: Marine scientists

    Phenomenon: Spruce the Sea Turtle lives in an aquarium and will soon be released back into the ocean, where she will survive despite ocean predators.  

    A hand holds a flashlight and shines it through a transparent sheet with an image, projecting the image onto a wall in a dark room.

    Light and Sound

    Domains: Physical Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering design

    Student role: Light and sound engineers

    Phenomenon: A puppet show company uses light and sound to depict realistic scenes in puppet shows.  

    A split illustration shows a cityscape at night with a crescent moon and stars on the left, and a cityscape during the day with the sun, clouds, and an airplane on the right.

    Spinning Earth

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Investigation

    Student role: Sky scientists

    Phenomenon: The sky looks different to Sai and his grandma when they talk on the phone.  

    A grey elephant uses its trunk to pick apples from a tree, with a few apples still hanging on the branches and a small sprout growing nearby.

    Plant and Animal Relationships

    Domains: Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Investigation

    Student role: Plant scientists

    Phenomenon: No new chalta trees are growing in the fictional Bengal Tiger Reserve in India.  

    A hand picks up a red bean from a table scattered with more red beans, spilled white liquid, a cup, and a wooden stick.

    Properties of Materials

    Domains: Physical Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering design

    Student role: Glue engineers

    Phenomenon: Different glue recipes result in glues that have different properties.  

    A building labeled "Recreation Center" stands near a cliff edge with a blue flag, surrounded by trees and overlooking a beach and water.

    Changing Landforms

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Modeling

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: The cliff that Oceanside Recreation Center is situated on appears to be receding over time.  

    Illustration of a high-speed train traveling on an elevated track with a green landscape and blue sky in the background.

    Balancing Forces

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Modeling

    Student role: Engineers

    Phenomenon: The town of Faraday is getting a new train that floats above its tracks.  

    A group of wolves stands in the foreground, with a bear, elk, and several birds visible in a grassy, hilly landscape with scattered trees.

    Inheritance and Traits

    strong>Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Investigation

    Student role: Wildlife biologists

    Phenomenon: An adopted wolf in Graystone National Park (“Wolf 44”) has some traits that appear similar to one wolf pack in the park and other traits that appear to be similar to a different wolf pack. 

    A small bird stands on soil, looking closely at a yellow snail, with green blades of grass on the left and a blue sky background.

    Environments and Survival

    Domains: Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering design

    Student role: Biomimicry engineers

    Phenomenon: Over the last 10 years, a population of grove snails has changed: The number of grove snails with yellow shells has decreased, while the number of snails with banded shells has increased.  

    An orangutan hangs from a vine in a dense green forest with the sun visible in the background.

    Weather and Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Argumentation

    Student role: Meteorologists

    Phenomenon: Three different islands, each a contender for becoming an Orangutan reserve, experience different weather patterns.  

    Illustration of city buildings at night with illuminated windows, a full moon, visible stars, and a silhouetted figure in one window.

    Energy Conversions

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering design

    Student role: System engineers

    Phenomenon: The fictional town of Ergstown experiences frequent blackouts.  

    A streetlamp illuminates a cricket, which is watched by a gecko. Yellow arrows indicate the flow of light from the lamp to the cricket and then to the gecko’s eye.

    Vision and Light

    Domain: Physical Science, Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Investigation

    Student role: Conservation biologists

    Phenomenon: The population of Tokay geckos in a rain forest in the Philippines has decreased since the installation of new highway lights.  

    Two dolphins swimming underwater, facing each other against a blue background.

    Waves, Energy, and Information

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Modeling

    Student role: Marine scientists

    Phenomenon: Mother dolphins in the fictional Blue Bay National Park seem to be communicating with their calves when they are separated at a distance underwater.

    Earth orbits the Sun in space, with dotted blue lines showing the orbital path and a white arrow indicating Earth's rotation direction.

    Patterns of Earth and Sky

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Investigation

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An ancient artifact depicts what we see in the sky at different times — the sun during the daytime and different stars during the nighttime — but it is missing a piece.  

    Illustration of layered red and brown rocky cliffs beside a flowing blue river under a partly cloudy sky.

    Earth’s Features

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Argumentation

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: A mysterious fossil is discovered in a canyon within the fictional Desert Rocks National Park.  

    Red blood cells scattered across a dynamic, abstract red and white background.

    Modeling Matter

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Modeling

    Student role: Food scientists

    Phenomenon: Chromatography is a process for separating mixtures. Some solids dissolve in a salad dressing while others do not. Oil and vinegar appear to separate when mixed in a salad dressing.  

    Illustration of wind carrying airborne particles over a coastal hill, with arrows indicating the movement up and over the hill toward the sea.

    The Earth System

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering Design

    Student role: Water resource engineers

    Phenomenon: East Ferris, a city on one side of the fictional Ferris Island, is experiencing a water shortage, while West Ferris is not. 

    Illustration of a cheetah standing near plants, looking at a sloth hanging from a tree branch, with various foliage and mushrooms in the scene.

    Ecosystem Restoration

    Domains:Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Argumentation

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The jaguars, sloths, and cecropia trees in a reforested section of a Costa Rican rain forest are not growing and thriving.  

    A rover stands on a rocky, reddish terrain with visible tire tracks leading to it; distant hills are seen under a hazy sky.

    Geology on Mars

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Planetary geologists

    Phenomenon: Analyzing data about landforms on Mars can provide evidence that Mars may have once been habitable.  

    Illustration of a city skyline at night with a large full moon, a few stars in the sky, and a bridge on the left side.

    Earth, Moon, and Sun

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An astrophotographer can only take pictures of specific features on the Moon at certain times.  

    Illustration of a person wearing a red hat and winter coat with fur hood, eyes closed and arms crossed, surrounded by large orange circles.

    Thermal Energy

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Thermal scientists

    Phenomenon: One of two proposed heating systems for Riverdale School will best heat the school.  

    Abstract digital artwork featuring a large yellow sun with blue and orange rays over a colorful landscape with green hills and red horizon.

    Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: During El Niño years, the air temperature in Christchurch, New Zealand is cooler than usual.  

    Illustration of clouds above a small town with fields and mountains, showing wind patterns and atmospheric movement in the sky.

    Weather Patterns

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic meteorologists

    Phenomenon: In recent years, rainstorms in Galetown have been unusually severe.  

    An underwater scene with a large whale, several turtles, jellyfish, and fish swimming surrounded by shafts of light.

    Populations and Resources

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The size of the moon jelly population in Glacier Sea has increased.  

    Low-poly illustration of a forest with trees, mushrooms, a rabbit, and a fox catching another animal under a blue sky with mountains and the sun in the background.

    Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The biodome ecosystem has collapsed.

    Illustration of six spiders with different colored bodies and legs arranged in a chart-like formation on a dark background.

    Traits and Reproduction

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biomedical students

    Phenomenon: Darwin’s bark spider offspring have different silk flexibility traits, even though they have the same parents.  

    Abstract digital artwork featuring vibrant colors, geometric shapes, a yellow human silhouette, and various patterns layered together.

    Microbiome

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Microbiological researchers

    Phenomenon: The presence of 100 trillion microorganisms living on and in the human body may keep the body healthy.  

    Illustration of a person receiving an oral examination with a tongue depressor and light, featuring abstract colorful shapes and an eye chart in the background.

    Metabolism

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Medical researchers

    Phenomenon: Elisa, a young patient, feels tired all the time. 

    A spacecraft approaches a large modular space station with blue solar panels, orbiting in outer space against a black background.

    Force and Motion

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: The asteroid sample-collecting pod failed to dock at the space station as planned.

    Green geometric background with a hexagonal badge displaying a parachute, ruler, letter A, stacked layers, bandage, and a folded paper icon.

    Force and Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing emergency supply delivery pods with different structures can maintain the integrity of the supply pods and their contents.  

    Two prehistoric aquatic reptiles with long snouts swim near the shore of a tropical landscape with rocks, plants, and an island in the distance.

    Plate Motion

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Mesosaurus fossils have been found on continents separated by thousands of kilometers of ocean, even though the Mesosaurus species once lived all together.  

    Illustration of a volcanic landscape with mountains, trees, an ocean, and a cross-section showing tectonic plates beneath the surface.

    Rock Transformations

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Rock samples from the Great Plains and from the Rocky Mountains — regions hundreds of miles apart — look very different, but have surprisingly similar mineral compositions.  

    Four low-poly dinosaurs, three green and one yellow, are walking in a row on grass with rocks and red spots on their bodies under a blue sky.

    Natural Selection

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The newt population in Oregon State Park has become more poisonous over time.  

    Two large tortoises are near a river; one is on the riverbank reaching for leaves on a tree, while the other is on the opposite bank among grass and trees.

    Evolutionary History

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Paleontologists

    Phenomenon: A mystery fossil at the Natural History Museum has similarities with both wolves and whales.    

    Two people stand atop rocky terrain littered with electronic devices; inset illustrations show a boot, a person with electronics in a vest, and a radio.

    Harnessing Human Energy

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Energy scientists

    Phenomenon: Rescue workers can use their own human kinetic energy to power the electrical devices they use during rescue missions.  

    An orange popsicle melting in four stages from solid to almost fully liquid, set against a plain background.

    Phase Change

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Chemists

    Phenomenon: A methane lake on Titan no longer appears in images taken by a space probe two years apart.  

    Green graphic with icons showing a swaddled baby, a thermometer, layers of blankets, a medical symbol, and a heat source within a hexagonal frame.

    Phase Change Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Chemical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing portable baby incubators with different combinations of phase change materials can keep babies at a healthy temperature.  

    Digital illustration showing red and blue molecule-like circles on a blue background, with a boundary dividing two differently shaded sides.

    Chemical Reactions

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic chemists

    Phenomenon: A mysterious brown substance has been detected in the tap water of Westfield.  

    Illustration of people riding a roller coaster on a blue day, with arms raised as the car descends a tall loop against a sky with clouds.

    Magnetic Fields

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: During a test launch, a spacecraft traveled much faster than expected.  

    Illustration of the Earth with arrows representing radiation or energy entering the atmosphere from space over the Asia-Pacific region.

    Light Waves

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Spectroscopists

    Phenomenon: The rate of skin cancer is higher in Australia than in other parts of the world.  

    An illustrated polar bear stands on a small piece of floating ice in the ocean, with icebergs and an orange sun in the background.

    Earth’s Changing Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: The ice on Earth’s surface is melting.

    Hexagonal badge with icons including a wrench, building, sun, molecules, construction materials, screwdriver, paint bucket, and a letter T, all on a geometric blue background.

    Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Civil engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing rooftops with different modifications can reduce a city’s impact on climate change.  

    Access program

    In addition to the grade-level sample boxes that we provided, we’ve also created custom demo accounts just for Idaho reviewers.

    To access the digital portion of the program, click the link below, select “Log In with Amplify,” and then refer to the Start here digital access flyer for your personalized login credentials.

    A spiral-bound teacher’s guide and a laptop displaying a digital curriculum, both titled “Balancing Forces: Investigating Floating Trains” from Amplify Science.

    Resources

    Welcome, NYC reviewers!

    To view this protected page, enter the password below:



    S2-02: Developing your own teaching style: Tips from a veteran teacher.

    Poster for "Science Connections" podcast with an image of Marilyn Dieppa, featuring a logo of an atom and text promoting season 2, episode 2 about veteran teaching styles.

    In this episode, Eric Cross sits down with veteran educator and former Miami-Dade County Public Schools (M-DCPS) Middle School Science Teacher of the Year, Marilyn Dieppa. During the show, Marilyn shares tips for new teachers, ways to inspire students, and how she utilizes her journalism background to develop literacy skills within her science classroom. She also shares her experiences developing a robotics academy, and the VEX IQ World’s Competition. Explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page.

    Download Transcript

    Marilyn Dieppa (00:01):
    I think my favorite thing is their success. Whether it’s robotics, whether it’s in the classroom, that they pass a test for the first time, those are my moments of success. And that’s what makes me happy.

    Eric Cross (00:15):
    Marilyn Dieppa is a veteran middle-school science educator at Miami-Dade County public schools. Dieppa launched her school’s STEM Academy in 2016 and developed professional development through the STEM Transformation Institute of Florida International University. Dieppa’s coached numerous new teachers and was the 2018 Miami-Dade County public schools’ middle-school Science Teacher of the Year. In this episode, we discussed her transition from a career in journalism to the science classroom and the value of personal and professional support systems for teacher longevity. And now, please enjoy my conversation with Marilyn Dieppa.

    Marilyn Dieppa (00:52):
    Nice to meet you, Eric.

    Eric Cross (00:53):
    Nice to meet you too. Thank you for being willing to come on the podcast.

    Marilyn Dieppa (00:58):
    Not a problem.

    Eric Cross (00:59):
    So you’re out in, you’re out in Florida. In Dade County. I’m out here in San Diego. So I’m like literally on the other side of the country. Have you—were you born and raised in Florida?

    Marilyn Dieppa (01:09):
    I’ve been here for 40 years, so I’ve been here most of my life. Yeah. I’m Puerto Rican, but I was, you know, my young childhood, I was in New Jersey. And then when I was 15, I came down.

    Eric Cross (01:23):
    I looked at like your—some of your accolades, which are really impressive. The things that you’ve done for students with robotics, and all the education, or, kind of like teacher enrichment, a lot of mentoring and coaching that you do now.

    Marilyn Dieppa (01:35):
    I am part of leadership team for the district. I do a lot of training. I work on curriculum. I help with pacing guides to make sure that everything is based on what the state wants, what the district wants. I have done a lot for the district in the last, probably 20 years.

    Eric Cross (01:52):
    What got you into teaching initially? What was your…like, why middle school science? We’re like a unique group.

    Marilyn Dieppa (01:57):
    This is the second career choice for me. So I’ve only been doing this for 24 years. I was a journalism major and then I got married and then I had my child and I wanted to do something. My thing was that I wanted to go to Iraq. I wanted to cover the news. I have a minor in Middle Eastern culture. so there was a lot of things that were in my mind when I was young, pre-married. and after, you know, you have children, priorities kind of change. So I totally changed, pretty much had to start from scratch, with my degree, because nothing kind of transferred over from journalism to teaching. So before I actually did that, I started subbing just to see if I liked it. And I fell in love with teaching right away. And that’s how I got into it. So my degree is really in elementary.

    Eric Cross (02:45):
    Now, when you were subbing, you were doing elementary school.

    Marilyn Dieppa (02:47):
    Yes. Pretty much elementary.

    Eric Cross (02:48):
    How did you go from there to like, middle-school science?

    Marilyn Dieppa (02:50):
    My thing was writing, not necessarily math and science. But I ended up with my cooperating teacher, my CT, she was a math and science teacher. So I was put with her, and who knew that I liked science and I liked math? So I ended up with that and I infused a lot of labs. So in elementary you tend to—I think teachers are a little bit afraid of the labs, so I infused a lot of literature with my labs. I infused all my—I did it like a whole-group type thing, everything I did with my labs, I incorporated the math. I incorporated the science. I incorporated, you know, the reading with it. And from there, I just—you know, they ended up putting me in a lot of leadership roles with science. And then my principal was opening up the school where I’m at now, my former principal. And she, you know, she took me with her. And so her dissertation was in looping, on how following your students, did that really make a difference in test scores? So I was part of her like test study, and I had students that I followed for two years in a row. And she would look at data and that was part of her dissertation. So that really made a difference. So I ended up moving with my students and my first group of middle-school students, I had them for four years.

    Eric Cross (04:10):
    Oh, wow.

    Marilyn Dieppa (04:10):
    And that was—those were my children. I, like, boohooed when they left. And I ended up, you know, literally following them from fourth grade all the way to more than four years. Because it was all the way until they left eighth grade.

    Eric Cross (04:21):
    What did you think of that model of looping with students?

    Marilyn Dieppa (04:24):
    I think it’s a great model, depending on the kids that you have. I love, you know, the school that I’m at. I’m very blessed, because it’s a great school. It’s really a wonderful school. I’ve had really good relationships with students. They always come back, and they always come back when they wanna tell me that they’re in something in science, right? They’re an engineer or they’re a nurse, or they’re, you know, doctors at this point. So I’ve seen a little bit of everything with my students. And it’s very rewarding.

    Eric Cross (04:52):
    That’s super-exciting, right? When they come back and they’re either telling you about their college major or what career they’re in. And I like to recruit them at that point and ask them to come talk to my students. Because Google photos gives you unlimited storage, if you have a teacher account, I actually have photos of students from like 10 years ago.

    Marilyn Dieppa (05:09):
    Oh, wow.

    Eric Cross (05:10):
    And I’ll put their middle school picture next to their—and then their current picture.

    Marilyn Dieppa (05:14):
    Oh, that’s awesome. I’ve never done that.

    Eric Cross (05:17):
    Yeah. You could see, like, they could see the younger version of them.

    Marilyn Dieppa (05:19):
    And it’s funny because even with the STEM Academy, which I have now, I have the same group of kids for three years. So I’ve had already few groups that have gone by, and those kids come back to me, they come back to our competitions, they help out, you know, they’re very integrated with the robotics. So I’m getting those students back as well. So I’ve maintained that relationship with them as well.

    Eric Cross (05:46):
    How do you develop your own classroom management style? How did you figure out where your—where you fit and what works for you? What was your process like for that?

    Marilyn Dieppa (05:55):
    You know what I think, just by teaching, teaching them to respect. And one thing that I’ve developed that—I don’t scream in my classroom; I just talk to the kids. I have very good one-on-one communication with them. I show them respect. I treat them as an equal.

    Eric Cross (06:12):
    And what grade are you teaching currently?

    Marilyn Dieppa (06:14):
    Eighth grade. So I do science. I teach high school science. I teach comprehensive, which is like our regular students. I have kids who are inclusion. I have kids that are ESL. So I teach all, you know, dynamics of students. And then I have the academy, which is something separate. But I infuse a lot of physics and of course that they need in order for them to be competitive.

    Eric Cross (06:38):
    So tell me about that. What is the STEM Academy?

    Marilyn Dieppa (06:40):
    It is an enrichment program. So it is an advanced enrichment program, because they do follow like the math enrichment. so they have to be really good at math in order for them to be accepted into the program. So, one day we got like a grant, and we got a little robot, the VEX. I don’t know if you’re familiar with VEX. I know it’s big in California. So I was told, “Here, this is for you. See what you can do with it.” So I started with an after-school club, the following year. It kind of hit off. We went to our first little competition. The kids did really well. And then the following year, they told me, “Hey, we need an academy, make it happen.” So it’s not like I had a curriculum. I kind of do my own thing. But we do a lot of different types of things. Our big portion is the VEX, but I also do sec me, we do Future City. We do a whole bunch of competitions within the district. You know, Math Bowl. So I get my kids prepared for anything that really has to do competitive-based. I do that with those students.

    Eric Cross (07:38):
    What age range or which grade range?

    Marilyn Dieppa (07:40):
    Sixth to eighth. We have kids who stay the three years and then we have kids that after, you know, sometimes it’s more the parents that want them to be part of the engineering. but sometimes we lose kids after the first year and you know, that’s fine because we wanna really have kids who really wanna be there and are, you know, committed to it. Because there’s a lot of commitments to that program.

    Eric Cross (08:01):
    Those types of programs, there’s so many like outside-of-the-classroom things that you need to take care of. If you’re going to competitions, and weekends, and all those types of things. Is there a team of teachers that are doing this or is it just you?

    Marilyn Dieppa (08:10):
    Team of one! .

    Eric Cross (08:11):
    A team of one! Right? Like, yeah. And how long have you been running this yourself?

    Marilyn Dieppa (08:16):
    This is probably like my sixth year.

    Eric Cross (08:19):
    OK.

    Marilyn Dieppa (08:20):
    So we’ve been very successful. That program is totally inquiry. It’s totally on them. I don’t know how to use a little, you know, remote control. I don’t know how to do anything. I’m there for troubleshoot and to make sure that they’re on task, but they have been very successful because I do put everything on them. And I go, “It’s not my robot. This is your robot.” So they build everything

    Eric Cross (08:40):
    And that seems to be the theme, especially with, a lot of times, with science teachers. And encouraging them to say, “You don’t have to be the expert in everything.” Teachers tend to be more like risk-taking and innovative when they’re willing to like, not have to be—I don’t have to know everything in order to do something.

    Marilyn Dieppa (08:54):
    Exactly. So we’ve been very successful. Very proud of my students because you know, we’ve, gone to Worlds twice. We’ve qualified three times in the six years. Actually, I had two teams that went last year.

    Eric Cross (09:07):
    What is, what is Worlds? That sounds like a big deal.

    Marilyn Dieppa (09:10):
    It’s a huge thing. And it’s teams from all over the world. You can actually look it up online. It’s—from this year, there were teams, although they said China was not gonna be in there, there were actually some teams from China. There were teams from New Zealand. There were teams from South Africa, the UK, a lot of teams from, from Europe. And then there are teams from here. We are the host country. We’ve been the host country for a while. But it’s amazing. The first time we went, the first team that we were paired up with was a Russian team. So, you know, there was Google Translate and the kids—and it’s, they didn’t need to know the same language because they communicated with the robots. So it was really amazing. They work collaboratively. So it’s not like a battle box. So they work two teams together and whatever, they both get together, they both earn the same points. So it teaches leadership, and there’s so much more to it than just a robot. They have to know how to communicate, because they do get interviewed. They do online challenges. It’s so many things. It’s just—I think it’s one of the best things that our district has really invested in, because these kids are so into it, and they love it so much. For the last year and this year I have the same kids that are in the robotics. I’m also gonna be teaching them physical science. So I have to teach them that separation between what we’re doing in our science classes versus what they’re doing in the class. So there has to be a separation. So they see one side of me in this class where it’s very laid back. It’s very chill. No, no, you, you guys do it. There’s no sitting down. It’s like organized chaos, I call it all the time. But then in the classroom, it has to be a little bit more organized.

    Eric Cross (10:53):
    Is that something that, as far as getting the parts—like people do, like, GoFundMes and donations and Donors Choose. Can you—

    Marilyn Dieppa (11:00):
    We get grant money, grant money from the town of Miami Lakes, the town that I work in. So the town actually sponsors us. Without them, we could not do that. It is a very expensive activity to do. If you go online and you look up the prices, you’ll be, “Oh my gosh, goodness, it’s very expensive.” You know? But the smiles on their faces when they come back and they have those little certificates, it means nothing, you know, it’s a little piece of paper. But that, to me, to them, it means the world.

    Eric Cross (11:27):
    Well, teachers, if you’re looking for ways to get that stuff funded, be fearless on behalf of asking for free things for your kids. Find a local business that somewhat connects to even robotics and say, “Hey, look, I’ve got 50 kids that really want to get after it. And we need X amount of dollars so we can buy those robotics kits. We’ll put your banner up somewhere. We’ll do all these other things. But come support our students. Come to the competition. Donate whatever you can for our students.” And many organizations will say, will say yes. Many just aren’t asked.

    Marilyn Dieppa (11:57):
    Right. And a lot of towns do have, like, education advisory boards. You wanna reach out to those people. ‘Cause those are the communities where they have money set aside in order to assist things like this.

    Eric Cross (12:09):
    Do you notice any carryover between the students that do get involved with these extracurriculars into the regular science classroom?

    Marilyn Dieppa (12:16):
    For sure. They’re more, they’re more disciplined. They tend to care more about the sciences because they see that link in the science. I mean, my kids are talking about gear ratios. They’re talking about, you know, mass accelerations. They had—they infuse all these things. And when they see it in the science class, they’re making that connection, which is really wonderful.

    Eric Cross (12:41):
    It seems like there’s a high level of engagement because this is an authentic thing. It’s almost, this should be science.

    Marilyn Dieppa (12:46):
    Yes. And not only that, the writing skills that have to be interpreted because part of the program is that they, they don’t necessarily have to have it, but in order for them to go far and make it to Worlds, they have to have an engineering notebook. So our strength sometimes is not the robot, but the engineering notebook.

    Eric Cross (13:02):
    his is where the journalism major shines.

    Marilyn Dieppa (13:05):
    Yes. And I go, “Guys, this is your Ikea manual. You have to explain what you’re doing, what pieces you’re using, what’s going right.” You know, and then they have to interpret and see what didn’t work. How can they fix it? So there’s so much problem-solving. It’s real life, it’s what they’re doing there. More so than sitting and learning rote, you know, vocabulary or whatever the case might be, ’cause they’re actually applying what they’re learning.

    Eric Cross (13:31):
    Yeah. And that’s, that’s so critical, the communication piece. Because seems like now in society, more than ever, even just being able to communicate something with bad science is convincing to people. Versus if you have great science, but you can’t communicate it, you’re not gonna be able to get it out into the public. It’s so great to see a program that exactly brings together this literacy aspect, in addition to kind of this content and skills aspect of doing the science.

    Marilyn Dieppa (13:57):
    And that’s what really, you know, since I started, that’s pretty much what I’ve done. My strength, believe it or not, when I was growing up, was not the science. I think I didn’t really have a really good science background. But I remember reflecting and saying, “I don’t want my students to feel like I felt when I was a child.” I wanna make sure that I give them everything, you know, give them the hands-on experience. I think I had one teacher when I was growing up and I still remember him. He was my second-grade teacher and he was just so amazing with the science. And it was just like the only really good experience I had. And I think that always stayed in the back of my mind. And when I started teaching and I go, “I wanna give these kids these experiences.” You know, sometimes I see kids in eighth grade and I go, how sad! They see water boiling and they’re just, like, in a lab room. And they’re just like, in awe, because there’s water boiling. And I go, “You guys haven’t seen water boil before?” And he goes, “No, no, no, not like this!” And I go, oh wow.

    Eric Cross (14:58):
    Even if it’s simple, everyday phenomena, everyday things that people deal with in a science classroom, or when you’re a teacher in that setting, it’s just—it just hits different, right? Like you, you know, you drop dye into water and watch it diffuse. And it’s like, whoa! Because they’re looking at it through that different lens. And that’s why one of the reasons why—I’m super-biased, but as science teachers, we get to do the coolest stuff.

    Marilyn Dieppa (15:21):
    Yeah, we do.

    Eric Cross (15:22):
    We just do. It’s so much fun. And basically anything that happens, that’s cool, like in, innovation and things like that, we can figure out ways to incorporate into our classroom. Now, as a coach and as a mentor, you’ve had multiple student teachers in your classroom. And we have, you know, huge need for new teachers. I teach teachers who are getting their CR, getting their credential. And the landscape of education is, is constantly shifting. You’ve watched it shift over the years. What are your biggest tips that you give to new teachers?

    Marilyn Dieppa (15:49):
    Well, I just had an intern last semester. I’ve had a few interns where, you know, not only are they doing this, but they’re also learning robotics too. So they’re really getting aspect in how to incorporate that. You don’t have to have everything separate. You can include everything together. But I think, I think it just comes from the foundation where they’re not exposed. Even me, when I went to college, I don’t remember doing so many labs as I should have. And I think it’s just a fear of them trying new things and failing. And I go, you know what? I, sometimes my first class is my guinea pig class, because I always change my labs. I don’t like to do the same thing over and over again. If I see something online, I go, “Oh wow. You know what, I’m gonna try it.” And I go, “Hey guys, this is the first time; we’re gonna do this together.” And it’s really—it’s just for them not to be fearful. And I think especially for science teachers or like even elementary, to give the kids the foundation that they need, they’re afraid. They’re afraid of failing and not trying something new, and say, “Hey, it’s OK. There’s other ways of doing this.” You know? So I always say, “My first class is always my guinea pig class, ’cause that’s the class I’m gonna try this on.” And then, you know, when you have to tweak, reflect, then we do that.

    Eric Cross (17:06):
    What are some of the things that you’ve seen or encouragements that you give to teachers who are teaching, kind of, in this kind of newer landscape, where as teachers, you become more than just a science teacher. I mean, you’re a mentor. You’re an encourager. Sometimes you’re a counselor for students. And then there, there are things that happen externally that impact teachers as well. It’s a tough job.

    Marilyn Dieppa (17:24):
    So I always say, you know, when you have a child, we have to be very aware of what’s happening with our children. Especially after these two years of the pandemic. That was kind of crazy. Last year was a really tough year, I think, for most educators that were back in the classroom. But I always tell ’em, you have to be really aware of what’s going on with these kids outside. When you see somebody who’s not doing anything and then you have the parents are there supporting. There’s something going—I mean, there has to be something going on. Kids are not just going to be so, so defiant. You’re gonna have very few that will be like that. But most of them it’s just gotta see and read those kids and see what’s going on, and don’t be afraid to—and I always say, I’m not there to really be your friend, but I’m there to help you. And you gotta tell ’em, you know, if you need to talk, come talk to me. Have an open-door policy with those kids.

    Eric Cross (18:16):
    What’s been your favorite part of the job? Something you really enjoy about the job? Especially having been teaching for as long as you have.

    Marilyn Dieppa (18:23):
    I think my favorite thing is their success. Whether they have struggled all the year and they’ve had that one piece of success or they don’t realize what they got out of middle school until they get to high school and they come back to you and they tell you it’s, you know, seeing my kids, whether it’s robotics, whether it’s in the classroom, that they pass a test for the first time, those are my moments of success. And that’s what makes me happy.

    Eric Cross (18:52):
    So you get those ahas, you get those wins, those turnarounds. And it’s like, “Ah, this keeps me going. This is so good!” But there’s something that I say to myself when I do get challenges in the classroom is teaching seventh grade, I say, “They’re 12. They’re 13. They’ve been on earth for 13 years. And for the first five or six, like, you know, they’re just kind of coming online at that point. And they’re going through all these changes.” And it grounds me in the fact that ’cause sometimes the things that you experience can be really, really challenging kind of interpersonally. And I remind myself, “Well, it’s like—you’re not 28 years old. Like, you’re, 12 and 13, and you need me to not be Mr. Cross, the science teacher. You need me to be, you know, Mr. Cross, the mentor, or Mr. Cross, the coach.” Like you were saying, open door. Keeping that open door, keeping that relationship. Because so much of what we’re doing is like life coaching in addition—and that connects to their success in the classroom. There’s a direct relationship.

    Marilyn Dieppa (19:45):
    Yes, yes, yes, absolutely.

    Eric Cross (19:46):
    Now what gets you back each fall? Because at the end, you know, every school year it’s like, “That was a tough one!” Especially with the last couple years. Right? So what’s been something, what gets you back in the classroom every fall, so that you’re ready for your students?

    Marilyn Dieppa (20:02):
    I think the support I get at home. I have a husband who is the most supportive person ever. He always tells me, “Your kids are grown up.” You know, my kids are adults now. “Enjoy these kids, what they’re doing. You don’t know how much they need you.” So he does tell me that. He goes, “And don’t complain! You love it!” And also my administration, they back me up. And that’s what I think what keeps you coming back. I love my administration. Whatever I ask for, they don’t tell me no. They tell me I’m crazy, but they don’t tell me no. You know, we have these huge competitions once a year at our school, administration has to be involved ’cause they have to be there, and they go, “We do this because we love you! But you know, you’re crazy!”

    Eric Cross (20:48):
    It’s interesting, ’cause both of these things, they involve human connection. And one is your support system at home, which is incredibly valuable. Shout out to your husband; I don’t know if he’s around. And then the culture, like, feeling supported. Teachers, you know—and it’s not just in education, but people, I’ve experienced—will work harder, longer, be more committed, when they have that intangible. When they feel like they’re connected to something bigger than them. Or on a team, not in a silo. And one person can really create or break whether that happens. And just like us in the classroom as a teacher, right? Like, “What makes you like this teacher’s class?” “Well, I feel connected. I feel safe. I feel it’s fun. It’s the culture!” I like to end with asking this question and you kind of alluded to an answer earlier, but who is one, or it could be multiple teachers, that you’ve had in your own life as a kid growing up or young person in kindergarten through 12th grade, could even be college, that has inspired you? Or made a difference in your life one way or another? Like, who pops out? I feel like we all have somebody.

    Marilyn Dieppa (21:58):
    One was my second grade teacher, as I mentioned before. Mr. Fernandez, never forget him. And my other teacher was my high school teacher, Mr. Velazquez. It was in New Jersey as well. And he was the one that really got me into the love of writing. He was my Spanish teacher, actually. He wasn’t even, you know—he was like an elective teacher. But he just made me believe like, “Wow, you’re like a really good writer!” To me, those two gentlemen really stood out. Very fond memories of being in school and really enjoying what I was doing.

    Eric Cross (22:33):
    There are so many teachers that we all have been impacted by. And many of us now who are teachers, we sit in that same seat. We fill those same shoes. And going back to what you had said earlier, one of the most rewarding things is when those kids come back to you. And I’m thinking about all the work that you’ve done, all the students you’ve poured into, all the competitions you’ve done. The ones that have come back to you are a small fragment of the ones that you’ve impacted.

    Marilyn Dieppa (22:59):
    Mm-hmm, yeah.

    Eric Cross (23:00):
    ‘Cause we think about our own story, right? Like you’ve gone on and paid dividends for that one teacher in second grade. You know, Mr. Fernandez or Mr. Velasquez like, they went and they just gave you exposure to something or helped you fall in love with something. And you went on this trajectory. And if we could see the timeline of, like, this teacher created Marilyn, and Marilyn went and did this, and then what do all those students do? And that, I don’t know, there’s so many jobs that are gonna be hard work and that are gonna be challenging and stressful. But that is the thing that I think fills me when I listen to your story. I just think about like all the students throughout Florida that you have—you probably will never hear from, but have gone on to do amazing things or become great people who would go back and talk about you and say you were an inspiration for them. Marilyn, thank you for taking the time out to be on the podcast and for not only teaching students, but inspiring and coaching younger teachers and new teachers. It’s so critical. And for being willing to spend so much of your time beyond the classroom to create these opportunities for students to do this awesome, fun, engaging science, and go to Worlds. I wish you a great school year.

    Marilyn Dieppa (24:11):
    Thank you. You too.

    Eric Cross (24:12):
    We hope you make it to Worlds again and crush, in a competitive, collaborative type of environment. We’ll be checking out—I’m sure other teachers will check out Vex Robotics. Thanks for being on the podcast.

    Marilyn Dieppa (24:23):
    Thank you. You too, Eric.

    Eric Cross (24:26):
    Thanks so much for listening. Now we want to hear more about you. Do you have any educators who inspire you? You can nominate them as a future guest on Science Connections by emailing STEM@amplify.com. That’s S T E M at amplifycom.wpengine.com. Make sure to click subscribe wherever you listen to podcasts. And join our Facebook group, Science Connections: The Community. Until next time.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

    What Marilyn Dieppa says about science

    “I think as science teachers, we’re afraid of failing and not trying something new, and I say, ‘Hey, it’s okay!’ You have to tweak, reflect.”

    – Marilyn Dieppa

    STEM Academy Coach/Teacher, 2018 Miami-Dade County Public Schools (M-DCPS) Middle School Science Teacher of the Year

    Meet the guest

    Marilyn Dieppa is a long-time educator and STEM Academy coach at Miami Dade County Public Schools. Currently in her 24th year, Marilyn teaches 8th grade science and coaches the STEM Academy at Bob Graham Education Center. She launched the Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM) Academy during the 2016-2017 school year, and the teams compete in VEX IQ World’s Competition representing both the district and the state. She has been the middle school department chairperson since 2003, attends the district department meetings and Instructional Capacity-building Academy (ICAD), and trains her science department.

    Dieppa holds a bachelor of science in Elementary Education and a master of science in reading education. She is also a Nationally Board-Certified Teacher in Science.

    Smiling woman with long dark hair wearing a patterned top, photographed against a plain white background inside a circular frame.

    About Science Connections

    Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. Listen here!

    Amplify Desmos Math for the Archdiocese of Miami

    Welcome Catholic school educators, 

    Amplify Desmos Math thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Each math lesson is designed to tell a story by posing problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals.

    What is Amplify Desmos Math?

    Amplify Desmos Math supports teachers in building students’ lifelong math proficiency. The program:

    • Supports social classrooms, invites mathematical creativity, and evokes wonder, creating a welcoming learning space where students are empowered to see themselves and their classmates as having brilliant mathematical ideas.
    • Provides teachers with clear, step-by-step moves to build systematically from students’ prior knowledge to grade-level learning.
    • Connects students to each other’s thinking and to an understanding that they can use math to make sense of the world.
    • Enables access to grade-level understanding for every student, every day.

    A powerful suite of math resources

    Amplify Desmos Math combines the best of problem-based lessons, intervention, personalized practice, and assessments into a coherent and engaging experience for both students and teachers.

    Data informs instruction. Comprehensive student profiles provide full data on students’ assets and skills, empowering teachers to provide just-in-time scaffolds throughout core instruction and targeted intervention when needed.

    Ready to Explore?

    Ready to explore as a teacher? Follow these instructions:

    Ready to explore as a student? Follow these instructions:

    Educational software interface featuring a New York math problem about measuring platform heights using a 9-inch tube, illustrated with a playful, colorful design.

    Experience Amplify Desmos Math

    Click the links below to explore our interactive digital lessons, where you’ll also find print Teacher Edition and Student Edition pages for each lesson.

    For helpful navigation tips and more program information, download our Grades K–5 and Grades 6–Algebra 1 program guides.

    You can also watch a product expert walk through a lesson and the available program components with a lesson walkthrough video.

    Personalized learning and support

    Amplify Desmos Math includes digital, adaptive practice that provides the personalized support a student needs to access grade-level math every day. Personalized Learning activities target a skill or concept aligned to the day’s core lesson, with each student receiving personalized scaffolds based on what they already know. This technology complements daily learning and provides another layer of support to the in-lesson differentiation and instructional guidance provided to teachers. Click here to try a Boost Personalized Learning activity. More activities coming soon!

    The Fluency Practice of Amplify Desmos Math uses an evidence-based approach to memory retention—spaced repetition—for the basic operations. Students around the world have answered more than 120 million multiplication questions within our application. Try it now! 

    Educational software on a laptop screen showing a student activity to complete a bar graph by categorizing dragonflies, designed for the New York math curriculum.

    Contact us

    Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated Florida representative here for program access, samples, and additional information.

    A smiling man with short hair wears a green polo shirt against a plain background, exuding the kind of confidence that comes from teaching an inspiring math lesson.

    Jeff Rutter

    Field Manager
    Miami-Dade and Monroe Counties
    jrutter@amplify.com
    (727) 407-5801

    A smiling person with long blonde hair wears a textured blue top against a plain background, embodying the essence of personalized learning.

    Amanda Shelley

    Account Executive
    Broward County Schools
    ashelley@amplify.com
    (321)-693-3518

    A man with short, dark hair and a full beard smiles confidently. He is wearing a pink patterned shirt and a green jacket, reminiscent of an engaging math lesson. The light gray background subtly complements his dynamic style.

    Tom Gantt

    District Manager
    Miami Resident
    tgantt@amplify.com
    (305)-546-2979

    Welcome, Indiana!

    To view this protected page, enter the password below:



    Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math!

    To view this protected page, enter the password below:



    Amplify Desmos Math high school (AGA, Integrated 1–3)

    Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math! Below, you’ll find links to sample lessons, scope and sequence, and more information about our AGA and Integrated high school math programs.

    Algebra 1, Geometry, Algebra 2, and Integrated 1 are available for Beta implementations and pilots in 2025–26. Integrated 2–3 will be available for the 2026–27 school year.

    A collage of educational software screens, featuring Desmos Math with vibrant graphs and animations, amplifies mathematical comparisons alongside engaging plant growth simulations. Perfect for educators in New York math classrooms seeking dynamic learning tools.

    About the program

    Our structured approach to problem-based learning builds on students’ curiosity to develop lasting grade-level understandings for all students.  The program thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, fluency, and application, motivating students with interesting problems they are eager to solve. Teachers can spend more time where it’s most impactful: creating a collaborative classroom of learners.

    Screenshot of an educational activity page using Amplify Desmos Math to present a function machine and a table for calculating outputs of ( h(x) = f(x + 2) ) with given inputs for ( x ), offering an engaging approach to New York math standards.
    The geometry activity screen features a circle with intersecting lines and a shaded area. Instructions prompt users to explore Sam's construction and determine if a square was formed, all enhanced by the innovative tools of Amplify Desmos Math.

    Structured approach to problem-based learning

    • Easy-to-follow instructional guidance
    • Robust assessments and reports
    image of Amplify Desmos Math

    Math that motivates

    • Powerful teacher-facilitation supports and tools
    • Students talking and building from each other’s ideas 
    • Every lesson has compatible print and digital materials for a collaborative classroom
    Screenshot of a design challenge interface from Amplify Desmos Math, featuring overlapping purple circles. The left shows 3 circles, and the right displays 5. Task: match the two designs as if solving a New York math puzzle.

    Student thinking is made evident

    • Curiosity-driven lessons that motivate students with interesting problems they are eager to solve
    • Explicit guidance for teachers on what to look for and how to respond
    • Technology that provides Responsive Feedback and is designed to reveal mathematical thinking
    A chart titled "Scope and Sequence" for Algebra 1, Geometry, and Algebra 2, with colorful units and topics, overlaid by an illustration of lab equipment with a gauge and liquid.

    Scope and sequence

    Click the link below to view the program scope and sequence.

    Preview lessons

    Check out the links below to explore our interactive digital lessons. Download a navigation guide for tips on navigating the print and digital program components.

    A laptop showcases a mathematical graph using Desmos Math, amplifying the learning experience. Behind it lie two papers with printed graphs and text, reflecting a bustling New York math classroom environment.

    Looking for help?

    Support is always within reach. Our team is dedicated to supporting you throughout your review and can be reached at any time by emailing or calling us directly.

    • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged in to get immediate help.
    • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
    • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com. In the message body, please include your name and question. Provide as much detail as possible, so we can more quickly help you find a solution.

    Ready to learn more?

    Amplify Desmos Math for Colonial School District

    To view this protected page, enter the password below:



    Welcome, Ohio educators!

    Designed from the ground up to teach students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers, Amplify Science combines literacy-rich activities with hands-on learning and digital tools to engage students in exploring compelling phenomena in every unit.

    Students in a classroom interact with educational technology, featuring a diagram and charts on a screen, while working collaboratively on a laptop.

    Overview

    Developed by UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, our program features:

    • phenomena-based approach where students construct a more complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
    • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
    • Newly crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
    • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.

    Approach to literacy

    Two young children sit at a classroom table reading a book together, with educational materials spread out in front of them.

    [Video] Literacy in action (K–5)

    Watch students use scientific text to obtain information and practice reading skills, while using writing prompts to create arguments using evidence.

    A student sits at a desk writing with a pencil while focused on his work, with classroom materials visible in the background.

    [Video] Literacy in action (6–8)

    Watch students use scientific text to obtain information and practice reading skills, while using writing prompts to create arguments using evidence.

    A teacher in a green shirt helps a young student with writing at a classroom table, with other students and large numbers visible on the wall in the background.

    Literacy-rich science instruction (K–5)

    Immersing young students in reading, writing, and arguing like real scientists and engineers.

    Two students sit at a table in a classroom, working on an assignment together. Other students are also seated and appear to be engaged in their work. Papers and books are spread out on the tables.

    Active Reading in grades 6–8

    Engaging middle school students in complex science texts.

    Elementary school

    Get started by watching this class share what they’re figuring out with Amplify Science. >

    In Grades K–3 we recommend the national grade level units of Amplify Science to provide students with the appropriate grade level literacy and background knowledge. Individual units are available to purchase.

    When you’re ready:

    1. Find a summary of each unit below including each unit’s student role and anchor phenomenon.
    2. Download some helpful resources to support your review.
    3. Explore the digital Teacher’s Guide by clicking the orange “Review now” button.
    An illustration from Needs of Plants and Animals unit

    Unit 1

    Needs of Plants and Animals

    Student role: Scientists

    Phenomenon: There are no monarch caterpillars in the Mariposa Grove community garden ever since vegetables were planted.

    An illustration from the Pushes and Pulls unit

    Unit 2

    Pushes and Pulls

    Student role: Pinball engineers

    Phenomenon: Pinball machines allow people to control the direction and strength of forces on a ball.

    Silueta de una estructura de parque infantil contra un cielo azul con nubes y tres soles amarillos.

    Unit 3

    Sunlight and Weather

    Student role: Weather scientists

    Phenomenon: Students at one school are too cold during morning recess, while students at another are too hot during afternoon recess.

    Illustration of sea turtles swimming among seaweed in the ocean, with a large shark in the background.

    Unit 1

    Animal and Plant Defenses

    Student role: Marine scientists

    Phenomenon: Spruce the Sea Turtle will soon be released back into the ocean, where she will survive despite predators.

    An illustration from the Light and Sound unit

    Unit 2

    Light and Sound

    Student role: Light and sound engineers

    Phenomenon: A puppet show company uses light and sound to depict realistic scenes in puppet shows.

    An illustration from the Spinning Earth unit

    Unit 3

    Spinning Earth

    Student role: Sky scientists

    Phenomenon: The sky looks different to Sai and his grandma when they talk on the phone at night.

    An elephant standing next to a tree uses its trunk to pick a fruit from a branch while more fruit hangs above.

    Unit 1

    Plant and Animal Relationships

    Student role: Plant scientists

    Phenomenon: No new chalta trees are growing in the fictional Bengal Tiger Reserve in India.

    A hand holds a red bean on a table, while a wooden stick spreads white glue and scattered beans. Also on the table are a white cup and a yellow pen.

    Unit 2

    Properties of Materials

    Student role: Glue engineers

    Phenomenon: Different glue recipes result in glues that have different properties.

    Ilustración de una costa con acantilados, un edificio de centro recreativo con un techo rojo y un letrero, árboles de hoja perenne, una bandera azul y una playa de arena debajo.

    Unit 3

    Changing Landforms

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: The cliff on which Oceanside Recreation Center is situated appears to be receding.

    Una ilustración de un tren de alta velocidad moderno y aerodinámico que viaja por una vía elevada con un paisaje verde de fondo.

    Unit 1

    Balancing Forces

    Student role: Engineers

    Phenomenon: The fictional town of Faraday is getting a new train. Unlike typical trains, this one floats, which is causing some concern among the town’s citizens.

    An illustration from the Inheritance and Traits unit

    Unit 2

    Inheritance and Traits

    Student role: Wildlife biologists

    Phenomenon: An adopted wolf in Graystone National Park has some traits in common with one wolf pack in the park and other traits in common with a different pack.

    An illustration from the Environments and Survival unit

    Unit 3

    Environments and Survival

    Student role: Biomimicry engineers

    Phenomenon: Over 10 years, a population of grove snails has changed. Populations with yellow shells have decreased, while those with banded shells have increased.

    An illustration from the Weather and Climate unit

    Unit 4

    Weather and Climate

    Student role: Meteorologists

    Phenomenon: Three different islands, each a contender for becoming an orangutan reserve, experience different weather patterns.

    An illustration from the Energy Conversions unit

    Unit 1

    Energy Conversions

    Student role: System engineers

    Phenomenon: The fictional town of Ergstown experiences frequent blackouts. Their electrical system seems to be failing.

    An illustration from the Earth's Features unit

    Unit 2

    Earth’s Features

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: A mysterious fossil is discovered in a canyon within the fictional Desert Rocks National Park.

    An illustration from the Modeling Matter unit

    Unit 3

    Modeling Matter

    Student role: Food scientists

    Phenomenon: Some ingredients dissolve in a salad dressing while others, like oil and vinegar, appear to separate.

    An illustration from the Earth System unit

    Unit 4

    The Earth System

    Student role: Water resource engineers

    Phenomenon: East Ferris, a city on one side of the fictional Ferris Island, is experiencing a water shortage, while West Ferris is not.

    An illustration from the Patterns of Earth and Sky unit

    Unit 1

    Patterns of Earth and Sky

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An ancient artifact depicts what we see in the sky at different times of the day, but it appears to be missing a piece.

    An illustration from the Vision and Light unit

    Unit 2

    Vision and Light

    Student role: Conservation biologists

    Phenomenon: The population of Tokay geckos in a rain forest in the Philippines has decreased since the installation of new highway lights.

    An illustration from the Waves, Energy, and Information unit

    Unit 3

    Waves, Energy, and Information

    Student role: Marine scientists

    Phenomenon: Mother dolphins in the fictional Blue Bay National Park communicate with their calves despite the distance between them.

    An illustration from the Ecosystem Restoration unit

    Unit 4

    Ecosystem Restoration

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The jaguars, sloths, and cecropia trees in a reforested section of a Costa Rican rain forest are not growing or thriving.

    Middle school

    When you’re ready:

    1. Find a summary of each unit below including each unit’s student role and anchor phenomenon.
    2. Download some helpful resources to support your review.
    3. Explore the digital Teacher’s Guide by clicking the orange “Review now” button.
    Illustration of a cross-section of Earth showing a volcano near the ocean. Trees, mountains, and clouds are visible above, with subterranean layers below.

    CORE

    Rock Transformations

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Rock samples from the Great Plains and from the Rocky Mountains — regions hundreds of miles apart — look very different, but have surprisingly similar mineral compositions.

    Ilustración que muestra las etapas de fusión de una paleta de naranja: entera, parcialmente derretida, más derretida y casi derretida por completo, con palitos de madera, sobre un fondo morado.

    CORE

    Phase Change

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Chemists

    Phenomenon: A methane lake on Titan no longer appears in images taken by a space probe two years apart.

    Green geometric graphic featuring icons: a baby, thermometer, layers, medical alert, and a flame.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Phase Change Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Chemical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing portable baby incubators with different combinations of phase change materials can keep babies at a healthy temperature.

    Illustration of a person in a red hat and fur-lined coat with eyes closed, surrounded by large orange circles on a dark background.

    CORE

    Thermal Energy

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Thermal scientists

    Phenomenon: One of two proposed heating systems for Riverdale School will best heat the school.

    Abstract art with vibrant colors featuring a yellow silhouette of a person holding a book against a background of geometric shapes, swirling patterns, and bold textures.

    LAUNCH

    Microbiome

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Microbiological researchers

    Phenomenon: The presence of 100 trillion microorganisms living on and in the human body may keep the body healthy.

    Abstract artwork of a person's side profile with geometric shapes and colorful patterns flowing from the head, holding a small sledgehammer. A vision chart is visible in the corner.

    CORE

    Metabolism

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Medical researchers

    Phenomenon: Elisa, a young patient, feels tired all the time.

    Orange abstract background with hexagonal shapes featuring icons of a bar chart, plant, safety vest, test tube, peach, and stethoscope.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Metabolism Engineering Internship

    Domains: Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Food engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing health bars with different molecular compositions can effectively meet the metabolic needs of patients or rescue workers.

    Two people climbing rocky terrain; illustrations show a hiking boot and a belt with gear.

    LAUNCH

    Harnessing Human Energy

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Energy scientists

    Phenomenon: Rescue workers can use their own human kinetic energy to power the electrical devices they use during rescue missions.

    A girl runs with a colorful kite displaying literacy skills; text reads "Amplify. Science of Reading: A Primer | Part One" on a grassy landscape background.

    CODING SCIENCE INTERNSHIP

    Coding Science Internship: Coral Restoration (Optional)

    Domains: Life Science, Coding Science

    Unit type: Coding Science Internship

    Student role: Coding science interns

    Phenomenon: Implementing a restoration project to improve the health of coral reef populations in Hawaii.

    Abstract artwork depicting a bright sun with blue and orange swirling patterns next to green hills under a sky with shades of blue, orange, and red.

    CORE

    Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: During El Niño years, the air temperature in Christchurch, New Zealand is cooler than usual.

    An illustration from the Weather Patterns unit

    CORE

    Weather Patterns

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic meteorologists

    Phenomenon: In recent years, rainstorms in Galetown have been unusually severe.

    An illustration from the Earth's Changing Climate unit

    CORE

    Earth’s Changing Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: The ice on Earth’s surface is melting.

    Abstract geometric design in shades of blue and purple featuring a hexagon with icons of a building, wrench, molecules, sun, paint can, and screwdriver.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Civil engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing rooftops with different modifications can reduce a city’s impact on climate change.

    A city skyline at night with a prominent full moon, stars in the sky, and a bridge silhouette on the left.

    CORE

    Earth, Moon, and Sun

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An astrophotographer can only take pictures of specific features on the Moon at certain times.

    An illustration from the Chemical Reactions unit

    CORE

    Chemical Reactions

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic chemists

    Phenomenon: A mysterious brown substance has been detected in the tap water of Westfield.

    An illustration from the Light Waves unit

    CORE

    Light Waves

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Spectroscopists

    Phenomenon: The rate of skin cancer is higher in Australia than in other parts of the world.

    An illustration of a whale with jellyfish and turtles from Amplify Science

    CORE

    Populations and Resources

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The size of the moon jelly population in Glacier Sea has increased.

    Low-poly landscape with trees and mushrooms. A fox sniffs the ground, a rabbit sits nearby, and mountains and sun are in the background.

    CORE

    Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The biodome ecosystem has collapsed.

    A girl runs with a colorful kite displaying literacy skills; text reads "Amplify. Science of Reading: A Primer | Part One" on a grassy landscape background.

    CODING SCIENCE INTERNSHIP

    Coding Science Internship: Coral Restoration (Optional)

    Domains: Life Science, Coding Science

    Unit type: Coding Science Internship

    Student role: Coding science interns

    Phenomenon: Implementing a restoration project to improve the health of coral reef populations in Hawaii.

    A barren, rocky desert landscape with rover tracks leading to a distant vehicle on a hill under a hazy sky.

    LAUNCH

    Geology on Mars

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Planetary geologists

    Phenomenon: Analyzing data about landforms on Mars can provide evidence that Mars may have once been habitable.

    Two prehistoric reptiles with long snouts and tails are near the shore, one on land and one in water, with plants, rocks, and an island in the background.

    CORE

    Plate Motion

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Mesosaurus fossils have been found on continents separated by thousands of kilometers of ocean, even though the Mesosaurus species once lived all together.

    Geometric design featuring a telescope, mountain, sound waves, and cosmic elements on a purple hexagonal background.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Plate Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Patterns in earthquake data can be used to design an effective tsunami warning system.

    Una nave espacial se acerca a una estación espacial modular con paneles solares extendidos en una ilustración ambientada en el espacio.

    CORE

    Force and Motion

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: The asteroid sample-collecting pod failed to dock at the space station as planned.

    Green geometric background with a hexagonal emblem containing a parachute icon, ruler, bandage, and stacked layers on a gradient pattern.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Force and Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing emergency supply delivery pods with different structures can maintain the integrity of the supply pods and their contents.

    Illustration of a roller coaster filled with people, hands raised, going down a steep track against a bright blue sky with clouds.

    CORE

    Magnetic Fields

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: During a test launch, a spacecraft traveled much faster than expected.

    Imagen que muestra un gráfico de arañas de diferentes colores con patrones distintos de patas y cuerpo, incluidas variaciones de color marrón, amarillo y azul. El fondo es una superficie oscura y texturizada.

    CORE

    Traits and Reproduction

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biomedical students

    Phenomenon: Darwin’s bark spider offspring have different silk flexibility traits, even though they have the same parents.

    Four low-poly dinosaurs with missing body sections are standing in a row; one is yellow, and the others are green. They have purple spikes and red patches on their bodies.

    CORE

    Natural Selection

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The newt population in Oregon State Park has become more poisonous over time.

    Red geometric background with icons including a mosquito, DNA strand, bar chart, and world map inside a hexagon.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Natural Selection Engineering Internship

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Student role: Clinical engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing malaria treatment plans that use different combinations of drugs can reduce drug resistance development while helping malaria patients.

    Illustration of a cross-section of Earth showing a volcano near the ocean. Trees, mountains, and clouds are visible above, with subterranean layers below.

    CORE

    Rock Transformations (optional)

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Rock samples from the Great Plains and from the Rocky Mountains — regions hundreds of miles apart — look very different, but have surprisingly similar mineral compositions.

    Two giant tortoises with long necks stand near water; one tortoise feeds on leaves from a tree while the other is near dense vegetation.

    CORE

    Evolutionary History

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Paleontologists

    Phenomenon: A mystery fossil at the Natural History Museum has similarities with both wolves and whales.

    A girl runs with a colorful kite displaying literacy skills; text reads "Amplify. Science of Reading: A Primer | Part One" on a grassy landscape background.

    CODING SCIENCE INTERNSHIP

    Coding Science Internship: Coral Restoration (Optional)

    Domains: Life Science, Coding Science

    Unit type: Coding Science Internship

    Student role: Coding science interns

    Phenomenon: Implementing a restoration project to improve the health of coral reef populations in Hawaii.

    Resources to support your review

    Select a topic below to explore helpful resources with more information about Amplify Science, the program’s development, and pedagogy.

    Two young girls, one with braided hair and the other with blonde hair, smiling and looking at a laptop screen in a classroom.
    Four-step educational infographic depicting problem-solving process: engaging with real-world problems, exploring multiple sources, constructing explanations, and applying knowledge to new problems.
    Integrated 5e model

    Learn how the 5E elements are integrated throughout every unit.

    Two children engaged in an animated conversation while sitting at a school desk with laptops and books.
    Phenomena and storylines (K–5)

    Read more about the real-world phenomena featured in each unit.

    Children doing schoolwork at home
    Phenomena and storylines (6–8)

    Read more about the real-world phenomena featured in each unit.

    A screenshot from a video titled "amplify science in action: a week in the..." featuring a smiling woman sitting in a classroom setting.
    [Video] Planning in action (K–5)

    Watch how easy it is for Amplify Science teachers to prep their 3-D instruction.

    A woman smiling and gesturing while speaking, seated in a classroom with computers and educational materials around her, with a paused video screen featuring text about "amplify science.
    [Video] Planning in action (6–8)

    Watch how easy it is for Amplify Science teachers to prep their 3-D instruction.

    Two young children sit at a classroom table, one smiling broadly, during an Amplify Science educational activity.
    [Video] Hands-on in action (K–5)

    Watch Amplify Science students conduct hands-on investigations.

    A student in a classroom uses a dropper to add liquid to clear plastic cups during a science experiment. Other students and lab materials are visible in the background.
    [Video] Hands-on in action (6–8)

    Watch Amplify Science students conduct hands-on investigations.

    Two young girls sit side by side at a desk, looking at a laptop screen and working together in a classroom setting.
    [Video] Simulations and modeling tools (K–5)

    Watch how students investigate phenomena with the help of digital tools.

    Two students sit at a table in a classroom, working on laptops and talking, with other students visible in the background.
    [Video] Simulations and modeling tools (6–8)

    Watch how students investigate phenomena with the help of digital tools.

    A young girl wearing safety goggles stretches a gooey substance from a cup in a kitchen or classroom setting.
    Summary of Investigations (K–5) coming soon

    Explore the types of investigations that students conduct.

    A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.
    Summary of Investigations (6–8) coming soon

    Explore the types of investigations that students conduct.

    A young boy and girl sitting in a classroom, reading a book together with focused expressions.
    Program structure and components (K–5)

    Take a closer look at how the program is organized.

    Teacher assisting two students working on laptops in a classroom; other students are in the background.
    Program structure and components (6–8)

    Take a closer look at how the program is organized.

    Digital collage of various devices displaying educational content about earth’s energy system, including graphs and text explanations.
    [Video] New! Classroom Slides

    Learn more about our customizable PowerPoints for every lesson.

    A laptop screen displays a writing lesson with prompts and a student's response in Amplify Classwork. The student's answer discusses dangers related to a specific scenario involving a sick child.
    Classwork (6–8)

    A new, intuitive approach to reviewing student work online.

    An adult sits on a couch using a laptop while a child next to them does homework in a notebook.
    Remote and hybrid learning guide

    Amplify is here to help! Amplify Science will soon feature product enhancements and new resources that will help manage the new landscape of back-to-school 2020.

    Educational presentation slides from grade 8 amplify science materials spanish kit, displaying various science topics like geology and biology.
    Spanish-language supports

    Learn more about the Spanish-language supports in Amplify Science.

    students collaborating and using laptops
    English Learners

    Learn how we make learning accessible for English learners.

    Amplify Science California supports you every step of the way on your journey to the California NGSS.
    Students needing support

    Learn how we make learning accessible for students who need more support.

    Teacher using a tablet while conducting an mCLASS reading intervention with three young students seated around a table in a classroom.
    Students ready for more

    Learn how we make learning more rigorous for students ready for a challenge.

    Two boys work together on a laptop while a woman—likely one of their middle school teachers—sits beside them, observing and smiling in a classroom setting.
    Accessibility

    Read more about text design and accessibility, including embedded Read-Aloud audio.

    A teacher discusses educational content in front of a whiteboard while students in the classroom raise their hands eagerly.
    Approach to assessment (K–5)

    Learn about our embedded formative and summative assessments.

    Two students sit at desks writing in notebooks and using laptops in a classroom setting.
    Approach to assessment (6–8)

    Learn about our embedded formative and summative assessments.

    A teacher and a young student looking at a laptop together in a colorful classroom decorated with children's artwork.
    NGSS Benchmark assessments

    Learn more about the Next Generation Science Standards Benchmark assessments created by Amplify.

    A young girl in a classroom gives a thumbs up with both hands, smiling broadly, while other students look on in the background.
    NGSS Benchmark assessments

    NGSS alignment by performance expectation.

    Two students in a classroom, one looking at the camera and the other listening intently, with a whiteboard displaying educational content in the background.
    NGSS alignment (6–8)

    NGSS alignment by performance expectation.

    Ready to explore with digital access and physical samples?

    Start your digital review and request physical samples with these three easy steps.

    1. Note these Ohio specific login credentials for your digital access.
      Username: t.ohscience@tryamplify.net
      Password: AmplifyNumber1
    2. Click Review now.
    3. Complete the form and select Log in with Amplify to input the Ohio specific login.
    A woman sits at a desk in a classroom, working on a laptop with an open binder and papers in front of her.

    Contact an Amplify representative

    For any questions, fill out the form to the right and a member of our sales team will reach out to you soon.

    Katie Cannon
    Senior Account Executive

    Casie Rayes
    Account executive

    Matt Paupore
    Senior Account Executive

    About Desmos Math

    Desmos Math 6–A1 delivers the instructional power of student-centered learning packaged in a lesson format that is teacher-friendly and manageable.

    With easy-to-follow instructional supports, implementing a problem-based program becomes more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students. Delivered through the Desmos Classroom digital experience, math class becomes fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.


    Desmos Classroom technology

    Math lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. The Desmos Classroom platform brings this vision to life. It even includes a complete library of interactive, collaborative lessons made by your math colleagues.

    Desmos Classroom digital lessons

    Engaging student experience

    Relevant content and interactive math tools create an intuitive and engaging student experience. Plus, working together in real-time allows students to see that communicating their ideas and learning from each other are important parts of math class.

    Desmos Math student experience

    Visibility into student thinking

    Imagine having more visibility into your students’ mathematical thinking. Now imagine students have access to this same information. With our collaborative lesson interface and teacher dashboard, students can’t hide. What’s more, they have visibility into the thinking of their peers—exposing them to a wider variety of approaches to solving the same problem.

    Desmos Math teacher tools

    Ready-to-teach lessons

    Each grade-level includes 150 ready-to-teach lessons complete with slides, step-by-step teaching notes, suggested student and teacher responses, tips for incorporating instructional routines, support for developing mathematical language, and links to useful resources. Teachers can also control what slides students see, giving teachers the ability to control the pace of the lesson to suite the needs of the class.

    Desmos Math Lesson Slides

    A Lesson with Dr. Dan Meyer

    Desmos Math has been extensively tested by math educators across the nation…including Dr. Dan Meyer.

    In this 8-minute video, Dr. Dan Meyer puts a Desmos Math lessons to the test, and shares how the Desmos Math teacher tools empower all teacher to deliver engaging and interactive lessons.

    Access demo

    Ready to explore the program? Follow these instructions to access your demo account.

    • Click the Access demo button.
    • Click the Sign In link.
    • Enter the email address and password provided by your Account Executive.
    • Select your grade level.
    • Explore any of the eight units.

    Contact us

    Looking to speak directly with your local Account Executive? Get in touch with a California team member to learn more about Desmos Math or to request a demo account.

    Wendy Garcia

    Senior Account Executive

    (510) 368-7666

    wgarcia@amplify.com

    Lisa Marinovich

    Senior Account Executive

    (831) 461-4187

    lmarinovich@amplify.com

    Demitri Gonos

    Senior Account Executive

    (559) 355-3244

    dgonos@amplify.com

    Jeff Sorenson

    Associate Account Executive

    (310) 902-1407

    jsorenson@amplify.com

    Lauren Sherman

    Senior Account Executive

    (949) 397-5766

    lsherman@amplify.com

    Michael Gruber

    Senior Account Executive

    (951) 520-6542

    migruber@amplify.com

    Debbie Smith

    Senior Account Executive

    (760) 285-7482

    dsmith@amplify.com

    Kirk Van Wagoner

    Senior Account Executive

    (760) 696-0709

    kvanwagoner@amplify.com

    About Desmos Math

    Desmos Math 6–A1 delivers the instructional power of student-centered learning packaged in a lesson format that is teacher-friendly and manageable.

    With easy-to-follow instructional supports, implementing a problem-based program becomes more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students. Delivered through the Desmos Classroom digital experience, math class becomes fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.

     

    Powerful Desmos Classroom technology

    Math lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. The Desmos Classroom platform brings this vision to life. It even includes a complete library of interactive, collaborative lessons made by your math colleagues.

    Desmos Classroom digital lessons

    Engaging student experience

    Relevant content and interactive math tools create an intuitive and engaging student experience. Plus, working together in real-time allows students to see that communicating their ideas and learning from each other are important parts of math class.

    Desmos Math student experience

    Visibility into student thinking

    Imagine having more visibility into your students’ mathematical thinking. Now imagine students have access to this same information. With our collaborative lesson interface and teacher dashboard, students can’t hide. What’s more, they have visibility into the thinking of their peers—exposing them to a wider variety of approaches to solving the same problem.

    Desmos Math teacher tools

    Ready-to-teach lessons

    Each grade-level includes 150 ready-to-teach lessons complete with slides, step-by-step teaching notes, suggested student and teacher responses, tips for incorporating instructional routines, support for developing mathematical language, and links to useful resources. Teachers can also control what slides students see, giving teachers the ability to control the pace of the lesson to suite the needs of the class.

    Desmos Math Lesson Slides

    A Lesson with Dr. Dan Meyer

    Desmos Math has been extensively tested by math educators across the nation…including Dr. Dan Meyer.

    In this 8-minute video, Dr. Dan Meyer puts a Desmos Math lessons to the test, and shares how the Desmos Math teacher tools empower all teacher to deliver engaging and interactive lessons.

    Access demo

    Ready to explore the program?  Contact your local Amplify Account Executive to receive your login credentials. Please see their contact information below.

    Contact us

    Looking to speak directly with your local Account Executive? Get in touch with a Colorado team member to learn more about Desmos Math or to request a demo account.

    Monty Lammers

    Senior Account Executive

    719-964-4501

    mlammers@amplify.com

    Vanessa Scott

    Account Executive

    602-690-9216

    vascott@amplify.com

    Overview

    With Amplify Science, students don’t just passively learn about science concepts. Instead, they take on the role of scientists and engineers to actively investigate and figure out real-world phenomena. They do this through a blend of cohesive and compelling storylines, hands-on investigations, collaborative discussions, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools.

     

    Each unit of Amplify Science engages students in a relevant, real-world problem where they investigate scientific phenomena, engage in collaboration and discussion, and develop models or explanations in order to arrive at solutions.

     

    Overview

    A flexible, blended program

    Amplify Science includes hands-on activities, print materials, and powerful digital tools to support online and offline teaching and learning. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility based on their technology resources and preferences.

    Rooted in research

    Amplify Science is rooted in the Lawrence Hall of Science’s Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize model of learning. This research-based approach presents students with multiple modalities through which to explore the NGSS curriculum.


    EdReports

    Amplify Science empowers students to think, read, and write like real scientists and engineers. Amplify Science for grades K–8 has been rated all-green by EdReports. Read the review on EdReports.

    Explore the program

    Thank you for your interest in Amplify Science. We have created demo accounts for you to explore our award-winning product. Below are instructions on how to log in and navigate.

    Before logging in, watch this video to learn how to navigate the teacher and student digital experience.

    • How to log into the curriculum website:
      • Using a Google Chrome or Safari web browser, go to learning.amplify.com and select “Log in with Amplify”. (Note, if your school uses multiple Amplify products, you may also use my.amplify.com to locate all products in one place.)
    • Enter the following information:

    Resources to support your review

    Mature woman with gray hair, smiling, wearing a navy blazer and white top, against a plain white background.

    Contact us

    Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way.

     

    Monica Vincent
    Lead Account Executive
    mvincent@amplify.com

    Welcome, Nebraska educators!

    Designed from the ground up for the NGSS to teach students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers, Amplify Science combines literacy-rich activities with hands-on learning and digital tools to engage students in exploring compelling phenomena in every unit.

    Students in a classroom interact with educational technology, featuring a diagram and charts on a screen, while working collaboratively on a laptop.

    Overview

    Developed by UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, our program features:

    • phenomena-based approach where students construct a more complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
    • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
    • Newly crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
    • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.

    Explore your grade level

    Then select your grade level below to learn more about how we make this type of rich learning accessible to all students at every grade.

    Elementary school

    When you’re ready:

    1. Find a summary of each unit below including each unit’s student role and anchor phenomenon.
    2. Download some helpful resources to support your review.
    3. Explore the digital Teacher’s Guide by clicking the orange “Review now” button.
    A boy reads a book with an illustrated background featuring a dinosaur skull, the Earth, trees, clouds, and water.
    An illustration from Needs of Plants and Animals unit

    Unit 1

    Needs of Plants and Animals

    Student role: Scientists

    Phenomenon: There are no monarch caterpillars in the Mariposa Grove community garden ever since vegetables were planted.

    An illustration from the Pushes and Pulls unit

    Unit 2

    Pushes and Pulls

    Student role: Pinball engineers

    Phenomenon: Pinball machines allow people to control the direction and strength of forces on a ball.

    Silueta de una estructura de parque infantil contra un cielo azul con nubes y tres soles amarillos.

    Unit 3

    Sunlight and Weather

    Student role: Weather scientists

    Phenomenon: Students at one school are too cold during morning recess, while students at another are too hot during afternoon recess.

    Illustration of sea turtles swimming among seaweed in the ocean, with a large shark in the background.

    Unit 1

    Animal and Plant Defenses

    Student role: Marine scientists

    Phenomenon: Spruce the Sea Turtle will soon be released back into the ocean, where she will survive despite predators.

    An illustration from the Light and Sound unit

    Unit 2

    Light and Sound

    Student role: Light and sound engineers

    Phenomenon: A puppet show company uses light and sound to depict realistic scenes in puppet shows.

    An illustration from the Spinning Earth unit

    Unit 3

    Spinning Earth

    Student role: Sky scientists

    Phenomenon: The sky looks different to Sai and his grandma when they talk on the phone at night.

    An elephant standing next to a tree uses its trunk to pick a fruit from a branch while more fruit hangs above.

    Unit 1

    Plant and Animal Relationships

    Student role: Plant scientists

    Phenomenon: No new chalta trees are growing in the fictional Bengal Tiger Reserve in India.

    A hand holds a red bean on a table, while a wooden stick spreads white glue and scattered beans. Also on the table are a white cup and a yellow pen.

    Unit 2

    Properties of Materials

    Student role: Glue engineers

    Phenomenon: Different glue recipes result in glues that have different properties.

    Ilustración de una costa con acantilados, un edificio de centro recreativo con un techo rojo y un letrero, árboles de hoja perenne, una bandera azul y una playa de arena debajo.

    Unit 3

    Changing Landforms

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: The cliff on which Oceanside Recreation Center is situated appears to be receding.

    Una ilustración de un tren de alta velocidad moderno y aerodinámico que viaja por una vía elevada con un paisaje verde de fondo.

    Unit 1

    Balancing Forces

    Student role: Engineers

    Phenomenon: The fictional town of Faraday is getting a new train. Unlike typical trains, this one floats, which is causing some concern among the town’s citizens.

    An illustration from the Inheritance and Traits unit

    Unit 2

    Inheritance and Traits

    Student role: Wildlife biologists

    Phenomenon: An adopted wolf in Graystone National Park has some traits in common with one wolf pack in the park and other traits in common with a different pack.

    An illustration from the Environments and Survival unit

    Unit 3

    Environments and Survival

    Student role: Biomimicry engineers

    Phenomenon: Over 10 years, a population of grove snails has changed. Populations with yellow shells have decreased, while those with banded shells have increased.

    An illustration from the Weather and Climate unit

    Unit 4

    Weather and Climate

    Student role: Meteorologists

    Phenomenon: Three different islands, each a contender for becoming an orangutan reserve, experience different weather patterns.

    An illustration from the Energy Conversions unit

    Unit 1

    Energy Conversions

    Student role: System engineers

    Phenomenon: The fictional town of Ergstown experiences frequent blackouts. Their electrical system seems to be failing.

    An illustration from the Vision and Light unit

    Unit 2

    Vision and Light

    Student role: Conservation biologists

    Phenomenon: The population of Tokay geckos in a rain forest in the Philippines has decreased since the installation of new highway lights.

    An illustration from the Earth's Features unit

    Unit 3

    Earth’s Features

    Student role: Geologists


    Phenomenon: A mysterious fossil is discovered in a canyon within the fictional Desert Rocks National Park.

    An illustration from the Waves, Energy, and Information unit

    Unit 4

    Waves, Energy, and Information

    Student role: Marine scientists

    Phenomenon: Mother dolphins in the fictional Blue Bay National Park communicate with their calves despite the distance between them.

    An illustration from the Patterns of Earth and Sky unit

    Unit 1

    Patterns of Earth and Sky

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An ancient artifact depicts what we see in the sky at different times of the day, but it appears to be missing a piece.

    An illustration from the Modeling Matter unit

    Unit 2

    Modeling Matter

    Student role: Food scientists

    Phenomenon: Some ingredients dissolve in a salad dressing while others, like oil and vinegar, appear to separate

    Illustration of a pixelated green mountain cliff deconstructing into a digital grid, with red dots floating over a tranquil sea and flying white birds.

    Unit 3

    The Earth System

    Student role: Water resource engineers

    Phenomenon: East Ferris, a city on one side of the fictional Ferris Island, is experiencing a water shortage, while West Ferris is not.

    An illustration from the Ecosystem Restoration unit

    Unit 4

    Ecosystem Restoration

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The jaguars, sloths, and cecropia trees in a reforested section of a Costa Rican rain forest are not growing or thriving.

    Middle school

    When you’re ready:

    1. Find a summary of each unit below including each unit’s student role and anchor phenomenon.
    2. Download some helpful resources to support your review.
    3. Explore the digital Teacher’s Guide by clicking the orange “Review now” button.
    A person in a black hoodie smiles while working on a laptop, surrounded by illustrations of rockets, satellites, popsicles, and the Earth.
    Abstract art with vibrant colors featuring a yellow silhouette of a person holding a book against a background of geometric shapes, swirling patterns, and bold textures.

    LAUNCH

    Microbiome

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Microbiological researchers

    Phenomenon: The presence of 100 trillion microorganisms living on and in the human body may keep the body healthy.  

    Abstract artwork of a person's side profile with geometric shapes and colorful patterns flowing from the head, holding a small sledgehammer. A vision chart is visible in the corner.

    CORE

    Metabolism

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Medical researchers

    Phenomenon: Elisa, a young patient, feels tired all the time.  

    Orange abstract background with hexagonal shapes featuring icons of a bar chart, plant, safety vest, test tube, peach, and stethoscope.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Metabolism Engineering Internship

    Domains: Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Food engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing health bars with different molecular compositions can effectively meet the metabolic needs of patients or rescue workers.  

    Imagen que muestra un gráfico de arañas de diferentes colores con patrones distintos de patas y cuerpo, incluidas variaciones de color marrón, amarillo y azul. El fondo es una superficie oscura y texturizada.

    CORE

    Traits and Reproduction

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biomedical students

    Phenomenon: Darwin’s bark spider offspring have different silk flexibility traits, even though they have the same parents.  

    Illustration of a person in a red hat and fur-lined coat with eyes closed, surrounded by large orange circles on a dark background.

    CORE

    Thermal Energy

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Thermal scientists

    Phenomenon: One of two proposed heating systems for Riverdale School will best heat the school.  

    Abstract artwork depicting a bright sun with blue and orange swirling patterns next to green hills under a sky with shades of blue, orange, and red.

    CORE

    Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: During El Niño years, the air temperature in Christchurch, New Zealand is cooler than usual.  

    An illustration from the Weather Patterns unit

    CORE

    Weather Patterns

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic meteorologists

    Phenomenon: In recent years, rainstorms in Galetown have been unusually severe.  

    An illustration from the Earth's Changing Climate unit

    CORE

    Earth’s Changing Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: The ice on Earth’s surface is melting.  

    Abstract geometric design in shades of blue and purple featuring a hexagon with icons of a building, wrench, molecules, sun, paint can, and screwdriver.

    Engineering Internship

    Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Civil engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing rooftops with different modifications can reduce a city’s impact on climate change.  

    A barren, rocky desert landscape with rover tracks leading to a distant vehicle on a hill under a hazy sky.

    LAUNCH

    Geology on Mars

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Planetary geologists

    Phenomenon: Analyzing data about landforms on Mars can provide evidence that Mars may have once been habitable.  

    Two prehistoric reptiles with long snouts and tails are near the shore, one on land and one in water, with plants, rocks, and an island in the background.

    CORE

    Plate Motion

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Mesosaurus fossils have been found on continents separated by thousands of kilometers of ocean, even though the Mesosaurus species once lived all together.   

    Geometric design featuring a telescope, mountain, sound waves, and cosmic elements on a purple hexagonal background.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Plate Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Patterns in earthquake data can be used to design an effective tsunami warning system.  

    Illustration of a cross-section of Earth showing a volcano near the ocean. Trees, mountains, and clouds are visible above, with subterranean layers below.

    CORE

    Rock Transformations

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Rock samples from the Great Plains and from the Rocky Mountains — regions hundreds of miles apart — look very different, but have surprisingly similar mineral compositions.  

    Ilustración que muestra las etapas de fusión de una paleta de naranja: entera, parcialmente derretida, más derretida y casi derretida por completo, con palitos de madera, sobre un fondo morado.

    CORE

    Phase Change

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Chemists

    Phenomenon: A methane lake on Titan no longer appears in images taken by a space probe two years apart.  

    Green geometric graphic featuring icons: a baby, thermometer, layers, medical alert, and a flame.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Phase Change Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Chemical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing portable baby incubators with different combinations of phase change materials can keep babies at a healthy temperature.  

    An illustration from the Chemical Reactions unit

    CORE

    Chemical Reactions

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic chemists

    Phenomenon: A mysterious brown substance has been detected in the tap water of Westfield.   

    An illustration of a whale with jellyfish and turtles from Amplify Science

    CORE

    Populations and Resources

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The size of the moon jelly population in Glacier Sea has increased.  

    Low-poly landscape with trees and mushrooms. A fox sniffs the ground, a rabbit sits nearby, and mountains and sun are in the background.

    CORE

    Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The biodome ecosystem has collapsed.  

    Two people climbing rocky terrain; illustrations show a hiking boot and a belt with gear.

    LAUNCH

    Harnessing Human Energy

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Energy scientists

    Phenomenon: Rescue workers can use their own human kinetic energy to power the electrical devices they use during rescue missions.  

    Illustration of a futuristic space station with large solar panels, orbiting in deep space, emitting a blue glow from its propulsion system.

    CORE

    Force and Motion

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: The asteroid sample-collecting pod failed to dock at the space station as planned.   

    Green geometric background with a hexagonal emblem containing a parachute icon, ruler, bandage, and stacked layers on a gradient pattern.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Force and Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing emergency supply delivery pods with different structures can maintain the integrity of the supply pods and their contents.  

    Illustration of a roller coaster filled with people, hands raised, going down a steep track against a bright blue sky with clouds.

    CORE

    Magnetic Fields

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: During a test launch, a spacecraft traveled much faster than expected.  

    An illustration from the Light Waves unit

    CORE

    Light Waves

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Spectroscopists

    Phenomenon: The rate of skin cancer is higher in Australia than in other parts of the world.   

    A city skyline at night with a prominent full moon, stars in the sky, and a bridge silhouette on the left.

    CORE

    Earth, Moon, and Sun

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An astrophotographer can only take pictures of specific features on the Moon at certain times.  

    Four low-poly dinosaurs with missing body sections are standing in a row; one is yellow, and the others are green. They have purple spikes and red patches on their bodies.

    CORE

    Natural Selection

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The newt population in Oregon State Park has become more poisonous over time.  

    Red geometric background with icons including a mosquito, DNA strand, bar chart, and world map inside a hexagon.

    ENGINEERING INTERNSHIP

    Natural Selection Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Life Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Clinical engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing malaria treatment plans that use different combinations of drugs can reduce drug resistance development while helping malaria patients.   

    Two giant tortoises with long necks stand near water; one tortoise feeds on leaves from a tree while the other is near dense vegetation.

    CORE

    Evolutionary History

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Paleontologists

    Phenomenon: A mystery fossil at the Natural History Museum has similarities with both wolves and whales.    

    Resources to support your review

    Select a topic below to explore helpful resources with more information about Amplify Science, the program’s development, and pedagogy.

    Dos niñas están sentadas en una mesa, mirando juntas la pantalla de una computadora portátil en un salón de clases. Al fondo se ven estanterías con libros y materiales de clase.
    Two children engaged in an animated conversation while sitting at a school desk with laptops and books.
    Phenomena and storylines (K–5)

    Read more about the real-world phenomena featured in each unit.

    Children doing schoolwork at home
    Phenomena and storylines (6–8)

    Read more about the real-world phenomena featured in each unit.

    Four-step educational infographic depicting problem-solving process: engaging with real-world problems, exploring multiple sources, constructing explanations, and applying knowledge to new problems.
    Integrated 5e model

    Learn how the 5E elements are integrated throughout every unit.

    A woman smiling and gesturing while speaking, seated in a classroom with computers and educational materials around her, with a paused video screen featuring text about "amplify science.
    [Video] Planning in action (K–5)

    Watch how easy it is for Amplify Science teachers to prep their 3-D instruction.

    A screenshot from a video titled "amplify science in action: a week in the..." featuring a smiling woman sitting in a classroom setting.
    [Video] Planning in action (6–8)

    Watch how easy it is for Amplify Science teachers to prep their 3-D instruction.

    Two children sitting at a table, one in a yellow shirt and the other in pink, smiling and looking forward.
    [Video] Hands-on in action (K–5)

    Watch Amplify Science students conduct hands-on investigations.

    A boy in a science classroom observes a reaction in a clear cup. Other students and lab materials are in the background.
    [Video] Hands-on in action (6–8)

    Watch Amplify Science students conduct hands-on investigations.

    Two children in school uniforms work together on laptops in a classroom setting, with focus on learning and collaboration.
    [Video] Simulations and modeling tools (K–5)

    Watch how students investigate phenomena with the help of digital tools.

    Students sitting at a table using laptops, engaging in a classroom activity.
    [Video] Simulations and modeling tools (6–8)

    Watch how students investigate phenomena with the help of digital tools.

    A young girl wearing safety goggles stretches a gooey substance from a cup in a kitchen or classroom setting.
    Summary of Investigations (K–5)

    Explore the types of investigations that students conduct.

    A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.
    Summary of Investigations (6–8)

    Explore the types of investigations that students conduct.

    A young boy and girl sitting in a classroom, reading a book together with focused expressions.
    Program structure and components (K–5)

    Take a closer look at how the program is organized.

    Teacher assisting two students working on laptops in a classroom; other students are in the background.
    Program structure and components (6–8)

    Take a closer look at how the program is organized.

    Digital collage of various devices displaying educational content about earth’s energy system, including graphs and text explanations.
    [Video] New! Classroom Slides

    Learn more about our customizable PowerPoints for every lesson.

    A laptop screen displays a writing lesson with prompts and a student's response in Amplify Classwork. The student's answer discusses dangers related to a specific scenario involving a sick child.
    Classwork (6–8)

    A new, intuitive approach to reviewing student work online.

    students collaborating and using laptops
    English Learners

    Learn how we make learning accessible for English learners.

    Amplify Science California supports you every step of the way on your journey to the California NGSS.
    Students needing support

    Learn how we make learning accessible for students who need more support.

    Teacher using a tablet while conducting an mCLASS reading intervention with three young students seated around a table in a classroom.
    Students ready for more

    Learn how we make learning more rigorous for students ready for a challenge.

    Two young children sit at a table looking at an open book, with other books placed in front of them. A play button is visible over the image.
    [Video] Literacy in action (K–5)

    Watch students use scientific text to obtain information and practice reading skills, while using writing prompts to create arguments using evidence

    A student writes in a notebook, holding a pencil, focused on the task.
    [Video] Literacy in action (6–8)

    Watch students use scientific text to obtain information and practice reading skills, while using writing prompts to create arguments using evidence.

    A teacher in a green shirt helps a young student with writing at a classroom table, with other students and large numbers visible on the wall in the background.
    Literacy-rich science instruction (K–5)

    Immersing young students in reading, writing, and arguing like real scientists and engineers.

    Two students sit at a table in a classroom, working on an assignment together. Other students are also seated and appear to be engaged in their work. Papers and books are spread out on the tables.
    Active Reading in grades 6–8

    Engaging middle school students in complex science texts.

    Two boys work together on a laptop while a woman—likely one of their middle school teachers—sits beside them, observing and smiling in a classroom setting.
    Accessibility

    Read more about text design and accessibility, including embedded Read-Aloud audio.

    A teacher discusses educational content in front of a whiteboard while students in the classroom raise their hands eagerly.
    Approach to assessment (K–5)

    Learn about our embedded formative and summative assessments.

    Two students sit at desks writing in notebooks and using laptops in a classroom setting.
    Approach to assessment (6–8)

    Learn about our embedded formative and summative assessments.

    A teacher and a young student looking at a laptop together in a colorful classroom decorated with children's artwork.
    NGSS Benchmark assessments

    Learn more about the Next Generation Science Standards Benchmark assessments created by Amplify.

    A young girl in a classroom gives a thumbs up with both hands, smiling broadly, while other students look on in the background.
    NGSS alignment (K–5)

    NGSS alignment by performance expectation.

    Two students in a classroom, one looking at the camera and the other listening intently, with a whiteboard displaying educational content in the background.
    NGSS alignment (6–8)

    NGSS alignment by performance expectation.

    Two children sit at a table with Chromebooks, facing each other and talking, in a classroom with books and storage bins in the background.
    Remote and hybrid learning guide

    Amplify is here to help! Amplify Science will soon feature product enhancements and new resources that will help manage the new landscape of back-to-school 2020.

    Educational presentation slides from grade 8 amplify science materials spanish kit, displaying various science topics like geology and biology.
    Spanish-language supports

    Learn more about the Spanish-language supports in Amplify Science.

    Ready to start exploring with digital access?

    A woman sits at a desk in a classroom, working on a laptop with an open binder and papers in front of her.

    Contact an Amplify representative

    Laina Armbruster
    larmbruster@amplify.com
    (602) 791-4135

    Bob McCarty
    rmccarty@amplify.com
    (435) 655-1731

    Kristin McDonald
    kmcdonald@amplify.com
    (515) 240-0244

    Coming soon!

    Amplify Desmos Math for California

    Hello! We’re building a brand-new TK–12 core mathematics curriculum for California called Amplify Desmos Math.

    We’re seeking your help to ensure we deliver on the promise of the new California Mathematics Framework and meet the needs of your entire community. Are you interested in sharing your thoughts?

    Available now

    As a math teacher, you work every day to celebrate student brilliance, build deep conceptual understanding, and create the conditions for every student to be successful.

    We’re here to help.

    Desmos Classroom

    Desmos Classroom is a free lessons-building platform that features lessons, lesson-building tools, sharing features, and more.

    Built by math educators, the Desmos Classroom platform allows teachers to create interactive lessons with authentic problems and opportunities to increase student discourse and engagement. Plus, the platform includes more than 200 free lessons created by Desmos curriculum specialists and math educators across the nation.

    Desmos Math 6–A1

    Creating your own lessons can be powerful, and also time-consuming. Desmos Math 6–A1 does the heavy lifting for you.

    The Desmos Math 6–A1 curriculum provides a full-year of ready-made standards-based lessons that help students develop conceptual understanding while giving you visibility into all their thinking. Plus, every lesson is fully customizable, giving you the freedom to make each lesson your own.

    Coming soon

    Amplify Desmos Math is a brand-new TK–12 core mathematics curriculum for California.

    Powered by Desmos Classroom technology, our lessons make engaging, visual, and collaborative learning moments possible while providing teachers with real-time insights into student thinking.

    Unlike other programs, Amplify Desmos Math strikes the right balance between conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Plus, it does it in a way that builds positive math identities, inspires math language development and rich discourse, and makes every student feel brilliant.

    The program delivers what math educators want and need: standards-aligned print and digital lessons that capture students’ interest every day; the right mix of informal and more substantive formative and summative assessments; differentiation support; additional practice sets; and Spanish language supports.

    The program delivers what school and district leaders want and need: a coherent core program based on the industry-
    leading IM K–12 Math

    TM by Illustrative Mathematics®; a comprehensive suite of usage and performance reports that gives educators a better sense of which students might be at risk of falling behind; and a team from Amplify.

    Math Matters Events

    What’s next in math education? Join our series of intimate talks featuring experts like Sunil Singh, Phil Daro, and Fawn Nguyen to learn more about where math education is heading. Who knows, we might even throw in a margarita or martini mixology lesson too!

    Interested in participating? Sign up for alerts to get first dibs on these limited attendance sessions.

    Math Educator Roundtables

    Share your voice! Our educator roundtables have one goal: to learn what you need and want in your next math curriculum. Whether you’re an administrator or a teacher, or have two years of experience or 20, we want to hear from you!

    Interested in participating? Sign up for alerts about upcoming dates and locations for these limited attendance sessions.

    Math Field Trials

    Help us put our program to the test. Become a Field Trial classroom and provide invaluable feedback that will directly impact the development of Amplify Math. You might be an amazing field trial teacher if:

    • You love math.
    • You know young people are capable of just about anything.
    • You understand that giving candid feedback can help the next generation of students redefine what amazing looks like.

    Interested in participating? Sign up to be considered as one of our field trial classrooms.

    About the program

    We believe in math that motivates. Our structured approach to problem-based learning builds on students’ curiosity to develop lasting grade-level understandings for all students. 

    The program thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, fluency, and application, motivating students with interesting problems they are eager to solve. Teachers can spend more time where it’s most impactful: creating a collaborative classroom of learners.

    Educational materials featuring various graphs and applications, including rocket motion and quadratic functions, displayed on Desmos and paper.
    Interactive digital math lesson interface with colorful graphics showing parabola exploration and plotting tools on screen, enhanced by the New York math curriculum.

    Structured approach to problem-based learning

    • Differentiation and personalized practice
    • Easy-to-follow instructional guidance
    • Robust assessments and reports
    • Spanish student materials
    A classroom dashboard displays student names and their progress in activities, with checkmarks indicating completed tasks and circles showing ongoing or incomplete tasks.

    Math that motivates

    • Powerful teacher-facilitation supports and tools
    • Students talking and building from each other’s ideas 
    • Every lesson has fully compatible print and digital materials for a collaborative classroom
    Illustration of an Amplify Desmos math learning tool on a student screen showing abacus representations for the sums 8+7, 7+4+5, 3+8+4

    Student thinking is made evident

    • Curiosity-driven lessons that motivate students with interesting problems they are eager to solve
    • Explicit guidance for teachers on what to look for and how to respond
    • Technology that provides Responsive Feedback and is designed to reveal mathematical thinking

    Figuring out Problem-Based Learning

    Figuring out how to implement a problem-based learning approach to mathematics can be fun and challenging. Rest assured that you will not be alone on this journey. Amplify will be by your side every step of the way.

    In the short videos below, Fawn Nguyen (Math Teaching and Learning Team, Former Math Coach and Teacher) and John Hoogestraat (Math Product Specialist, Former Math Coach and Teacher) share their thoughts about the power of Amplify Desmos Math.

    Promotional graphic with the text “Figure it out with Fawn and John” and photos of a smiling man and woman in circular frames.
    Illustration of a New York math curriculum map for grade 6-algebra 1, divided into 8 units with topics and a cartoon snail next to it.


    Scope and sequence

    Click the link below to view the program scope and sequence for grade 6–Algebra 1.

    Program Preview lessons

    Check out the links below to explore our interactive digital lessons.

    In addition to the sample lessons below, you can view a sampler of Amplify Desmos Math mini-lessons. Amplify Desmos Math mini-lessons are 15-minute lessons aligned to the most critical topics throughout a unit. Teacher-led mini-lessons are used to provide targeted intervention to small groups of students who need additional support or to re-engage students with content that they may need more time on.

    An illustration of various educational settings; on the left is a colorful, simplified cityscape with educational icons, and on the right, a laptop displaying an Amplify Desmos math lesson interface.
    Three raccoons on a seesaw balance with a 21-pound weight in a city park setting under a clear sky.

    Grade 6, Unit 6: Expressions and Equations

    Sub-Unit 1: Solving Equations

    A sheep stands on grass near a number line, with an orange point at zero; a festive sheep with a hat and party blower appears in a thought bubble.

    Grade 7, Unit 6: Expressions, Equations, and Inequalities

    Sub-Unit 3: Inequalities

    Four colorful robots stand in front of a whiteboard with a graph in a classroom setting.

    Grade 8, Unit 6: Associations in Data

    Sub-Unit 2: Analyzing Numerical Data

    A snail sits on a ledge 28 mm high, next to a series of vertical stacks of purple and blue blocks, with a sun and lettuce in the background.

    Algebra 1, Unit 2: Linear Equations and Inequalities

    Sub-Unit 1–2: One-Variable Equations and Multi-Variable Equations

    Review full-year content

    The login information provided below enables you to preview the complete mathematical content by grade level in less-than-final format. This content will be updated to the final Amplify Desmos Math format for the 2024-25 school year with the robust instructional supports shown in the Program Preview lessons.

    To begin your review:

    1. Review the Amplify Desmos Math Program Preview lessons.

    2. Click here and use the following credentials to log in:
    Username: t1.sfmath@demo.tryamplify.net
    Password: Amplify1-sfmath

    3. Use the following links to begin your review:

    An illustration of various educational settings; on the left is a colorful, simplified cityscape with educational icons, and on the right, a laptop displaying an Amplify Desmos math lesson interface.

    Looking for help?

    imSupport is always within reach. Our team is dedicated to supporting you throughout your review and can be reached at any time by emailing or calling us directly.

    • Live chat: Click the orange icon while logged in to get immediate help.
    • Phone: Call our toll-free number: (800) 823-1969.
    • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com. In the message body, please include your name and question. Provide as much detail as possible, so we can more quickly help you find a solution.
    A laptop screen displays a curriculum dashboard with a list of core units and colorful thumbnails for a sixth-grade ELA program.

    Ready to learn more?

    S3-05: Thinking is power

    A graphic with the text "Science Connections" and "Amplify" features colorful circles and curved lines on a dark gray background.

    Join us as we sit down with Melanie Trecek-King, college professor and creator of Thinking is Power, to explore how much of an asset science can truly be in developing the skills students need to navigate the real world. You’ll learn about “fooling” students and the importance of developing critical thinking, information literacy, and science literacy in the classroom. We’ll also share real strategies and lesson examples that help build these essential skills and engage students in learning.

    And don’t forget to grab your Science Connections study guide to track your learning and find additional resources!

    We hope you enjoy this episode and explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page!

    DOWNLOAD TRANSCRIPT

    Melanie Trecek-King (00:00):

    We say knowledge is power, but it’s not enough to know things. And there’s too much to know. So being able to think and not fall for someone’s bunk is my goal for my students.

    Eric Cross (00:12):

    Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. On this third season, we’ve been talking about science’s underdog status. And just this past March at the NSTA conference in Atlanta, I had the chance to speak with science educators from around the country about this very topic.

    Hermia Simanu (00:28):

    Right now, there’s only two teachers in our high school teaching science.

    Shane Dongilli (00:32):

    I have 45 minutes once a week with each class. The focus is reading and math.

    Alexis Tharpe (00:38):

    Oftentimes science gets put by the wayside. And you know, I love math and I love my language arts, but I also think science needs to place be placed on that high pedestal as well.

    Askia Little (00:46):

    In fifth grade, oh, they teach science, because that’s the only grade that it’s tested.

    Eric Cross (00:50):

    That was Hermia Simanu from American Samoa. Her team flew for three days to make it to the conference. You also heard from Shane Dongilli from North Carolina, Alexis Tharpe from Virginia, and Askia Little from Texas. All of these teachers were excited to be at the conference and had a lot to say about the state of science education in their local schools. Throughout this season, we’ve been trying to make the case for science, showing how science can be utilized more effectively in the classroom. We’ve explored the evidence showing that science supports literacy instruction. We’ve talked about science and the responsible use of technology like AI. My hope is that all of you listeners out there can use some of this evidence to feel empowered to make the case for science in your own communities. And on this episode, we’re going to examine how science can help develop what might be the most important skill that we try to develop in our students: Good thinking. On this episode, I’m joined by a biologist who actually advocated for eliminating the Intro to Bio course at her college. Instead, Professor Trecek-King created a new course focused on critical thinking, information literacy, and science literacy skills. In this conversation, we discuss why the science classroom is such a good environment for helping students become better thinkers. Now, I don’t think that you can make a much stronger argument for science than using it to develop the skills that Melanie describes in this conversation. So, without further ado, I’m thrilled to bring you this conversation with Melanie Trecek-King, Associate Professor of Biology at Massasoit Community College, and creator of Thinking Is Power. Here’s Melanie.

    Eric Cross (02:29):

    Well, Melanie, thank you for joining us on the show. It’s so good to have you.

    Melanie Trecek-King (02:34):

    I am so happy to be here.

    Eric Cross (02:35):

    Now, I went to your session at NSTA in Chicago … I think it was two years ago. A couple years ago. And I was listening to your session, and as I was listening to you, I started Reverse Engineering in my mind what you were doing with your college students. I started reverse engineering the K–8. I was like, “This is amazing.” Where has what you’ve been doing been hiding? We need this not just in the college, higher ed. We need this all the way up and down. Because I hadn’t seen it before. So I think a good place for us to start is gonna be like the story of how and why you as a biologist wound up making the case to actually eliminate the Intro to Biology course at your college. So can you start off and tell us a little bit about that story?

    Melanie Trecek-King (03:20):

    Sure. So I started teaching at a community college in Massachusetts. And I absolutely love teaching at a community college. And I was teaching the courses that people who don’t wanna be scientists when they grow up have to take to fulfill their science requirement. And that course was Intro Bio. And I tried every way I could figure out to make that class be useful,] relevant to students. I mean, the thing is, our world is based on science and you have to understand science to be a good consumer of information, to make good decisions. And I’m a biologist, so it pains me to say this, but you know, somewhere in the middle of teaching students about the stages of mitosis and protein synthesis, I thought, “Is this really — like, if I have one semester that’s gonna be the last chance that someone’s gonna get a science education, is this really what they need?” And I just decided, “No.” So, to my college’s credit, they were very supportive. I went to them and said, “You know, I think we should assess the non-majors courses. Like, why do we teach non-majors science?” And we all agreed, well, it was for science literacy. OK, great. Do our existing non-majors courses do that? And so we evaluated each of the courses. I made a case that Intro Bio was not doing it. And so we actually replaced it with a course that I call Science for Life. And the whole course is designed to teach science literacy, critical thinking, and information literacy skills.

    Eric Cross (04:48):

    And so you did this while you were looking at mitosis. And you’re looking at students who may or may not be science majors. And then kind of asking that question. I know every educator asks this, and whether or not it’s welcomed or supported is a different question: “Is what I’m teaching actually gonna be relevant and useful later on down the road for this group of students?” And you actually got to run with it and then create this course, this new course. So, what were the skills that you were hoping to achieve with the new course you developed, and and why were those skills so important?

    Melanie Trecek-King (05:21):

    Well, if I just go back for a second to what you said, ’cause it, really hit me: I remember the actual moment — it had been building up to that point, but the actual moment that it hit me — I was teaching students the stages of mitosis. And I was applying it to cancer, because the thought is that if we use issues that are relevant to students to teach concepts, that it will be more meaningful to them. They’ll learn it better; they’ll be able to apply it. And they just looked absolutely deflated. They didn’t wanna be there. And I had this moment where I thought, “You know, if, if these students ever have cancer somewhere in their lives, is what I taught them going to be something that they remember? Is it going to be useful to them?” And quite frankly, like, no. <Laugh> They’re not gonna remember proto-oncogenes. And quite frankly, is that really what they need to know at that moment? What they need to know is, “What does this mean? Who is a reliable source of information here? If these treatments are recommended, what is the evidence for them? What are the cost-benefit analyses? Where do I go to find reliable information?” And in that space, cancer in particular, we have this whole field of — I wanna say charlatans, ’cause they may not actually be lying, but they’re pedaling false cures, false hopes. And people need that kind of hope, and so in their time of need, they’re more likely to fall for that kind of thing. Which leads me to the skills that I teach students. I call them this tree of skills. And the order is important. I start — and there’s a lot of overlap to be fair — but critical thinking, and then information literacy, and science literacy. The idea is that students carry in their pockets access to basically all of human’s knowledge at this moment in time. And if they needed to access it, they could. The question is, do they know what they’re looking for? Are they aware of their own biases that are leading them to certain sources, or certain false hopes? Are there certain things that are making them more vulnerable to the people that might prey on them? Are they able to use that information to make good decisions? There’s a great Carl Sagan quote, and it’s something like, “If we teach people only the findings of science, no matter how useful or even inspiring they may be, without communicating the method, then how is anyone to be able to tell the difference between science and pseudoscience?” So yes, the process of science is a process of critical thinking. However, we do tend to present science most of the time. Like, here’s what science has learned. And to be fair, those things that we’ve learned from science are really useful and inspiring. But if we don’t teach the process, so you’ve got somebody now who let’s say has been diagnosed with cancer and is on their phone and they’re scrolling through social media and everything looks the same. And of course the algorithms learn who you are. Next thing you know, there’s all of these like pseudo-treatments popping up. It all looks the same. Somebody who says that acupuncture can be used to cure cancer can feel the same, from someone who doesn’t understand the process of science, as a medical fact. And so the process is the process of critical thinking. My class everything is open note. The quizzes are open note. The exams — and I say open note, they’re also open online, because I know for the rest of their life they’re gonna have resources available to them; I want them to be good consumers with that information, which to me requires metacognition and critical thinking and information literacy and all those skills that I’m trying to teach them.

    Eric Cross (08:58):

    You’re basically taking what … we’ve taught science for so long. And more recently, it’s changed to more focusing on skills. At least in K through 12. But a lot of it was just memorization of a ton of different things that now we can pull up our phone, go on the internet. You can pull up a lot of those facts. But those facts don’t necessarily translate to actual real-world skills. When I listen to… I kind of make this analogy sometimes: students say … it’s funny, I have 12-year-olds that say this. They go, “How come they don’t teach us how to do our taxes?” And you know they’re regurgitating what they hear from adults, right? “Teach us real-world skills!” And I was like, really, if we taught you right now how to do your taxes, how many of you would really be like, “Oh, this is an awesome lesson! We’re really engaged!” But their point is that “I wanna learn something that I could actually use later on, that’s that I’m gonna carry on.” And in your course, you’re talking about these skills that actually can apply. Like you said, if I had cancer and I’m looking at different types of medical procedures, do I have the skills to really be able to evaluate and make informed decisions on that? And that’s, that’s not something that I’ve seen explicitly taught really anywhere. And I hadn’t heard anybody talk about it, really, until I heard your session, where you’ve kind of unpacked this, and over the last couple of years, have created some programs or resources for educators, where they can take this into their classroom. So what were some of those skills, again? What were were some of the skills that you thought, “I wanna make sure that my students can walk out and they know how to do this and apply it to maybe several different fields”?

    Melanie Trecek-King (10:35):

    Oh, that’s a really good question. Because the whole thing was a process for me. Like, when I finally let go of Intro Bio, I was so glad to see that class go, by the way. ‘Cause I just felt like I was beating a dead horse. So when I let go of it, I thought, “What do they need instead?” And for me, what I realized was I was trying to make the class I would’ve wanted to take. I realized the things that I personally didn’t know, that my own education maybe let me down a bit. But things that I thought were important. So then I took all of those, synthesized them, tried to figure out the best order. The class is currently in its third iteration. And I hope every iteration is an improvement. But I’m thinking about the students that I taught before the pandemic. It was Intro Bio. Up to just maybe the couple years before the pandemic, and during the pandemic, we had a new virus and we had a new vaccine and we had new treatments. There was hydroxychloroquine and there was ivermectin and then there’s masks. Are masks effective? Well, you know, in what circumstances? What kind of mask? There are all of these questions. And that whole thing was we saw science playing out in real time.

    Eric Cross (11:50):

    Absolutely.

    Melanie Trecek-King (11:51):

    And so were my students able to follow that? And then what happened in that process is that science became politicized. And in a time where things are uncertain and we need answers, ’cause it’s scary, people want certainty and science doesn’t tend to provide that. Especially when it’s just starting out. And then when it becomes politicized, people decide that they’re going to — it’s not necessarily a conscious decision — but they retreat into what people in their camps are saying or their groups are saying. Which actually leads me to one of the more important parts of information literacy skills in there, which is most of our knowledge is shared. We tend to have overinflated senses of what we individually know. And studies actually show that with Google, if you have access to Google, you think you’re smarter than if you don’t have access to Google. But we all have access to knowledge in our communities, and that’s one of the reasons humans are so successful, is that we can each specialize in different things and share our expertise and become greater than the sum of our parts. The problem with that, of course, is that we forget what we don’t know, and we assume that we know what the community knows. And so recognizing the limits of your own knowledge and how different communities produce knowledge, like the different epistemic processes that communities use to come to knowledge. When it comes down to it, an important part of knowing is knowing who to trust, right? Knowing where the source of knowledge lives. And in order to do that, you have to understand the processes that they’re using to come to that knowledge and the limits of your own knowledge. And then how to find who has that knowledge so that you can use that to make better decisions.

    Eric Cross (13:38):

    So, when I hear what you’re doing with your college students, and I think about what I’m doing in the classroom, in the middle school, we are really focusing on literacy as skills. Reading, writing, speaking, listening. And then when I think of the next step of the journey, your information literacy and the literacy you’re teaching is really the application of those things in the real world. And the examples that you gave are very critical examples. Evaluating claims about Covid. Making informed decisions about a medical procedure that you might need. And we all get that applied to us. We’re scrolling through social media and somehow social media is listening. It’s figuring out exactly what I’m doing, because all of a sudden the ads are telling me … how did you know I was alking about KitchenAid mixers now? I just said KitchenAid mixers and it’s gonna show up in my feed! But <laugh> I take that in the same way from the same place that I take in maybe an oncologist. So it’s it’s coming through the same channels. So now I kind of wanna pivot. So we’ve talked about what you’re doing, why you’re doing it, the connection between “am I really teaching the skills that my students need in the science class? Is it really critical thinking explicitly or is it just kind of implied?” Now I wanna ask you how you do it. What’s the annotated, abbreviated kind of syllabus of your course?

    Melanie Trecek-King (15:03):

    So the course is called Science for Life. And the premise behind it is the kinds of skills and understanding of the process of science that they would need to make good decisions to be empowered in a world based on science. And so the very first lecture, I say, “OK, I’m gonna tell you a story and I just want you to listen to the story. And at the end I’m gonna ask you why I told the story.” And the story that I tell them is some of the history of the witchcraft trials in Europe. And I start with the Malleus Maleficarum, or the Hammer of Witches, from the Pope, and about how people would accuse witches of causing birth defects or storms or crops dying. And, the best evidence that they had to absolutely know somebody was a witch was if somebody accused them, and then if they were accused, if they confessed. OK? But the problem is, to get them to confess, they would torture them. Roasting over coals, or splitting until somebody broke. And so I tell my students, “OK, this was absolute proof that someone was guilty of witchcraft. I don’t know about you; I would confess to anything, right? Make it stop!” So this is where I get to ask students, “Why would I ask you this? Why would I tell you this story? And traumatize you on the very first day of lecture?” And they see the reasoning, right? They thought they had evidence. The question was, is that good evidence? And so, you know, I’m getting students to have a basic understanding of epistemology, right? Without calling it that, or without going into all of the philosophical background of epistemology. Apply this to your own reasoning. What are you wrong about? Well, you probably wouldn’t know. OK, how would you know if you were wrong? Like what kinds of things do you feel that you’re so right about? How good is your evidence for that? So what I want them to do is internalize the thinking about thinking, and analyzing how they come to conclusions, and proportioning how strongly they believe. Their confidence in how right they are. So I think starting with that kind of misinformation, and getting students to internalize that process is important. But I think the example is really useful, because most of my students don’t believe in witchcraft. Right? So it’s not an issue that would immediately threaten them in some way. So when, when a belief is tied to identity or how we see ourselves or is really important to us, then it’s very difficult to be objective about that belief. And so by starting with witchcraft, it’s not triggering. I get them to think about thinking and practice that muscle so that when we get to those more important issues, they have the skills they need to evaluate them.

    Eric Cross (17:55):

    So would it be fair to say that your Science for Life class is really applied scientific thinking for the real world?

    Melanie Trecek-King (18:01):

    Absolutely. That’s the idea. I mean, science is too good to keep to ourselves, right? And it’s everywhere. So how can you understand the world through a scientific lens?

    Eric Cross (18:10):

    What are the nuts and bolts of how you teach your students these strategies? What do you do? What are some strategies and techniques that we can maybe share with listeners? And then where I want to go after that is I wanna ask you, how early do you think this can be started? So lemme start off first with, what do you do?

    Melanie Trecek-King (18:28):

    So I use three different strategies. One is, I provide students with a toolkit. And the toolkit is one that I created and it is like my one toolkit to rule them all. It is trying to apply critical thinking and science reasoning all together in one place. So that if students are met with a claim, they’ve got the toolkit with an acronym. They can now start and have somewhere to go. In that if I gave you a claim and said, “Just critically think through this claim,” I mean, that’s a mighty task. But if you have a structured toolkit, then it’s hopefully a systemic way that’s helpful. The toolkit is summarized by FLOATER. I have published it on Skeptical Inquirer. It’s free. So it’s Falsifiability, Logical, Objectivity, Alternative Explanations, Tentative Conclusions, Evidence, and Reproducibility. So I provide students with a toolkit. The next thing I do is I use a lot of misinformation in class. Back to what Carl Sagan says: What I heard was we should use pseudoscience to teach students the difference between a pseudo-scientific process and a scientific process. So, I use science denial, conspiracy theories, and give my students a lot of opportunities to practice evaluating claims with the toolkit. And the other thing I do is, I use inoculation activities. So inoculation theory is based on William McGuire’s original research in the ’60s, which is basically like a vaccine analogy. Where you can inject a small amount of a virus or bacterium into the body, so that it creates an immune response, so that it can learn the real thing. And so in the real world, it can fight it off. Inoculation theory does the same thing, but with misinformation. So, what we can do is, in controlled environments, expose students to little bits of misinformation so that they can recognize it in the real world. There’s different kinds of inoculation, but I’m a big fan of what’s called active and technique-based inoculation. So technique-based means that students are learning not the facts of misinformation, not factually why this thing is wrong, but about the technique used to deceive. So maybe the use of fake experts. Or maybe the use of anecdotes. Or the use of logical fallacies. The other part of that is active, which is where students create the misinformation. So for example, my students, just now, we finished covering pseudoscience. And I teach students the characteristics of pseudoscience. And basically we have fun with it. Where they pretend to be grifters and they sell a pseudoscience product. And so they have to make an ad like they’d see on social media, using the different techniques. And the point there is that it’s supposed to be funny, right? And lighthearted. But in a real way, by using the techniques used to sell something like pseudoscience, it’s opening their eyes. You can’t unsee how every alternative product has, “it’s an all-natural and used for centuries and millions use it and look at this person who says, ‘Wow, it worked for me!’ And it’s certified by some society that doesn’t exist, but this doctor behind it says that it’s really great!” I mean, it’s all the same stuff. So they create the misinformation using their own techniques.

    Eric Cross (22:02):

    That’s one of my favorite things that you’ve talked about, and I want to dive in that a little bit more. But when you’re teaching the toolkit, FLOATER, what does that look like in the classroom, when you’re actually breaking all of those things down? What does it look like as you’re walking your students through this, and you’re kind of coaching them on all of those different things? ‘Cause I feel like some things might be like, “Oh yeah, I got that.” And then some of them might be, “Oh, what is that?”

    Melanie Trecek-King (22:24):

    Yeah, it takes me probably a good solid lecture to get through the basis of the toolkit. But then over the rest of the semester, I’ll spend more time going into different parts, different rules, a bit more in-depth. So, for example, logical fallacies and objectivity. So the rule of objectivity basically states that you need to be honest with yourself. I’m gonna quote Feynman here, so: “The first principle is that you must not fool yourself — and you are the easiest person to fool.” We don’t tend to think that we can be fooled. But of course we can. So actually, if you wanna talk about it, I start class by fooling my students.

    Eric Cross (23:03):

    Wait, what do you do? What do you do for that?

    Melanie Trecek-King (23:05):

    Oh, so this is really fun. Day 1 of class, after the syllabus, I tell my … so you’re in my class now, Eric. “So I have a friend, and she’s a psychic. She’s an astrologer and she’s pretty good at what she does. I mean, she’s got books and she’s been on TV and stuff. She knows I teach this course about skepticism. And so she’s agreed to test how effective she is by providing personality assessments to students in class. So if you wanna participate, what I need from you is your birthday, your full name, answer a few questions. Like, if your house was on fire and you could take one thing, what would it be? Or if you could get paid for anything to do anything for a living, what would it be? Um, there’s a third one. Oh! If you could have any superpower, what would it be?” So the next class, it’s usually over a weekend. The next class I say, “OK, I’ve got your personality assessments back, but remember, we wanna test how effective she is. So in order to do that, I need you to read your profile as quietly as possible. And then I’m gonna have you rate her accuracy on a scale of 1 to 5. OK? So close your eyes; rate her.” Over the years doing this, it’s about a 4.3 to 4.5 out of 5. They think she’s pretty accurate. OK? “So now, if you feel comfortable, get with a person next to you. And I want you to talk about what parts of the personality assessment really spoke to you and, and why, and why you thought she was accurate or not.” And it takes them 5, 10 minutes before they realize they all got the same one. So, this is not my original experiment. It was first done by Bertram Forer in … I think it was the ’50s. And it’s done in psychology classrooms. James Randi made it famous. But the personality assessment itself is full of what are called Barnum statements. So, named after P.T. Barnum. These are statements that are very generic. So, “You have a need to be liked and admired by people. You are often quiet and reserved, but there are times where you can be the life of the party.”

    Eric Cross (25:13):

    How do you know this about me, by the way? This is a — I feel like you know me right now.

    Melanie Trecek-King (25:17):

    “There are times where you’ve wondered whether you’ve done the right thing.”

    Eric Cross (25:19):

    This is getting weird.

    Melanie Trecek-King (25:21):

    I’m just on fire, right? So these are Barnum statements. They’re the basis of personality assessment.

    Eric Cross (25:29):

    Mel, can I pause you right there? You said Barnum. Is that the same Barnum, like Barnum & Bailey Circus?

    Melanie Trecek-King (25:34):

    Yeah. P.T. Barnum, who didn’t actually say “There’s a sucker born every minute,” but we attribute him with that kind of ethos. These statements though, if you read a horoscope or even like personality indicators, like the MBTI, it is basically pseudo-scientific. And it ends up with lots of these Barnum statements. They produce what’s called the Barnum Effect, which is, “Wow, that’s so me! How did you know me?” I could even do more. Like, you have a box of photos in your house that need to be sorted. Or unused prescriptions. And these can apply to nearly everyone, but they produce this effect where we go, “Wow, that is so me!” Right? So by fooling them this way, I get to … well, so the next thing is, “Yes, I lied to you. And I’d like to tell you I won’t do that again. But I’m not going to, ’cause I might. So be on your guard.” But I did it for free. And why did I do it? “I did it because I could tell you ‘I could fool you,’ but you wouldn’t necessarily believe me. So I fooled you, so that you would learn what it feels like to be fooled.” It’s not fun. But we’re gonna make a joke outta this. And students are almost never upset about this ’cause it’s a fun process and they’re all fooled. And again, the point is, I didn’t disprove psychic powers. I didn’t just disprove psychics with this exercise. But I did show you how easy it was to fake. So if somebody is gonna tell you that they can know these things about you through some way, hopefully the evidence they provide should be stronger than something that’s easily faked. Right? Extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence. If you claim to be able to read my personality based on my birthdate, then I need more than something that you can be taught to do in 15 minutes. So, I fool them to convince them that they could be fooled.

    Eric Cross (27:27):

    You’re giving them a practice scenario for thinking. And I was thinking about basketball. I grew up playing basketball. And my coach would have our own team be the defenders of the next team we were gonna play, so that we can be prepared for the defense. We were gonna see. Now, when I’m thinking about education, and what you just said reminded me of this, it’s like we’re often just teaching offense. We’re always teaching the plays. We’re always teaching what to do. But we rarely teach defense. What happens when someone comes towards you and, and they challenge you or they come at you with claims? How do we evaluate this? And I think in pockets we do it. We do claim-evidence-reasoning. We present claims and evidence and reasoning. But we don’t always have practice defending them. And I think there’s great resources. There’s Argumentation Toolkit and there’s all these awesome resources that do this. But does that fit? You’re kind of having them practice defense?

    Melanie Trecek-King (28:26):

    Yeah. You know, that’s brilliant. I never considered that analogy. But, yeah, in the real world, you don’t just get to always try to score all the time. Someone’s gonna challenge you and give you a claim that maybe you haven’t heard before. So how do you think through it?

    Eric Cross (28:41):

    Yeah. And you become better. So now I’m thinking about how early could we start doing this? For one, I love the idea of lying to your students, because I do that. And it’s just such a fun scenario. How early could we start implementing these strategies or these ideas or these toolkits? In your mind, what do you imagine? How early could we start this with young people?

    Melanie Trecek-King (29:07):

    Yeah. I’m so glad you asked that question, ’cause honestly, by the time they get to me, it’s almost too late. And I don’t wanna say it’s too late, ’cause it’s never too late. But, oh, we need to start so much earlier! That example that I gave about the selling pseudoscience argument? I have a wonderful colleague, Bertha Vasquez, who’s a middle school teacher in Miami and the director of TIES at CFI. She did this with her middle school students. And quite frankly, their examples were just as good, or in some cases better, than my college students. And they had so much fun with it, too. And she just said that, you know, <laugh>, they actually are more savvy with the kinds of things that they see online than we — I don’t wanna say give them credit for. But almost that we want to believe. My students give me examples of things that are from corners of the internet that I didn’t know existed. And quite frankly, that’s probably a good thing for my own mental health. But students are on there too, like middle school students, and we need to prepare them for the kinds of things that they see in the wild.

    Eric Cross (30:13):

    So in middle school, definitely. Now, you’ve also done some work in high school as well, right? In Oklahoma? Did you do some. …?

    Melanie Trecek-King (30:17):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (30:18):

    …some work with high schoolers? What was that like? Did you see any impact there?

    Melanie Trecek-King (30:21):

    So I didn’t actually do it in Oklahoma. I have taught the course … actually, you were talking about younger kids. I’ve taught the course to high schoolers in my area that are parts of dual enrollment. And they absolutely ate up the curriculum. And they were wonderful, wonderful students. And it was completely appropriate for … they were juniors, actually. But the course has also been taught in Oklahoma, through a dual enrollment program as well. And it was a small sample size. But we have pre-post testing that showed that it improved their critical thinking, their acceptance of science. But anecdotally the head of the program there said that in his years doing this, he’d never seen a course that helped them improve in their other courses so well. So, I felt very rewarded by hearing this. But apparently their critical thinking skills and information literacy skills helped them succeed in their other courses that they were taking. And I love that the students were transferring those skills to other classes. That’s the whole point.

    Eric Cross (31:23):

    And that’s a big … I think that what you just said is really the core, especially of what we’ve been talking about this season: What you’re talking about and what you’re teaching can transfer and supports literacy. And this is an example of science doing that across all other content areas. So I think that that’s huge, that that was said. What do people say about this course? I know I went on your website, and I looked at some of the comments that some folks were saying, and I know it’s just a snippet, but what do you hear from the education world about this? Because I don’t see it in many places. I see it kind of embedded, sprinkled into different content areas. But you’re actually teaching it explicitly. Do you tend to find positive feedback, overwhelmingly? Or do you get pushback on on some of this? What’s it been like for you?

    Melanie Trecek-King (32:16):

    I think the biggest pushback — and it’s good pushback, and I would agree entirely — is with inoculation activities, you do need to be careful to, when you debrief students, you wanna tell them why you did what you did and to use their powers for good and not for fooling other people. And I think importantly, for not putting misinformation out into the wild without having context around it. So if you do these kinds of inoculation activities, like if you have your students create pseudoscience ads, don’t just let them put them on social media. Obviously, you can’t control everything that they’re doing. But explain to them why you wouldn’t wanna do that. As far as everything else, I’ve heard really great feedback. You’re referencing my website. So, when I put together the course, I was trying to find resources for students to read. Textbooks are ridiculously expensive and I couldn’t find anything that I really wanted students to buy. So I just started writing, and I put it on my site. I have a site that’s basically the core of the curriculum. More in progress. And then I’ve got some of the topics that we explore and those are all assigned readings. My students are captive, in that I know they want a grade, and for four months they have to sit with me for the entire semester, in that I’ve specifically ordered the content in a way that would be most conducive to them learning these things. On the internet, though, and on social media, ’cause I post on there as well, people come in from all kinds of entry points, and so the goal would be to have them start at the beginning and go to the end. But people … I’m pleasantly surprised that there is an audience for critical thinking and science literacy content out there. And so that really warms my heart. But I am doing more and more for educators. And so I have a section for educators. I put content on there. I put assignments, the assignments that we’ve talked about and more, are on there. And the educators that I’ve had use it have just been really wonderful. Like, I hear great things. If I might, the biggest issue that I’m having is actually reaching educators. I’ve gone to — I met you at NSCA, actually, that was only last summer.

    Eric Cross (34:30):

    Oh, wow. Wow.

    Melanie Trecek-King (34:32):

    Right?

    Eric Cross (34:32):

    Yeah, you’re right. It wasn’t even a year.

    Melanie Trecek-King (34:35):

    Yeah, I think it was like July last year. So, um, you’ve been to the conferences. And I just went to the last one as well. But I have yet to figure out a way to really get in front of enough educators to share the content. So if anybody’s listening and is interested in learning more, please let me know! <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (34:52):

    Yes. And we talked about your website, but I didn’t say what the website was. So it’s ThinkingIsPower.com.

    Melanie Trecek-King (34:57):

    Yes.

    Eric Cross (34:58):

    And on there, there’s tons of resources. There is the toolkit. And it’s all free.

    Melanie Trecek-King (35:06):

    Yes.

    Eric Cross (35:07):

    And there’s a dope t-shirt on there that I just bought today, that Melanie’s actually wearing right now. It says, “Be curious, be skeptical, and be humble.” And I love that. Because I think one of the things that we can’t forget about teaching people how to think and critically evaluating information, sometimes those conversations can become very dehumanizing. And what I mean by that is it sometimes can become, like, intellectual sport, where we forget that there’s a human being on the other other side. And we lose that empathy and compassion. We can kind of see that. It just becomes this intellectual jousting and arguing. And one of the things I know about you, and when you talk about this or you talk about the work that you do, and even the shirt that you’re wearing, there’s this, “be humble.” There’s this human that is never lost in this. And you said it, too: When you’re teaching your students and you’re equipping them with all of these intellectual skills and all of these tools, to use it for good. So to maintain your humanity, to maintain your character, and then to use it to edify and lift people up, not to go out and do harm. That balance, I think, is so, so important. So it’s something that I really appreciate about you and how you teach.

    Melanie Trecek-King (36:19):

    I appreciate those kind words. Actually—

    Eric Cross (36:21):

    Oh, of course!

    Melanie Trecek-King (36:22):

    —and if I might, I sometimes see people using critical thinking like a weapon. It’s like, “I have learned fallacies and I’m just gonna use the tools of critical thinking to tell you why you’re stupid, or why you’re wrong, and why my position is right!” But real critical thinking involves applying those same standards to your own thought processes. And even something like argumentation: the goal of our argumentation is not to BE right; it’s to GET it right. And so we’re on the same team. If we’re arguing about something, if the idea is in scientific argumentation we’re trying to find the truth, which one of us is making a better argument based on the evidence? Can your perspective help me see my own blind spots and vice versa? And the more different perspectives that we have, the more able we are to find whatever reality is. But we are in this together. And so, yeah, I think … I’m glad to hear that that’s coming through. But if you don’t have the kind of humility that says, “You know, I could be wrong,” then you’re never gonna change your mind anyway. So having the humility to say, I’m wrong. <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (37:33):

    Yeah. You end up just seeing people just defend turf, as opposed to support “look for truth.” And I know for me, my own education journey, I end up with more questions than answers anyways. So I go in trying to find an answer for something and I end up with 10 more questions. And I go, “OK, this is kind of how it is.” You go down this rabbit hole and you just end up with all these different questions. And it forces the humility, because you’re like, “I don’t know! I think this is what it could be, but it could also be these other answers or explanations. So this is just where I’m at, based on what we know right now, at this present time, which might shift.”

    Melanie Trecek-King (38:07):

    And that sounds reasonable. Yes. Which might shift. Yes.

    Eric Cross (38:11):

    And especially for us as life-science biology teachers, our content is something that definitely shifts. I know some of the things I teach now are not things that I learned when I was even in middle school. Just because things evolve. They change. We learn, we get new data. That’s just the way it is.

    Melanie Trecek-King (38:24):

    <Sighs> And Pluto is no longer a planet.

    Eric Cross (38:26):

    I know. Rest in — well, no, Pluto’s still there. Yeah. It’s no longer a planet. But that was one part of my kindergarten memorizations <laugh> is Pluto being in there.

    Melanie Trecek-King (38:36):

    Gotta change your mind.

    Eric Cross (38:38):

    I know. Any words of advice for science educators out there who want to focus more on honing these critical thinking skills and strategies with their own students, but they don’t know where to start? Where would you point them? Or what advice would you give them?

    Melanie Trecek-King (38:52):

    I think start with what you want the students to know. And not necessarily the FACTS that you want students to know, but start with the skills that you want them to know. And then really be honest with your process. When I designed Science for Life, I started with, “these are the skills that I want students to know.” And everything was in service of that. So this sort of backwards design, I think, helped me follow a path that was more likely to be useful, if that makes any sense. But it really required doing it all over again. So don’t be afraid to question the things that you’re currently doing, even if that’s all you’ve been taught or all you know.

    Eric Cross (39:41):

    What I’m hearing is, don’t be afraid to question your own assumptions about what you’re doing. And don’t be afraid to adapt or change or modify. Kinda, pivot. Be flexible.

    Melanie Trecek-King (39:51):

    Yes, be flexible and pivot. And this is where I’m in a different position than middle school and high school educators. Because I have complete freedom over what I teach in my class.

    Eric Cross (40:01):

    Sure.

    Melanie Trecek-King (40:01):

    At the end of the semester, I always joke with non-majors that there’s nothing they have to know, which actually gives me a lot of flexibility, because I could teach ’em a lot of different things. So if there are things that you have to teach students, obviously that’s one thing. But I personally think that the way that we’ve been teaching science needs a refresher. A rethinking. And so I would say, “If you want your students to learn science literacy, honestly ask, what does that mean to you? And what would that look like to get to that point?” For me, though, it was also keeping in mind that maybe I didn’t already know the best way to do that.

    Eric Cross (40:43):

    One of the things you mentioned earlier is trying to reach out to educators. And I know that when we work together, it’s a force multiplier. And what you’re doing is developing skills. And there’s these skills that are happening right now in academia that you’re doing. And then how do we transfer that into middle and high school. Or, I’m sorry, middle and elementary school, high school. We need to get more people into this conversation to kind of brainstorm and figure that out. We have a Facebook group, Science Connections: The Community, where we have educators that gather. That can be one place we start the conversation. And again, I know on your website you’ve been super active on social media; you’ve grown your presence on Twitter and all these different places, engaging with folks. Which is awesome. ‘Cause I know I see your posts and I’m saving the things that you’re posting and I’m thinking of ways that I can do it in my classroom. I’m gonna take that product. By the way, is that on your website, the lesson that you do with the product?

    Melanie Trecek-King (41:43):

    No, actually. So the article, “How to Sell Pseudoscience” is … I know Bertha Vasquez wrote up a version of it.

    Eric Cross (41:50):

    Maybe we can grab that. ‘Cause we might be able to put that into the show notes for folks, because she’s a middle school educator. If there’s already something that’s been done for teachers like us, we’re like, “Yeah, let me get that and let me remix it and make it my own!” if there’s already a exemplar out there.

    Melanie Trecek-King (42:04):

    Yeah, she’s done it. And so I will absolutely share that with you.

    Eric Cross (42:08):

    So, all season long, we’ve been talking about science as the underdog. We kind of framed it, you know, science oftentimes takes a back seat to math and English. It’s kinda the first thing to go. Or the first area where time can get cut. Because of what gets tested gets focused on, oftentimes. And then in addition to that, when you’re a multi-subject teacher, elementary science isn’t just one thing — it’s every field. You know, you’re a biologist, which is different than a geologist. And when you’re teaching every subject, that’s a lot. And you might not have had a science class for years. And the realities that we’re seeing over and over with different researchers and practitioners is that science could actually enhance literacy, and building those skills. And I think you really talked about it with the critical thinking skills. Those can transfer. Or the administrator that said, “This is one of the only courses I’ve seen where it transfers to other areas.” Could you share maybe with our listeners, just any advice for advocating for science in their own world?

    Melanie Trecek-King (43:13):

    Wow, I’m not sure I’m qualified to answer that question! One of the things that comes to mind though — because I was listening to your last episode and educators … I honestly didn’t realize how little time they had for science. And how often science was then the first to go, to allow room for other subjects. But science overlaps with a lot of other issues. And so I feel like there could be a way to bring in science when teaching these other subjects. So, for example, argumentation and logical fallacies are easy to apply to reading and writing. Information literacy, and being able to find good information online, teaching students how to laterally read, to be able to check a source, or how to use Google effectively, to put in neutral search terms to find sources, or teaching students how to recognize the characteristics of conspiratorial thinking: All of these things can overlap with so many other subjects. So the scientist in me is a little biased towards science being important enough to do this. But try to bring it into the other subjects. It doesn’t have to be completely separate.

    Eric Cross (44:43):

    So integrating science into other things. And I … big believer. And a hundred percent agree with you. Now I’m gonna ask a question that kinda like takes us backwards. You shared an app with me when we first met that I thought was really cool. And I know it’s a friend or colleague of yours. But as a middle school teacher, I thought it was great, because it was something that my students could download and practice some of the skills that you’re talking about. Would you talk a little bit about the cranky uncle? Is it the Cranky Uncle app?

    Melanie Trecek-King (45:17):

    Cranky Uncle.

    Eric Cross (45:18):

    Could you share a little bit about that?

    Melanie Trecek-King (45:20):

    Yeah. Cranky Uncle is awesome. So, Cranky Uncle is the brainchild of John Cook, who is the founder of Skeptical Science and the author of the 97% Consensus study on climate change. Cranky Uncle … so he’s also a cartoonist. And Cranky Uncle is a cartoon game where … I don’t even have to explain who Cranky Uncle is to my students. Everybody inherently gets the, the character, right? So he’s like the guy at Thanksgiving that you don’t wanna talk to because he denies climate change and he’s just really cranky. But Cranky Uncle uses the techniques of science denial, which are summarized by the acronym FLICC: So it’s Fake experts, Logical fallacies, Impossible expectations, Cherry-picking, and Conspiratorial thinking. So he uses those techniques. Again, this is technique-based inoculation. So they recognize the techniques in the game, and you earn cranky points. And as you make Cranky crankier and crankier because you’re recognizing his techniques, you learn the techniques of science denial, and level up and open up other techniques. This is another one of those examples where climate change has a lot of science behind it, right? And if you wanted to get to the science behind climate change for any particular issue … so let’s say it’s cold today, so I’m gonna say there’s no climate change. OK? If I’m gonna unpack that at a factual level, and with science, we could be here for a while. But if I told you, “That’s like saying, ‘I just ate a sandwich so there’s no global hunger.’” OK? So that’s a parallel argument. Humorous. Love to use this kind of argumentation, ’cause it makes for some … I mean, it’s funny, but you get the point. It’s an anecdote. And anecdotes aren’t good evidence. So just like that, you could teach the technique of using an anecdotal fallacy for climate-change denial. So, I have my students play this game. You could do it when you’re studying argumentation. You could do it for science denial. I use an inoculation extension with that, where I have my students pretend that … um, actually, back up for a second. So I teach a class on critical thinking. And at the end of semesters I would get emails from students on, well, they’re failing the class, but they really shouldn’t, for all of these reasons. And reading these emails, I’m like, “If you think that’s a good argument, you clearly didn’t learn what I was hoping you would learn.” So I now have my students, early in the semester, after they play Cranky, pretend that it is the end of the semester and you’re failing the class and you’re failing because you didn’t do the work. Use at least four of the fallacies from class to argue for why you should pass. So they have to put it on a discussion forum, and they’ll say things like, “Well, if you fail me, then I won’t get into graduate school and then people will die and it will all be your fault.” Or, “My dog died, and so I was really sad.” Or, um, “You’re just a terrible teacher. And you’re short. So I don’t like you.” Or that kind of thing. So, oh, they love to attack my character. It’s really funny. But it’s supposed to be funny. And the point is, the students are using those arguments, they’re using the fallacies, to argue for something. And so by creating that misinformation themselves, they learn how those fallacies work. But taken together, I mean, everything that we just talked about there, Cranky Uncle, and the fallacy assignment, or whatever iteration you want that to be in, that doesn’t have to be in a purely science unit. Right? That could be sociology. It could be argumentation. It could be English.

    Eric Cross (49:01):

    Absolutely. That could be totally a prompt in an English class. And practiced in there. And then this could be an interdisciplinary thing, going back and forth between English and and science. Just having these discussions and looking at it from different angles. And you’re practicing the skills in two different contexts. So you get into argumentation. And then that app, I know I had fun with it. And the questions on there definitely resonate with people in my own family. I’m like, “I feel like I’m talking to exactly somebody that I’m related to right now.” <Laugh> Melanie, anything else that you wanna share, or discuss or highlight, before we wrap up?

    Melanie Trecek-King (49:39):

    So we could talk about lateral reading, if you like. ‘Cause I know a lot of educators use the crap test.

    Eric Cross (49:45):

    Please, please, please talk about that.

    Melanie Trecek-King (49:47):

    So, when evaluating sources, a lot of educators teach what’s called the CRAP test. And I wish I remembered what it stood for. But basically what you do, a lot of us have been taught when you go to a website, to figure out if it’s reliable, you wanna go to the about page. Read the mission; see who they are; maybe read some of the content; evaluate the language. So is it inflammatory? Are they making logical arguments? Are the links to reputable sources as well? And the problem is that if a site wants to mislead you, they’re not going to tell you that it’s a bunk site, right? They’re just gonna do a good job of misleading you. And so, what you wanna do instead … the CRAP test basically is an evaluation of a site. And that’s what’s called vertical reading. So you’re looking through a site to determine if it’s reliable. Uh, I think his name’s Sam Wineberg at Stanford, proposed something called lateral reading. Where, instead of on the site, what you wanna do is literally open a new tab and into the search engine type the source. You could do the claim, too. And then something like Reliability or FactCheck or whatever it’s that you’re checking, and then see what other reputable sites have to say about it. So, in their study, actually, they did a really interesting study where they compared professional fact checkers to PhD historians to Stanford undergrads. And they evaluated — I wish you could … um, there’s two pediatrician organizations. One’s like the American Association of Pediatrics and the American Academy of Pediatricians, something like that. They’re very similar sounding. So you give them to students. I do this with my students as well, the same study. So I give my students those two websites. And I say, “Which one of these is more reliable?” And they do exactly what most of us do, which is spend time on the site looking around. And most of the time, if not nearly all the time, they come to the wrong conclusion. And so then I tell them what lateral reading is: “OK, instead of looking through the site, open a new tab, search the organization and reliability.” Something like that. And it takes probably 30 seconds before they realize one of them has been dubbed by the Southern Poverty Law Center as a hate group. As opposed to the other one, which is like a hundred year old huge pediatrician organization that produces their own journals and so on. But nearly all my students are fooled. And in the study, none of the fact checkers were fooled. I’m gonna get the number right. It’s something like 50% of the historians and 20% of the Stanford undergraduates got the correct answer. And they spent a lot more time on it. So it’s a great way to teach students how to use the power of the internet to evaluate sources much more quickly and, effectively. And yes, use Wikipedia, right? Wikipedia is not a final answer, but Wikipedia is actually pretty accurate. So if Wikipedia is the first place you stop, then yes, go there, see what Wikipedia says, and then follow some of their sources.

    Eric Cross (52:47):

    What popped in my head was like, Yelp reviews for websites. That almost sounds like what it was. It’s like when I search for a product, I don’t go and read the product description marketing. ‘Cause that’s all designed to sell me on something. But I’ll go and look in Reliability, if it’s like a car, or just other sites to cross-reference. And that sounds like what you were talking about is like cross-referencing. Seeing what FactChecker [sic] said about this site, versus seeing what a site says about itself.

    Melanie Trecek-King (53:14):

    Well, that’s a great analogy. Because if I wanted to know if a product was effective, what the manufacturer says about the product, clearly there’s a strong chance of bias. Right? They’re going to be on their best, um, put their best foot forward. Versus, what do independent reviewers say about this product?

    Eric Cross (53:35):

    Yep. And I am known to research something to death. And I get something called “paralysis by analysis.”

    Melanie Trecek-King (53:42):

    Ohhhh, yeah.

    Eric Cross (53:44):

    And it’s so bad that even if I’m trying to buy, like, towels, I need to find the best-bang-for-the-buck towel. I have to defer some of these decisions out, because I’m on the internet for three hours now. I’ll be a pseudo-expert in towels, and thread count, and all of that stuff. But yeah, that maybe that’s just the science person.

    Melanie Trecek-King (54:03):

    I mean, I feel your pain. I do the same thing. <Laugh> It’s annoying. Like, it’s just towels. What does it really matter? But yeah.

    Eric Cross (54:10):

    Coffee! It doesn’t matter what it is. I just need to go, “OK, I have to use these powers for good. Otherwise I’m gonna be researching forever.”

    Melanie Trecek-King (54:16):

    I wanna say one other thing. So, again, this is a college class and I have a lot of freedom. But one of the driving philosophies behind the class is a wonderful quote in a book, Schick and Vaughn, How to Think about Weird Things. And they said, “The quality of your life is determined by the quality of your decisions, and the quality of your decisions is determined by the quality of your thinking.” And I know my students want a grade. But I’m really trying to teach them how to be empowered through better thinking. That’s where the name “Thinking is Power” came from. I mean, we say “Knowledge is Power,” but it’s not enough to know things. And there’s too much to know. So being able to think and be empowered to have your own agency and not fall for someone’s bunk is my goal for my students.

    Eric Cross (55:07):

    And doing that is gonna help them through the rest of their lives. Not be swindled, not be taken advantage of, be able to make better decisions. There’s so many benefits to building that skill. And I know your students have definitely grown and benefited. I’m sure you’ve heard, long after you’ve taught them, heard back from them and how they’ve applied that course to their lives. Melanie, thank you so much for being here. For a few things. One, for providing and filling this space where there’s such a need. Again, the critical thinking resources, the tools that you used, are so, so important. If we ever lived in a time where they were critical, it was really what we experienced during the pandemic in the last few years. We watched people’s information literacy and science literacy play out in real time. And we literally saw life-and-death decisions being made based off those skills. That highlighted, I think how important this is. And then, taking the time to generate resources for educators like myself, that we can take and adapt and put into our classroom and start teaching our students. ‘Cause like you said, by the time they get to you, they’re, they’re so far downstream or so far in a system that, depending on the teachers that they’ve had and the education system they’ve been in, may or may not have even touched on these things. They might have learned a lot of facts, but they may not have built their muscle to be able to critically analyze and interpret the world around them. And you’ve just — even the last year, it hasn’t even been a year since we talked the first time — I’ve watched your resources continue to grow, and you share them. And so I, on behalf of those of us in K–12, thank you. And thank you for being here.

    Melanie Trecek-King (56:49):

    Oh, well, thank you so much for this opportunity. Thank you for everything that you do, reaching out to other educators and for giving me a platform to hopefully reach other educators.

    Eric Cross (57:00):

    Thanks so much for listening to my conversation with Melanie Trecek-King, Associate Professor of Biology at Massasoit Community College and creator of Thinking Is Power. Make sure you don’t miss any new episodes of Science Connections by subscribing to the show, wherever you get podcasts. And while you’re there, we’d really appreciate it if you can leave us a review. It’ll help more listeners to find the show. You can find more information on all of Amplify shows at our podcast hub, Amplify.com/Hub. Thanks again for listening.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Wednesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month!

    What Melanie Trecek-King says about science

    “Students carry in their pocket access to basically all of humanity’s knowledge at this moment in time. The question is: do they know what they’re looking for?”

    – Melanie Trecek-King

    Associate Professor of Biology at Massasoit Community College and creator of Thinking is Power

    Meet the guest

    Melanie Trecek-King is the creator of Thinking is Power, an online resource that provides critical thinking education to the general public. She is currently an associate professor of biology at Massasoit Community College, where she teaches a general-education science course designed to equip students with empowering critical thinking, information literacy, and science literacy skills. An active speaker and consultant, Trecek-King loves to share her “teach skills, not facts” approach with other science educators, and help schools and organizations meet their goals through better thinking. Trecek-King is also the education director for the Mental Immunity Project and CIRCE (Cognitive Immunology Research Collaborative), which aim to advance and apply the science of mental immunity to inoculate minds against misinformation.

    A woman with long blonde hair and a black top is shown in front of a blue background, framed by a circular graphic with an illustrated flask in the corner.
    A laptop screen displays the “Science Connections: The Community” private group page, with science-themed icons decorating the background and edges.

    About Science Connections

    Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. 

    S3-01: Science as the underdog, and the research behind it

    A graphic with the text "Science Connections" and "Amplify" features colorful circles and curved lines on a dark gray background.

    Get ready for season 3 of Science Connections: The Podcast!

    In our first episode, we unpack the research around our season theme of science as the underdog with Horizon Research, Inc. Vice President Eric R. Banilower and  Senior Researcher Courtney Plumley. Eric and Courtney dive into the research they’ve found and their experiences as former educators to show how science is often overlooked in K–12 classrooms. We discuss how the science classroom compares to other subjects in terms of time and resources, how schools are a reflection of society, and what’s needed to change science and its impact on a larger scale.

    We hope you enjoy this episode and explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page!

    DOWNLOAD TRANSCRIPT

    Courtney Plumley (00:00):

    We asked teachers how much science, professional development, they’ve had in the last three years, and nearly half of elementary teachers said none.

    Eric Cross (00:10):

    Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. I am super-excited to be kicking off the third season with the show. This entire season will be exploring the theme of science as the underdog. And we’re gonna make the case for science, by showing how and why it can be used more effectively. In the coming episodes, we’re gonna talk about how science can be better integrated into other content areas like literacy and math, and explore some of the benefits that you might not be thinking about good science instruction. But first, science as the underdog. I bet some of you out there feel like science is the underdog in your community at school. I know I have at times. To kick off this season, I’m gonna talk to two people who really studied this question by looking at the state of science instruction across the US. Eric Banilower is Vice President of Horizon Research and Courtney Plumley is Senior Researcher at Horizon Research. Eric was the principal investigator and Courtney an author of the latest in a series of studies called “The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education.” We’re gonna dive into the findings of their most recent report to see what the data’s showing us. Please enjoy my discussion with Eric Banilower and Courtney Plumley. Courtney, hello. And thank you so much for joining us.

    Courtney Plumley (01:25):

    Hi Eric. It’s nice to be here.

    Eric Cross (01:26):

    And Eric, welcome.

    Eric R. Banilower (01:27):

    We’re thrilled to be here, so thank you for having us.

    Eric Cross (01:30):

    I was reading through the report. Four hundred…a very thorough report, 471 pages, I think, as I got it?

    Eric R. Banilower (01:37):

    And that’s only one of the many reports from that study.

    Eric Cross (01:40):

    Yeah. You all have done your work, so I’m really excited to to talk to you about this. And on this season of the show, we’re exploring the theme of science as the underdog. And I think a lot of our listeners, we feel like science is an underdog either in their school or in their district. But you’ve actually done some research on this, in a 2018 study, “The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education.” So I wanna talk about this report. But first I was hoping you can kind of set the stage. How did you come to work on this report, and then, big picture, what were you hoping to find out?

    Eric R. Banilower (02:10):

    So the 2018 study that you just mentioned was actually the sixth iteration of a series of studies dating back to 1977. And we collect data every decade or so—you know, plus or minus a few years. And really, what we’re trying to do is get a snapshot of what the science and math education system looks like in in the nation. So my role grew. I started working at Horizon in about 1998, after teaching high school for five years in California. And then going to graduate school. And right about that time, the company was doing the 2000 iteration of the survey. And I worked on it with the team here at Horizon. And then we did it again in 2012. And I had a much more prominent role in that study, and became the kind of leader of the study. And in 2018, the most recent version, we just did it again. So the goal of this study is really to kind of examine key aspects of the K–12 STEM education system. And the main audience of the work has traditionally been policy makers, researchers, and practitioners who work at the federal, state, and district level.

    Eric Cross (03:30):

    So this study, you took kind of a sample size, but it’s reflective of trends that we tend to see across the nation as a whole. Would that be fair to say?

    Eric R. Banilower (03:38):

    Yes, definitely it is. It is a random sample of schools in the country. So we start with a list of all the public and private schools in the nation, and then do a random sample of those schools, and then work really, really hard to recruit schools to agree to be in the study. And that has gotten harder every time we’ve done the study, for many understandable reasons. And then once we have schools on board, we sample teachers within schools. So we don’t even survey every teacher in a school. It’s really a sub-sample. So that we can make inferences about the nation as a whole.

    Eric Cross (04:14):

    Makes sense. And so Courtney, what did you find out about the time spent on science instruction in US schools?

    Courtney Plumley (04:22):

    So, I’m gonna talk about elementary teachers to begin with.

    Eric Cross (04:26):

    Because that was your past life, right?

    Courtney Plumley (04:28):

    I am a former elementary teacher, yeah. So that’s kind of where my head is. And that’s relatable for me. Right? So we asked teachers, like, how many days of the week or weeks of the year that they teach elementary school. And fewer than 20% teach science every day of the school year. They kind of do one or two things, for the most part. They teach a couple days a week or they teach every day of the week, but only for, like, maybe six weeks, and then they swap with social studies and they kind of do that across the school year. Which is really different from, like, math, right? We also asked elementary teachers, how often do they teach math, and it’s every day of the year. Then we also asked them how many minutes they teach when they’re teaching, and we kind of did the math to figure out, all right, if they taught science every day of the school year, how many minutes would it be in a single day, so that we could make a more comparable comparison with math and ELA. If you were to work it out, how many minutes of science an elementary teacher teaches across the year, and break it down to per day, it’s like 18 minutes for the lower elementary grades, 27 for the upper elementary grades. Which is not a lot. But it’s pretty much an hour a day in math, and 80 plus minutes in ELA. So, a lot less. And then, you know, when I was teaching, the first thing to go was always science, right? If there was an assembly, if there was early release or whatever, that was the first thing to go. So those numbers might even be higher. Just because they aren’t factoring that kind of thing in, too.

    Eric Cross (06:05):

    So, now I’m curious. That is something that I’ve seen just anecdotally, science being the first thing to go. I feel like I’ve seen that almost…it’s almost become a meme, that I’ve heard that so often. Just in your experience, why do you think that is that huge disparity between the two?

    Courtney Plumley (06:26):

    Well, I mean, when I was teaching, I was teaching third grade. I had an end-of-grade test in math and ELA for my kids. I didn’t have one in science. So the administration said, “Hey, if you’re gonna drop something, drop something that’s not tested.”

    Eric Cross (06:41):

    Simple as that. And Eric, you, past life: physics teacher. High school. What did you see? ‘Cause our listeners run the gamut from elementary all the way up to high school. What did you see, as far as relative science instruction in the secondary level?

    Eric R. Banilower (07:00):

    Sure. You know, secondary is just a whole different situation than elementary. Rght? Because you have departmentalization. I taught science. I didn’t have to teach other subjects. And students had periods, and they still do, sorry, they still have periods, even though it’s been a long time since I taught. And you know, they rotate from one class to another. So all the classes were essentially the same length. So, you know, when I was teaching, it was about 50-minute periods. So in terms of minutes of a class or minutes on a subject, it’s not really different. But what is different is what students are required to take in order to graduate high school. One of the things we asked schools about in this study was how many years of a subject do students have to take in order to graduate? And what we saw was in mathematics, over half the schools in the nation require students to take four years of mathematics to graduate. OK? And the vast majority of the rest, about 44%, require three years in science. Most schools require three years. Very few require four years. And many, or a fair number, still only require two years to graduate. So the expectation of what students are taking is lower in science than it is in mathematics.

    Eric Cross (08:20):

    So you were seeing the same trend in secondary, essentially.

    Eric R. Banilower (08:24):

    Yes.

    Eric Cross (08:24):

    The amount of time devoted to the instruction of science…we’re kind of seeing it mirrored just across K–12 across the board.

    Eric R. Banilower (08:33):

    That’s correct.

    Eric Cross (08:34):

    And that’s across the country. ‘Cause the sample size represents teachers from Alaska, Hawaii, the South, SoCal, everywhere. So what’s been the reaction to that number? Like 18 to 20 minutes is…I mean, it’s, it’s half of my lunch at our school. What’s been the reaction to that number since this data has been published?

    Eric R. Banilower (08:58):

    I don’t know, Courtney, if you want to take that…

    Courtney Plumley (09:00):

    It’s a lot of what you just did. Like, what??? Like, how is it possible to teach all the things you need to teach in such a little amount of time?

    Eric R. Banilower (09:08):

    What’s really kind of surprising to me, though — though now that I’ve worked on three iterations of the study, it no longer surprises me, but it did at first — is that these numbers really aren’t changing since we’ve started doing this study. You know, people thought maybe with No Child Left Behind and the increase in accountability, time on science might actually go down, because there was more testing in math and English Language Arts. It didn’t happen. It was pretty much constant, that this has been kind of the state of science education for a long time.

    Eric Cross (09:44):

    So Eric, if I’m hearing you right: The past studies, we’re not seeing an increase or a decline. This has been this way for how many years, roughly, would you say? Since it’s been studied?

    Eric R. Banilower (09:54):

    You know, I’d have to go back to the 1977 report to get the numbers, but I’m gonna say since then, it has not changed much, if at all.

    Eric Cross (10:03):

    So this has kind of been entrenched. This has been the norm for almost for the career of a teacher, almost generationally. We’re looking at anyone who’s been in the highest levels of leadership to someone just entering the classroom, this has been the way it’s always been. This is kind of for many people what they’ve only known.

    Eric R. Banilower (10:20):

    Right.

    Eric Cross (10:21):

    Kind of become the norm.

    Courtney Plumley (10:21):

    We didn’t even have science when I was in elementary school. We had science on a cart that came by, you know, every other week.

    Eric Cross (10:28):

    Was that like a food truck, but like the science version of it? It shows up and does quick science and takes off?

    Courtney Plumley (10:35):

    And New York was, I mean — we always watched Voyage of the Mimi. I don’t know if you ever watched that. But that’s what we watched every single time the Science on the Cart came. So it’s like a marine biology show. Ben Affleck was on it when he was a kid.

    Eric Cross (10:48):

    <laugh> Really? For me it was, Mr. Wizard. For some of my students, even now, Bill Nye. You know, the Bill Nye show or something would come on. So what happens when you look at less wealthy districts? Is there a relationship between community resources and science instruction, or is it pretty much equal no matter what the district resources are, the school’s resources are? Did you see any data there?

    Eric R. Banilower (11:12):

    Yes. We actually did a lot of disaggregating the data by community type, student demographics in the schools, to look to see whether there were areas of inequities across the country. And, you know, one of the factors we looked at was kind of a measure of socioeconomic status. You know, wealth in the community. By looking at percentage of students eligible for free or reduced-price lunch. And interestingly, in terms of time on science instruction, there is actually not a relationship between income level and how much time is spent at the elementary level on science, which actually surprised us.

    Eric Cross (11:54):

    Because you might have expected it to be the other way now. And granted, it’s 18 to 20 minutes, there isn’t much more to shave off off of that. But were there other differences, like when you compared those communities? Maybe it wasn’t the amount of science instruction, but was there anything else, like teacher preparedness, resources? Were there anything else that you did see discrepancies in? Or was it equal across the board?

    Eric R. Banilower (12:13):

    No, unfortunately there, there have been, and still are, a number of areas where community resources are related to pretty substantial differences in educational opportunities that students have. So, you know, we’re talking about the high school science requirements. One of the things that we saw was that high schools in less wealthy communities tend to offer less rigorous science courses than high schools in better-off-financially communities. So they may not be AP courses or second year advanced courses to the same extent that there are in the wealthier communities. That’s one big difference that we saw. Another one was what you were just saying about, sort of, the teachers who teach in these communities. You know, I think that for many years people have had a feeling that the best teachers go to the better off schools because it’s easier to teach there. Well, we see that the schools with the most poverty, they tend to have the newer teachers, who are just starting their career. They tend to have teachers who are less well prepared to teach their subject. And there’s a host of other differences we found. And you know, you mentioned the report being 400 pages. This other report that looks at these differences is also quite long, and, you know, identified a number of areas where there are these disparities in the system.

    Eric Cross (13:43):

    Well, we appreciate you synthesizing this for us, because this is super-important. And you’ve fleshed out a lot of things. And the fact that it’s driven by data, we as science teachers, we as scientists, being objective, really, really value that. Because this is actually validating a lot of the things that our listeners and myself, we experience anecdotally. But you don’t have a lot of things to network you. And sometimes, when you see this, you wonder if it’s just you, or is are other people experiencing this? And so as you start talking about this data, realizing, oh wow, this is not something in isolation. This is systemic. This is something that’s impacted. And then Eric, what you said about schools that were lower-income, that were under-resourced, and didn’t offer those advanced classes, what are some of the impacts of that, maybe downstream, of doing that? Not having those AP classes? I just kind of wanted to put that out there and ask you.

    Eric R. Banilower (14:31):

    You know, this is a really…this is a current debate right now, about what the goals of schooling K–12 should be. You know, are all kids meant to go to college? Should there be alternative paths? And you know, I know when I was teaching, I would have students say, “Why do I need to know this? I’m not gonna go into science. I’m not gonna study physics. Why do I need to take this?” And, you know, the answer I used to give them was, “You never know where your life is gonna end up and what opportunities you’ll have. And by having these educational experiences, you have more opportunities available to you. Whether or not you choose to go down those paths, you have opportunities. And when you don’t take this kind of coursework, you know, even if you don’t want to go to college, you limit your potential careers. Because so many careers nowadays require some technical knowledge, some knowledge of science, even if it’s not explicitly a science job. It is embedded in our society now. We are a technological and science-based society.”

    Eric Cross (15:37):

    It reminds me of something that I’ve told my students, that if you become a scientist, that’s awesome. I love that. But if you don’t, and you want to be a dancer or an actor or a lawyer or anything that may not be directly related to STEM, I want you to choose it because it was a choice, and not a lack of options. So as long as you’re choosing not to go in STEM, and you don’t make that decision because you can’t, or because you weren’t given the opportunity. So that’s how I’ve always had this mindset as a teacher. And I’ve explained it to my students. So if you say, “Cross, you know what I want to do, I wanna be an awesome chef,” which, you know, low-key that’s science, right? <laugh> Molecular gastronomy, we know that. But like, you be the best chef. But as long as you’re being a chef because you choose that, and you’re like, “I love science, but I don’t wanna go that direction,” we’re good.

    Eric R. Banilower (16:26):

    Right. And if you think about, a lot of social justice issues with pollution and climate change, and you look at which communities are more affected by some of these larger environmental problems and challenges, it tends to be the lower socioeconomic communities, the more poverty-stricken communities have worse water, have worse air quality. And so if, if people from these communities are going to make informed decisions about who they’re gonna vote for, about what policies they’re gonna support, those are science topics that you have to have some understanding in order to make informed decisions in your life.

    Eric Cross (17:09):

    Courtney, you were one of the Swiss Army Knife teachers. This is how I perceive it for elementary. You had to teach everything. And shout out to all of my elementary school teachers that have to be mathematicians and grammar whizzes and scientists and PE instructors and social emotional, all of those different things. you also looked at teacher preparedness. How did teachers feel about teaching science compared to other subjects like language arts and math? Did you see anything there?

    Courtney Plumley (17:39):

    We did, we did. And I’m glad you said, “How did they feel about it?” Because one thing that, you know, in a survey you can’t really do is capture how someone actually…how good someone actually…the quality of someone’s instruction. But you can ask them how prepared they feel. And you can even ask them like stats, like, “What did you major in in college?” You know. But you really are going on based on what what they say. So we ask them how prepared they feel to teach all the core subjects. And two-thirds of elementary teachers felt very well prepared to teach reading. They felt very well prepared to teach math. But when it comes to science, it’s less than a third felt very well prepared. And you know, like you said, when you’re teaching elementary school, you’re teaching all the subjects. But also in science, there’s usually four main instructional units in a school year. And they’re all from different science disciplines. So not only are you going on, like, “Maybe in college took a lot of bio classes, but I didn’t take any physics classes, and now I have to teach physics to my kids and I have no experience there.” So, you know, we also ask them how well-prepared they felt in these different disciplines. And the numbers are even smaller, you know. Fewer than a quarter felt very well-prepared in life science. And like 13% felt very well-prepared in physical science. So there’s definitely a big difference between how much teachers feel prepared for ELA and math versus science.

    Eric Cross (19:08):

    And just from a human perspective, when we don’t feel prepared for something, we’re not really gonna probably lean into it as much as we are into our strengths. Like, that’s just kind of how we are across the board.

    Courtney Plumley (19:18):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (19:18):

    I’m even like that with my own chores in the house. Or when I have things I need to get done, and I might not be as good at doing those things—it’s gonna be a heavy cognitive load; I’m gonna have to do some background research—I tend to find other areas to excel in. Like, I’m gonna be productive in this other area. I’m gonna really crush it here. But this other thing gets put to the back burner.

    Courtney Plumley (19:36):

    Totally. And the same reason I might skip science today, <laugh> ’cause it’s scary.

    Eric Cross (19:41):

    Yeah, exactly. But I love this book. <Laugh> Or we could do this math, and let’s really, really dive deep into it. Now, did you also look at professional development and instructional resources that are being provided?

    Courtney Plumley (19:53):

    We did.

    Eric Cross (19:54):

    And on the whole, how was the amount—and I’m seeing a trend here, so I’m kind of feeling like I know where this might go—but I wanted to ask it, did the amount of professional development and resources for science, was there much of a difference between that and other subjects?

    Eric R. Banilower (20:10):

    Well, I’ll start on this, and Courtney, feel free to jump in. You know, one of the things that we asked was how much kind of discretionary funding do schools devote to science and how much to mathematics? So, for consumables or equipment and supplies or computer software for teachers to use in the classroom. And it’s hard to compare, I think, across subjects because the demands for this kind of supplies, et cetera, is very different, I think, in science than it is in mathematics. Right? We have a lot of, you know, equipment for doing investigations, consumable supplies in science. And those things need to be replenished on a regular basis. It turns out, when we look at the data for school discretionary spending on this kind of stuff, the median school spends less than $2 per student at the elementary level on science, compared to over $6 for mathematics. At the high school level, it’s kind of reversed. Schools spend more money on high school science than they do on high school math. but even still, at the high school, it’s less than $7 per student. Which is not a lot of money being devoted to thinking about all the materials, supplies, chemicals, et cetera, that you need to teach science well, at the high school level. More disturbing is the fact that, you know, we were talking about inequities before, schools that serve less well-off communities spend less than schools that serve wealthier communities, by quite a big amount.

    Eric Cross (21:46):

    So essentially the per-student thing just kind of popped out to me: So, like, an expensive Starbucks drink is what we’re spending on science per student.

    Eric R. Banilower (21:57):

    At the high school level. Yes.

    Eric Cross (21:58):

    At the high school level. And I get those catalogs in the mail, from all of those big science companies. You can’t get much for seven bucks. At least, nothing high-level. And I know I do a lot of 99-cent store science. I go down the street, go to the 99-cent store. Thankfully we could do a lot of awesome science with just, you know, cheap things. But a lot of the higher level experiences, they’re pricey. But the experiences are so rich! And $7 at the high school level is nothing. It’s not much at all.

    Eric R. Banilower (22:28):

    Yeah. It is definitely, you know, kind of shocking to think about what we’re investing in our children’s future.

    Eric Cross (22:37):

    Now, just to put you both on the spot, ’cause I feel like that we’ve identified some…we’re seeing a trend here, we’re seeing a pattern. We’re talking about, you know, being science teachers. There’s a pattern going on here. Do you think it’s fair to characterize science as the underdog?

    Courtney Plumley (22:52):

    I think in elementary school, it is a fair statement. Because, like we said before, I mean they’re gonna preference math and ELA almost all the time. I mean, the other thing you’d asked a little bit ago was about professional development, too. And we do have some data on that. And we ask teachers, you know, how much science professional development they’ve had in the last three years. And nearly half of elementary teachers said none. And I know I didn’t have any science professional development. If I was gonna pick from among the catalog, I was picking one that I needed more, like math. Math and ELA. I keep making that statement, but just over and over, it’s the truth.

    Eric Cross (23:31):

    And going back to what you said earlier, because that’s where the accountability was, right? And that kind of came top-down.

    Courtney Plumley (23:38):

    Yes.

    Eric Cross (23:38):

    And influenced everything else.

    Eric R. Banilower (23:40):

    Yeah. Now, really interesting thing that we did, a year or so ago, ’cause someone asked us, you know, “Hey, could you look at this?” is we compared elementary science instructional time among states where science counted towards accountability versus states where science doesn’t count towards accountability. And at the upper elementary grades, more time was spent on science in schools in states where they had science accountability. Now I’m not arguing for adding science to accountability systems. But that’s a pretty telling piece of data.

    Eric Cross (24:19):

    What gets measured gets done.

    Eric R. Banilower (24:20):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (24:20):

    Or what was getting evaluated was getting done. And that raises, that opens up a myriad of other questions about testing, and what that reveals, and all of those different things. But at the end of the day, what you’re finding is that the things that were getting tested were the things that were getting the priority.

    Eric R. Banilower (24:36):

    That’s right.

    Eric Cross (24:37):

    How did we get to this point? And Eric, you said it goes back at least to ’77, but we look at society and we’re…I wanna say we’re post-pandemic, but we’re we’re not. but we’re trying to, we’re trying to get past that. But we’re looking at…we had innovations in biology, we have innovations right now in green energy and electric cars and all of these things that are STEM-based. We know that these are things that have moved humanity forward. And we look at the pipeline of people who are in STEM and we, we see the disparities and things like that. Why was science given less of a priority? I’m just curious. Maybe, Courtney, we could start with you, if you have any ideas. Or Eric. Either one. But how did we get here?

    Eric R. Banilower (25:22):

    <laugh> I think Courtney wants me to take that one. I’m older so I’ve seen more <laugh>. So, you know, I have the gray hair. She doesn’t. I think it’s complicated. And I know this sounds cliche, but but schools are a reflection of society, right? And, and so science education, you know, if you think back when Sputnik was launched, there became this great demand in America to improve and produce more scientists and engineers in response to this Cold War threat. Right? And then in the ’80s there was rising, oh, the gathering storm was an economic argument that we needed to increase science and math, you know, education and people going into those fields in order to compete economically against the global competitors. And I think that America has always produced a fair number, a large number, of high-quality scientists and engineers, you know. And we still lead the world in many ways. But where we’ve identified as a problem is who has those opportunities to go into those fields. You know, it used to be a very select, a very male-dominated, white male-dominated field. Right? And other people didn’t have the opportunity, or they were shown the way out pretty early. And we, I think, have come to realize as a country that, you know, the, the greater the diversity of thought that we can get into these discussions, the more innovative we can be and the more productive as a society we can be. And so I think we’ve had this shift in the country to, instead of thinking about just the quality for the select few, but to be thinking about the quality for everyone. And so that makes it seem like some of these challenges are greater than they used to be. And I think they’re different challenges, right? We’ve evolved as a society and I think schools have evolved.

    Eric Cross (27:40):

    There is a conversation I was in on a plane with a person who was a materials manager for a company that made the adhesive for sandpaper. And we were flying…I was flying to Denmark and he was flying to some other Scandinavian country. And we were just talking about it. And he came from another industry, and somehow the conversation led to science. I don’t know how that happened. But somehow I just started talking about science and I asked him about, Eric, kind of what you said about the US kind of leading the way in science innovation versus the rest of the world. And I asked him why. And he said one of the reasons why is because the heterogeneous thought. The different groups of people that are coming to a problem actually create more innovative and novel solutions. Versus when it’s more homogeneous. And everyone’s either culturally or just for whatever reason, kind of thinks a certain way. While they might have a more efficient way, the variety of solutions are not as varied and not as novel. I was reminded of that story based on what you just said. So it’s really interesting. So it seems to be that it benefits if we have more heterogeneous groups, more folks who are contributing to STEM, because that’s gonna be solving the next problem more efficiently. Or I guess maybe in my head it seems like the next we need…we do really well when we have a dragon to slay. I mean, it seems like we come together when that’s the case, right? Like, I dunno.

    Eric R. Banilower (29:06):

    No, I think that’s…I think that’s accurate.

    Eric Cross (29:09):

    Later on the season of the podcast, we’re gonna explore ways to better integrate science with other subjects like literacy and math. Were you able to study at all any more integrated approaches to science instruction? Does any of your research support that approach?

    Courtney Plumley (29:25):

    Not on the national survey, we didn’t study that. And it’s something that we’ve talked about before, because it’s difficult to get teachers to…we were talking about instructional time. It’s hard for teachers to put a number on it when they’re integrating, because, you know, it’s not like I have my science block from 3 to 3:30 anymore. Now it’s kind of scattered about. But it’s something that has been in the ether. We’ve been looking at it in a couple of projects. So there’s some evidence that it can be effective, especially for getting more, you know…the idea is you can get more time for science if you are integrating with other subjects. But one thing to kind of caution is like, students need to have opportunities to learn each discipline when they’re doing integrated instruction. So you don’t wanna just have, like, math in your science. Kids already know to just, like, support it. Then it’s hard to take time from math to put it into science when they’re not actually learning anything new. That’s the easy thing to do, though, is say, “Oh, my kids already know how to measure. We did that in a previous unit. So now we’ll we’ll do it as part of our science instruction.” So it’s a lot of work to make it so they’re learning something new, mathematics and science, at the same time. And it’s not really something that we think that teachers should be having to do on their own, with all the other things that teachers have to do. The last thing they need to do is be creating their own, you know, curriculum. Something that’s already…you know, it’s not straightforward. So we’ve been talking about it, we think it’s really something that instructional materials maybe need to be focusing on instead of teachers having to do that on their own,

    Eric Cross (31:01):

    Teachers would implement it, but asking them to create it is a whole different thing, and it’s a huge ask.

    Courtney Plumley (31:08):

    Yes.

    Eric Cross (31:08):

    Yeah. And, did I hear you right? So the ideal situation would’ve been the students learning a newer math concept, but embedded in a science kind of context? Or was that the better way? Versus, “I’m gonna take a math concept they already know and then just put it into the science setting?”

    Courtney Plumley (31:26):

    Well, if the idea is that you can get more science time if you’re, you know, integrating things, so you can maybe take time away from a specific math block by putting it with science, or whatever, then if the math is something that the kids already know, now you’re just taking away. I think that that has to be new in both cases, in order to justify having more time.

    Eric Cross (31:49):

    Right. Eric, in the secondary level, any thoughts on that? On integrating these disciplines together?

    Eric R. Banilower (31:56):

    I think, you know, just like at the elementary level, it can be challenging to do it well. When I taught, I taught my last couple years in a kind of school-within-a-school kind of situation, where our goal was to try to integrate science, mathematics, and language arts. And it’s hard to do that in a meaningful way. And we did not have curriculum materials given to us to help us do this. We were trying to figure out how to do this on our own, while we were teaching 200 kids a day in our subjects. Right? And five preparations. And you know, it’s a big ask of any teacher. And there are teachers who thrive on this and are great at this. And, you know, that’s one thing I wanna, make clear: our data is about the system, and we are former teachers. Almost everyone who works at Horizon is a former teacher. We have the greatest respect for teachers and what they do. And what our data is showing is are kind of like areas where the system isn’t providing teachers and their students the opportunities to do great things. I think at the high school level, there has been this idea of project-based learning where students are bringing together different skills, different ideas from across disciplines. And I think there’s, again, a lot of potential in doing that. But trying to develop those experiences so that they are doing service to the different subjects, so students are learning what they’re supposed to learn in English Language Arts, that they’re learning, important mathematics, and that this is in a science context, where they are getting to do and understand what science is and how science, as a discipline, operates…that’s just a really hard thing to develop.

    Eric Cross (33:53):

    So what I’m hearing—and I really appreciate the nuance in this, because it’s not a simple “Yes. Integrated is better,”—I’m hearing “Yes. Quality control.” “Yes. It needs to be written not by teachers; they’re the practitioners.” It’s “Yes. And,” not just simply binary. Which…it’s so easy to wanna chunk things and say yes or no on things. But this one seems a much more nuanced approach. And in a future episode, you mentioned project-based learning, we’re gonna try and talk to people who have thoughts on this. And I really appreciate that you talked about project-based learning, because also, how do you evaluate that? How do you evaluate whether or not it is high quality? Is this is something I see? You know, high-quality standards, highest quality science teaching, highly qualified teachers. It’s something that I see often. Now, based on all your research, this is kind of the 30,000-foot view. What advice might you have for people who are thinking about changing the way science is taught in this country? Which hasn’t changed since 1977, at least since we’ve been measuring it. Any advice for people who do want to act? Another way to ask, it might be, if you were given a magic wand, <laugh>, you have all power, what might you do if you can control the entire vertical system?

    Eric R. Banilower (35:07):

    Yeah, so a clarification, I do think science instruction has changed. It has evolved. I think there’s a lot of really good things going on in different pockets of the country. One of the challenges is bringing those good ideas and good practices to scale. Right? There are approximately 1.2 million teachers of science K–12 in this country. That’s a lot of people. And about 80% of those are elementary teachers who are responsible for teaching other subjects as well. So my thinking is often about, “How do we take what we know and that we’ve learned through decades of research is effective, and impact a large number of teachers, and therefore a large number of students?” And you know, Courtney I think has hinted at this already. And you’ve mentioned it too, Eric, is that teaching is a profession, right? And it’s a craft. But in no other profession do practitioners have the expectation that they’re developing their own tools and methods for their work. I know when I was in my teacher preparation program, and it’s still extremely common, one of the assignments perspective teachers are given is to develop a unit and develop a lesson, right? You don’t have doctors being asked to develop new treatments and new tests to use. Their job is to get to know their patient, assess what’s going on, and then using research-based methods to develop a plan of action, right? And I think that analogy works really well in education and is a way that we could have a scalable approach for kind of raising the floor across the country for the quality of science education. Giving teachers research-based materials, high-quality instructional materials, that they can then use and adapt to meet the needs of their students, would allow them to focus on getting to know their students, seeing what their strengths are, seeing where they have room for growth, and using the materials they’re given to help those students progress. And I think that is definitely a way where we could have a big impact at a large scale.

    Eric Cross (37:39):

    Courtney, same question: Magic wand, all power. You can change systems from the elementary perspective. What would you do? I’m assuming part of it’s gonna be changing that 18 to 20 minute time. But even for that to happen, what would you do? What would you change?

    Courtney Plumley (37:57):

    Well, I don’t know. Like, for it to change, I don’t know the answer to that. But yes, increasing the time would be great. And like Eric was saying, giving teachers— ’cause again, I’m coming in, not enough probably background in science—and then, you know, when I was, when I was teaching, we had one set of textbooks for the entire grade. Six classes, right? Like, share them. But third graders aren’t gonna read textbooks anyway, right? So instead I’m going to the teacher store. I’m pulling things off the shelf. And like, “OK, yeah, sure, I’ll use this.” And nowadays, teachers are going to Teachers Pay Teachers or whatever. Because I didn’t have anything good to use. So like Eric is saying, if I had instructional materials that were good instructional materials that were gonna teach my kids, that they were gonna be engaged, that they weren’t sitting and listening to science, but they were doing science, you know, and I had professional development to actually help me do it? That’s what I think we need to have. And I mean, I know there are some people out there that are working on that, but it’s not a lot. I mean, if you look at Ed Reports, they rate how well-aligned science curriculum are to standards. And there are two right now that have Ed Reports green lights. There’s Amplify and there’s OpenSciEd. You know, so there’s not much out there for teachers to use. And, so it’s hard. It’s hard. Where am I gonna go and get this stuff if it doesn’t exist? And so I’m making it up by myself. Which we already said is not the best use of teachers’ time, when they’ve got so many other demands on their time.

    Eric Cross (39:27):

    Eric and Courtney, listening to both of your responses, it created a visual in my mind. And Eric, I loved your analogy of…I started thinking of a chef, a welder, and a farmer. And I thought about the chef saying like, “You’re a great chef! Now, can you go farm, and make your own food, so that you can cook it?” Or the welder who has to make his own welding tools and go smelting. You know, making the different rods. I’m not a welder. But you know, all those different parts. Or the farmer who has to build his own tractor and innovate all that stuff. You’re absolutely right, the way you articulated that. And then Courtney, you essentially said, “Give them the tools and then teach them how to use it so they can go and actually be effective with it, because you’re in front of kids doing so many different things.” There’s only so much time in the day, and teachers want to do these things; they want to, but you end up having to triage when you’re asked to. Going back to Eric’s analogy, if you’re in the ER, but you’re also creating the vaccines and you’re also doing the research on which types of vaccines are gonna be the most effective, that’s, that’s a lot to ask. And so, I appreciate both your responses on that. Now, last question, what are you both working on now? This report came out in 2018. What’s, what’s next on the horizon? Actually literally, that’s no pun intended. <laugh> What’s next? <laugh> What’s next for, for you both? What are you working on?

    Eric R. Banilower (40:42):

    Well, you know, we would love to do another national survey, in a few years. We have to get funding to do it. And you know, that’s always something that takes effort and isn’t a guarantee. We’ve written grants to do these studies in the past, and there’s also the dealing with the reality of the situation. I think a lot of schools, still coming off the tail end of dealing with Covid, are overwhelmed. And we’ve had a hard time, I mentioned before, recruiting schools, and it gets harder every time, just ’cause they have so much on their plate. And I couldn’t see going to a school now and saying, “Hey, one more thing. Do you mind?” So I think we have to kind of wait a little bit for things to settle down before we can do another one of these studies. It just doesn’t seem feasible right now. But we’d love to in the not-too-distant future. Other than that, Courtney and I actually work on some projects together and some projects not together. One of the things that we’re working on together is a study of a fifth grade science curriculum that was developed by Okhee Lee at NYU and her colleagues, that is both aligned with the NGSS and purposely designed to support multilingual learners in developing both their science knowledge and skills as well as their language skills. And we’ve been working with the crew at NYU to study this curriculum and try to figure out, how well it’s working and under what circumstances. So that’s been a really interesting project that’s going on right now.

    Courtney Plumley (42:26):

    I recently worked on a report with the Carnegie Corporation in New York that actually I think, compliments what we’ve been talking about a lot. It’s about the status of K–12 education in the US—or science education in the US! <Laugh>—and so as part of that report we interviewed like 50 science education experts across the country. We surveyed teachers, people in the university settings, researchers, and everything to kind of get a little bit more update of the state of science education right now. And so a lot of the things we’ve been talking about, we still are talking about with the people in this report four years later. So, work in progress. <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (43:09):

    And again, going back to 1977, based on what Eric was saying earlier, we’re looking at these large systems, these systemic changes don’t happen overnight.

    Eric R. Banilower (43:20):

    That’s right.

    Eric Cross (43:21):

    It’s very slow-moving.

    Eric R. Banilower (43:22):

    That’s right. I would say there is progress. I think we’ve learned a lot. We are getting better. Are we there yet? No, we’re not happy with where we are. But I think, you know, I think it’s important to be hopeful about the direction things are going in.

    Eric Cross (43:37):

    Well-said. I agree. Courtney. Eric, thank you so much for unpacking that report that speaks to, that validates what so many teachers across the country are experiencing. And thank you for your advocacy for high-quality science education and your passion for supporting teachers and being that voice from a data-driven perspective of what teachers experience and then advocating for solutions for them. It’s super-encouraging for me, and I know it’s gonna be really encouraging for a lot of our listeners. So thank you.

    Eric R. Banilower (44:10):

    Thank you for having us.

    Courtney Plumley (44:12):

    Yeah. Thank you, Eric.

    Eric Cross (44:15):

    Thanks so much for listening to my conversation with Eric Banilower, Vice President of Horizon Research, and Courtney Plumley, Senior Researcher at Horizon Research. For much more, check out the show notes for a link to the 2018 National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education. And please remember to subscribe to Science Connections wherever you get podcasts, so that you’re not missing any of the upcoming episodes in Season three. Next time on the show, we’re gonna start laying out the road map for using science more effectively. And we’ll start by looking at the how and the why of integrating literacy instruction.

    Susan Gomez Zwiep (44:49):

    When we look at Science First and build language development around it, the experience tends to be more authentic and organic.

    Eric Cross (44:58):

    That’s next time on Science Connections: The Podcast. Thanks so much for listening.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Wednesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month!

    What Eric R. Banilower says about science

    “Our data is showing us places where the system needs to provide teachers and their students the opportunities to do great things.”

    – Eric R. Banilower

    Vice President of Horizon Research, Inc.

    Meet the guests

    Eric R. Banilower is a Vice President at Horizon Research, Inc. (HRI), and has worked in education for over 30 years. Eric was previously a high school physics and physical science teacher before he joined HRI in 1997, where he has worked on a number of research and evaluation projects. Most recently, he has been the Principal Investigator of the 2012 and 2018 iterations of the National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education, a nationally representative survey focusing on the status of the K–12 STEM education system.

    A middle-aged man with light hair, glasses, and a short beard is smiling, wearing a plaid shirt. The photo has a circular frame with a star and decorative lines.

    Courtney Plumley is a Senior Researcher at Horizon Research, Inc. She began her career in education as an elementary school teacher before starting at HRI in 2009. In her time at HRI she has worked on many K-12 STEM research and evaluation projects. Most recently, Ms. Plumley has worked with Carnegie Corporation of New York on mapping the landscape of K-12 science education in the US and is managing the field test for the OpenSciEd elementary materials.

    A woman with wavy brown hair and a red top smiles at the camera, framed by a circular graphic with a star and accent lines.
    A laptop screen displays the “Science Connections: The Community” private group page, with science-themed icons decorating the background and edges.

    About Science Connections

    Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. 

    S1-01: The journey from student to SpaceX engineer: Juan Vivas

    Illustration of Earth with text about a podcast episode featuring Juan Vivas, discussing the journey from student to SpaceX engineer. Includes a photo of a smiling person in a suit.

    In this episode, we join Eric Cross as he talks to supply chain engineer Juan Vivas of SpaceX about his experiences growing up as a Latino in STEM. Juan shares his story of moving to the United States to study engineering and becoming successful in his career as a scientist. Juan openly discusses the experiences that made a difference in his life and the teachers that inspired him along the way. He also shares his experience as an engineer in different fields, as well as what it’s like to work in the supply chain during COVID.

    Explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page.

    Download Transcript

    Juan Vivas (00:00):

    But to me, based on my experience so far, I think the best way to put it: An engineer is a technical problem-solver.

    Eric Cross (00:28):

    Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. My guest today is Juan Vivas. Juan is a supply chain engineer for SpaceX. His career in STEM has pivoted from chemical engineering to working on foods like Cinnamon Toast Crunch to his current role at SpaceX, where he’s responsible for his work on Starlink, a technology that uses low-orbit satellites to provide internet access across the world. In this episode, Juan shares his story of how he became an engineer and how a thoughtful teacher used robotics to inspire him. I hope you enjoy this great conversation with Juan Vivas. Juan, thanks for being here.

    Juan Vivas (01:14):

    Yeah, yeah, of course! Super-excited to be here.

    Eric Cross (01:19):

    Hey, and starting off, I kind of like to ask your origin story. We were talking earlier about Marvel, and your journey of one working for…what I consider the closest thing that we have to SHIELD in the Marvel stories is SpaceX. Like with my own students, we talk about SpaceX like it’s a fictional thing, and we watch the rocket launches together and we watch the recovery and it’s so cool.

    Juan Vivas (01:45):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (01:46):

    And so when I knew that we were gonna be able to talk to you, I was excited. Like, I felt like I was a kid.

    Juan Vivas (01:51):

    <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (01:51):

    So I’d love to hear your origin story of you ultimately landing at SpaceX. And begin wherever kind of seems most natural to you.

    Juan Vivas (01:59):

    Yeah, yeah, of course. You know, I wasn’t one of those kids at from a young age I said “Oh, I’m gonna be an engineer.” Right? “I want to go and build all these things.” Where I grew up, and the social circle that I had, a lot of people were like doctors or lawyers. Just figured, you know, I’ll go to med school and go down the same path that 90% of like everyone else was gonna take. But in high school, I actually got into robotics. And, kind of like I mentioned, I wanted to do med school, that is what I figured I would end up doing. And then I got into robotics in high school. And I think that was what really kind of like changed my perspective of what I wanted to do, because basically these competitions were just—it was full-on driven by students. So we designed, programmed, and manufactured, like, the entire robot itself. And so through that I ended up doing a summer engineering program at the University of Maryland, the summer before going into my senior year in high school. And there we worked on a competition with underwater robots. And so we spent the entire summer, kind of similar scenario, designing a robot, manufacturing it, programming it. And then in the end it was like a competition in the buoyancy tank with different teams. And, you know, I think one thing that was really neat about that experience is that I got to hear Dr. John C. Mathers, who is a Nobel Prize physicist, speak to us in a room with, like, only 10 high school students. And just hearing his experience of where he started and the accomplishment that he’s been able to do, down in the STEM path, was really neat. And that summer was my final decision that I’m “OK, I know I want to be an engineer.” What’s interesting is I ended up choosing chemical engineering, instead of mechanical, which a lot of people, you know, based on all the experience that led me up to be an engineer, they asked me why I didn’t choose mechanical engineering. And I think one of the reasons why I chose chemical engineering is it’s very process-based. So one thing needs to happen, and there’s different inputs to that one step, and that step has an end-to-end reaction to it, right? So certain things need to happen in step one in order for step two to occur. And however the inputs happen in step one, it’s gonna affect the rest of the process. Honestly, very different than what I thought it was really gonna be. But what’s neat about chemical engineering is that it’s one of the most versatile engineering majors that you can have. Chemical engineering, because you work with a lot of process bases. Everything has a process, right? Everything needs to start with step one, and with, you know, step 10, whatever. And it’s all about optimization and improvement along those processes. So you can really take chemical engineering principles and apply ’em to different areas of a career, which is essentially the experience that I had in college. I had three internships with Dow Chemical where I did environmental health and safety, production, and supply-chain improvement. I then did research and development with Clorox. And then I did manufacturing engineering with General Mills. So really different job roles, different aspects, but same methodology applied.

    Eric Cross (05:36):

    I feel like there’s so much that you just said, <laugh> and I was trying to always, “I wanna ask him about that!” And in there, what I heard was there was a real pivotable, pivot moment in your life. Was the club…or was it a club, the robotics program? Or was that a class?

    Juan Vivas (05:53):

    You know, it was actually…it was VEX Robotics, specifically.

    Eric Cross (05:56):

    It was VEX! OK. Yeah, yeah. Really popular. And they still have it; I think we actually have some downstairs. So it was a club, and not necessarily a formal environment, where you were able to build. And it’s both collaborative and competitive, right? Like, there’s both aspects.

    Juan Vivas (06:11):

    Yep. Yep.

    Eric Cross (06:11):

    And, and then you had access to one of the only two facilities in the country that have these…were they buoyancy tanks?

    Juan Vivas (06:20):

    Buoyancy tanks, yep.

    Eric Cross (06:21):

    And there’s this book, Malcolm Gladwell’s Outliers, and then another similar book called Balance. It talks about how some of these innovators, like Steve Jobs and, and Bill Gates, they had access to things that other people didn’t. So, like, Bill Gates, I think at the University of Washington, had a computer that, you know, no one else did. And Jobs had one at, like, Hewlett-Packard. So it gave you this awesome headstart, where you’re able to test things in a real-life environment that kind of transfers into real-world skills. And then a few internships, so like, internships and mentors. So you had these people in the industry or people who were front-runners that were able to pour into you and give you these opportunities. And so it’s really neat to see how a program that starts as a club, kind of a competitive thing that introduced you to it and hooked you, then led to unfolding all of these opportunities that ultimately led you up to being here. And there’s one part—in looking at your LinkedIn profile, there’s a couple of really cool things that stand out. There’s a lot of cool things, but there’s two that really stood out. So one, working at SpaceX, and we’ll talk more about that, but I wanna go to General Mills and Cinnamon Toast Crunch. Because Cinnamon Toast Crunch is amazing.

    Juan Vivas (07:39):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (07:39):

    And you were part of the supply chain for that. In my head, I’m thinking, OK, like, what is he like responsible for? Like, getting the cinnamon and sugar?

    Juan Vivas (07:51):

    <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (07:51):

    What was, what did your job entail, when you were running that?

    Juan Vivas (07:55):

    There, I didn’t even know what I was gonna be doing until my first day. It was just, whatever the business need is, that’s where you’re gonna be put. So this was actually a high-priority plan for General Mills. And the production line that made Cinnamon Toast Crunch was split up into processes. So you have, they call it the process-process side, which is like literally raw materials, like making the cereal from scratch, baking it, adding the sugar, and then sending it to be packaged. And then you have the packaging-process side. so I was then placed as a packaging process lead, for the packaging side of that production line. So I was accountable for two packaging lines that packed out Cinnamon Toast Crunch. And that is where—that was actually my first real, you know, call it “real job,” like graduated college, going straight into the industry. I was a process lead for the packaging side of Cinnamon Toast Crunch.

    Eric Cross (08:54):

    So you went from cereal to rockets, <laugh>, which which is an amazing trajectory to have.

    Juan Vivas (09:03):

    Yeah. Yeah.

    Eric Cross (09:04):

    And when you kind of mentioned, back in your story about medical school, and, you know, it’s kinda like, what you see people doing, and you’re “OK, this is what I think I wanna do.” And then we have a perception in our mind about what a certain job’s gonna be like. And then reality hits. I think a lot of—when I ask my students, “What do you wanna do?” They think, like, “lawyer!” and when they think “lawyer!” they’re like, “I’m good at arguing!” Right? And until they find—until they talk to some lawyers and they find out like what that career can look like.

    Juan Vivas (09:28):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (09:28):

    You’re not just in the courtroom showing off your arguing skills. But, like, an engineer, when I talk to my students about what does it mean to be an engineer, often it’s very linear. It’s “I build bridges,” or, you know, maybe cars, but you’re a supply chain engineer. And, and that’s something that I think, now more than ever, it’s probably an incredibly critical role, especially considering that all of these supply constraints. Can you—what is a supply chain engineer? And what does it look like in your day-to-day? How is engineering rolled into that?

    Juan Vivas (10:03):

    Yeah, yeah. I think that’s an excellent question. I, too, once thought that engineering was just “I’m gonna be actually making something physical,” and like being super engineer-y about it. But, to me, based on my experience so far, I think the best way to put it: An engineer is a technical problem solver. As a supply chain engineer, specifically right now in my role at SpaceX…you know, as you can guess, the supply chain in the entire world is crazy. There’s no raw materials anywhere, and nothing can ever get on time. And so what I work on is I help our suppliers develop processes to meet the design criteria that we set up for like a specific part. As my job as a supply chain engineer, it’s “Can I take this design and make it manufacturable?” Right? “Can I go to any supplier and can they actually make this to the tolerance that the design engineer set them to be?” Nine out of 10 cases, the answer is no, essentially, is the best high-level way to put it.

    Eric Cross (11:10):

    When you’re solving these problems, is it this iterative process of going back and forth? Or is it just this aha-moment when you finally figure things out? ‘Cause I imagine they’re coming up with a design; you’re going back and saying, “Can this be manufactured?” or “Can it be done?” They’re saying no 90% of the time. And then are you the one responsible for kind of iterating on this, or changing it and then going back to them and telling them, asking them, until you get a yes? Is that—

    Juan Vivas (11:33):

    Yep. Yep, yep. Exactly. So we go through a process called Design for Manufacturing, DFMing. And where I essentially take, you know, the design engineer’s proposal, and then I have conversations with the suppliers, and then, that’s where the iteration begins. Where we go back and forth, back and forth, until we kind of meet in the middle to have something that can be manufacturable. Most of the times, in my experience, suppliers will always tell you no, just because they always want something that is manufactured really easily. And so you just gotta learn through experience. Like, when are they actually telling you something that’s a fact, versus when they’re just trying to you know, get out of a tolerance, or that “all right, all right, they mentioned that would just like make their jobs a little bit more difficult.”

    Eric Cross (12:17):

    So I’m hearing like there’s soft skills that are woven into the technical skills that you also need to be able to have.

    Juan Vivas (12:23):

    Oh, yes, absolutely. Yeah. I think, you know, as an engineer—and this is something, again, that I feel like you can only learn through experience—you’re gonna see that it’s not just you working to solve this one problem. Especially for a supply chain engineer. You’re talking with marketing; you’re talking with an industrial design team; you’re talking with logistics; you’re talking with procurement, materials management—just a whole set of people that don’t necessarily have technical background. Right? So sometimes, depending on the audience that I’m targeting, I’m always very, very peculiar on what is my target audience, right? How can I—how deep in my technical knowledge do I need to go? Because if I just, you know, talk straight Engineer, they either don’t care or they’re gonna be really confused about what I’m saying. So there is a stronghold of soft skills that definitely go into engineering, which I think are really important to communicate, you know, to, let’s say, students that are really interested in engineering. So you can be extremely smart and intelligent and really good at problem-solving, but if you don’t have those soft skills that you apply in the real world—’cause in the real world, you’re never only gonna be working with engineers, no matter like where you’re at—so having those soft skills to be able to manage with different backgrounds and different sort of people and different ways of thinking, it’s, I feel, really critical, for, for an engineer in the real world.

    Eric Cross (13:50):

    No, I think that’s a great point. It reminds me of teaching! And so many other professions where your ultimate goal is to really pour into this person in front of you and help develop them and create a sense of inquiry and wonder and personal growth and inspiration. But you’re also working within constraints and people and relationships. You know, you have your other teachers, you have parents, you have administrators, you have a district, you have communities, stakeholders. You have all of these different dynamics that you have to kind of navigate in order to ultimately help this child thrive. Versus just, like, being in the classroom: “OK, I just got <laugh>, the hundred or 200 students, just you and me. That’s it.” But that’s not the real world. And there’s this report that came out, I think Google ran it, Project Oxygen and Project Aristotle, and they asked the question, “What are the most effective traits of a good team and a manager?” And the top seven skills were all soft skills. So it is like exactly what you’re saying, where, yeah, it’s great that you have this technical aptitude, but if you’re not able to work with other people, problem-solve together, work with people of different backgrounds and perspectives, then you’re gonna run into some roadblocks. And that kind of dovetails, like, looking at things like if you looked at education from the perspective of an engineer. So you’re all about optimizing, right? Optimizing, working with what you got. When you look at education, are there any things that you would optimize to help improve the experience of students? Like, looking back, that you would fine-tune, that you think could provide better outcomes in the classroom?

    Juan Vivas (15:28):

    You know, I feel…I don’t know. Obviously I’m not a teacher. And I’m sure teachers just have so much stuff going on. But I think just like, finding…giving a chance to those students that you see a lot of potential in and really taking the time to mold them. You know, I did have a teacher who was able to mold me and give me that kind of one-on-one personal experience, right? I think honestly to me it just comes down to mentorship, and motivating students on what, you know, they’re passionate for. Like, putting them in front of engineers, right? Like finding engineers to come volunteer and explain to them. I genuinely believe it just takes one spark to really get a student on a trajectory where they can make an impact in the future. So to me, it comes down to, really, exposure. How much are you really exposing your students to…you know what, something I’ve learned, when I joined SpaceX, is that Elon doesn’t believe—well, you know, there there’s a lot of things that Elon believes and not believes in; there’s a whole different type of conversation!—but he doesn’t think that you can just take a curriculum, let’s say, and just apply it massively to everyone and expect like everyone to be it. That’s just naturally not how it works, right? Students learn at different paces; they have different sort of interests. This is actually why he created his own school for his kids in LA, called Ad Astra. You know, if you take that mentality, what that school is doing is that they’re working at the students’ pace and at the student’s interests, right? And I actually have a coworker who has his kids in that school. And I mean, these are one of the most brilliant kids I’ve ever known. Like, they are taking differential equations in the eighth grade. And I didn’t know what differential equations was until I was in college already and they told me, “This is a class you have to take.” <Laugh>. But it’s finding that crossway where, where is the curiosity of the student? What are they really interested in? and exposing them to that.

    Eric Cross (17:51):

    Yeah. And what I’m hearing of that is, in teacher-speak, a lot of personalized learning. Like you were talking about…is it Ad Astra?

    Juan Vivas (17:59):

    Ad Astra? Yep.

    Eric Cross (18:01):

    Ad Astra. You know, every student learns in their own way and they develop knowledge in their own way. And being able to personalize learning according to the students’ abilities and needs, and then accelerate or slow down, really produces some amazing effects. I know this is something that we as teachers try to do with the classroom. Scaling it is the challenge. But it’s great because even with people who are in charge of policy or people who have decision-making ability, hearing people from the top down saying, “Hey, look, this is what worked for me. This is how I was able to become successful. I had a teacher that was able to be a mentor to me because they knew me, they had a relationship with me, they were able to tap into my passions and use those passions to drive me to do or put me in programs that I might not have known about because they, they knew who I was.” And it’s not one-size-fits-all for everyone. So having—maybe it’s curriculum or learning experiences that are kind of modular, where students are able to maybe try on different things and get that exposure, I’m a big, big believer, like you are, in mentorship. That was a huge, huge thing in my life. Having mentors. It’s the reason why I became a science teacher. In seventh grade, I had a mentor who had us doing college-level science, you know, at UC San Diego. And it completely changed the trajectory of my life, in a direction that I wouldn’t have had without him. So I think that’s great. And it’s something that we as teachers would appreciate hearing. Going back to what you said…earlier you said your wife is a supply chain engineer as well. And so that means that there’s two people who are process-minded in the household. And this is kind of a lighter question, but I gotta wonder, do you have the most optimized flow for grocery shopping? <Laugh> Because…

    Juan Vivas (19:49):

    Yeah, I think we don’t spend more than like 20 minutes at a grocery store. Mind you, we only shop at Trader Joe’s and we have a very specific list before going in. And if you ever shop at Trader Joe’s, you just know where everything is ’cause it’s always there and it’s small, right? But yeah, like we’re, we’re in and out in like 15, 20 minutes. It’s great.

    Eric Cross (20:11):

    I love it. I love it. I feel like I’m that way by design. I go in with a purpose and this is exactly what I want. I know where the cookie butter is, <laugh>, I know where my coffee is, and then, OK, I’m in and out. Apple Pay or whatever I’m using. And then we’re good to go. Do you think…so as someone listening to this or some people even just becoming aware of supply chain engineering, what advice would you give someone that’s interested in pursuing this career path? If you maybe reverse-engineered your process, knowing what you know now, you were gonna give advice, you were that mentor, what are just some kind of tips or ideas or thoughts or trajectories that you’d think that they should aim for? I’m assuming like robotics….

    Juan Vivas (20:56):

    Yeah. You know, I think I would say definitely finding some sort of program that exposes you to a lot of things that you won’t be exposed to, like on a day-to-day basis, or something that you just can’t be exposed to naturally at school. And mentorship, honestly. I was born in Colombia and my parents were both—they’re still both professionals, but they were both professionals in Colombia. And when we moved to this country, this was like December of 1999. My parents started from scratch, and so they didn’t really grow up in the States, right? So when it was my time to go to college and do all of this stuff, it was just like me on my own figuring this stuff out. And, you know, they definitely made some mistakes when it came to college applications and whatnot. But once I was in college, I knew that the best way for my success was gonna be through mentorship. And that’s when I joined the, Society of Hispanic Professional Engineers, which is a nationwide organization. And each college, well, most college campuses, have their own chapter. In joining that, I was exposed to resume workshops, mock interviews—basically how do you even talk to a recruiter? Which is so critical, right? And personally that that organization was really what molded my actual professional career.

    Eric Cross (22:19):

    There’s this theme that I’m hearing, kind of weaving through this. And in addition to—as we’re talking about STEM and technical skills, in addition to that, there’s this thread that I’m receiving of…being able to form relationships with other people, for our students, is an important skill to teach and should be taught explicitly. Which isn’t…it’s not really a curriculum, right? Like, you don’t get tested on your ability to….conflict resolution or how to write an email or how to develop a relationship. And then the other part in I think what you just said is the aspect of community. Through this organization, you learned kind of some of these hidden rules, maybe I would call it.

    Juan Vivas (23:04):

    Yep.

    Eric Cross (23:04):

    It’s not that you didn’t have the…you had the aptitude. You had the drive. But there were these kind of hidden rules, and from moving to the US, you needed a community to be able to show you, so that you can kind of go through the proper steps.

    Juan Vivas (23:16):

    Exactly.

    Eric Cross (23:17):

    And so that created a lot of value for you.

    Juan Vivas (23:19):

    Yep.

    Eric Cross (23:20):

    Well, the last question that I have is, is just kind of a wondering. You have this awesome story, and the story continues to unfold. I gotta say, <laugh> I’m gonna be following your LinkedIn profile, because I think you just have kind of the coolest trajectory of going from, you know, General Mills, working in chemical engineering, and then ultimately it’s SpaceX. And every time I see the rocket taking off and landing, I’m gonna be thinking, thinking about you. So cool!

    Juan Vivas (23:47):

    Yeah. Yeah.

    Eric Cross (23:49):

    And personally, I have a hope that one day, one of my students will be at a company, you know, like SpaceX or Tesla or wherever, and one day I get to interview them and talk to them and see what they say. But the last question I want to ask is, is there, is there a teacher who inspired you, or a memorable experience that you have that made an impact on you?

    Juan Vivas (24:16):

    Yeah, yeah, of course. It was kind of you know, middle school going into high school. The way my school worked, everything was divided from pre-kindergarten, whatever, first to sixth grade, and then seventh grade to 12th grade. So I had a high school science teacher, Ms. Brown, Ms. Velda Brown, who, came from a small little island town on the east coast of Canada. Somehow landed, in the high school that I went to, to teach science. Going back to the beginning of the story where I mentioned that I figured whatever, I’ll go to med school. I played soccer, basketball, and, you know, I said, “I’ll figure it out once I graduate.” It might have been like life science in the eighth grade or something like that. But then she went on to teach me chemistry and physics as well. And when I was in the 10th grade, she approached me and she asked me if I wanted to join the robotics club. And I remember saying robotics? I don’t know. You know, naturally, in school, it’s different sorts of crowds: people that play sports and people that are like in like STEM clubs or whatever. And I was, “Ah, I don’t know; I don’t know how I feel about robotics; not really my thing….” But somehow she convinced me to join robotics. It’s me, coming into this group of kids that already knew each other, and they were all working on robotics. And I’m, “Yeah, I mean, I guess I’m just here to try this thing out.” It was a thing where we met every single Saturday at like seven in the morning. And there were times where I literally had to choose, “Do I go to like a soccer game or do I go to you help my team with robotics?” And I completely loved it. Like, I fell in love with the aspect of building something from scratch, and just making it operative. And she ended up just being a huge mentor for me in high school, actually. With her, with the help of her, I ended up opening the robotics club at my school. And before I left, we opened it up to middle schoolers. And then, you know, later, years later down the road when I was in college, I found out that it was now a whole-school thing. So there was an elementary robotics club at the school, the middle school one, and then the high school one were still a thing like years after I left. And that was like just so amazing to hear. But yeah, it was Ms. Velda Brown, my high school science teacher, that really took her time to mold me and get me into robotics, and really mentor me. And honestly, I’m sure you as teachers, you guys probably hear about it a lot, but you can have a lot of power in shaping a kid by just telling—believing in them, right? She believed in me so much that I would go on to be a successful engineer. And I’m. “OK, yeah, yeah, you’re just saying it.” But she spoke life into her students up to this day. I still speak about it with my wife, and when I’m in conversations about this, that if it wasn’t for my high school science teacher, I would not—well, no, I would probably not be an engineer right now.

    Eric Cross (27:38):

    Wow. Shout out to Ms. Velda Brown <laugh>. Would you say she spoke…I think one thing that just resonated with me is when you said she “spoke life” into you.

    Juan Vivas (27:46):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (27:46):

    That was really powerful. And I think we as teachers have that power and we don’t realize it. Because, you know, we get so we’re so familiar and living day-to-day, but we do have the power of life, speaking life, into our young people. And, yeah, that was—

    Juan Vivas (28:03):

    Absolutely, yeah. You know, I think obviously people grew up with different backgrounds, different communities, life situations, right? So imagine having like a student that is similar in that environment and then they just hear someone at their school, like, “Hey, you’re really good at this. why don’t you consider doing this?” And that’s when I feel teachers have that power. Where like they don’t necessarily know the background, but they can make that opportunity, or make that decision in the moment, to really shape a student’s life.

    Eric Cross (28:37):

    And we need to hear that. And I think, I hope that other teachers listening to this will be reminded that many times we don’t get to reap the harvest. We don’t get to see the <laugh> Juan Vivases at SpaceX. They just kind of go, and they disappear, and we hope for the best, and we get a new group. But every once in a while they come back, and we get to see what our watering or seed-planting was able to produce. And so, just know that you sharing your story for educators, and for definitely Ms. Brown, makes a huge difference and is a huge encouragement. So.

    Juan Vivas (29:11):

    You know, I think we touched on earlier, you know, how do I end up going from cereal to rockets, right? And I think it ties along with what I mentioned earlier of just taking—as an engineer, you’re really a critical problem solver, right? And you think that methodology. And if you find a way, you can apply it to different sectors. When I was doing a lot of like the packaging process stuff at General Mills, being a lead on a high-volume manufacturing line, what I do for SpaceX specifically, right now, I’m actually on the Starlink project. So if you’re up to date with Starlink, it’s, it’s essentially high reliable, fast internet that we’re providing to areas where usually people don’t have access to internet, right? Or maybe they do, but it’s extremely expensive. Because to an internet provider company, the benefit is not there, if they extend an entire internet fiber line out to their place because it’s only directed to them, right? So that’s, that’s essentially what Starlink is trying to solve. And this is the first time that SpaceX is facing a consumer packaging scenario. Before it was just rockets. And now they’re selling a product to consumers. They had never done that before, especially in a high-volume manufacturing setting. And so I am the supplier development engineer for all the consumer-facing packaging for the Starlink product itself. And that’s essentially how all those thoughts connected, where I had this experience coming from General Mills and packaging high-volume manufacturing. And then when Starlink started, they’re all, “Right, well, who knows anything about packaging?” Right? “We know so much about rockets, we need someone with this technical background.” And that’s essentially how I bridge over to SpaceX.

    Eric Cross (31:11):

    And so while you’re working at SpaceX, you’re working on Starlink, which I know you mentioned that—you said that it’s providing internet globally, which in and of itself, we—especially those of us that live in major cities—we kind of take for granted. Internet is like a utility. But we don’t maybe realize that in many parts of the world, internet is not reliable or even accessible.

    Juan Vivas (31:33):

    Right. Right.

    Eric Cross (31:34):

    I see every once in a while, I think, the StarlinK satellites sometimes are visible?

    Juan Vivas (31:38):

    Yep.

    Eric Cross (31:39):

    Low orbit?

    Juan Vivas (31:39):

    Yeah. Yeah. You can go—they’ll kind of be like a little train of bright stars that move along together. Yep.

    Eric Cross (31:46):

    And that must—that must feel…I mean, we all have jobs and we’re all doing different things, but you’re working on a project and you’re engineering something that actually can provide a lot of opportunities or close a gap in some parts of the world where they don’t have access to internet. They’re gonna be able to have access and be connected all over. I dunno, the word would be “existential.” Existential value. Like, what you’re doing is actually providing a service for people. Humanity. Like, addressing a critical need in many, many places around the world.

    Juan Vivas (32:26):

    Yeah. We’ve had stories where we have sent Starlink kids to a small school in a village in rural Chile, right in South America. And for the first time ever, they’ve had internet. We have supported disaster relief in Europe. I think this past summer, Europe had really bad floods. We sent Starlink kits out there. You know, the vision of working at an Elon Musk company and SpaceX and Starlink—this is all stuff that is being done for the first time in history. We have never, ever done anything like this before until now. And to be able to provide those that don’t have the access to—to your point, it’s kind of wild, right? Like we, we just take it for granted. “Oh yeah, I just have internet. Let me log on.” There are people on Earth right now that have never been on the internet. Or don’t even know what the internet is. And that’s essentially the, the gap that Startlink is starting to close.

    Eric Cross (33:26):

    Yeah. We think about that while my students are doing TikTok dances. <Laugh> And there are people who, you know, never, never been connected. And, it kind of makes me more like, just inside, if I can ask: What’s it like working at SpaceX? I showed my students what it’s like working at some of the Silicon Valley companies. ‘Cause just to show them there’s slides and food and, you know, they kind developed this ecosystem inside so that it’s really kind of homey to kind of keep you there, you know. When you’re working and there’s bikes and things like that. And that’s a very Silicon Valley type of thing. But, you know, in listening to you talk about SpaceX and Elon, you know, you’re with a really visionary kind of company, and when I hear you talk about it, there’s I can hear this passion, this, “we’re doing something.” Is that culture, like, pervasive everywhere? Are you around folks that kind of are on that same wavelength? Because I definitely get it from you as you talk about what you do.

    Juan Vivas (34:28):

    Yeah, yeah. Definitely. I think, as an engineer, you know, going to SpaceX and working at SpaceX, it’s essentially—personally, I believe right now in the US it’s like the mecca of engineering, right? Like, it is where engineering in this most, you know, shape and manner, it’s being applied. I think what’s really interesting is that the way that Elon looks at it is just iterate, and iterate fast, right? Like, fail and fail fast. I think as an engineer, you always want to have things perfect, right? And so you spend a lot of time in making a decision or investigating something or whatever. And working at SpaceX is the complete opposite. It’s just you know, “Assume, state your assumptions—like, what are you assuming right now? What are the risk at it? And just make a decision and then see what the result is.” You know, so it’s an environment where you learn, really quick.

    Eric Cross (35:28):

    You said something that I think was powerful and I hope, I think <laugh>, this is definitely, I’m gonna get a clip of this <laugh> of you saying it. Because it speaks directly to, I think, what a lot of students struggle with in the classroom, is there’s this competition or feeling that you always need to be right. And you need to be right the first try, on the first time. And a lot of times it’s because students will compare themselves to each other, or there’s a tremendous amount of pressure to be successful. But you said, “Fail and fail fast, iterate, state your assumptions.” And it sounds like this critical part of being an engineer or in what you do, like there’s no room for ego or attaching your identity or your sense of value or worth or ability to whether you’re able to solve a problem in the first try.

    Juan Vivas (36:13):

    Yep.

    Eric Cross (36:14):

    Like, you have to be OK with the cycle, is kind of what I’m hearing from you. Is that, is that right?

    Juan Vivas (36:19):

    Yep. Exactly. It only took six months to develop the product from scratch and launch it to the public, which is insane. Nowhere in the world will any company ever iterate that fast and come up with a brand-new project. But it’s because of that mentality—like you’re saying, it’s not about like just trying to make it perfect and have all this information. And I think Elon has learned this personally, you know, through Tesla and the beginning of SpaceX. It’s, “I can wait to have all this information, and most likely I’m still gonna be wrong after I make the decision.” So it’s, “Might as well take the risk, do the decision, and then just see where you learn from it, right?” And then you keep applying that, applying that. So it’s like you iterate, iterate, iterate, iterate until you get what you want.

    Eric Cross (37:00):

    I think this is even, like, great advice. I’m taking this personally because I get paralysis by analysis <laugh>.

    Juan Vivas (37:06):

    Yep.

    Eric Cross (37:07):

    You know, I’ll research something to death but then not actually execute. Like, I need to make a decision and do it and then course-correct along the way. Somebody once told me it’s a lot easier to turn a moving car than it is a car that’s sitting still. And so as you’re kind of flowing, you’re just making these adjustments along the way until you end up on the path that you want to be. So I think that there’s so many gems in the things that you’re saying right now. What I’m thinking through the lens of my seventh graders that want to work in any STEM field—I mean, really, any field in general, but especially engineering, especially the STEM fields—knowing that, pick it, make a decision, move forward, and then course-correct along the way. That’s what science looks like in the real world.

    Juan Vivas (37:49):

    Yep. Exactly. Yep. And definitely most important—and I feel like this is sometimes where, not necessarily education in general, but it’s just, we want students to, “OK, you need to get it right the perfect time, right?” But it’s like, every student is gonna think differently. A student is gonna take a different assumption based on their background and experiences. And I mean, you know, we can go a lot deeper in that, but the way a student is shaped, they’re gonna take certain assumptions. So that’s where it gets interesting. OK, why are you assuming that? Where’s your thought process in this?

    Eric Cross (38:25):

    And we all come from different backgrounds and mindsets and filters and biases that cause us to look at something a certain way. And it’s not just like calling it out, just going, “Hey look, this is what it is.” Like autopsy without blame, this is what I’m working with. Let’s discuss it openly. Right? And if we started that process earlier, you know, younger, in classrooms, we can de-stigmatize the right answer being the best answer more, as opposed to focusing on process as opposed to outcome. And then you kinda get used to wanting to go through the process. I look at it like video games and I talk to my students. I say, “You know, you don’t pick up a video game that’s brand-new and then play it and then you die once and you’re ‘Ah, I’m never gonna play this game again.’ You know, it just doesn’t work that way. You’re going through this iterative process, and no matter what you play, you’re trying things differently. You’re data collecting. And then you’re making new decisions based on the data that you collected.” And for some of my kids, they’ll just raise their hands, say, “No, I just get mad and throw the controller across the room.” <Laugh> But I go, “Yeah, and then you’ll try it again.”

    Juan Vivas (39:33):

    The best way to know how not to do something is to fail. And so you already…I mean, what is that famous quote? I think that’s why Thomas Edison’s, “Oh, I, did not fail 99 times. Right? I only found 99 times…” I mean, that is that is true. And I feel like at work in a SpaceX, that is something that probably the core of it comes from there. It’s you know, any failure, quote unquote, that you may take it as a failure, it’s really not. You’re just “OK, we, we tried that. It didn’t work. Like what are we gonna do next?” So it’s just like taking that learning and like moving off with it quickly.

    Eric Cross (40:09):

    I heard a couple of teachers say, “Things fail: First Attempt In Learning: F A I L.” And then another teacher, one of my mentor teachers, she said, “There’s no such thing as failure, just data, in science.”

    Juan Vivas (40:20):

    Mm-hmm. <affirmative>. Exactly. Yep.

    Eric Cross (40:23):

    And so I’ve always taken that to heart. And I share that with my own students, just, “A ‘no,’ a lot of times, will tell you more information than a ‘yes.’” ‘Cause if something works in the first try, you may not exactly know why it worked. It just did.

    Juan Vivas (40:34):

    Yeah. Yep.

    Eric Cross (40:37):

    So yeah. Well, I went on your time, brother. Dude. <laugh>. The time flew. It was…

    Juan Vivas (40:46):

    Yeah.

    Eric Cross (40:47):

    There were so many things I was trying to write out as you were talking, that I just felt like, “This guy is sharing so many gems!” But yeah, I want to thank you for taking time outta your day and for sharing that information for your passion for what you do. And, I don’t know, I think that students and teachers that listen to this will get an insight from a perspective that really matters. ‘Cause ultimately we’re, we’re trying to really prepare our students for real life. Maybe I’ll email you privately if I order a Tesla, if you can move me higher up the Cybertruck line. <laugh>

    Juan Vivas (41:22):

    Yeah. No promises.

    Eric Cross (41:24):

    <laugh>

    Juan Vivas (41:25):

    Yeah. No, I appreciate you guys having me, having me here, and be able to speak on my experience. And hopefully it sparks a couple, one, even if it’s just one teacher that will spark another student, that is already success there. So.

    Eric Cross (41:42):

    Well I know, I know what you said resonates with me and it fills my cup. And I’m excited. So I’m already thinking of some ideas of things that I can do, just because of this conversation, and I know other people will as well. And, again, this is Juan Vivas, who’s a supply development engineer at SpaceX. He’s worked at some amazing places. And someone who believes deeply in not only the power of the technical skills, but the heart skills, and how community makes a huge impact in his life. It made a huge impact in him ultimately becoming a scientist, and now working on a project at SpaceX, Starlink, that is going to provide access to the world, to the web. And that’ll ultimately help us solve more problems and innovate and create some solutions that will benefit everybody. Thank you, sir. Appreciate you.

    Juan Vivas (42:30):

    Yeah, thank you. Thank you so much, Eric. Appreciate it.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

    What Juan Vivas says about engineering

    “Based on my experience so far, I think the best way to put it… an engineer is a technical problem solver.”

    – Juan Vivas

    Supplier development engineer, SpaceX

    Meet the guest

    Juan Vivas is a chemical engineer currently working as a Supplier Development Engineer at SpaceX. Juan got his start at the University of Florida, where he led the Society of Hispanic Engineers (SHPE) as vice president. He’s worked for companies like Clorox, Dow Chemical, and General Mills. Juan lives in Los Angeles, California with his wife and two dogs.

    Man in a suit and tie smiling at the camera with a blurred green background.

    About Science Connections: The podcast

    Welcome to Science Connections: The Podcast! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher.

    Welcome, Louisiana educators!

    Get all students talking and thinking together about grade-level math.

    Amplify Math is designed around the idea that a core math curriculum needs to serve 100 percent of students in accessing grade-level math every day. To that end, the program delivers: 

    • Engaging, discourse-rich math lessons that are easier to teach.
    • Flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off.
    • Real-time insights, data, and reporting that inform instruction.

    Flexible social problem-solving experiences

    Digital lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. We’ve partnered with Desmos to bring this vision to life with our complete library of Amps—social, collaborative lessons powered by Desmos technology.

    Intuitive and engaging student experience

    The student experience is intuitive and engaging because the content and the tools are interesting and exciting. Students work together and interact with the mathematics in real time to quickly see that reasoning and revising are important parts of math class. 

    Powerful teaching and monitoring tools

    Imagine knowing where your students are, what they think, what they might not get yet, and what needs to happen next. This is all possible with Amplify Math.

    Automatic, just-in-time supports

    Our Power-ups provide just-in-time support at the point of use before activities for your students. Power-ups ensure we are giving all students—even the ones who might be three years behind in math, but only 15 minutes behind the day’s lesson—the chance to experience success in math. Not teaching online? They’re available in the Teacher Edition, too.

    Engaging lessons that are more teachable

    Amplify Math makes productive discourse easier to facilitate and more accessible for students. The program provides teachers with easy-to-follow instructional supports that make implementing a problem-based program more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students.

    Math in the program is social and collaborative. Our digital experience is fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.

    Curious to learn more about what a social, collaborative classroom looks like?

    Review now

    Review now

    Click the orange button below to log in as a teacher and review the full digital experience.

    Select “Log in with Amplify” and enter these credentials:

    Username: t1.louisianamath@demo.tryamplify.net

    Password: Amplify1-louisianamath

    Click here to download a navigational guide.

    Welcome, Louisiana!

    Get all students talking and thinking together about grade-level math.

    Amplify Math is designed around the idea that a core math curriculum needs to serve 100 percent of students in accessing grade-level math every day. To that end, the program delivers: 

    • Engaging, discourse-rich math lessons that are easier to teach.
    • Flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off.
    • Real-time insights, data, and reporting that inform instruction.

    Flexible social problem-solving experiences

    Digital lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. We’ve partnered with Desmos to bring this vision to life with our complete library of Amps—social, collaborative lessons powered by Desmos technology.

    Intuitive and engaging student experience

    The student experience is intuitive and engaging because the content and the tools are interesting and exciting. Students work together and interact with the mathematics in real time to quickly see that reasoning and revising are important parts of math class. 

    Powerful teaching and monitoring tools

    Imagine knowing where your students are, what they think, what they might not get yet, and what needs to happen next. This is all possible with Amplify Math.

    Automatic, just-in-time supports

    Our Power-ups provide just-in-time support at the point of use before activities for your students. Power-ups ensure we are giving all students—even the ones who might be three years behind in math, but only 15 minutes behind the day’s lesson—the chance to experience success in math. Not teaching online? They’re available in the Teacher Edition, too.

    Engaging lessons that are more teachable

    Amplify Math makes productive discourse easier to facilitate and more accessible for students. The program provides teachers with easy-to-follow instructional supports that make implementing a problem-based program more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students.

    Math in the program is social and collaborative. Our digital experience is fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.

    Curious to learn more about what a social, collaborative classroom looks like?

    Review now

    Review now

    Click the orange button below to log in as a teacher and review the full digital experience.

    Select “Log in with Amplify” and enter these credentials:
    Username (teacher): t1.louisianamathpublic@demo.tryamplify.net
    Username (student): s1.louisianamathpublic@demo.tryamplify.net
    Password (teacher and student): Amplify1-louisianamathpublic

    Click here to download a navigational guide.

    Welcome, Tennessee educators!

    Get all students talking and thinking together about grade-level math.

    Amplify Math is designed around the idea that a core math curriculum needs to serve 100 percent of students in accessing grade-level math every day. To that end, the program delivers: 

    • Engaging, discourse-rich math lessons that are easier to teach.
    • Flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off.
    • Real-time insights, data, and reporting that inform instruction.

    Flexible social problem-solving experiences

    Digital lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. We’ve partnered with Desmos to bring this vision to life with our complete library of Amps—social, collaborative lessons powered by Desmos technology.

    Intuitive and engaging student experience

    The student experience is intuitive and engaging because the content and the tools are interesting and exciting. Students work together and interact with the mathematics in real time to quickly see that reasoning and revising are important parts of math class. 

    Powerful teaching and monitoring tools

    Imagine knowing where your students are, what they think, what they might not get yet, and what needs to happen next. This is all possible with Amplify Math.

    Automatic, just-in-time supports

    Our Power-ups provide just-in-time support at the point of use before activities for your students. Power-ups ensure we are giving all students—even the ones who might be three years behind in math, but only 15 minutes behind the day’s lesson—the chance to experience success in math. Not teaching online? They’re available in the Teacher Edition, too.

    Engaging lessons that are more teachable

    Amplify Math makes productive discourse easier to facilitate and more accessible for students. The program provides teachers with easy-to-follow instructional supports that make implementing a problem-based program more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students.

    Math in the program is social and collaborative. Our digital experience is fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.

    Curious to learn more about what a social, collaborative classroom looks like?

    Review now

    Review now

    Click the orange button below to log in as a teacher and review the full digital experience.

    Select “Log in with Amplify” and enter the login credentials supplied to you.

    Click here to download a navigational guide.

    Welcome, Tennessee!

    Get all students talking and thinking together about grade-level math.

    Amplify Math is designed around the idea that a core math curriculum needs to serve 100 percent of students in accessing grade-level math every day. To that end, the program delivers: 

    • Engaging, discourse-rich math lessons that are easier to teach.
    • Flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off.
    • Real-time insights, data, and reporting that inform instruction.

    Flexible social problem-solving experiences

    Digital lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. We’ve partnered with Desmos to bring this vision to life with our complete library of Amps—social, collaborative lessons powered by Desmos technology.

    Intuitive and engaging student experience

    The student experience is intuitive and engaging because the content and the tools are interesting and exciting. Students work together and interact with the mathematics in real time to quickly see that reasoning and revising are important parts of math class. 

    Powerful teaching and monitoring tools

    Imagine knowing where your students are, what they think, what they might not get yet, and what needs to happen next. This is all possible with Amplify Math.

    Automatic, just-in-time supports

    Our Power-ups provide just-in-time support at the point of use before activities for your students. Power-ups ensure we are giving all students—even the ones who might be three years behind in math, but only 15 minutes behind the day’s lesson—the chance to experience success in math. Not teaching online? They’re available in the Teacher Edition, too.

    Engaging lessons that are more teachable

    Amplify Math makes productive discourse easier to facilitate and more accessible for students. The program provides teachers with easy-to-follow instructional supports that make implementing a problem-based program more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students.

    Math in the program is social and collaborative. Our digital experience is fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.

    Curious to learn more about what a social, collaborative classroom looks like?

    Review now

    Review now

    Click the orange button below to log in as a teacher and review the full digital experience.

    Select “Log in with Amplify” and enter these credentials:
    Username (teacher): t1.tnmathreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
    Username (student): s1.tnmathreviewer@demo.tryamplify.net
    Password (teacher and student): Amplify1-tnmathreviewer

    Click here to download a navigational guide.

    Welcome, Idaho educators!

    Get all students talking and thinking together about grade-level math.

    Amplify Math is designed around the idea that a core math curriculum needs to serve 100 percent of students in accessing grade-level math every day. To that end, the program delivers: 

    • Engaging, discourse-rich math lessons that are easier to teach.
    • Flexible, social problem-solving experiences both online and off.
    • Real-time insights, data, and reporting that inform instruction.

    Flexible social problem-solving experiences

    Digital lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. We’ve partnered with Desmos to bring this vision to life with our complete library of Amps—social, collaborative lessons powered by Desmos technology.

    Intuitive and engaging student experience

    The student experience is intuitive and engaging because the content and the tools are interesting and exciting. Students work together and interact with the mathematics in real time to quickly see that reasoning and revising are important parts of math class. 

    Powerful teaching and monitoring tools

    Imagine knowing where your students are, what they think, what they might not get yet, and what needs to happen next. This is all possible with Amplify Math.

    Automatic, just-in-time supports

    Our Power-ups provide just-in-time support at the point of use before activities for your students. Power-ups ensure we are giving all students—even the ones who might be three years behind in math, but only 15 minutes behind the day’s lesson—the chance to experience success in math. Not teaching online? They’re available in the Teacher Edition, too.

    Engaging lessons that are more teachable

    Amplify Math makes productive discourse easier to facilitate and more accessible for students. The program provides teachers with easy-to-follow instructional supports that make implementing a problem-based program more effective and enjoyable for both you and your students.

    Math in the program is social and collaborative. Our digital experience is fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understandings.

    Curious to learn more about what a social, collaborative classroom looks like?

    Review now

    Review now

    Click the orange button below to log in as a teacher and review the full digital experience.

    Select “Log in with Amplify” and enter your reviewer login credentials.

    Click here to download a navigational guide.

    S1-08: The importance of risk-taking in the science classroom, a conversation with Valeria Rodriguez

    AS_Podcast-S1E08-Valeria-Rodriguez_Cover

    In this episode, our host Eric Cross sits down with Miami-based educator Valeria Rodriguez. Valeria shares her journey of serving in the Peace Corps, working a corporate job, and eventually finding her passion as a middle-school science teacher. Listen in as Valeria explains how sketchnoting, a form of note-taking that utilizes illustrations, encourages student choice and creativity in her classroom. Eric and Valeria also discuss the importance of risk-taking within the science classroom, and how their own mistakes can be crucial in modeling resilience for students. Lastly, Valeria shares experiences she had with several teachers who inspired her throughout her career. Explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page.

    Download Transcript

    Valeria Rodriguez (00:00):

    There’s so many things that drawing to me makes an essential connection to. It tells me no matter what, I can continue placing lines on my paper and creating the image I want. Some people will say they messed up the drawing. You know what? They gave it character.

    Eric Cross (00:19):

    Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. My guest today is Valeria Rodriguez. Valeria is a science educator, instructional technologist, and illustrator, who is currently part of a steam team where she teaches third through fifth graders in Miami, Florida. Valeria has presented and led workshops at education conferences like NSTA, ISTI, and SXSWEdu. In this episode, we discuss how she uses real-world projects to make lessons more meaningful, and why teaching students how to sketchnote increases their conceptual understanding in science. I hope you enjoy this pun-filled conversation with Valeria Rodriguez.

    New Speaker (00:58):

    Now you’re in Miami and you have a biology background. We’re like kindred spirits. Like we do the same thing. I teach biology here in San Diego at a middle school called Albert Einstein Academy. So I’m in a seventh grade classroom teaching life science.

    Valeria Rodriguez (01:11):

    That’s so cool. That’s how I started.

    Eric Cross (01:13):

    Is it?

    Valeria Rodriguez (01:13):

    Mm-Hmm <affirmative> I started teaching middle school science for seven years, doing life science in my biology background.

    Eric Cross (01:20):

    How’d you get started? Like where did you kind of begin?

    Valeria Rodriguez (01:22):

    Well, I went to UF for undergrad as a runner, and I thought I was gonna go to the Olympics, but you know, running in college is hard. And you quickly like realize a path as a full-time athlete is really hard. And one of the days that I was having one of those, like “come Jesus moments” of what am I gonna do with my life, I walked by a sign that said life is calling. And I’m like, okay, <laugh>

    Eric Cross (01:52):

    You literally had a sign.

    Valeria Rodriguez (01:53):

    There was a sign. So I was like, I’m reading the sign. I’m following the arrows. And it was for the Peace Corps. And so I went to this meeting and everything that I’ve ever done student government, athletics school education, my backgroundmy family’s from Columbia–everything in that meeting came together and they’re like, we need all these skills. And I’m like, I have those. Those are my skills. And they’re like every Peace Corps volunteer teaches. And so I went in as an agriculture volunteer to Panama because of my major and my background in biology. And while I was in the Peace Corps doing the work, I was teaching at the local school. And I realized that the most sustainable way to create any change is through education. When I came back, I was like, well, what do you do if your first job in the world is in the Peace Corps? Like my background was, you know, managing a machete in a field and teaching second through eighth grade in one classroom, on a chalkboard, you know, in English and in Spanish, while teaching the teacher and the students. So I found that going into teaching allowed me to put some of those skills, that wide array of skills that I had collected until that moment, into practice. And it allowed me to do the arts, do the running, do the science, do the connecting with the community in one place here in the states.

    Eric Cross (03:34):

    I don’t know if I’m just romanticizing, but you were in Panama and you were doing this amazing teaching. I don’t know. Do you compare it to teaching now in the classroom? Is there anything that ever like makes you wish that you were kind of in that environment again? Or are you kind of, do you like the more kind of technology side of things?

    Valeria Rodriguez (03:48):

    I tell my students all the time that I miss it, because when I was in Panama, I was in Licencia. They looked at me like this, all knowing being. If they couldn’t come to class because the kids literally had to work, they would bring me their assignment, like run it to me and then run back to their parents. Like, “I had to turn it in, but I have to go to work.” And I’m like, oh my gosh. And like here, sometimes I feel like, you know, I have to negotiate and convince my students to want to give me their work. And maybe it’s because we take a lot of things for granted. I mean, I didn’t have running water in my community. Here, you know, we have everything. I miss how we appreciated — like, my parents would send suitcases of materials for me to hand out to my students, like color and stuff, notebooks, things like that — and the kids would like, hold that notebook, like pristine and here sometimes my students aren’t as careful with materials. And I’m like, why are you breaking the crayon box? <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (04:54):

    I’m thinking about that. Just even just bringing pens and crayons and how that’s valued. And then a culture that’s built around esteeming teachers, and you’re this essential member of the community — and you feel that. It’s palpable.

    Valeria Rodriguez (05:08):

    Yeah. And here, sometimes I ask students like, what do you wanna be when you grow up? And you get all sorts of answers, but in my community, it’s gonna sound funny, but they were like, we wanna be a teacher. Like, that means that we would know a lot of stuff and they would put their hair up in a bun, ‘cause I always have it in a bun, and they would write stuff when they were playing and they would act me out <laugh> and I’m like, do I, do I do that? <Laugh> I genuinely got a very rich experience in the time that I was there. And what I learned the most was how to try to not do as much, it’s like a lesson that I’m still trying to learn because like I’m here with the U.S. Mentality of go, go, go.

    Valeria Rodriguez (05:58):

    And they’re like, but we already did, you know, two things like now we stop. And I’m like, but, but why? And they’re like, you can do that tomorrow. And I’m like, but no, like we’re gonna run out of time. For me. It was a lot of struggle of like slow down. And as a teacher, I feel like I’m always like on the treadmill at a thousand speed. And sometimes I have to tell myself like slow down, be in this moment, like a parent texted me today that her daughter was walking with her dad and said, daddy, let’s talk about the layers of the soil. And I was like, I need to stop right now and acknowledge that this happened. She’s in third grade and she’s asking her dad, you know, she could ask him about anything, and she’s asking him about soil. That’s essential for everything. And we don’t even think about soil here. Like my community had tons of erosion and every year there were less and less crops being able to be produced. We’re not talking about that here. And yet, my student asked her dad here in Miami, <laugh> about soil. And that conversation happened because of our class.

    Eric Cross (07:03):

    And you allowed yourself to be present and experience and feel that that communication came to you.

    Valeria Rodriguez (07:09):

    Yeah. We put so much stuff out there and we don’t know where it lands. If it lands on dirt or soil, <laugh>

    Eric Cross (07:16):

    There you go. I like it. Yeah. Bringing it back. But you’re, I think you’re what you’re saying. Resonates with a lot of educators that’ll be listening to this is that there’s so much that you do. And there’s even times when we do get the feedback, there might be a letter or a card or something, but like, to your point, like we look to the next thing instead of stopping, being present and allowing yourself to absorb it. I think I need to put that up on my, like on my wall, like this, just be present. Now you came back and then you went into the classroom here and you started off teaching science.

    Valeria Rodriguez (07:46):

    I didn’t go straight into the classroom. I knew that I wanted to continue teaching. But I wasn’t back here in Miami. When I moved back, I moved to Austin. And I ended up getting married and there, I started teaching Spanish as a second language like corporate classes. And I was kind of like tiptoeing around, like, do you dive into education? ‘Cause The idea of a teacher here is very different than the teacher idea that I had while in the peace Corps. So he, a lot of people were like, you can do so many things. Why would you teach? And I was like insulted <laugh>. I was like, wait, what do you mean? Like even to this day, I’ve started a blog post, maybe 20 times with that statement because people all the time are like, you’re so talented. Why do you teach? And it drives me crazy because it makes me feel like they’re looking down on my choice <laugh> but I came to terms with it that it’s just like a societal thing. Cause of that quote, like those who can’t do teach. And I was like, let me let this go.

    Eric Cross (09:01):

    I find though that educators who come in as a second career, come in with a, a, a variety of skill sets that I, I think you can only get when you’re outside of academia. I mean, you can, you can develop them, you know, going kind of K12 education college and then into the classroom. But those soft skills, the business skills, a lot of those things you really develop. And it’s funny ‘cause your, your story almost sounds like some of the people that I know that work in big tech firms, they have this eclectic story and then now they’re, you know, working for Google or Facebook or something, but that actually was a as set to them because they are able to see the world through multiple perspectives. And I’m hearing kind of a distinguish between art of teaching and the science of teaching. Like you had the, maybe the art connecting ideas, these things, and then the science, like the quote unquote like formal teaching. Okay. That had to get built on later. Like am I hearing that right?

    Valeria Rodriguez (09:55):

    Yeah. The that’s what rocks I’m teaching the rock cycle right now. So I’m, I’m under a lot of heat and pressure <laugh>

    Eric Cross (10:02):

    We got the funds, we got the funds rolling. All right. All right. So bringing in the, so the, the art side or the science side we have, and then we just have this amazing illustrator. Now you mentioned your website and we’re gonna post it somewhere, but just so we have it here to, and you say, what is your website where all your majors and sketch notes can be found,

    Valeria Rodriguez (10:21):

    Www dot Valia, sketches.com.

    Eric Cross (10:23):

    Okay. So folks that are listening, if you wanna check out the art, there’s some awesome stuff on there, as well as Twitter and Instagram. And we’ll make sure we have it handles in the, the bio of the podcast and the notes. Your art’s amazing. I looked, I checked it. I saw inauguration. I saw astronauts. I saw all kinds of different things. How do you use that in the classroom

    Valeria Rodriguez (10:45):

    To draw connections? The ones? So what I do is I airplay my iPad onto the board. And sometimes as I’m talking, I’ll draw things, draw things I’m saying, or assignments I’ll sketch out different ideas, or maybe like the schedule I’ll have an icon of some sort that represents things. I use it for everything and anything, because just the way that I tell my students that science is everywhere. I, we don’t realize how programmed we are to use images to for, for information they’re in the street. Bathroom signs, we see the zoom little link, like the image, the icon of zoom. And we know that it’s a call the apps. You know, our phone doesn’t have the words for everything that we’re opening. We just have a list of images that represent information. So we’re programs for this. And all I’m doing is showing my students how we’re programmed for it because we’re so used to seeing images, to represent things that we’re taking it for granted again.

    Valeria Rodriguez (12:03):

    And sometimes my students will like, I’ll write something and I ask them, make your own visual vocabulary. So I give them the word of the definition for every unit, the younger ones, I give them the definition they have to plug in the word and an image, the older ones, I give them the word they have to plug in the definition and an image. But I don’t tell them what to draw because they need to create an image that will help them to remember the definition. Not me. I tell them, I wrote the list. I know the words, you’re the one that needs to think of something that’s going to help you to remember this. You need to draw a connection to this information. Like I use it and I mess up all the time. And I, I scratch things out because I feel that my students or the student that I’ve had in general are risk averse.

    Valeria Rodriguez (12:57):

    They don’t want to make mistakes. And drawing is one of those things that it taught me that it’s okay to make mistakes. Like people won’t buy commit to buying houses or they won’t commit to things because they’re gonna make a, I’m like, you can sell the house. You can move again. I mean, I’ve lived in a lot of cities. I’ve been married, divorce, gone out with people. It’s worked out it hasn’t you know, there’s, there’s so many things that drawing to me makes an essential connection to <affirmative> that it tells me no matter what I can continue placing lines on my paper and creating the image I want. And if a line doesn’t necessarily go in the direction, I want it to, I can continue shaping it so that the overall image is in the direction I want. And I can look past those line here and there that some people will say they messed up the drawing. You know what? They gave it character. I, I cycle and I have scars everywhere. They give me character and I keep writing. The overall image in my head is I’m a cyclist, not I’m banged up. <Laugh>

    Eric Cross (14:14):

    I feel like there’s so much to mind in what you just said. This was like a mini-Ted talk. And I couldn’t write fast enough because there were so many gems of the things that you said, but let me say something worse. And this is I’m gonna be surface with this because, and it’s your fault because you got me thinking in puns and you said, take it for granted. And I said, take it for granted because you’re talking about the rock cycle. So that’s what I heard way back. Anyways, you have your students creating what, but it’s low tech, which is really cool because a lot of times we think of creating content and it’s kind of high tech, but they’re creating something. And this is for us, like as biology folks, like you’re using kind of like this neuroscience that exists about students, creating an art to help them learn.

    Eric Cross (14:55):

    And this is something that I, I feel gets missed a lot in. When we talk about the quote unquote, the formal teacher training is the element of how creating an art can actually lead to improved learning in the classroom. It’s something you have to go to like a conference to kind of go and see or something, but it’s not as, it’s not as pervasive everywhere. And that thing about risk averse. I feel like I, you spoke to my own life. What I see ‘cause with my own seventh graders, I see the same fear or anxiety when I ask them to draw. As I do, when I ask them to give me a hypothesis about a phenomenon that I’m gonna teach and I say, it’s okay to be wrong, but I see them drift to the Chromebook and want to Google it. You know what you just said about just try it and you can always change and giving character, I feel like is just a great message for everybody to hear

    Valeria Rodriguez (15:48):

    Today. Students made fossil, right? ‘Cause They’re learning about rocks and we made using plaster, but then I put the green screen up and not only did they make it and they excavated them, but then we put it on the green screen. And they’re like all of a sudden at a dig site,

    Eric Cross (16:04):

    What I’m seeing right now for those of you who are listening is, is students who are on, is this on IMO?

    Valeria Rodriguez (16:10):

    This is on we video

    Eric Cross (16:12):

    Video and they’re holding up fossils that they made. But in the background, because there was a green screen, there’s an overlay of like a, a rock dig site. So the students legitimately look like they’re paleontologists or something somewhere.

    Valeria Rodriguez (16:24):

    Exactly. And so it’s, it’s not just creating lines, right? The sketching transfers to so much be because even the want, not wanting to make a mistake with their fossil. One of the kids today, when he took off the, the Plato, ‘cause we put the Plato at the base. Then we put in either a shell or some sort of artifact that they were going to fossilize. And then we put in the plaster when he took off the Plato, a piece broke off and everybody’s like, I can’t believe you broke your fossil. And I’m like, not the first. Okay. Do you know how many of these guys and girls have been out there? And all of a sudden they find a dinosaur bone and they’re walking and they fall. And this fossil that took billions of years is all of a sudden broken. I’m like this selfie, the original selfies, these animals died in commitment to their selfies.

    Valeria Rodriguez (17:19):

    And here you are dropping the bone. So they were all laughing, but it was to go away from the fact that, oh my God, you broke it. You made a mistake. You drew the wrong line. You asked the wrong question. Like no big deal. Keep digging, shout out to the teachers that try doing the projects that they have. They don’t feel completely comfortable with or you know, that they take risks doing. Because even though in theory, it’s like suggested and schools want that or communities want that when it comes down to it, people also expect us to do things at work. But part of our job is also taking risks. Like we did a tethered weather balloon launch the other day because we couldn’t get approval to release the weather balloon in the atmosphere since we’re near an airport. And it was too short of a time.

    Valeria Rodriguez (18:14):

    And I remember a parent said, oh, you’re not releasing the balloon. And I was like, well, this is a lot of work too. <Laugh> we, you know, we’re, we’re doing the tethered launch. This is a hard project. So the other day when I heard that comment, like I went back to my class and I was like, you know what? I took a risk to do this project. I could have played it safe with a handout of a weather balloon <laugh> or you know, a YouTube video. It’s it’s the, the fact that we’re continuing to push. And so I wanna like really thank the teachers that keep trying to do the hard things that aren’t like tried and tested because it’s scary. Yeah.

    Eric Cross (18:57):

    Yeah. There aren’t a lot of opportunities for them to have adults that they see in positions of authority or that they respect or admire model failure. And I don’t mean failure in the, like the negative pejorative sense, but like things just not working out and then seeing how you respond to it, ‘cause you’re modeling, taking a risk. But like with real stakes, it’s authentic. I had students swab the campus and we put it in auger dishes and Petri sealed it up and then let it grow room temperature, but we kept it you know, cool enough at 75 degrees. So it wouldn’t be able to survive any, anything pathogenic. And then students, you know, I took pictures of them and then showed them the results. So the students never interacted with it and some things grew and some things didn’t, it was mostly, you know, fungi and some bacteria, but I showed them like, how come mine didn’t grow? And I was like, well, you know, it could have been how we swabbed. It could have been some things don’t grow the temperature, we kept it at, but some of the experiments didn’t yield the cool results. And that was okay. But I front loaded the expectation so that if everything did go great, sweet, but managing expectation, I found really helps to mitigate the pressure.

    Valeria Rodriguez (20:01):

    Yeah. Well another project that we’ve participated in is growing beyond earth where we’re planting seeds that contribute to like a huge set of data for cultivars that are being considered for growth on the international space station. And my students are like, well, you know, we just have six little pots, like what is this? And I’m like, yeah, we have two little seeds in each of these pots. And we are one data set in like hundreds of data sets that they’re collecting. But we are contributing two research on the international space station. You don’t have to be the next bill gates or the next, you know, Steve jobs. Like everyone thinks they’re gonna be the next big thing. Like you can also be a seed. That’s part of a really big project and that is okay. Like everyone can’t be the next big thing

    Eric Cross (20:48):

    And the other. And the other thing, I think what Gladwell talks about this in outliers and there’s another book called bounce, but a lot of the people that we see is successful or famous, we don’t realize that their background and their exposure to things was one of the things that led them there, both jobs and gates had access, you know, gates had access at, at the university of Washington to like one of the first computers and then jobs at, at Hewlett Packard. The story go goes on and on, but we don’t see the lineage of some of these people and where they come from. We just see the end result. You just see LeBron James winning a championship or something. We just want the, the end result the, the glory, but not the sweat that it takes to get there. They don’t, we don’t really see that as much, which leads me to like the next thing I wanted to ask you is how do you, and I kind of saw it just now, but how do you engage your kids in the classroom?

    Valeria Rodriguez (21:36):

    Well, I think I’m funny. Some of them don’t do

    Eric Cross (21:38):

    They like the puns

    Valeria Rodriguez (21:39):

    <Laugh> some of them do. And some of them don’t get them. They get them later. And I see when they get it, I like to engage them by bringing in real people, real examples of things, real research when possible. Right. I can’t put them in a real dig site. So the green screen helps me do that. But one of my students yesterday, other day before was like, you have such cool friends because I’ll say, oh, one of my friends does blah, blah, blah. Or, or, oh, when we go to Kennedy space center, we’re gonna, you know, talk to one of my friends. Who’s doing research on, you know, chilies in space and they’re like, wow, your friends are so cool. And I took that moment to tell them, be mindful of the people that you collect as friends in your life, like make good choices, surround yourself with awesome people, people so that you can share ideas. Like you connect with friends who you inspire you to do more. I try to engage them by giving them examples of things that people around me are doing that connect to what we’re doing. Do

    Eric Cross (22:43):

    You, do you explicitly or intentionally teach soft skills or is it just something that you just kind of organically do natural or are you mindful about making sure that you’re doing that

    Valeria Rodriguez (22:52):

    A hundred percent? You have to be explicit about it with amplify? Actually, we, we did a poster for incorporating social, emotional skills and other soft skills into the classroom because sometimes we just like other things like writing and, and reading, you know, we silo all these things in education and the school counselor, can’t be the one to deal with everything. You know, you have to deal with things as they surface. And sometimes my kids ha are frustrated because I ask them to think I don’t have yes or no answers. I have, you know, we are gonna launch a high altitude weather balloon. We don’t know how high it’s gonna go. We don’t know what’s gonna happen. We don’t, we don’t know if we’re gonna find it when the <laugh>, when the balloon bursts and it lands in the ocean, are we gonna find it? Is the GPS tracker gonna work?

    Valeria Rodriguez (23:47):

    Are we gonna lose all that money? I don’t know, but we have to do all the steps and find out. But with kids, they don’t have the skills yet. And I can’t wait for the counselor to come in and talk about handle the frustration that they’re feeling over. Not knowing the correct question to ask, because by the time they go meet with her, the moments pass, I have to stop and say, Hey, like check in with, with what you’re doing. It’s okay to be frustrated. You can’t take it out on a classmate. You can’t take it out on me.

    Eric Cross (24:14):

    So you were, you, you were intentional about teaching these skills to your students and you had the relationship. So it makes sense that you were the one to bring it across ‘cause you see them more than anybody does. You know, we’ve, we’ve, we’ve imagined. Teaching is for a long time. It’s been okay, you’re the science content expert. You’re the English expert, but so much as teaching evolves, there are these skills or like EQ emotional intelligence that you kind of have to have kind of coming in. Because like those moments, like no having the presence of mind to stop and why a young person through identifying how they feel, why, where it came from. Those aren’t always covered in those aren’t really covered in your methods classes when you’re in college, getting your, your degree or something. Now when you’re you’re sketch noting and for teachers who are, or one, could you just maybe give like a brief explanation of sketch, noting for somebody who may not be familiar with it, like how I was sketch any different than just drawing a picture randomly or something.

    Valeria Rodriguez (25:10):

    Okay. So you’re creating visual summaries. You’re using text and images combined in different ways to take notes. And before you know how we had like these shorthand things that the squiggly meant an indent and something else meant something else. And we had these lists of things when they would edit our papers, that represented things. It’s kind of like that for your brain. So you’re making a list of maybe icons or small sketches that represent things for you. So as you’re taking notes, you hear things. And when people talk now and they, they say, you know, I’m on the fence about this. Like I literally see a fence. And when they’re talking, I write the note, it’s almost like a T toe with pointy tops and I put a stick figure on top of it. And so later when I look at it, I think, oh, that’s right. My friend is on the fence about that decision

    Eric Cross (26:08):

    For a new teacher or even a, a, a experienced teacher. That’s interested in sketch noting, where, where would you recommend? They start like the structurize? Like, do you give creative freedom? Are they doing this paper and pencil vocabulary words? Are they up? Like, what are some just kind of maybe three basic things to kind of get started for someone who was just curious about it.

    Valeria Rodriguez (26:29):

    So it has to be simple because if it requires a lot of energy to go in, then you’re gonna be more hesitant to do it. For example, I wouldn’t start summarizing a video because it’s moving really fast or a live presentation is really hard. So with students, I would start with here’s a paragraph, make a visual summary of it, or here’s a vocabulary list, make an image to represent each word. Then you would move into, well, you know, here’s a unit summarize the three main topics in unit. Then you can move onto like a little YouTube video. That’s like 10 minutes a Ted talk, make a visual summary of the Ted talk because they can pause it.

    Eric Cross (27:11):

    Mm. Okay.

    Valeria Rodriguez (27:13):

    The hardest thing is live presentations, ‘cause in conversations you can say, oh, can you say that again? Sketch, noting. You start seeing how people organize or don’t their thoughts when they speak. Because when you start writing things down and all the information is about one thing and then like two blue ORPS about something else. You’re like, wow, that was really unbalanced. So then when you start teaching, you tell them what you’re gonna tell them, you tell them and then you tell them what you told them. So they can check that they put the notes in the right places and you tell them what you’re gonna tell. So they can prep the pathway that they’re gonna set up their notes and I have to be explicit. And I have to say like, I’m gonna talk about the rock cycle. So if I were you, I would put, you know, these four boxes. Oh, but there’s three types of rocks. See? I’m like, yeah, but magma. So let’s put it in the cycle, you know? And, and then I’m like, if I were you, I would put an arrow from here to here because this is how, you know, after erosion and then, you know, heat and pressure. But then it connects like this. So the arrows are gonna help me to remember the directions

    Eric Cross (28:13):

    As we wind down. There’s there’s one question I wanna ask you there, you are bringing together this science, the, the art, the social, emotional learning, the relationships with your students outside content, like there’s so many different things that you bring in the classroom that is clearly gonna make you a memorable educator for your kids. It just, it’s just, I’m just listening to your learning environment. And it’s so rich who is one teacher that really expired you. So

    Valeria Rodriguez (28:38):

    There’s a few people that stand out overall. I had very encouraging teachers. I had that one teacher that didn’t like my drawing <laugh> she also stands out <laugh>

    Eric Cross (28:49):

    We have those too.

    Valeria Rodriguez (28:49):

    Yeah. So I have colleagues that stand out to me that inspire me every day to like keep trying. And then I had a teacher in high school who I actually work with her daughter now at the school that I work at. And I didn’t even know her mom would make us write almost the whole class. And it was world history. And I remember hearing her say when she was talking about the Roman empire that it fell because it reached more than it can grab. So it kept extending too far out. And I heard that, like I think about, yes, I can keep reaching for things in education and reaching for things in my classroom. But I have to come back to like, what can I hold? I don’t wanna reach further than what I can hold. And yes, I have to believe in myself. And I tell my students to believe in themselves,

    Eric Cross (29:38):

    I’m in this, I’m in this sketch noting mindset. Because when you said what Ms. Brown shared with you, I thought of a hand reaching out, but then things kind of slipping through it. And I another hand with like a fist right next to it. So even in our conversation here last hour, I I’m thinking in pictures now. And so I’m like, if I can do it, they can do it. Like if you know, ‘cause I am just not the person who spends a lot of time committing to draw. Because a lot of times when I was that student who tried to draw and we get frustrated and look around and now I feel like this is, I wanna try this again. I wanna share this with my students and encourage them. This is gonna be a lot of fun. I look forward to continuing to see the sketch notes that you do. And maybe I’ll, I’ll show you one of mine. Like eventually I don’t know if you can see that there that’s my stick figures. Those of you who are listening right now, I drew, I was drawing stick figures and taking notes while Blair was dropping all of this, these like gems and wisdom in here. So

    Valeria Rodriguez (30:31):

    Maybe we can do a challenge that once people hear this podcast, they can tag us somehow in the sketch note that they create I’m in. So we see what they a take from it. Because that’s the other thing about sketch noting, you think you’re emphasizing something and all of a sudden people are walking away with something else that resonated to them. And you’re like, wow. And here I was thinking that this was what we were talking about. And this is what really jumped out at them.

    Eric Cross (30:57):

    Your kids are lucky that you’re in front of them, not just because of how you teach, but how you access all of these different parts of their creativity and their thinking and apply, integrate all of these soft skills and social, emotional skills and just life skills and your experience connecting them to the outside world. They, and like you said, and how we started, you know, where you started in Panama, the students realized what you represent and what you meant to them. And I feel like your students, when they get older, they may not realize it in the time, but as they get older and reflect back, they’ll be telling stories about you. So yeah. Thanks for making time and thanks for being here.

    Valeria Rodriguez (31:34):

    Well thank you too, ‘cause I know you’re in the classroom and making time to do other things outside the classroom. Isn’t always easy, but it’s what keeps us going in different ways.

    Eric Cross (31:49):

    Thanks so much for joining me in Valer today. We wanna hear more about you. If you have any great lessons or ways to keep student engagement high, please email us@stemamplifycom.wpengine.com. That’s TM five.com. Make sure to click, subscribe wherever you listen to podcasts and join our brand new Facebook group science connections, the community for some extra content.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

    What Valeria Rodriguez says about science

    “I use [sketchnoting] and I mess up all the time…because I feel that my students don’t want to make mistakes, and drawing is one of those things that taught me that it’s okay to make mistakes.”

    – Valeria Rodriguez

    Educator, Instructional technologist, and Graphic facilitator

    Meet the guest

    Valeria is an educator, instructional technologist, graphic facilitator, and dreamer. She currently works as a Science teacher as part of a STEAM Team in Miami, Florida teaching third through fifth graders as a free-lance graphic facilitator. She loves to connect with passionate educators she meets around the country. Valeria has presented and led workshops at educational conferences like SXSWEdu, ISTE, NSTA, NSTA STEM Forum, SHIFTinEDU, FAST, FCIS, and SEEC. When she is not teaching or sketching, Valeria can be found adventuring with her family around the world, training for triathlons, and creating opportunities to empower kids in all kinds of communities. 

    You can check Valeria’s work on her website and follow her on Twitter & Instagram.

    Valeria-Rodriguez_Headshot-LP

    About Science Connections

    Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. Listen here!

    S3 – 05. Developing an asset orientation with Lani Horn

    Math Teacher Lounge podcast featuring Lani Horn, a professor at Vanderbilt University, on developing an asset orientation.

    In this episode, math education professor Lani Horn shares with us what it means to have an asset orientation towards students, contrasting it with a deficit orientation, and helping Bethany and Dan understand the many ways students experience one or the other. Their conversation hit both high notes and low notes and included a challenge that Bethany and Dan both found extremely valuable for helping a teacher develop an asset orientation towards their students.

    Explore more from Math Teacher Lounge by visiting our main page

    Download Transcript

    Dan Meyer (00:03)

    Welcome back to Math Teacher Lounge, folks. My name is Dan Meyer.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:07):

    And I’m Bethany Lockhart Johnson.

    Dan Meyer (00:09):

    We’re so excited to be here with you folks and with our guest today, tackling big questions about mathematics. I wanna ask Bethany first though: Bethany, it’s been kind of a challenging couple of years for those of us in education, near education, just in life in general, of course. But I woke up this morning and the sun was out; the weather was perfect and crisp here in Oakland; and I found myself feeling optimistic, a sense of hopefulness. And I was wondering to myself, “What is Bethany feeling hopeful about in math education right now?” What’s got you juiced up a little bit?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:40):

    I gotta say, that optimism, Dan, look at that! I can actually feel the sunshine just pouring through the microphone! So I thank you for asking. What am I feeling optimistic about in math education? Hmm. OK, this is gonna sound a little bit cop-out-y, but I have been so completely jazzed about not only our podcast, but the conversations that I’ve been seeing circulating in other math podcasts that are out there around curriculum, around new books coming out. It just feels like despite overwhelm, despite exhaustion, that most teachers really do love learning. And so there’s like that kernel. And so I just feel like there’s books on my shelf I wanna read; there’s podcasts in the queue I wanna listen to; and summertime is the best, best time to do it.

    Dan Meyer (01:39):

    People still feel hungry out there for learning. They know the importance of the craft and its impact on students. And, yeah, people are tired, but also it is so cool to see people still jazzed about learning more about how to teach students more effectively. Me, I’m excited right now, I have a very specific excitement right now, which is that today we announced that Desmos, where I work, and Amplify, our sponsor, are no longer gonna be two separate things. That we are joining together. That I, and all these people who have done so much work over the last 10 years developing digital math technology, we’re gonna go and work inside of Amplify as a division called Desmos Classroom. And we’re so excited that…what we cracked, I think, at Desmos, is a way of thinking about how teachers and their tools—computers, for instance—interact with students in math. And I love what we did there. But we never really cracked the question of, “How do you support entire school systems in taking up these ideas and tools?” And Amplify has really done that. So I’m super-excited to partner up there. That’s what I’m optimistic about and happy about.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (02:40):

    Congratulations! That’s a huge transition, and I’m just so excited about the amazing work that both Amplify and Desmos do. But then, the idea of Desmos being in more classrooms? Those tools being available for more students? With the reach? I mean, I’m just excited! It’s a big day, Dan.

    Dan Meyer (03:00):

    Thank you. Yes, exciting day. And I’m excited about also about our guest we’re bringing on today. How’s that for a segue? I’ll be excited to hear what our guest is excited about in math education. I just wanna say that what our guest, Lani Horn, Professor Lani Horn, has exposed us to is this idea of an asset orientation and its importance. And I do think I’m not over-exaggerating or overstating to say that the idea of an asset orientation towards students and their thinking has been possibly the most transformative idea for me in the last five years of being an educator. And adopting it has led to my favorite lessons, my favorite teaching experiences, my favorite relationships with students. I say all that—you know, I don’t wanna gas things up too much; is that too high of a bar here to have expectations? But it really has been tremendous! And Lani Horn gave a talk several years ago called “An Asset Orientation Is Everything,” which really changed the game up for me. And Bethany watched it as well. So that’s why I’m so excited to have on the person who gave that talk. And who’s done so much research around what an asset orientation offers students and teachers. So we’re bringing on today Lani Horn, who is a professor of mathematics education at Vanderbilt University, Peabody College, who centers her research on ways to make authentic mathematics, ambitious math teaching, accessible to students and teachers, particularly those who have been historically marginalized by our educational system. I think Lani has just a beating heart for students, yes, but also really respects the work of teaching in ways I think are so needed and sometimes uncommon in the world of math-education research. So Lani, thank you so much for coming on and joining us in the Lounge.

    Lani Horn (04:41):

    Thanks for having me.

    Dan Meyer (04:44):

    We would love to know what you are excited about and optimistic about right now in the world of mathematics education. What’s got you a little bit gassed up?

    Lani Horn (04:52):

    Up, gassed up? Hmm. Let me reframe it, ’cause I don’t know if I’m gassed up, but I’m cautiously hopeful that maybe that in the wake of the interrupted learning that’s been sort of widespread during the pandemic that maybe we’ll get some traction around more strategies for teaching in heterogeneous classrooms. Which I think every classroom is, to varying extents: a heterogeneous classroom. And I was talking with a colleague the other day about this idea of hmm, maybe modeling would be a really cool thing to focus teachers on. Doing some more mathematical modeling across the grade levels. Because it just seems like there’s a lot of opportunities for kids to kind of catch up on ideas and understandings that they may not have fully grasped because of interrupted learning, interrupted schooling. But also with room to engage in a lot of ideas. So we were playing with that and I was like, “Gosh, that’d be pretty cool if people took that on more broadly.” ‘Cause I don’t think that there’s been enough conversations about meaningful differentiation in that kind of way, like at the level of curriculum. So I would love to see an upsurge in interest in that kind of stuff, ’cause that’s a big place where I have a lot of passion, so I’m ready! I’m ready for people to ask questions about that. And actually it’s really very, very, very closely related to the topic today of having an asset orientation towards students.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (06:34):

    First of all, I’m so excited to have you on Math Teacher Lounge, have you in the Lounge, and get to talk to you, because when Dan sent me this talk, my first thing was, “Oh, I think I know what asset orientation is and looks like.” You know, you kind of hypothesize about what you think it’s going to be. And then you started talking and I’m like, “Wait, wait, why am I just hearing this now?” So I thought I knew what it was, but really I felt like there was so much to unpack. And I would just love for you to share with our listeners, in case they are like, “Oh, asset orientation, I know what that is. I’ve got it. My students have got it.” What is it? And why does it matter so much to our teachers?

    Lani Horn (07:19):

    The most obvious point is that asset is the opposite of deficit, right? And we know that deficit thinking is very harmful to students. That there’s a real teacher-expectation bias that that kids pick up on, that we communicate indirectly to students and that impacts their learning and their ability to meet our academic expectations and, other expectations in classrooms. So an asset orientation is looking for students’ strengths and trying to work from those strengths as a basis for your teaching.

    Dan Meyer (07:54):

    So that’s a really fantastic starting spot there. And I think what’s initially surprising to me about the research you cited in your talk, that is built around an asset orientation, is how…I think if you come at learning from a—I guess in research, they call a cognitivist frame, where learning happens when teachers say the right things that make a transfer from the teacher’s brain to the student’s brain. A lot of what you’re describing is very counterintuitive, I think. The asset orientation describes a teacher’s kind of subtle disposition. It’s not what, like what they’re saying exactly. It’s what they communicate in the subtext and the body language, that all emanates from some perspective on students and the idea that that filters down somehow and students pick up on that—like a smell in the air—and that determines a lot of their learning, I think is one part of your talk and the research that I thought was really surprising. How close is that to like how this actually works? And can you add to that description or pivot it a little bit?

    Lani Horn (08:54):

    Expansion of the sort of cognitive framing of teacher and student interaction…part of what’s really hard about developing and maintaining an asset orientation is that schools are organized in ways that rank and sort children. And so when we are just using the everyday language of schooling, sometimes we’re injecting these preconceived deficit notions of students into our talk and into how we’re thinking about, interpreting, looking at students. So not only is this interruption a sort of a cognitive lens on teacher-student interaction, but it’s really looking at how the social environment is setting teacher-student interaction to take on certain kinds of framings.

    Dan Meyer (09:44):

    This is what I mean about Lani having such a generous frame towards teachers and the work of teaching. I wonder, though, if you could help us make concrete how an asset and deficit orientation might play out in a hypothetical classroom interaction.

    Lani Horn (10:00):

    Sure. A really commonplace example is a teacher has a group of students. It’s October or November. So there’s already been a few assessments. And that gives the teacher an idea who the strong students are and who the struggling students are. And they’re having a classroom conversation. And someone who hasn’t performed well, a kid who hasn’t performed well on those assessments—the teacher poses a question. A kid who hasn’t performed well on the assessments is called on. And they sort of hesitate in formulating their response. And the teacher with that lens of “this is a struggling student” then may have to make a decision: “Do I persist? Do I support this kid? Do I help them formulate an answer? Do I try to draw out their thinking anyway? Or do I move on to a kid who is academically performed better in my class?” And I would say that a lot of teachers in that situation would very understandably say, “OK, I get it. You’re not a strong math student. You’re not confident in my class. I’m gonna move on because I need to get through this lesson to somebody who I know is gonna provide me with a correct answer.” And they do it also out of, sometimes, a sense of care, of not wanting to put that student on the spot. However, part of what is another unintended result of making that choice is instead of trying out that student’s thinking, listen to their sort of, maybe, hesitant answer, and trying to find the kernel in it that maybe could be supported and amplified, that kid then loses an opportunity to have their idea be a part of the whole class’s mathematical conversation. Completely common, completely understandable kind of interaction that I see all the time.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:52):

    That feels so huge. And that I can actually picture that happening.

    Lani Horn (11:56):

    Of course. We’ve all seen it. We’ve all done it.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:58):

    We’ve all seen it and done it. And I think it’s so key that you mention often it’s from a place of care. Of “I want that student to—look, I called on you; you’re a part of the conversation; you’re a part of our community.” But with it, I brought all of that other information that I think I have about that kiddo. Right? And how I think they’re struggling or navigating the question. And “Here, I’ll help by…” You know? But what I immediately thought of is how much the other students also pick up on that, right?

    Lani Horn (12:36):

    Of course.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:36):

    I remember this time, this student in my class, a student who had struggled on some of the work we were doing, she came up and she shared her work. And then another student kind of like, it was almost like a strange little pat on the back, like, “Look at that! You did it!” And like really said it in a tone of…like, you’re 5, where did that come from?? How had I set up that student to be—I really had to step back and say, “What role have I played in making this student seem like she wasn’t capable of what she had just solved?” It was such a learning moment for me. Because I don’t think teachers do it maliciously, you know, or even consciously.

    Lani Horn (13:33):

    Absolutely.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (13:34):

    And it was so huge.

    Lani Horn (13:36):

    Thanks for sharing that, Bethany, wow.

    Dan Meyer (13:38):

    Even in your description, Lani, you mentioned how the need to keep the class moving to fit, again, a policy that teachers didn’t impose, that we have 45 minutes and way too many standards to cover in that many days…I wanna ask you about growth mindset. It feels like every last teacher on earth has finally got the memo about growth mindset. We all know it’s the good mindset and that the bad one is fixed mindset. And we have the posters. The posters have been distributed. <laugh> A nationwide mobilization.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:07):

    I automatically pictured the posters.

    Lani Horn (14:09):

    <laugh> Of course.

    Dan Meyer (14:11):

    We’ve got the posters up, people! So we’re good! And now here comes asset orientation, which has some of the similar kinds of happy feelings, good vibes, about teaching and students and learning. So I was just wondering if you could help us kind of differentiate those two kinds of concepts.

    Lani Horn (14:28):

    I think that an asset orientation is something you’re never done cultivating. I think it’s an ongoing stance that you have to constantly reset and reexamine. And it is recognizing the links to the social categories that students inhabit, the identities that they bring with them, the bodies that they live in, the different abilities and disabilities. And it’s actually a place where, when you really engage this work in a meaningful way, I think it has the potential to make you kind of a better human being. Because you have to constantly say, “Gosh, why did I do that? What is it that my expectation was? Why am I having such a hard time with this particular student, finding something that they’re smart at, something that they’re really good at?” ‘Cause that’s the question. That’s the asset orientation question. You look at your students and you say, “What is it that they are smart about? How are they smart? I understand that school values this; I understand that my assessments value this; but what are they smart at? And how could I bring that into the meaningful work of my classroom?” Which is a very hard question sometimes.

    Dan Meyer (16:03):

    Yeah. Oh, so many thoughts here. Like one, I just feel like it’s such a value for teachers, for anyone, to have a big, clear, unanswerable-in-your-lifetime question to motivate your work in teaching. If you don’t have that, then the job is too small, basically. So I love that it’s a question that offers ways to dig in every single day. Every interaction is an opportunity, and it will never be answered. That’s wonderful. I love how I just feel like there’s…sometimes we have conversations with Lounge guests, Bethany, where it really gets out of the realm of the school. And it starts to creep on in to the personal life. It starts to creep on in to the spiritual life. And I find, with this sort of idea—the value of a human being—I feel when I have an asset orientation towards my key relationship in my life—my best friends, my spouse, all these things—that that’s an indication to me of a really big and valuable idea. And the question of the difference between growth mindset and asset orientation, I wonder if it’s relevant here that a growth mindset is a concept that was studied and originated by an education psychologist, Carol Dweck, and you are someone who operates with a social-cultural frame that considers more than the student’s mind in the unit of a student, but like what is going on and what are Bethany’s students perceiving in that moment you described, Bethany, that was you and a student, but everyone kind of feels what’s going on. I wonder if that’s a useful differentiator here. Do you have any thoughts about that?

    Lani Horn (17:30):

    Yes. I do think that the anthropological perspective that I take—where I really look at the cultural sources of these perspectives and these expectations and narratives, I would say, about who can learn math—are really, really important. And they’re part of what sometimes becomes invisible in the classroom. Though those are a really, really important part of the ongoing work of developing an asset orientation. And of course, I come to it from my own personal experience. I was an undergraduate math major. And sometimes by the time I got to my senior seminars, I was the only woman in the room. And you know, I felt that. I felt the stigma of low expectations. I felt the missed opportunities to dig deeper because people were trying to protect me from being wrong and embarrassing myself. And so on. So it’s personal. And of course we see this applying to other social categories as well. We know that the bias is not just against women in math, but people of color, against people with different kinds of abilities, and so on. So I think that that’s why it’s sort of this ongoing personal work. And I think, too, that we will inevitably in the course of committing ourselves to this find students who challenge us, especially in our society right now, the way things are so fractured. You know, what if you have a student in your classroom who holds political views that you find really odious? How do you find a way to engage that student in a way that respects what they do have to offer to your class, while also making sure that the class is a safe place for everybody? I mean, those are really, really complex dynamics to manage. And, you know, I can talk a lot about that too.

    Dan Meyer (19:30):

    What a job; what a job. Yeah.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (19:33):

    I was really struck, too, because I feel, like Dan said, we’ve gotten the posters. And not to undermine the power of growth mindset—I think it has impacted many, many students and communities—but it sometimes stops there. The conversation stops there. Well, you know, we have a chant we do every day. We have the poster on the wall. My students have a growth mindset. And I think what I really appreciated in your talk, and as I’ve learned about your work, is the invitation to teachers to be vulnerable and to really look at… I do feel like even sharing that story, you put a certain amount of vulnerability of, like, have I failed in some way? But I care about my students. I’m committed to cultivating a safe space. So I guess something I’m really curious about is: what do you think needs to happen or needs to be possible for teachers to further cultivate an asset orientation? Because even the ability to pause and to be reflective, sometimes it doesn’t seem possible. So I think it’s beyond just the teacher, but in the school, the district…what are some things you feel?

    Lani Horn (20:49):

    Are you letting me be the queen of designing schools? ‘Cause that’s a job I’ve always wanted! <laugh> OK. So if I were the queen of designing schools, teachers would have fewer student contacts.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:04):

    Say more.

    Lani Horn (21:05):

    When I taught high school, I had sometimes…I think the most I got was 180 student contacts a day.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:12):

    Wow.

    Lani Horn (21:13):

    So when you’re looking at 180 kids a day, that is just sort of a capacity issue. How am I supposed to really look meaningfully at each of those individual people and find what’s valuable and strong and smart about each of them? I think that in the U.S., teachers have more instructional time than any other developed country. We need more planning time. Because that’s an opportunity to consult with colleagues. Sometimes when we encounter students where we do have that personal struggle of, “Oh, gosh, I am really having a hard time connecting with you and seeing your strengths,” wouldn’t it be great to be able to go to their last year’s teacher or their English teacher or some other teacher and say, “Can you tell me about your experiences with this student? Because I’m really wanting to connect and I’m having trouble.” And wouldn’t that be wonderful if we had resources to do that? The other thing I would do is I would get rid of a lot of the meaningless accountability, which I have found has only amplified sort of the sorting, and sort of put a technocratic veneer over kids’ deficit thinking about their own selves. Kids get a printout saying that they’re “below basic” and you say, “Hey, that was a really good idea!” And they don’t believe you ’cause they have this printout that puts them in a different category, so there’s no way they could be good at math. So I think we’ve really done a lot of harm in the annual testing of kids in that way. Especially with the individual reporting. And often the metrics we’re using to do that are not designed to be disaggregated to the individual level. So we have a lot of measurement problems. I’m kind of going back to your question before, Dan, about what’s the difference between growth mindset and an asset orientation. I think that sometimes—I don’t think this is the way Carol Dweck intended it, but I think sometimes—and I’ve seen her rebut the way it’s been used in schools—but I think sometimes the way that growth mindset has been used in schools kind of brings it back to an individual problem: “We don’t have unequal funding in our school system! We don’t have systemic racism! We don’t have childhood poverty and malnourishment! It’s just about having the right mindset!” And we know that all of those other things have a huge impact on who engages in school and who’s able to get access to schooling and the formal learning that goes on there. And so there’s a little bit of an erasure that happens in the way that growth mindset has been taken up, and putting the onus back on students and teachers as opposed to going, “Wow, we’re in this system where the cards are stacked a certain way, and I have to somehow navigate that as a teacher and figure out how to hold you up in a system that is trying to push you down.” Which is a really different kind of job than to put a poster on my wall and do a chant in the morning.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:39):

    And I’m wondering, if you were looking at how you would hope that asset orientation gets brought into the classroom…it’s not another poster, right? What do you think would really help make some meaningful change around the way we think about that and teachers and systems take that on?

    Lani Horn (24:59):

    So I think that the important thing is helping teachers develop a vocabulary for recognizing students’ mathematical strengths in particular. Recognizing a strength is not, “Wow, you did really neat work!” or “You have really nice handwriting!” Those are not authentically mathematical strengths, right? So I try to think about—ah, for color theorem, “How cool! What a great way to be systematic!” You know, that being systematic, developing a good representation, asking a good question, asking the next “what if,” all of these are profoundly mathematical ways of thinking. And there’s more—I’m just giving you a few examples—that are not always recognized in classrooms that are built around quick and accurate calculation. Right? When that is the most valued form of smartness, kids who can do all these other great things, like, “Wow, that that is such a clear way of explaining the connection between that graph and that equation! I love it. That helps me see what’s happening every time that variable increases.” You know? I love when kids do that! That’s not quick and accurate calculation, right? One of the most heartbreaking things I’ve seen sometimes is teachers doing a really good job of pumping kids up and helping them feel mathematical and seeing their mathematical strengths in the everyday lessons…but then they get a standard assessment and are told they’re a C student. How do you support the messaging you’re doing in your teaching and in your interactions so that it aligns with assessment? And this is where the sorting mechanism of school kind of inhibits some of the ways that we really should be valuing kids in a way that would support their ongoing learning and their own particular flourishing.

    Dan Meyer (26:59):

    I love how you describe this whole process as a career-long trajectory, how one does not ever finish creating an asset orientation in oneself. I’m wondering if there is some way for teachers who are listening to start to experience, to enter into that kind of feedback loop, that experience, of what an asset orientation offers them and their students. Do you have some way for us to start digging in here? A challenge, if you will?

    Lani Horn (27:24):

    Yeah, sure. This is a process I learned from teachers I’ve worked with, so I did not make this up. It’s called a roster check. It’s where you take a roster of one of your classes, and you go through student by student and see if you can specifically name a way that that student is mathematically smart. And it’s a private exercise if you want it to be. And just sort of go through. And then for the students who you really struggle to name how they’re smart, step back and see if there’s some kind of a pattern. And when I’ve done this in PD, as an exercise, I’ve had teachers have some real light-bulb moments where they go, “Oh my gosh, I really don’t know the quiet girls in my classroom,” or “I really don’t know the multilingual learners in my classroom.” So they can sort of start to see a bias in who they’re interacting with and who’s been able to engage in ways that uncover what their unconscious bias might be. And sometimes it’s not unconscious bias. Sometimes it’s not necessarily a category like that. It’s just the kids who are more outspoken, the kids who are high achieving. It doesn’t have to necessarily be linked to an obvious social category. However, I do think that then what you can do with that list of kids who you don’t have a name for their strengths, is you can kind of take a couple of them a week and make that your project to really observe them a little more intentionally and a little more closely. Try mixing things up. Have a chat with them. Say, “Hey, so what do you like to do? What are the things that you like to do in the world? What are your hobbies?” So maybe you can start to get some insight that way. You can talk to other teachers. Most kids have something that they’re passionate about, something that animates them and wakes them up in the morning, and knowing that and finding ways to meaningfully tie that to their mathematical learning can be extremely powerful.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:35):

    Lani. I love that idea, taking that time to reflect and allow yourself to be vulnerable as you take a look at your biases and how that’s impacting your classroom space. I have learned so much from our conversation. I know we’re just scratching the surface of the work that you do. So if folks want to learn more, want to continue engaging in these ideas, where can they find you, or where can they find more about your work?

    Lani Horn (29:58):

    I’m pretty active on Twitter. My handle is @ilana_horn. No “e” on that. And I’ve written a couple of books for teachers. One is called Motivated. Another is called Strength in Numbers. People can check those out.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (30:17):

    I love it. For our listeners, we are thrilled to share this conversation with you, and we wanna hear how you take up this challenge: What do you uncover? What do you notice? What are you learning about an asset orientation? And you can share that by finding us on Twitter at @MTLshow, or you can also continue the conversation with us in our Facebook group, Math Teacher Lounge. We’re so excited to keep learning with you. And thanks for listening.

    Lani Horn (30:42):

    Bye! Thanks for having me.

    Dan Meyer (30:44):

    Bye, folks. Thank you.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

    What Lani Horn says about math

    “An asset orientation is looking for students’ strengths and trying to work from those strengths as a basis for your teaching. ”

    – Lani Horn

    Professor of Mathematics Education, Vanderbilt University Peabody College

    Meet the guest

    Lani Horn centers her research on ways to make authentic mathematics accessible to students, particularly those who have been historically marginalized by our educational system. Professor Horn focuses primarily on mathematics teaching in two ways. First, Professor Horn looks at classroom practices that engage the most students in high-quality mathematics. Second, Professor Horn views teaching as a contextually-embedded practice –  how school environments, communities, colleagues, and policies shape what is instructionally possible. All of this is unified through a pursuit to understand teacher learning as a situative phenomenon. Follow Professor Horn on Twitter.

    A graphic with the text "Math Teacher Lounge with Bethany Lockhart Johnson and Dan Meyer" on colored overlapping circles.

    About Math Teacher Lounge: The podcast

    Math Teacher Lounge is a biweekly podcast created specifically for K–12 math educators. In each episode co-hosts Bethany Lockhart Johnson (@lockhartedu) and Dan Meyer (@ddmeyer) chat with guests, taking a deep dive into the math and educational topics you care about.

    Join the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group to continue the conversation, view exclusive content, interact with fellow educators, participate in giveaways, and more!

    S3 – 06. Bethany and Dan take on Twitter!

    Promotional graphic for Math Teacher Lounge Season 3, Episode 6, featuring Bethany Lockhart Johnson, Educator, and Dan Meyer, Director of Research at Desmos.

    In this episode, Bethany and Dan take a look at several tweets that caught the most fire on Twitter during the 2021-2022 school year. The pair answer questions about viral teaching methods, the best teaching advice you can give in three words, and if students should use pencils or pens in class. Join them as they take on those questions and several others in a fast-paced episode.

    Explore more from Math Teacher Lounge by visiting our main page

    Download Transcript

    Dan Meyer (00:02):

    Hey folks. Welcome back to the Math Teacher Lounge. I’m your co-host, Dan Meyer.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:07):

    And I am Bethany Lockhart Johnson. And I’m your co-host, Dan! Hi!

    Dan Meyer (00:12):

    We’re co-hosts! Hey! Great to see you.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:13):

    Dan, this is the last episode of Season 3. Three seasons!

    Dan Meyer (00:19):

    It’s gotta have a cliffhanger. What will the cliffhanger be? You know?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:22):

    The cliffhanger is that we love having guests! It’s one of our most favorite things, because selfishly, we love to talk to all of these amazing folks who are doing this interesting research and thinking about amazing things. But for this last episode, it’s just you and I, Dan. Cliffhanger!

    Dan Meyer (00:40):

    Yeah. I like this. I like this. So the cliffhanger was last episode, and people are all like, “So who’s the last guest gonna be of the season before we roll out into summer?” And yes, as Bethany said, we love all the fascinating guests we’ve had on throughout these last few seasons. And we realized…who is more fascinating to each other than both of us? You know, let’s talk to each other about things, right? <Laughs> You get that! You get that! Or am I alone here in this? We had this idea about what we should talk about here, and that’s this: I am on Twitter a lot. I’m @DDMeyer on Twitter; throw me a follow; might follow back; who knows? I don’t tweet much. Bethany, what’s your handle on Twitter? Let ’em know.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (01:22):

    I’m @LockhartEdu, and I was much more active pre-mamahood. But I’m still up in there. Go ahead.

    Dan Meyer (01:30):

    Yep. In there. Yeah, great. So I’ve been keeping track of the hottest conversations in math education Twitter, the conversations that the most people who kind of describe themselves as math teachers in their bios and whatnot have been replying to. We’ve got some little things working in the background, keeping track of this sort of thing. And so we are gonna bring you folks some of those extremely hot conversations, and even better than the questions—which we hope you’ll reply to and tag us in your replies—even more than those questions, we’ll bring you our answers—our answers!—to those questions. Can you believe that? We’ll fully settle these questions! Won’t we, Bethany? My gosh, won’t we?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (02:15):

    Jeez Louise! No! Dan Meyer, the point is not our final word on it! The point is this episode, we’re furthering the conversation. We wanna hear from listeners about what do you think?

    Dan Meyer (02:25):

    Right. You’re right. You all need someone in your life like Bethany who will help you become the best version of yourself. So here’s the deal. We have several questions in a few different categories. We’re gonna bust through some quick ones, pretty quick. And, uh, there’s some meaty ones as well. Let’s get into it! The first questions come to you all, and us, courtesy of MTL guest Howie Hua, who has a renowned knack for just creating math memes, but also conversation starters that really capture the curiosity and answers of of a grateful nation. So Howie’s first question, which I’ll pose to Bethany, is, “What’s your favorite number?” Bethany? And why is it your favorite number?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (03:14):

    Oh, I love it. OK. Well, the first thing that came to my mind is 12. ‘Cause It’s a highly divisible number. I mean, 2, 6, 3, 4—I love it. And it coincides with the day and month of my birth. Which, like, the double-digit…come on, 12, 12, 12, 12. I dunno, am I giving away, like, my bank security code <laugh> or anything by saying that?

    Dan Meyer (03:41):

    Yeah. What’s your favorite PIN?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (03:43):

    Let me change my PIN. Yeah, it’s just such a happy, happy number. Well, 12 is, you know, 10 and 2. Two more. Anyway. Love it. What about you, Dan? What’s your favorite number and why?

    Dan Meyer (03:55):

    I’m into it. I’m into it. I think I would choose 16. Because it’s the first number for me when it was like, “Oh, you can keep on making numbers forever!” Where I’m like, OK, 2times 2 is 4. Great. That’s kind of an elemental expression in mathematics. Four times 2 is 8. OK. But then, 8 times 2 is 16, and it’s like, “Oh, you can just keep doubling that thing over and over and over again!” And I can recall feeling pretty excited that numbers are just like, out there for the finding. For the taking. Cool stuff.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (04:33):

    I’m sorry. Wait, I have to interrupt. You went 2 times 4 is 8 and you didn’t go 4 times 4 is 16? You went 8 times 2 is 16? You wanted to keep the 2 the same?

    Dan Meyer (04:49):

    Yup. Yup. You can keep on doubling. You can keep on doubling numbers and it just keeps on going.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (04:53):

    More evidence that our brain works very differently.

    Dan Meyer (04:56):

    We learn more about each other…let me keep this rolling with Howie questions. OK? Howie says, “If you could co-teach with one teacher from Twitter, who would you choose?”

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (05:06):

    Oh, oh, it has to be a teacher?

    Dan Meyer (05:11):

    Or anybody, I guess. I mean, like, I know you love Oprah.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (05:15):

    Can I co-teach with Oprah?

    Dan Meyer (05:16):

    Yup, yeah, so there we are. <Laugh> Yup. OK. Fair enough. We have to work Oprah into every single episode.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (05:23):

    I’d just love to sit and like, we’d read together, we’d read to the students, and then we’d talk…I mean, obviously it’d be Oprah. But if we’re thinking more of like MTBoS, like math Twitter blogosphere-land, I suppose the person I would wanna co-teach with honestly would probably be Allison Hintz. One of our former guests as well. Her book, Mathematizing Children’s Literature, with Antony Smith, that book—I just love the idea of sitting and doing a read-aloud and then diving into some juicy math that’s inspired by what comes out of that read-aloud. So yes, that’s who I pick. Allison! Let’s co-teach!

    Dan Meyer (06:00):

    <Laugh> Shout-out to Allison.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (06:01):

    What about you?

    Dan Meyer (06:03):

    I would choose MTL guest Idil Abdulkadir—because, and this relates to Allison and also Elham Kazemi—they talked about, in our episode about teacher time-outs. And I’m choosing someone who I think is—like I’ve never seen Idil teach, but I work with Idil at Desmos and think she’s fantastic. But what I really want in a co-teacher is someone that I can say, “Whoa, time out, do you see what’s going on here? This is really interesting. What should we do next about this?” And have a little strategy sesh in front of the kids and no one gets freaked out by that. And I think that that’d be a pile of fun. Idil seems like she’d be receptive to that kind of interaction, teacher to teacher. So that’s my vote right there.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (06:48):

    Opportunity for you to grow your own practice, Dan.

    Dan Meyer (06:52):

    Yeah, yeah, exactly. 100%.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (06:56):

    So Dan, I actually have a question for you from Howie. If we’re on the Howie tweet train, I have one from Howie too.

    Dan Meyer (07:04):

    Howie had some fire tweets, some fire tweets this current year. Yep.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:08):

    Dan, I wanna know: Do you prefer doing math in pen or pencil?

    Dan Meyer (07:16):

    Ooh, yeah. Oh, I see that Howie says, “I don’t mean to start any drama, BUT,” and then asks the question–

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:23):

    But!

    Dan Meyer (07:24):

    I think that Howie lives for drama. I think he knows he’s messy. He lives for drama. He knows what he’s doing this with this question here. He knows.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:32):

    DRAAAAMAAAA!

    Dan Meyer (07:32):

    He knows what he’s doing. Yup. So I would just say it depends. Is that cheating? Like if I’m doing math to learn, or if we are learning in that process, then I want to use pen, actually. I wanna see the tracks of the thinking. And if we’re doing it for presentation, like if I’m presenting something, I wanna…I guess that’s an area where I’d be fine to not erase things. I don’t wanna prep it so it’s, you know…I guess you could use pen for presentation also. Just pen. Period. But I wanna see the tracks of the thinking if we’re doing some learning versus presentation. What about you?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:09):

    Well, I heard the voice in my head telling one of my kindergartners, “No, you cannot do that in sparkly pen. You need to do it in pencil.” And I was like, “Wait, whose voice is that?” It was one of my math teachers telling me I couldn’t do it in pen! Why couldn’t this kid do it in pen? Sure! Do it in a sparkly pen! So I wanna say do it in pen. And since usually pen is what I have around…I mean, I do crosswords in pen, Dan.

    Dan Meyer (08:36):

    Wow, wow. With a piece of paper and math, you have lots of room to re-revise and cross off…but those little, little boxes on the crossword, that says a lot about your commitment to pen.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:46):

    I got really good at making an A into an H or a P or whatever we need. So I would say, “Hey, if you’re in the room with your kiddos and you’re doing math, if somebody wants to do pen, let them do pen.” But I do know that I’ve seen teachers say you need to do pen so that I can see all of your thinking. So I think I hear what you’re saying. But do you think it should be like a classroom rule or something?

    Dan Meyer (09:13):

    Oh, no, no, no. I mean, I’m gonna ask you like, “How’d you get to this destination?” And I wanna know process somehow, and I think you’ll get tired of having to explain it verbally rather than just, like, showing. Just don’t erase stuff. Don’t scratch stuff off. Let’s let’s see how you’re getting there. That is what I’m into.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (09:30):

    Thanks, Howie, for that trio of thought-provoking tweets, because I genuinely wanted to know what Dan thought and what our listeners think. I mean, Dan, I gotta say: Howie, you say you don’t wanna cause drama, but I gotta say I’m with Dan on that—

    Dan Meyer (09:50):

    Got the gift. Got the gift for drama. We’re still friends though. So I’m happy about that. Our next section, I got a few more questions queued up here and these ones relate to advice for educators, advice for yourself. Good advice, bad advice, that kind of thing. So let’s jump in. I would love to know—this one’s from Pernille Ripp—I’m very curious, Bethany, what is the worst teaching advice you have gotten in your life, ever?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:19):

    <Laugh> Ooh. OK. Um, worst teaching advice was: “That’s OK, just move on anyway.” And that was in terms of pacing. It was like, students needed to do a deeper dive and the teacher who I was chatting with said, “No, no, it’s fine; it’s fine; just move on. Just move on to the next chapter.” That was probably the worst advice, because no, I don’t think that’s what I should have done at all! <Laugh>

    Dan Meyer (10:48):

    Right.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:48):

    But I was a first-year teacher and I was trying to figure it out. And I learned that that was not good advice. And I understand the pressure of pacing. But it was totally antithetical to the type of listening to my students that I want to do in my craft. And this teacher meant well, but that was not good advice, teacher! <Laugh> What about you, Dan? What is the worst teaching advice?

    Dan Meyer (11:13):

    I dig that. That feels similar to one of the replies to Pernille here. Frances Klein says, “Never let them know you’ve made a mistake” being particularly bad advice. You know, just this like idea of like moving along, covering your tracks, not backtracking or admitting mistakes, those all feel kind of a piece. The worst advice I think I’ve ever received, and I wasn’t given this often, but it’s echoed by a lot of the commenters here on this tweet, which is “Don’t smile until X, Y, or Z,” where X, Y, and Z are like Christmas, October, December, January. Just the idea that you’ve gotta develop—

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:54):

    Wait, what?

    Dan Meyer (11:55):

    <Laugh> Did you never hear this from anybody? Don’t smile until Christmas? Perhaps this is more—

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:59):

    I’m a kindergarten teacher! Can you imagine? If I don’t smile the second they walk in? The tears?! The parents’ tears?! The kids’ tears?! If I’m just like, stoic?

    Dan Meyer (12:07):

    Yeah. Well.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:08):

    So explain it to me.

    Dan Meyer (12:10):

    Well, the idea is, is that, you know, for older kids, they’re scoping you, they’re clocking you for weakness, they’re looking at you, they’re looking to take advantage. And so “don’t smile until Christmas” is like, hey, you can always relax. You can always relax your discipline, but you can’t UN-relax it if you start out, you know, Mr. Happy Pants Meyer. Which—

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:33):

    Smile perceived as weakness.

    Dan Meyer (12:36):

    Yeah. Very obviously poor advice. Eventually you come to realize that like having a rapport and a relationship that is trusting and warm and demanding, that has high expectations, that’s the best kind of classroom management. Not some kind of persona built around intimidation or stoicism, that kinda thing. So, terrible, terrible advice!

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (13:01):

    I feel like I did have a few of those math classes. Yeah.

    Dan Meyer (13:04):

    Yeah, exactly. <Laugh> You loved them, right? They were like your favorite math classes. It was a blast, right?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (13:11):

    <Laugh> So we have to ask the opposite. Thank you, Daniel Willingham, who said, “What’s the best advice you got?” But hold on, Dan, he didn’t just want the best advice. He wanted the best advice in three words.

    Dan Meyer (13:26):

    Oh yeah. He doesn’t, he doesn’t want a book or dissertation or even a blog post or even a tweet. He wants just three words.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (13:32):

    I think maybe that might have been to me. <Laugh>

    Dan Meyer (13:34):

    This is someone who’s doesn’t have much time for this advice, wants it distilled down. I’m just obviously stalling here as I try to think about this. I don’t know, there’s just like so much nuance lost here. I would say, listen to students, listen to students. I can’t say more that, I guess. I guess I’m done. I can’t say more than that there. But you’re in a bad place if you’re not listening carefully to students. How about you?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:04):

    1. Mine is “Ask…lots…questions.”

    Dan Meyer (14:11):

    Nice. ‘Cause I filled in the word! I filled in the word! I was able to kinda infer that. I did that. I got that.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:17):

    Wait, wait, wait, wait! I could have said many! Wait, I could have said “Ask many questions.”

    Dan Meyer (14:22):

    Strong, strong.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:25):

    So yeah. You know, no isolation, like don’t put yourself in a bubble. Ask, not just, not just your students, but the teachers! Ask a lot of questions. You don’t have to have it all figured out.

    Dan Meyer (14:34):

    Into it. Very much into it.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:37):

    Thanks. Daniel. Thanks, Pernille.

    Dan Meyer (14:40):

    Yeah. Daniel and Pernille, Both great questions there about advice, best and worst. Another fire tweet popped up earlier this year from Dr. Khristopher Childs, which was “Name one thing every educator should stop doing.”

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:57):

    Oh, I don’t know. This kind of ties into my best advice about asking questions.

    Dan Meyer (15:03):

    Stop not asking questions?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (15:06):

    <Laugh> Avoid the isolation. I really love this idea of when we can, popping into each others’ classrooms, co-teaching, building this collaborative nature. Elham Kazemi, in our interview, talked about this idea of, like you said, the teacher time-outs, learning from each other. So I feel like if we could stop isolating ourself…and I don’t mean at lunch—sometimes you need to not be in the teacher lounge at lunch. Like if you need a minute, take the minute! But in general, as a practice, how can we not be isolated and instead be learning with, and from, each other? How can we stop the isolation? That’s what I would hope every educator would stop doing. What about you, Dan?

    Dan Meyer (15:54):

    I think that educators should…this is gonna require a little bit of elaboration. I think educators should stop taking responsibility for things that are not in their zone of influence. I think that as a society we are asking teachers to do more and more, to become more and more of a central fixture holding together with chewing gum and twine all the various parts of a student’s life. From their health, their fitness, emotional health, that we feed students at school. It becomes very tempting, I think, there’s a lot of pressures to blame outcomes, disparate and unjust outcomes later on in life, on teachers. And teachers should just flatly refuse. And to yeah, understand what the job has been set up to do. What it’s good for. And do that with excellence and intent and a lot of effort. And then not take responsibility for the rest of it.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (16:53):

    If I asked five different people about the definition of what a teacher should be doing, I would get five different answers. So I think it’s really interesting that you say that because yeah, many, many hats, which I think, yes, can lead to burnout. Can lead to all sorts of things. We’re asking schools to be all things to all, all people. Interesting. I’m gonna think about that more. I need to hear folks’ response on that, Dan.

    Dan Meyer (17:18):

    Mm-Hmm. I’m curious too. I mean, yeah, there are definitely things that are in teachers’ responsibility and some that are not. That’s a tough one.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (17:26):

    OK, for help, name an example of each. And what’s something that you think every teacher should not and should be doing. ‘Cause I feel like my brain goes to some things like, you know, I had teachers who were saying, “Well, I don’t wanna have my kids have to have breakfast in my classroom in the morning. That shouldn’t be my responsibility to serve breakfast in the morning.” But I’m like, “But then your kids are eating and they’re gonna be able to learn and be more focused.” Should that be the teacher’s responsibility? I’m not saying it necessarily should, but I’m saying…I don’t know. It gets murky for me.

    Dan Meyer (18:06):

    Yeah, for sure. I mean, I think that we should, as a country, have a really generous social welfare net so that everyone has food at home. Where a school is not the place where some students have to go to in order to receive nutrition and nourishment. That seems sad to me. And uncommon in developed nations. I think that teachers should watch out for, should be responsible for, the mathematical development of the students they teach, up to a point, they should be responsible for learning math and creating relationships in their classes. I don’t think that teachers should accept responsibility for larger kinds of outcomes, like the health of a democracy or international competition, who goes to the moon first. That kind of thing has historically been placed at the feet of teachers. And it’s tempting when you’re a teacher, I think, to take on that responsibility because it kind of develops your social importance. And I just say, we should say no to that. And get compensation, not in terms of social importance, but rather like in spendable dollars and monies.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (19:10):

    I’m learning more about you, Dan. And you know, this is what I’ve gotten from that answer: If you’re gonna dream, dream big. Right?

    Dan Meyer (19:17):

    Is that what you got from that? I don’t know. I think I’m trying to dream realistically.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (19:23):

    No, like if we’re gonna say, “Maybe teachers shouldn’t be responsible for serving breakfast in the morning,” well, because we want every child to have access to nutritious and filling food at home and time to eat it in the morning, right? It’s bigger than just, “I don’t want the teacher to have to do this.” So we’re dreaming big. We’re saying this should be the LEAST that students have access to, right?

    Dan Meyer (19:53):

    Yeah. Yeah. I’m here now. I’m with you. I like that dream. Where we take care of folks in their lives outside of schools. So schools don’t have to be the one linchpin for every kind of social outcome. Like currently a lot of them run through a school ’cause we don’t do a good job of setting up other ways to meet those needs. And we should.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (20:16):

    And we’re also recording this in, what, two weeks, a week, after a tragedy where students and teachers were killed in the classroom. And I think both of us are taking some deep breaths and recognizing that there’s a lot of debate that is happening about what teacher’s role should be in preventing this in the future. And I don’t know if you’ve done drills in your classroom that are supposed to help mitigate disaster, but you know—collective deep breaths— <laugh> is where we’re at right now.

    Dan Meyer (20:52):

    Yep. The idea of “we should arm teachers” is another example of no, we should not do that. We should solve the tendency towards violence outside of the classroom so that teachers and students can teach and learn. That sounds awesome to me.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:06):

    Collective deep breath. Whew. OK. So what else you got for me, Dan?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:33):

    Ooh. So I feel like I’ve heard that in many teaching PDs. “I Do, you do, we do.” Actually I feel like I’ve seen like more “I do, we do, you do.” Like graduated release. I do it, then we’ll do it a little bit together, and then now you have permission to do it. And I feel like in directed draw, that’s a hundred percent true. Like I’m gonna show you this and then you draw it. And then you cut here and then you do it. If we’re trying to create this, like I’m teaching this new art technique. But in mathematics, I feel like that’s really not what I want my classroom to look like. I want to support my students and set them up for sense-making, and then I want them to try it out and I don’t want them to solve it the way it first comes to mind for me. I wanna see how they make sense of it and how they solve it. And then I want us to share it with each other so we can grow together. So I think time and place for “I do, you do, we do,” or “I do, we do, you do.” Or shoo-be-doo-be-doo-be. Yeah. You?

    Dan Meyer (22:44):

    I’ve got nothing. I have nothing to add. I thought that was just an excellent summary of a classroom I would love to be a part in, love to teach. I think it’s a certain tool in the toolbox that I think is overused. But it’s also a tool that can be useful in the case of certain kinds of operations. There are some operations that do benefit from “let me just show you how, like one way you might do this.” I don’t know. I’m like helping my kid whack a nail into a board and there’s a moment where it’s like, “Hey, actually, lemme just show you one way you can do this,” and do it, and then that’s helpful in some moments. But for so much of math, a lot of math does not relate to the operational kinds of fluency. And in those instances, it’s a little bit…it’s not a useful tool, I don’t think, for those kinds of skills and ideas.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (23:34):

    I’m thinking of tool talks in my classroom. So in kindergarten, many of the tools that we use in math and just in class in general, are new to the students. And if I tell them, this is exactly how you should use this tool, then I feel like I’m taking a lot of the sense-making away from them. But if I introduce the tool, show them how to use the tool safely, show them this is not a safe way to use the tool, chewing on this is not safe. That’s not how we use this tool. This is how we take care of it, et cetera. But then support different modes of using the tool that are gonna help them use it to solve problems and make sense, I think…but I guess—Dan, have you heard “I do, you do, we do,” or is it “I do, we do, you do”?

    Dan Meyer (24:22):

    I’m with you. And I think that it got clarified post-tweet. But yeah, it typically is “I do, we do, you do,” the gradual release of responsibility it’s often called. And I, I have heard people do what you described, which is…what is it? It’s “You do, we do, I do”? Like an inversion of that? Like have people do a thing that I can do that’s not too, too abstract for them, and then like “We all do something together, and then I’ll offer a summary of what we learned,” is one way that goes. I like that tool as well.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:53):

    I think particularly, at least I’ve seen in elementary classrooms, there’s sometimes this fear of letting students just try it out before I’ve really showed them, “but this is how it has to be.” And what I am most excited about is supporting students and creating a classroom environment where students don’t need my permission or need my direct “this is the only way to do it.” Instead, it’s like, yes, there’s lots of things we model. But there’s also like, “Hey, what do you think? How do you think this should be used?” And the joy of that exploration.

    Dan Meyer (25:30):

    Yeah. There’s a feeling of efficiency that comes from “I do, we do, you do,” for some kinds of math, but it’s undercut in my experience by what it cultivates in the students, which is “I’ve gotta wait until the teacher does before I can do anything.” So it pays off real diminishing returns over time. And it’s, just for me, an exhausting way to teach. Always being the bottleneck for new learning is a total drag.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (25:55):

    Ooh, what a great way to describe it. You do not wanna be the bottleneck. You want to be…what’s the other thing? The facilitator? What’s the opposite of a bottleneck? The flowing river? The…The…Help me!

    Dan Meyer (26:10):

    Hit us up in the replies. I dunno. The opposite of a bottleneck. That’s what you wanna…you wanna not be the opposite? No, you want, yeah. We got this here. We’ll figure it out. We’ll get back to you. <Laugh> OK. Well, folks, those were a few of this year’s fire tweets. It’s been fantastic chatting with you—

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (26:29):

    Dan.

    Dan Meyer (26:29):

    —Bethany, About all those—

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (26:32):

    Dan. You know, my favorite thing to do is interrupting you, Dan. I have to interrupt you because we can’t end fire tweets, Dan, without including a tweet from you.

    Dan Meyer (26:43):

    Oh, that’s true. I do have my moments. Yeah, we should. We really should. <Laugh> Do you have one in mind?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (26:50):

    No. Dan. Yes. I loved…you tweeted recently, “How many years have you been teaching?” Which, OK. “What Has been like the most influential? Like, what, OK, blah, blah, blah.” <blathering noises> You tweeted, “How many years have you been teaching? And at this point, what has most influenced how you teach?” And you gave some ideas: A methods course, PD sessions, curriculum, TV and movies, et cetera, et cetera. And I love that you put that out there because this episode is coming out as we’re wrapping up another school year. And it also got me thinking about summer and what teachers sometimes do during the summer, but what we might need to do this summer for self-care. But I’m really curious. I love that tweet. And I’m curious, Dan, what did folks say was the thing that had most influenced their teaching and what’s most influenced your teaching?

    Dan Meyer (27:49):

    Ooh, yeah. People’s responses to this one were really fantastic. I came into this, I was flying to the Association of Mathematics Teacher Educators conference. And I just found myself wondering, so, the pre-service year, the one year of, like, you’re learning how to teach, is how we did it in California. Like how much of that has still infused my practice? And in what ways? I don’t think I think about that stuff consciously, but I think that did like set me up with a lot of images that I would be unpacking for going on two decades now working in education. I think conversations with people, I think observing classes, I don’t think that like the one-day PDs, the one-day development days throughout the year, four times per year, I don’t think those stuck to me much. I think that this summer, I have learned so much, just an embarrassment of riches, from non-educational sources. From other disciplines. From storytelling, for instance. From how people have constructed movies I like. I am proud of the way…one of the aspects of my character that I’m proud of—it takes a lot to admit this, as I’m sure you understand, Bethany—but to integrate lots of wacky stuff and pick from it and use that to affect my practice and teaching has been really positive. So for this summer, I hope that people read a good beach book and just kinda let your teaching mind rest a little bit. And in doing so, create some openings for new ideas about education from other parts of the world. Kids! Having kids has been helpful. I don’t know! Just everything! It’s such a big job, education. Everything has so helpful. What about you? What’s an influence on your practice that might surprise me or other folks out there in MTL land?

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:52):

    Well, I don’t know about surprise. I mean, I definitely feel similarly, like methods courses absolutely impacted my teaching. But I feel like opportunities where I was able to observe other teachers and where I was able to have conversations with folks about their practice, that has deeply impacted me. And books I’ve read. I mean, honestly, I’ve learned so much from sharing with other teachers. Like, for example, maybe I’ll bring student work and we’ll talk about it. And we kind of create this conversation together about how we wanna come back to the students based on the work we see. Those type of moments where we’re collaborating and we’re bringing multiple perspectives to the table, that I think, has really often shifted me out of my first initial reaction or what I thought I was going to do in the classroom the next day. So that continues to surprise and delight me. And thinking about this summer, I think there’s a lot of creativity and joy that can come out of the marination process, when you’re just kind of sitting back and healing yourself, whether through sleep or sunshine or time with friends and family or whatever that looks like for you. I think there’s a lot of creativity that can come from that place of fertile, you know, wellness. I never think of that as wasted time. I think of that as getting the soil ready for all that’s gonna come in the fall. And that being said, I also think it could be a fun time to dip your toes into something that you are excited to read, that you might not have a chance to read during the school year that could be teaching-related. So it’s like very low pressure, like, “Oh, I’ve really wanted to read more by this author. I’ve wanted to read this article. I’ve wanted to dip into this topic.” And not with a pressure, but just with a curiosity. And, yeah, I think so often we as teachers love learning, and to give yourself space to learn in whatever that looks like can be a real gift.

    Dan Meyer (32:09):

    Yes. And if you need book recommendations, hit the MTL back catalog of episodes. Loads of folks that we interviewed have real good books out.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (32:16):

    Yes!

    Dan Meyer (32:16):

    Think about it. Think about it.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson (32:22):

    One quick recommendation: Again, gotta plug Antony Smith and Allison Hintz’s book. I read Mathematizing Children’s Literature before we did the interview, but this summer I wanna read all the children’s books that they mention. I just wanna go to the library and read all those children’s books. I wanna read them to my son. I wanna read ’em to myself. So, you know, diving into some good YA, children’s books, just, like, TLC. Dan, thank you for such a rich season and a chance to have so many interesting conversations. It is genuinely a joy to learn with and from you.

    Dan Meyer (33:00):

    Likewise. And always hope to see you folks on Twitter now and then. Let us know what you’re up to this summer at MTLShow on Twitter or in our Facebook group, Math Teacher Lounge. We’ll be there tuning in now and then. It’s been a treat interacting with you folks over this last season. Take care and until the new season, so long.

    Stay connected!

    Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

    We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

    What Bethany Lockhart Johnson says about math

    “I’ve learned so much from sharing with other teachers… Those type of moments where we’re collaborating and bringing multiple perspectives to the table, I think, has really often shifted me out of my first initial reaction or what I thought I was going to do in the classroom the next day.”

    – Bethany Lockhart Johnson

    Meet the guests

    Dan Meyer

    Dan Meyer taught high school math to students who didn’t like high school math. He has advocated for better math instruction on CNN, Good Morning America, Everyday With Rachel Ray, and TED.com. He earned his doctorate from Stanford University in math education and is currently the Dean of Research at Desmos, where he explores the future of math, technology, and learning. Dan has worked with teachers internationally and in all 50 United States and was named one of Tech & Learning’s 30 Leaders of the Future.

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson

    Bethany Lockhart Johnson is an elementary school educator and author. Prior to serving as a multiple-subject teacher, she taught theater and dance and now loves incorporating movement and creative play into her classroom. Bethany is committed to helping students find joy in discovering their identities as mathematicians. In addition to her role as a full-time classroom teacher, Bethany is a Student Achievement Partners California Core Advocate and is active in national and local mathematics organizations. Bethany is a member of the Illustrative Mathematics Elementary Curriculum Steering Committee and serves as a consultant, creating materials to support families during distance learning.

    A woman with curly hair and glasses smiles outdoors; a man with short dark hair smiles indoors in front of a blurred math teacher lounge, highlighting valuable math teacher resources.
    A graphic with the text "Math Teacher Lounge with Bethany Lockhart Johnson and Dan Meyer" on colored overlapping circles.

    About Math Teacher Lounge: The podcast

    Math Teacher Lounge is a biweekly podcast created specifically for K–12 math educators. In each episode co-hosts Bethany Lockhart Johnson (@lockhartedu) and Dan Meyer (@ddmeyer) chat with guests, taking a deep dive into the math and educational topics you care about.

    Join the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group to continue the conversation, view exclusive content, interact with fellow educators, participate in giveaways, and more!

    About the program

    Each unit of Amplify Science engages students in a relevant, real-world problem where they investigate scientific phenomena, engage in collaboration and discussion, and develop models or explanations in order to arrive at solutions.

    The program includes hands-on activities, print materials, and powerful digital tools to support online and offline teaching and learning. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility based on their technology resources and preferences.

    In every unit, students take on the role of scientists or engineers—marine biologists, geologists, water resource engineers, and more—to solve a real-world problem. These engaging roles and problems provide relevant contexts through which students investigate phenomena.

    A powerful partnership

    Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify. As the Hall’s first curriculum designed to address the new science standards, Amplify Science reflects state-of-the-art practices in science teaching and learning.

    Amplify Science is rooted in the Lawrence Hall of Science’s Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize model of learning. This research-based approach presents students with multiple modalities through which to explore the curriculum.

    K–5 sample

     

     

    In Balancing Forces, students are challenged to figure out how a floating train works in order to explain it to the citizens of the fictional city Faraday.

     

    Preview the digital Teacher’s Guide

     

    • Learn more about phenomena and the student roles of scientists and engineers across all units in grades K–5.
    • Learn more about the Student Books written exclusively for Amplify Science for grades K–5.
    • Learn more about the program structure of Amplify Science for grades K–5.

    Hear from teachers about why they love Amplify Science:

    6–8 sample

    Metabolism (Grade 6/Life Science)

    Inhabiting the role of medical students in a hospital, students are able to draw the connections between the large-scale, macro-level experiences of the body and the micro-level processes that make the body function as they first diagnose a patient and then analyze the metabolism of world-class athletes.

     

    Preview the digital Teacher’s Guide

     

    • Learn more about phenomena and the student roles of scientists and engineers across all units in grades 6–8.
    • Learn more about the digital simulations in grades 4–8 of Amplify Science.
    • Learn more about the program structure of Amplify Science for grades 6–8.

    Hear from teachers about why they love Amplify Science:

    Learn more

    Ready to learn more?

    Fill out the form to talk with a program expert, request a physical sample, or simply receive additional educational emails about Amplify Science.



    Welcome, Amplify ELA reviewers!

    To view this protected page, enter the password below:



    Meet the Illustrator Edel Ferri

    We believe that all students have the right to read complex texts and engage in rich classroom discussions. They should also see themselves reflected and experience new worlds through reading.

    This commitment guides our text selection, unique artwork, and dedication to reaching every student where they are.

    A woman in a red blazer and floral blouse speaking during an interview, with illustrations and photos in background. play button icon overlay.
    Young woman in a red blazer smiling at camera, holding a purple tumbler, seated at a desk with sketches on the wall behind her.

    What is your name and pronoun?
    Edel, she/her

    What would we never be able to know about you, just by looking at you?
    I have an extensive knowledge of reef aquariums. I also do a really good Jerry Seinfeld impression.

    Where are you from?
    I currently live in Greenpoint, Brooklyn. Throughout my life I’ve found myself constantly drifting between New York and New Jersey. I would spend many summers in the city as a child, as well as swimming and building sandcastles on the Jersey shore.

    What is illustration?
    Hm! The term itself is pretty expansive and ever changing, so this is a tough one. On a personal level, illustration is what happens when art meets narrative. It can take many forms: comics, editorial, storyboarding.

    How does that differ from “fine art”?
    Oof. I could write an entire book on this. For the sake of brevity, I would say that my main take would be that the line between illustration years that the terms could be interchangeable at this point.

    Were you making art as a kid?
    I’ve been drawing as long as I could hold a pencil in my hand. In many ways it was an escape, thinking up characters in my head, creating worlds where anything was possible. I continue to do that to this day.

    Was your environment—your family, friends, teachers—supportive of your interest in art?
    Growing up, I was mostly told to stop by many adults and even some of my peers, but I’m glad I didn’t. I am very thankful to have had close friends and parents that understood that art is what made me feel whole, and encouraged me to continue.

    Illustration of a stylized white hand casting a spider web, followed by an animated warrior character wielding a spear.

    The illustrating of: The Space Race

    What is this unit about?
    This unit has absolutely revived that wonder and fascination in me. It’s about the technological competition that took place between two superpowers, the United States and the USSR, to get human beings into space. There’s something so inspiring about the space race, ethics; the fact that our different societies were constantly looking to the future with such hope. That all feels so distant now.

    How did you relate to the subject matter?
    When I was a kid I was extremely fascinated by astronomy, I remember in particular buying an
    atlas-sized book on nebulae, thinking that they were the most beautiful thing I’ve ever seen.

    A hand holds a postcard reading "Greetings from Mars" with an image of a Mars rover on a rocky surface; simple sky elements are in the background.
    Four illustrated panels show animals in space helmets floating progressively farther from a broken spaceship, ending with them drifting in open space against a starry background.
    A sequence of four images shows a satellite with antennas orbiting Earth, progressing from a rough sketch to a detailed, colored rendering.

    A closer look at grades 6–8

    Amplify Science California is based on the latest research on teaching and learning and helps teachers deliver rigorous and riveting lessons through hands-on investigations, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools that empower students to think, read, write, and argue like real scientists.

    In the 6–8 classroom, this looks like students:

    • Collecting evidence from a variety of sources.
    • Making sense of evidence in a variety of ways.
    • Formulating convincing scientific arguments.

    Is your school implementing the domain model? Click here.

    Collage of four images showing children engaged in educational activities such as conducting experiments and crafting in a classroom setting.
    A four-step process diagram with icons: spark a real-world problem, explore sources, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, all linking to engage with cohesive storylines.

    Program structure

    Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

    It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science California to teach less, but achieve more. Rather than asking teachers to wade through unnecessary content, we designed our 6–8 program to address 100% of the California NGSS in fewer lessons than other programs.

    Scope and sequence

    Every year our grades 6–8 sequence consists of 9 units, with each unit containing 10–19 lessons. Lessons are written to last a minimum of 45-minutes, though teachers can expand or contract the timing to meet their needs.

    Chart displaying educational science topics for grades 6 to 8, categorized by grade level, duration in days, and number of classes. Includes subjects like microbiome, geology, and natural selection.

    Unit types

    Each unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, while also serving a unique purpose.

    In grades 6–8, there are three types of units:

    • One unit is a launch unit.
    • Three units are core units.
    • Two units are engineering internships.
    Launch units

    Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science California. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

    Core units

    Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

    Engineering Internship units

    Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

    Units at a glance

    Abstract art with vibrant colors featuring a yellow silhouette of a person holding a book against a background of geometric shapes, swirling patterns, and bold textures.
    Microbiome

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Microbiological researchers

    Phenomenon: The presence of 100 trillion microorganisms living on and in the human body may keep the body healthy.  

    Abstract artwork of a person's side profile with geometric shapes and colorful patterns flowing from the head, holding a small sledgehammer. A vision chart is visible in the corner.
    Metabolism

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Medical researchers

    Phenomenon: Elisa, a young patient, feels tired all the time.  

    Download unit guide

    Orange abstract background with hexagonal shapes featuring icons of a bar chart, plant, safety vest, test tube, peach, and stethoscope.
    Metabolism Engineering Internship

    Domains: Life Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Food engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing health bars with different molecular compositions can effectively meet the metabolic needs of patients or rescue workers.  

    Imagen que muestra un gráfico de arañas de diferentes colores con patrones distintos de patas y cuerpo, incluidas variaciones de color marrón, amarillo y azul. El fondo es una superficie oscura y texturizada.
    Traits and Reproduction

    Domain: Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biomedical students

    Phenomenon: Darwin’s bark spider offspring have different silk flexibility traits, even though they have the same parents.  

    Download unit guide

    Illustration of a person in a red hat and fur-lined coat with eyes closed, surrounded by large orange circles on a dark background.
    Thermal Energy

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Thermal scientists

    Phenomenon: One of two proposed heating systems for Riverdale School will best heat the school. 

    Download unit guide

    Abstract artwork depicting a bright sun with blue and orange swirling patterns next to green hills under a sky with shades of blue, orange, and red.
    Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: During El Niño years, the air temperature in Christchurch, New Zealand is cooler than usual.  

    An illustration from the Weather Patterns unit
    Weather Patterns

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic meteorologists

    Phenomenon: In recent years, rainstorms in Galetown have been unusually severe.  

    Download unit guide

    An illustration from the Earth's Changing Climate unit
    Earth’s Changing Climate

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Life Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Climatologists

    Phenomenon: The ice on Earth’s surface is melting.  

    Download unit guide

    Abstract geometric design in shades of blue and purple featuring a hexagon with icons of a building, wrench, molecules, sun, paint can, and screwdriver.
    Earth’s Changing Climate Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Civil engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing rooftops with different modifications can reduce a city’s impact on climate change.  

    A barren, rocky desert landscape with rover tracks leading to a distant vehicle on a hill under a hazy sky.
    Geology on Mars

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Planetary geologists

    Phenomenon: Analyzing data about landforms on Mars can provide evidence that Mars may have once been habitable. 

    Two prehistoric reptiles with long snouts and tails are near the shore, one on land and one in water, with plants, rocks, and an island in the background.
    Plate Motion

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Mesosaurus fossils have been found on continents separated by thousands of kilometers of ocean, even though the Mesosaurus species once lived all together.  

    Download unit guide

    Geometric design featuring a telescope, mountain, sound waves, and cosmic elements on a purple hexagonal background.
    Plate Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Patterns in earthquake data can be used to design an effective tsunami warning system.  

    Illustration of a cross-section of Earth showing a volcano near the ocean. Trees, mountains, and clouds are visible above, with subterranean layers below.
    Rock Transformations

    Domain: Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Geologists

    Phenomenon: Rock samples from the Great Plains and from the Rocky Mountains — regions hundreds of miles apart — look very different, but have surprisingly similar mineral compositions.  

    Download unit guide

    Ilustración que muestra las etapas de fusión de una paleta de naranja: entera, parcialmente derretida, más derretida y casi derretida por completo, con palitos de madera, sobre un fondo morado.
    Phase Change

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Chemists

    Phenomenon: A methane lake on Titan no longer appears in images taken by a space probe two years apart

    Download unit guide

    Green geometric background with a hexagonal emblem containing a parachute icon, ruler, bandage, and stacked layers on a gradient pattern.
    Force and Motion Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Mechanical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing emergency supply delivery pods with different structures can maintain the integrity of the supply pods and their contents.  

    An illustration from the Chemical Reactions unit
    Chemical Reactions

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Forensic chemists

    Phenomenon: A mysterious brown substance has been detected in the tap water of Westfield.  

    Download unit guide

    An illustration of a whale with jellyfish and turtles from Amplify Science
    Populations and Resources

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The size of the moon jelly population in Glacier Sea has increased. 

    Download unit guide

    Low-poly landscape with trees and mushrooms. A fox sniffs the ground, a rabbit sits nearby, and mountains and sun are in the background.
    Matter and Energy in Ecosystems

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Ecologists

    Phenomenon: The biodome ecosystem has collapsed.  

    Download unit guide

    Two people climbing rocky terrain; illustrations show a hiking boot and a belt with gear.
    Harnessing Human Energy

    Domains: Physical Science, Earth and Space Science, Engineering Design

    Unit type: Launch

    Student role: Energy scientists

    Phenomenon: Rescue workers can use their own human kinetic energy to power the electrical devices they use during rescue missions.  

    Illustration of a futuristic space station with large solar panels, orbiting in deep space, emitting a blue glow from its propulsion system.
    Force and Motion

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: The asteroid sample-collecting pod failed to dock at the space station as planned.

    Download unit guide

    Green geometric graphic featuring icons: a baby, thermometer, layers, medical alert, and a flame.
    Phase Change Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Physical Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Chemical engineering interns

    Phenomenon: Designing portable baby incubators with different combinations of phase change materials can keep babies at a healthy temperature.  

    Illustration of a roller coaster filled with people, hands raised, going down a steep track against a bright blue sky with clouds.
    Magnetic Fields

    Domain: Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Physicists

    Phenomenon: During a test launch, a spacecraft traveled much faster than expected.  

    An illustration from the Light Waves unit
    Light Waves

    Domains: Physical Science, Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Spectroscopists

    Phenomenon: The rate of skin cancer is higher in Australia than in other parts of the world.

    Download unit guide

    A city skyline at night with a prominent full moon, stars in the sky, and a bridge silhouette on the left.
    Earth, Moon, and Sun

    Domains: Earth and Space Science, Physical Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Astronomers

    Phenomenon: An astrophotographer can only take pictures of specific features on the Moon at certain times.  

    Download unit guide

    Four low-poly dinosaurs with missing body sections are standing in a row; one is yellow, and the others are green. They have purple spikes and red patches on their bodies.
    Natural Selection

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Biologists

    Phenomenon: The newt population in Oregon State Park has become more poisonous over time.  

    Download unit guide

    Red geometric background with icons including a mosquito, DNA strand, bar chart, and world map inside a hexagon.
    Natural Selection Engineering Internship

    Domains: Engineering Design, Life Science

    Unit type: Engineering internship

    Student role: Clinical engineers

    Phenomenon: Designing malaria treatment plans that use different combinations of drugs can reduce drug resistance development while helping malaria patients.  

    Two giant tortoises with long necks stand near water; one tortoise feeds on leaves from a tree while the other is near dense vegetation.
    Evolutionary History

    Domains: Life Science, Earth and Space Science

    Unit type: Core

    Student role: Paleontologists

    Phenomenon: A mystery fossil at the Natural History Museum has similarities with both wolves and whales.    

    Download unit guide